^LIBRARY   ^ 


Digitized  by  the  Internet  Archive 

in  2007  with  funding  from 

IVIicrosoft  Corporation 


http://www.archive.org/details/bjornsonssynnoveOObjoriala 


Bj0RNSTJERNE    BjORNSON    IN     1904 


c5^T-^J5 


3J0rnfon's 

Svnn0P^  Solbathn 


EDITED    WITH  INTRODUCTION,  NOTES 
AND    VOCABULART 


BY 


GEORGE  T.  FLOM,  A.  M.,  Ph.  D. 

Professor  or  Scandinavian  Languages  and  Literatures 

AND  Acting  PROFiisaoR  of  English  Philology 

State  University  of  Iowa 


CHICAGO,  U.  S.  A. 
JOHN  ANDERSON  &  CO.,  PUBLISHERS 

1905 


iX-  'JkH.'^Wi^  ) 


Copyright,  1905,  by 
John  Anderson  Publishing  Co. 


PREFACE. 


This  book  is  the  first  American  edition  of  a  Norwegian  text 
for  school  or  college  use.  The  want  of  such  an  edition  of  a 
text  suitable  for  first  year  reading  has  been  felt  for  a  long 
time  by  teachers  of  the  Scandinavian  languages  both  in  this 
country  and  in  England.  Modern  language  instruction  has 
since  the  early  nineties  included  the  modern  Scandinavian 
tongues  as  elective  and  graduate  study  in  practically  all  the 
chief  universities  of  the  country  and  in  the  West  in  many 
smaller  colleges .'  The  diflficulties  with  which  the  teacher  of 
those  languages  has  had  to  contend  may  be  realized  when  it  is 
said  that  down  to  1892  there  were  practically  no  helps  at  hand 
for  the  study  of  either  Norwegian  or  Danish.*  In  1892  ap- 
peared J.  Y.  Sargent's  Grammar  of  the  Dano-N orwegian  Lan- 
guage, Oxford,  England.  Since  then  have  been  published 
P.  Groth's  Dano-N  orwegian  Grammar,  New  York,  1894,  and 
J.  E.  Olson's  Norwegian  Grammar  and  Reader,  Chicago,  189S. 
No  text  edition  of  a  Norwegian  writer  has  heretofore  been 
published.'  It  is  believed  that  the  present  edition  will  therefore 
supply  an  actual  and  urgent  need,  and  the  editor  sincerely 
hopes  that  it  may  do  something  toward  facilitating  the  study 
of  the  Norwegian  language  in  this  country. 

IScandinavian  was  first  introduced  as  a  university  study  In  this  country  in 
iSjQ.  See  article  by  me  entitled  ''■Nordiske  Sttuiier  i  amerikanske  Universitt- 
ter"  in  Amerika  (Madison,  Wis.)  for  September,  189S. 

8For  Swedish  there  existed  e.  g.  May's  Grammar,  which  is  so  full  of 
blunders,  however,  as  to  be  practically  useless. 

•  Nor  has  any  as  yet  appeared  of  a  Danish  or  Swedish  text. 


Iv  PREFACE. 

Nothing  in  the  modern  literature  of  Norway  is  so  suited  to 
early  reading  in  a  course  in  Norwegian  as  Bjornson's  peasant 
stories.  The  language  is  simple,  the  sentences  are  short-cut 
and  clear,  they  contain  an  abundance  of  characteristic  idioms 
and  turns  of  expression,  and  they  offer  the  student  the  best  of 
opportunity  for  acquiring  the  vocabulary  of  every-day  col- 
loquial speech.  Bjornson's  style  is  nowhere  more  natural  and 
more  charming;  there  is  not  in  the  whole  range  of  Norwegian 
literature  anything  that  reproduces  so  superbly  the  peculiar 
genius  of  the  Norwegian  language.  Almost  any  one  of  the 
peasant  stories  might  have  been  selected.  However,  none  of 
the  others  occupies  such  an  interesting  place  in  literary  history 
as  Synnove  Solbakken.  None  of  the  others  perhaps  either  has 
appealed  so  to  English  readers.  Investigation  also  shows 
that  Synnove  Solbakken  has  in  this  country  been  almost  uni- 
versally read  in  a  first  year's  course  in  the  language,  frequently 
along  with  Bjornson's  Smaastykker  and  a  work  from  some 
other  Norwegian  writer. 

This  edition  has  been  prepared  specifically  with  a  view  to 
the  needs  of  the  beginner  in  the  language.  As  regards  method 
it  may  be  suggested  that  the  book  should  be  taken  early  in 
connection  with  the  grammar.  Norwegian  inflexional  forms 
are  exceedingly  simple,  much  more  so  than  Swedish,  infinitely 
more  so  than  German  or  even  French.  It  is  believed  that 
after  about  a  dozen  lessons  covering  the  broad  facts  of  the 
language,  the  finer  distinctions  in  the  pronunciation  of  the 
cultured  speech  of  Norway,  the  morphological,  syntactical 
and  idiomatic  peculiarities  of  the  language  as  differing  from 
English  can  best  be  and  should  be  taught  in  connection  with 
the  reading  of  the  text  before  one.  The  notes  have  been  pre- 
pared with  this  in  view;  they  are  explanatory  where  real  diflS- 


PREFACE.  V 

culties  exist;  they  are  often  intended  also  merely  to  call  the 
student's  attention  to  some  characteristic  of  the  language 
which,  because  it  differs  from  English,  he  should  not  fail  to 
notice. 

The  text  has  been  normalized  in  accordance  with  J.  Aars* 
Norske  Retskrivningsregler  med  alfabetisk  Ordliste,  14th  edi- 
tion, 1900,  and  Aars,  Hofgaard  and  Moe's  Om  en  Del  Ret- 
skrivnings-  og  Sprogsporgsmaal;  Redegjorclse  til  del  kongelige 
Departement  for  Kirke-  og  Undervisningsva:senet,  1898.  The 
vocabulary  is  intended  to  be  complete  for  all  the  meanings 
found  in  the  text  (but  see  Explanatory  Note  p.  163)  In  the 
introduction  I  have  thought  it  desirable  to  discuss  Bjorn- 
son's  life  merely  down  to  the  time  represented  by  our  story, 
En  glad  Gut  and  Arne. 

For  a  detailed  discussion  of  Bjornson's  life  and  writings 
the  student  may  be  referred  to  Chr.  Collin's  great  and  scholarly 
work  on  the  poet  entitled  Bjornstjerne  Bjornson,  now  in  the 
process  of  publication,  and  to  which  I  am  indebted  for  many 
facts  in  the  introduction.  Collin's  work  is  truly  epoch-making 
and  will  hereafter  be  indispensable  to  every  student  of  Bjorn- 
son. I  also  acknowledge  obligations  to  Jaeger's  excellent 
Norsk  Literaturhistorie  and  to  a  thoroughly  appreciative  study 
of  Bjornson  by  William  Morton  Payne  in  The  International 
Quarterly  for  1903.^  In  the  preparation  of  the  notes  Hof- 
gaard's  Norsk  Grammatik  til  Skolebrug,  39te  Tusende,  1898, 
and  Fdlk  and  Torp's  D an sk -Norsk ens  Syntax  i  historisk 
Fremstilling  have  been  of  much  use  to  me.  Other  works  to 

lOf  the  extensive  BjOrnson  literature  I  may  here  mention  also:  Just  Bing,  "Ja, 
vi  elsker  dette  Landet",  pp.  1-22  in  Norske  Dig' te  og- Dijo'tere,  Christlania, 
1S9S;  H.  H.  Boyeson,  Essays  on  Scayidbtaz'ian  Literature,  New  York,  1895  (pp. 
I -104  are  on  BjOrnson);  and  the  article  on  BjOrnson  in  N.  Rolfsen's  iViprj** 
Digtere, 


Vl  PREFACE. 

which  I  am  indebted  are  listed  on  page  160  of  this  book.  Es- 
pecially must  I  mention  here  Poestion's  excellent  little  Lehr- 
buch  der  Norwegischen  Sprache,  2te  Auflage,  1900  (Die  Kunst 
der  Polyglottie,  28ster  Teil).  Other  works  not  mentioned 
which  should  be  in  the  hands  of  every  teacher  of  Norwegian 
are  Falk  and  Torp's  Dansk-Norskcns  Lydhistorie,  Christiania, 
1898;  Hofgaard's,  Omrids  af  Lydlxren,  Christiania,  1890;  Otto 
Jespersen's  Fonetik,  Copenhagen  1897-1899 ;  A.  B.  Larsen's 
Oversigt  over  de  norske  Bygdcmaal,  Christiania,  1898 ;  Jacob 
Lokke's  Modersmaalets  Formlxre,  Christiania,  1855 ;  Johan 
Storm's  Oni  Tonefaldct  i  de  skandinviske  Sprog,  1874 ;  also  the 
same  author's  "Norsk  Lydskrift  med  Omrids  af  Fonetiken"  in 
Norvegia  I;  "Ibsen  og  det  norske  Sprog"  in  Henrik 
Ibsen,  Festkrift,  Bergen,  1898 ;  Aug.  Western's  Norske  Ret- 
skrivningsordlister,  4th  edition,  Christiania,  1887,  and  Kr.  Mik- 
kelsen's  Dansk  Sproglxre,  Copenhagen,  1893,  Poestion's  Lehr- 
buch  der  Schwedischen  Sprache  and  his  Danische  Sprache. 
For  supplementary  study  or  continued  reading  in  the  language 
J.  Brynildsen's  Norsk-Engelsk  Ordbog,  Chrvstiania,  1892,  is 
to  be  recommended  to  the  student.  This  contains  the  native 
idioms  and  specifically  Norwegian  forms  and  words  which  are 
found  in  such  large  numbers  in  Bjornson,  Ibsen  and  Lie.  A 
Larsen's  Dansk-Norsk  Engelsft  Ordbog,  3rd  ed.,  Copenhagen, 
1897,  so  excellent  for  Danish  is  rather  deficient  for  Norwegian. 
As  suitable  reading  to  follow  Synnove  Solbakken  may  be  sug- 
gested, besides  any  of  the  peasant  stories,  Bjornson's  En  FalUt 
and  GeograH  og  Kjxrlighed,  Kielland's  Novelletter  and  Skip- 
per Worse,  Lie's  Fortxllinger  og  Skildringer  fra  Norge  and 
Den  Fremsynte  or  any  of  the  later  social  dramas  of  Ibsen, 
preferably  perhaps   En   Folkefiende,  Samfundets  Stotter,  Et 


PREFACE.  vll 

Dukkehjem  and  John  Gabriel  Borkman.  Of  Ibsen's  dramas 
Brand  and  Peer  Gynt  offer  the  greatest  difficulties  to  the  for- 
eigner. 

With  the  sincere  hope  that  this  book  will  meet  with  a  fav- 
orable reception  and  that  it  may  do  something  toward  pro- 
moting the  study  of  the  Norwegiah  language  in  this  country 
the  editor  submits  it  to  the  consideration  of  the  teacher  and 
ethers  who  are  interested  in  that  study. 

George  T.  Flom. 

The  State  University  of  loiva. 

August,  1903. 


TABLE  OF  CONTENTS 


PAGE 

Introduction j. XI 

Text  and  Notes 1 

Works  referred  to  in  the  Notes 161 

Abbreviations 163 

Vocabulary 169 

List  of  Strong  and  Irregular  Verbs 201 


ILLUSTRATIONS 


Bjernstjeme  Bjernson,  frontispiece. 

Bjergan  Parsonage,  opposite  page  XII. 

Nassset  Parsonage  in  Romsdal,  opposite  page  XII. 

Bjernson  in  1854,  opposite  page  XX. 

Bjernson  in  1875,  opposite  page  XXIV. 

Aulestad  in  Gausdal,  Bjernson's  Home,  opposite  page  XXX. 


INTRODUCTION 


Sketch  of  BjOrnson's  Life  down  to  i860. 

In  Bjomstjeme  Bjornson  the  Norwegian  national  char- 
acter finds  its  most  typical  living  expression.  In  him  are  united 
in  a  higher  degree  than  in  anyone  else  those  essential  traits 
that  go  to  make  up  the  genius  of  the  nation. 

Though  known  to  the  English  speaking  world  chiefly  as  a 
writer,  Bjornson  has  always  taken  an  active  interest  in  the 
affairs  of  his  country.  No  one  has  held  a  more  prominent 
place  in  the  political  history  of  Norway  in  his  time  or  has 
had  a  greater  influence  upon  the  intellectual  development  of 
the  country.  In  versatility  of  genius  and  variety  of  achieve- 
ments contemporary  Scandinavia  does  not  offer  his  equal. 
Lyric  poet,  novelist  and  orator,  he  stands  without  a  peer  in 
all,  while  as  a  dramatist  most  will  perhaps  accord  him  a  place 
second  only  to  his  great  compatriot  Henrik  Ibsen.  In  the 
collective  influence  exerted  on  his  age  in  his  own  country  he 
far  outranks  any  of  his  contemporaries.  He  is  the  nation's 
chief  representative ;  he  is  the  great  Norwegian  of  the  century. 

Bjornstjerne  Bjornson  was  born  of  the  parents  Peder  and 
Elise  Bjornson  at  the  old  parsonage  of  Bjorgan  in  Kvikne 
parish  in  Osterdalen  on  the  eighth  of  December,  1832.  Kvikne 
lies  high  up  in  the  Dovre  Mountains  secluded  and  removed 
from  the  outer  world.    In  the  autobiographical  sketch  entitled 

xi 


xii  INTRODUCTION 

Blakken,  written  in  1868,  the  author  gives  us  the  following 
picture  of  Bjorgan  parsonage:  "the  place  lay  so  high  that 
grain  did  not  grow  there;  the  cold  was  such  that  I  did  not 
dare  to  touch  the  latch  of  the  street  door,  because  my  fingers 
smarted  on  the  iron.  My  father  who  was  born  near  the  Rands- 
fjord,  and  therefore  well  hardened  to  cold,  had  to  wear  a 
mask  before  his  face  as  a  protection  against  the  cold  when 
driving  to  the  distant  annex.  The  snow  often  lay  even  with 
the  second  story  in  the  large  dwelling,  while  the  smaller 
houses  of  the  place  were  buried  entirely,  hills,  bushes  and 
fences  levelled. ..  .so  that  the  whole  country  lay  like  an  ocean 
of  snow."  In  this  inaccessible  region  there  was  little  inter- 
course with  the  rest  of  the  world ;  primitive  notions  had  not 
been  modified  much  by  modern  culture.  The  men  of  Kvikne 
bore  a  bad  reputation  for  unruliness  in  those  days,  and  the 
minister,  who  was  at  the  same  time  to  a  certain  extent  the 
guardian  of  law  and  order,  had  no  easy  task.  The  last  minis- 
ter had  fled  from  the  parish  and  refused  to  return  and  Bjorgan 
had  been  without  a  pastor  many  years  when  Peder  Bjornson 
was  appointed  to  the  charge — because  "it  was  believed  that 
he  would  be  able  to  manage  a  boat  in  a  storm."  On  one  oc- 
casion the  champion  fighter  of  the  district  appeared  in  the 
minister's  study;  but  when  he  wanted  to  teach  the  minister 
the  ways  of  the  district  he  fo\ind  to  his  terror  that  the  min- 
ister first  wanted  to  teach  him  his  way;  the  minister  promptly 
threw  the  champion  down  the  stairs  after  which  he  was  never 
again  interfered  with  in  the  exercise  of  his  duties. 

As  a  child  at  Bjorgan,  Bjornson  tells  us  in  the  sketch  re- 
ferred to,  his  playmates  were  Blakken,  the  family  horse,  a  dog 
that  taught  him  to  steal  sugar,  a  pig  which  he  tried  to  teach 
how  to  eat  out  of  a  spoon,  but  which  always  insisted  on  eating 


Bj0RGAN     PaHSOXAGE    WHERE    BjORXSON    WAS    BoRN 


^•S  ';,^ 

IWI^\^SE 

w-    ^           nil 

1       ■'"' 

^;1 

1   1 

1  Eff^ 

s^'^-pi*  f    If, 

eSi£U:«i 

HR- 

N^ssET  Parsonage  in  Romsdai. 


INTRODUCTION  xill 

the  spoon,  and  last  a  cat,  that  unexpectedly  had  appeared 
in  the  kitchen  one  day.  Whenever  the  horse  Blakken  fol- 
lowed his  mother  out  into  the  field,  the  dog,  the  pig,  the  cat 
and  little  Bjornson  were  companions  at  home. 

When  Bjornson  was  six  years  old  his  father  was  trans- 
ferred to  Nsesset  parish  in  Romsdal,  one  of  the  most  pictur- 
esque spots  in  Norway.  "Here  in  Nsesset  parish,"  writes  he 
in  the  same  sketch,  "one  of  the  most  beautiful  estates  in 
the  country,  as  it  lies  there  broad-bosomed  between  two  con- 
fluent fjords,  with  the  green  mountains  above,  waterfall  and 
farmsteads  on  the  opposite  shore,  waving  fields  and  life  farther 
down  in  the  valley,  and  out  along  the  fjord  mountains  with 
promontory  after  promontory  jutting  out  into  the  sea,  and 
a  large  estate  on  each — here  in  Nsesset  parish,  where  I  might 
stand  of  an  evening  looking  at  the  play  of  sunlight  over 
mountain  and  fjord,  until  I  wept  as  if  I  had  done  something 
wrong,  and  where  I,  when  going  down  into  the  valley  on  my 
skis,  suddenly  might  stop  as  if  spell-bound  by  a  beauty  and  a 
longing  which  it  was  beyond  my  power  to  explain,  but  which 
was  so  strong  that  immediately  upon  the  highest  ecstasy  of 
joy  I  might  feel  the  deepest  confinement  and  distress,  —  here 
in  Nsesset  parish  grew  my  impressions,  but  one  of  the  live* 
liest  is  the  one  I  have  of  Blakken." 

In  these  surroundings  Bjornson  passed  the  first  twelve 
years  of  his  life.  The  vividness  with  which  the  man  of  thirty- 
six  describes  the  two  homes  of  his  childhood  shows  what  a 
profound  impression  these  extremes  of  nature  left  upon  the 
mind  of  the  boy.  The  savagery  of  Dovre,  which  lay  reflected 
in  its  inhabitants,  had  left  a  very  definite  imprint  upon  his 
mind.    As  a  child,  he  says,  he  had  often  stood  upon  the  table 


xlv  INTRODUCTION 

in  the  kitchen  looking  down  into  the  valley  longing  to  go 
there.  It  is  undoubtedly,  however,  the  nature  of  Romsdal 
that  has  had  the  greatest  influence  upon  him.  To  it  is  due  in 
a  considerable  degree  the  gentler  note  that  runs  through  all 
his  early  pictures  of  peasant  life.  It  is  the  genial  Nsesset  that 
we  meet  again  in  his  first  tale  Synndve  Solbakken}  But 
Bjornson  mingled  much  with  the  peasants  in  Romsdal  and 
he  learned  to  know  them  and  their  life  thoroughly;  he  saw 
that  even  in  Romsdal  the  peasant's  life  was  one  of  hard  toil 
for  which  he  reaped  but  scant  reward.  It  is  clear  that  this 
acquaintance  with  the  peasant  in  his  daily  work  must  have 
safeguarded  Bjornson  against  that  hyper- romantic  idealization 
of  the  peasant  which  was  the  chief  mark  of  the  literature 
of  the  time. 

In  1844  Bjornson  was  matriculated  at  Molde  School,  where 
he  remained  until  1849,  from  his  twelfth  to  his  seventeenth 
year.  Bjornson  did  not  distinguish  himself  in  his  studies; 
hp  disliked  the  confinement  of  the  school-room,  and  the  strict 
regulations  according  to  which  the  school  was  governed  were 
distasteful  to  his  nature.  In  the  poem  Ganile  Heltberg  he 
has  characterized  Molde  School  in  not  very  favorable  terms 
in  the  following  stanza: 

Jeg  gik  paa  en  liden  meget  pyntelig  Skole, 
paa  hvilken  baade  Kirke  og  Stat  kunde  stole. 
Den  dreied  belt  stilfaerdig  i  Stats-maskineriet, 
og  skjont  det  kunde  hores  paa  Hjule-knirkeriet, 
at  sjselden  den  smurtes  av  Aandens  Talg, 
Saa  var  paa  hine  Kanter  slet  intet  Valg: 
Vi  maatte  gaa  der,  til  vi  blev  store. 
Jeg  gik  der  ogsaa,  —  men  laeste  Snorre. 

iThe  severe  Norwegian  n:iture  was  first  introduced  into  Norwegian 
literature  by  Ilenrik  Ibsen  in  Brand  in  1864. 


INTRODUCTION  xv 

At  the  age  of  thirteen  Bjornson  started  a  handwritten 
paper  among  the  students  at  Molde,  to  which  he  gave  the  high- 
sounding  title  "Liberty."  In  this  students'  paper  he  wrote 
several  poems,  but  none  of  these  earliest  literary  efforts  have 
been  preserved.  Bjornson  read  much  at  Molde.  From  the 
first  he  became  acquainted  with  the  popular  tales  of  Asbjorn- 
son,  and  he  read  the  romances  of  Walter  Scott  and  the 
comedies  of  Ludvig  Holberg.  He  seems  early  to  have  liked 
the  Danish  poet  Oehlenschlager,  and  particularly  his  moderni- 
zations of  the  Old  Norse  myths  and  heroic  stories.  But  his 
special  favorite  among  modern  writers  was  undoubtedly 
Henrik  Wergeland.  Of  the  early  literature  of  Norway  he 
now  became  acquainted  with  Snorre,  whose  King's  Sagas  of 
Norway  in  the  translation  of  Jakob  Aal  soon  came  to  have 
a  fascination  for  him  to  the  exclusion  of  almost  everything 
else.  Through  them  Bjornson's  interest  in  Old  Norse  his- 
tory was  aroused.  These  sagas,  told  in  the  inimitable  style 
of  Snorre,  who  has  been  called  the  greatest  historian  of  the 
Middle  Ages,  exercised  a  powerful  influence  upon  Bjornson. 
Snorre's  account  of  the  heroic  age  of  Norway  stirred  him  to 
deeper  patriotism  for  the  Norway  of  to-day.  It  became  an 
important  factor  in  fostering  that  intense  love  of  his  country 
and  his  countrymen  that  has  ever  characterized  Bjornson. 

Late  m  the  autumn  of  1849  Bjornson  was  matriculated  at 
Heltberg's  Studcnterfahrik  in  Christiania.  Here  he  was  to 
prepare  himself  for  the  University  after  which,  according  to 
his  father's  plan,  he  was  to  study  for  the  theological  examina- 
tion. The  years  that  followed  became  significant  for  the  devel- 
opment of  the  future  poet ;  it  was  a  period  rich  in  formative 
influences.     Among  Bjornson's  companions  at  Heltberg  were 


xvl  INTRODUCTION 

Asmund  Olafsen  Vinje  and  Henrik  Ibsen.  In  1851  Ibsen  left 
to  assume  the  post  of  theatrical  director  of  the  Bergen  the- 
atre; but  his  place  was  taken  by  Jonas  Lie  who  came  that 
year.  It  is  an  interesting  thing  to  find  these  four  at  Helt- 
berg's  at  this  time,  all  of  whom  came  to  occupy  such  a  lead- 
ing place  in  the  literature  of  the  following  half-century.  In 
the  poem  referred  to  above,  Bjornson  gives  us  a  picture  of 
life  at  Heltberg's  and  his  three  companions  in  two  stanzas  that 
have  often  been  quoted : 

Skjaeggede  Karle,  tit  over  de  tredive, 
og  slugne  paa  hvert  Ord,  sad  og  traellede  bredved 
rejicerede  Kropper  paa  sytten  Aar, 
sorglost  galne  som  Spurv  i  Vaar. 
Kraftige  Sjomajnd,  som  stilt  bag  sin  Disk 
havde  beilet  til  Bogen,  indtil  Kreditor  blev  bisk 
og  tog  Varerne  fra  dem.    A'^m  de  laeste  "paa  Laan". 
Og  ved  Siden  dovne  "Lover"',  —  det  var  naesten  som  Haan ! 

—  Unge  aergjaerrige,  "norske"  Jurister, 
"praeler"  og  praeke-lystne  Seminarister, 

—  Kadetter  med  en  Skade  paa  Arm  eller  Ben, 
Bonder,  hvem  en  Skole  faldt  altfor  sen: — 

her  de  alle  vilde  bryde  i  Latinen  frem 

paa  et  Aar  eller  to,  —  imod  otte  eller  fem. 

De  hang  over  Baenken,  de  laa  imod  Vaeggen, 
i  hvert  Vindu  sad  to,  een  just  provede  Eggen 
paa  sin  nyslebne  Kniv  i  den  bla?kkede  Pult. 
Gjennem  tvende  aabne  Rum  var  det  dorgende  fuldt. 
Lang  og  slaapen,  i  halvdrom,  paa  yderste  Linje, 
sad  og  grunded  for  sig  selv  Asmund  Olafsen  Vinje. 
Anspaendt  og  mager,  med  Farve  som  Gipsen, 
bag  et  kulsort,  umaadeligt  Skjseg  Henrik  Ibsen, 


INTRODUCTION  xvii 

Undoubtedly  no  one  exercised  so  great  an  influence  upon 
Bjornson  as  Vinje,  the  peasant's  son  from  Telemarken.  Vin- 
je's  education  had  begun  late  and  he  was  already  thirty-one 
years  old  when  he  and  Bjornson  met  at  Heltberg's.  Vinje 
was  well  versed  in  the  literature  of  Norway,  and  he  pos- 
sessed moreover  a  considerable  familiarity  with  European 
literature  in  general.  His  reading  had  also  included  history 
and  he  was  something  of  a  student  of  politics.  Through  his 
wider  knowledge  and  a  certain  original  way  of  looking  at 
things  he  had  considerable  influence  over  Bjornson.  Particu- 
larly during'  the  first  two  years  in  Christiania  does  Bjornson 
seem  to  have  been  much  together  with  Vinje.  Certain  it  is  th^t 
he  learned  much  from  him,  though  he  was  never  influenced  by 
that  pessimistic  vein  which  is  often  so  noticeable  an  element 
in  Vinje's  character.^ 

At  Heltberg's  Bjornson  received  a  good  knowledge  of 
Latin  and  some  familiarity  with  Latin  literature.  Heltberg 
seems  to  have  imparted  to  his  pupils  not  a  little  of  his  own 

1  Vinjes  attitude  toward  BjSrnson  was  schoolmasterly,  an  attitude  that  he 
never  seemed  quite  able  to  get  away  from  even  when  BjSrnson  had  gained 
wide  recognition  as  a  poet.  Between  the  years  1S5S  and  1S6S  Vinje  published 
a  paper  under  the  name  DOlen  (The  Dalesman),  in  which  he  discussed  in  a 
very  interesting  fashion  the  most  varied  subjects  of  current  interest,  political, 
educational  and  literary.  Ddlen  was  printed  in  a  form  of  the  "Landsmaal" 
patterned  somewliat  after  Vinje's  own  dialect  of  Tinn  in  Telemarken,  In  it  he 
reviewed  Bjdrnson's  Ante  upon  its  appearance  in  1S59,  finding  fault  with  its 
romantic  coloring.  In  a  later  article  he  criticizes  severely  BjSrnson's  portrayal 
of  the  peasant  character  and  Norwegian  peasant  life,  and  he  does  not  think 
that  Bjornson  holds  out  much  promise  as  a  writer.  It  was,  however,  in  accord 
with  Vinje's  character  to  hold  himself  aloof  from  the  popular  homage  which 
in  a  short  time  became  BjOrnson's  share.  Vinje  rarely  took  part  in  any  move- 
ment; his  attitude  was  always  critical  and  negative.  The  language  movement 
is  the  only  one  into  which  he  ever  entered  actively.  He  scorned  that  which 
was  popular  because  it  was  blind  and  uncritical.  And  so  his  attitude  toward 
BjOrnson's  peasant  stories  was  in  realty  not  aimed  so  much  at  BjCrnson  him- 
self as  at  that  blind  following  which  a  successful  writer  often  receives. 


xviii  INTRODUCTION 

enthusiasm  for  the  Latin  language  and  literature.  In  this 
connection  it  is  interesting  to  note  that  Ibsen's  first  drama 
(Catilina,  1848)  is,  as  the  title  indicates,  Latin  in  subject. 
Bjornson  was  however  more  powerfully  drawn  by  the  litera- 
ture of  Norway  and  the  modern  literatures  of  Europe.  As  he 
began  very  early  to  take  a  deep  interest  in  the  movements  and 
the  events  of  the  time,  so  he  turned  with  preference  to  tht 
literature  of  the  present.  In  1851^  he  wrote  a  play,  Valborg, 
dealing  with  the  emigration  problem.  This  was  offered  to  the 
Christiania  theatre  and  accepted,  and  the  author  received  a 
free  admission  ticket  to  all  the  regular  performances  of  the 
theatre.  In  the  meantime  Bjornson,  however,  having  become 
dissatisfied  with  the  piece,  requested  its  return  and  destroyed 
it.  But  he  became  at  this  time  a  frequent  attendant  at  the  the- 
atre. From  the  first  the  theatre  had  a  strong  attraction  for  him, 
and  it  no  doubt  exercised  a  greater  influence  on  him  during  the 
following  years  than  any  other  thing.  In  Heltberg's  school  as  at 
Molde  the  only  branches  of  study  in  which  Bjornson  especi- 
ally excelled  were  Norwegian  and  Frerlch.  His  "stylistic  exer- 
cises" in  Norwegian  are  said  to  have  been  models  of  excel- 
lence. During  the  last  part  of  his  preparatory  course  he 
held  a  position  as  tutor  in  Norwegian  style. 

Bjornson  had  found  Molde  School  tiresome;  and  the  quiet 
village  offered  little  of  interest  to  him.  Those  years  were  a 
period  of  much  reading  and  Snorre  was  his  constant  com- 
panion. In  Christiania  he  entered  an  entirely  different  at- 
mosphere. The  varied  life  of  the  capital  attracted  him  and  he 
gave  himself  up  wholly  to  these  new  surroundings.      He  drew 


lAt  the  close   of  that   year,  it  seems,   rather   than   the  beginning  of  the 
following  year. 


INTRODUCTION  xlx 

inspiration  from  his  associates,  from  the  people  he  met,  the 
theatre,  and  from  the  great  men  of  the  day  whom  he  heard 
in  the  halls  of  the  "Storthing."  One  of  Bjornson's  companions 
at  the  time  has  said  that  he  possessed  a  remarkable  ability 
for  meeting  and  becoming  acquainted  with  the  prominent  men 
of  the  capital ;  he  had  a  dignified  self-possessed  air  about  him 
that  won  for  him  the  respect  of  his  elders. 

In  August,  1852,  Bjornson  took  the  examen  artium.  In 
the  following  year  he  remained  at  home  in  Romsdal.  In 
June,  1853,  his  father  removed  with  his  family  to  Sogne  near 
Kristiansand,  where  he  had  accepted  a  call,  and  Bjornson 
returned  to  Christiania  to  enter  the  University.  Bjornson  had 
received  from  his  father  a  monthly  allowance  of  eight  Spe- 
ciedalcr  (equivalent  to  about  $8.50).  The  condition  of  the 
allowance  was  that  he  should  study  for  the  ministry.  Bjorn- 
son had  passed  the  examen  artium  with  only  moderate  grades. 
The  prescribed  course  he  found  irksome  and  he  felt  himself 
more  than  ever  drawn  to  a  literary  career.  When  in  December, 
1853  he  wrote  to  his  father  his  refusal  to  prepare  himself  for 
the  profession  of  a  minister,  and  gave  his  reasons  for  the  deci- 
sion he  had  made  with  regard  to  his  own  future,  the  allowance 
was  promptly  withdrawn. 

Among  Bjornson's  early  companions  in  Christiania  was 
Paul  Botten-Hansen,  with  whom!  he  was  on  the  most 
friendly  terms.  Henrik  Ibsen  had  already  in  1851  left  Chris- 
tiania as  has  been  said  above.  The  two  do  not  seem  to  have 
been  specially  attracted  to  each  other.  Jonas  Lie,  who  came  to 
the  capital  in  1851,  became  from  the  first  Bjornson's  firm  friend 
and  admirer.  Ole  Vig,  the  editor  of  Folkevennen,  he  knew, 
and  he  counted  among  his  acquaintances  both  Andreas 
Munch    and    Johan    Sebastian    Welhaven,  the  two  foremost 


XX  INTRODUCTION 

writers  in  Norway  at  the  time.  Among  Bjornson's  new 
friends  in  1854  must  be  mentioned  especially  Ernst  Sars,  who 
entered  the  University  in  the  fall  of  1853.  "The  Students' 
Union"  had  a  hand-written  paper  which  they  called  Samfunds- 
hladet.  Early  in  1854  Bjornson  was  elected  joint  editor  with 
Ludvig  Daae,  and  a  little  later  Sars  was  added  to  the  staf. 
Bjornson  was  much  together  with  his  companions  and  he 
rarely  missed  a  performance  at  the  theatre.  And  he  also 
read  very  extensively  in  the  modern  literatures  of  Europe  at 
this  time,  especially  the  drama.  Next  to  the  literature  of 
Norway  he  is  naturally  best  acquainted  with  Danish  literature. 
Oehlenschlager  had  early  been  a  favorite.  He  was  familiar 
with  Heiberg  and  Hostrup,  whose  comedies  just  then  occu- 
pied the  chief  place  on  the  repertory  of  the  Qiristiania  theatre. 
But  the  Danish  drama  does  not  seem  to  have  appealed  to 
him.  On  the  other  hand,  he  was  drawn  to  the  Danish 
religious  writer  Soren  Kirkegaard  and  to  Nicolai  Grundtvig, 
one  of  the  most  powerful  preachers  of  the  Gospel  that  the 
Scandinavian  countries  have  produced,  and  who  just  about 
this  time  had  preached  in  Christiania,  where  young  Bjornson 
heard  him. 

Among  German  writers  it'  was  especially  Lessing  that  he 
read  at  this  time,  as  iie  a  few  years  later  in  Copenhagen,  in  the 
winter  of  1856-57,  became  a  close  student  of  Goethe  and  Schil- 
ler. The  German  romanticists,  however,  he  finds  tiresome  ;  and 
as  for  English  literature,  barring  Shakespeare,  he  knows  as  yet 
little  of  it.  There  can  be  no  doubt  that  his  interest  lay  far 
more  with  the  French  than  any  other  foreign  literature.  But 
while  the  classicists  have  little  attraction  for  him,  he 
devours  everything  from  contemporary  French  literature 
that  comes  into  his  hands.     His  special  favorite  is  Scribe, 


Bj0KNSTJERNE    Bj0RNSOX    IN     « 854 


INTRODUCTION  xxi 

who  undoubtedly  exercised  not  a  little  influence  upon  his 
own  dramatic  method  as  developed  in  the  following  years. 
The  short  sentences  and  that  directness  of  style  which  Bjorn- 
son  begins  to  employ  at  this  time  may  also  in  a  measure  be  due 
to  Scribe;  although  it  would  be  difficult  to  determine  how 
much  is  Scribe's  and  how  much  is  due  to  Snorre  and  the 
speech  of  the  Romsdal  peasant. 

Bjornson's  journalistic  career  may  be  said  to  have  begun 
with  his  joint  editorship  with  Sars  of  the  students  paper 
Samftmdsbladet.  It  is,  however,  not  long  before  he  appears 
as  a  regular  contributor  to  the  chief  papers  in  Christiania. 
According  to  J.  Lindseth  (in  Collin's  Bjornstjcrne  Bjornson, 
p.  178)  he  had  already  before  the  close  of  1853  become  corre- 
spondent for  Kongsberg's  Adresse.  On  the  fifteenth  of  Jan- 
uary he  contributes  his  first  article  to  Morgcnbladct.  ^  It  was 
a  review  of  a  recent  book,  En  Nytaarshog,  in  which  he 
presages  the  advent  of  a  new  literary  revival  in  Norway.  Thii 
review  attracted  the  attention  of  Borge  Hjelm,  who  made 
Bjornson  aesthetic  editor  of  Krydseren^,  and  at  the  same 
time  correspondent  for  Drammens  Tidendc^.  Furthermore 
in  March  he  received  an  appointment  with  Christianiaposten* 
as  reporter  of  the  sessions  of  the  Storthing.  He  was  there- 
fore at  this  time  connected  with  the  three  leading  papers  in 
Christiania  besides  being  editor  of  the  students'  paper.  When 
his  connection  with  Christianiaposten  was  broken  off  not  long 
after,  he  was  appointed  to  edit  the  same  department  in  Kryd- 

IThe  Morning  Journal. 

»The  Cruiser,  edited  by  Dltmar  Meidell.    Its  name  was  changed  to  Aflen- 
bladet  (The  Evening  Journal)  in  1855. 
sDrainmen  News. 
«Th«  Christiania  Post. 


xxii  INTRODUCTION 

seren.  In  March  also  he  was  made  theatrical  critic  for 
Morgenbladet,  in  which  capacity  he  made  his  debut  by  an 
article  on  "The  Women  of  the  Norwegian  Stage."  In  this 
article,  which  appeared  in  Morgenbladet,  March  15th,  Bjorn- 
son  takes  his  brother  critics  to  task  for  the  shallowness  of 
their  criticism.  He  finds  fault  with  the  Danish  theatre  and 
the  prima  donna  of  the  Danish  troupe  Madam  Schrumpf  and 
praises  the  work  of  the  young  Norwegian  actress  Louise 
Svendsen,  who  had  hitherto  been  assigned  only  minor  roles. 
The  article  is  significant  because  it  was  in  effect  a  declaration 
of  war  against  a  Danish  theatre  in  the  capital.  It  inaugurated 
a  bitter  fight  between  the  Nationalists  and  the  conservative 
pro-Danish  element  which  culminated  in  the  famous  battle  of 
the  theatre  on  the  sixth  and  the  eighth  of  May,  two  years 
later.  During  these  two  years  Bjornson  developed  a  truly 
marvellous  activity  as  a  writer  for  the  papers  of  Christiania 
and  a  correspondent  for  the  provincial  press.  In  the  fall  of 
1855  he  was  attached  to  Morgenbladet  as  its  regular  dramatic 
editor,  and  in  the  early  part  of  1S5G  he  began  to  publish  his 
own  paper  Illustreret  Nyhedsblad  (Illustrated  News). 

Bjornson's  appearance  in  Christiania  as  literary  and  dramatic 
critic  really  marks  the  beginning  of  a  new  era  in  Norwegian 
literature.  His  fearless  attacks  upon  the  literary  tendencies 
of  the  time  and  the  hostile  attitude  which  he  assumed  toward 
what  he  termed  the  danomania  of  the  capital  were  calculated 
to  create  violent  opposition  at  once.  Bjornson  pleaded  for 
a  truer  representation  of  Norwegian  life  on  the  Norwegian 
stage;  through  it  he  paved  the  way  for  a  more  realistic 
portrayal  of  life  in  Norwegian  literature^  The  first  works  in 
that    literature    which    may   properly    be    called    realistic    are 


INTRODUCTION  xxiii 

Ibsen's  De  Unges  Forbtind,  which  appeared  in  1869,  and 
Bjomson's  Redaktoren,  published  in  1875.  The  movement  is 
foreshadowed  in  Ibsen's  Kjxrltghcdens  Komedie,  1802,  and  in 
Bjomson's  De  Nygifte,  1865 ;  but  its  beginnings  may  be  traced 
as  far  back  as  1854-56.  It  is  significant  that  the  first  rough 
draught  of  De  Nygifte  dates  back  to  the  year  1855.  Out  of  tnat 
draught  grew  in  1856  the  saga-drama  Mellcm  Slagene  (Be- 
tween the  Battles)  and  in  1865  the  modern  social  drama  De 
Nygifte. 

In  order  to  understand  the  condition  in  Christiania  at 
that  time  it  will  be  necessary  to  recall  that  Norway's  separa- 
tion from  Denmark  was  only  four  decades  old.  During  the 
union  with  Denmark  the  language  of  official  life  and  of 
cultured  intercourse  was  Danish,  and  of-course  Danish  had 
also  become  the  literary  language  of  the  country.  For  a 
hundred  and  fifty  years  the  two  countries  had  had  a  common 
literature,  to  which  Norway  had  contributed  many  of  th'e 
most  illustrious  names,  among  them  Ludvig  Holberg,  the 
father  of  modern  Danish-Norwegian  literature.  But  this 
literature  was  written  in  the  Danish  language,  even  though 
that  language,  as  spoken  in  Norway,  differed  much  in  point  of 
pronunciation  from  Danish  as  spoken  in  Copenhagen.  Even 
after  its  political  separation  from  Denmark  Norway  continued 
to  be  intellectually  dependent  upon  Denmark.  In  the  thirties 
and  the  forties  the  language  began  to  undergo  a  more  rapid 
process  of  nationalization  especially  through  the  influence  of 
Henrik  Wergeland  and  Asbjornson's  folk  tales.  In  the 
meantime  two  parties  had  arisen,  the  one  styling  itself  the 
Conservative,  believing  that  a  Norwegian  literature  and  Nor- 
wegian culture  must  be  largely  an  outgrowth  of  the  past,  while 
the  other,  the  National  party,  wished  to  break  away  entirely 


xxiv  INTRODUCTION 

from  everything  that  was  Danish  and  to  develop  a  literature 
entirely  independent  of  foreign  influence  and  traditions. 

In  1837  a  new  theatre  had  been  opened  in  Christiania  with 
a  play  by  Andreas  Munch.  The  presentation  of  Wergeland's 
Camphellerne  on  January  28th  of  the  following  year  be- 
came the  occasion  for  a  conflict  between  the  two  factions  in 
which  the  Conservatives  were  victorious.  Since  then  the 
theatre  of  the  capital  had  been  in  Danish  hands  and  as  a  rule 
only  Danish  talent  had  been  employed,  as  it  was  predominantly 
Danish  plays  that  found  a  place  on  the  repertory  of  the 
theatre.  For  a  time  this  could  not  very  well  be  otherwise, 
for  Norway  had  as  yet  no  drama  that  was  representative  of 
the  nation.  But  as  long  as  only  Danish  actors  were  em- 
ployed Norwegian  life  could  find  no  true  portrayal  on  the 
Norwegian  stage.  The  director  of  the  theatre  had  from  time 
to  time  engaged  Norwegian  talent  but  only  for  the  minor 
roles,  and  there  were  constantly  new  actors  being  imported 
from  Denmark. 

Bjornson's  program  was  that  Norwegian  plays  should  have 
the  same  chance  as  foreign  plays,  that  Norwegian  actors 
should  not  only  have  equal  chance  with  the  Danish  but  that  in 
the  future  only  Norwegian  actors  were  to  be  engaged,  while 
the  Danish  actors  who  had  been  associated  with  the  Chris- 
tiania theatre  should  be  allowed  to  remain.  He  wished  for 
the  gradual  Norwegianizing  of  the  stage;  everything  that 
savored  of  foreign  dependence  was  to  be  abolished.  In  the 
early  part  of  May,  1856,  a  new  Danish  actor  Ferdinand 
Schmidt  was  engaged  as  guest  in  Hostrup's  Gjenhoerne,  to 
be  given  on  May  sixth.  On  this  occasion  Bjornson's  partj', 
which  numbered  about  six  hundred,  including  many  students, 


Bj0RNSTJERNE    Bj0RNSOX    IN    1 875 


INTRODUCTION  xxv 

among  them  both  Vinje  and  Lie,  made  a  demonstration,  which 
if  not  entirely  successful,  showed  at  any  rate  something  of  the 
strength  of  the  "Opposition"  as  they  were  called  by  the  Con- 
servatives. On  the  eighth  of  May  Bjornson  published  an 
exceedingly  well-written  article  in  Morgenbladet  under 
the  head  "The  Pipers  Programme,"  which  had  the  eflfect  of 
arousing  to  active  support  many  who  before  had  shown  little 
interest  in  the  questions  at  issue.  When  the  fight  was  taken 
up  again  on  the  evening  of  the  eighth  of  May  Bjornson's  fol- 
lowers were  in  the  majority  and  they  reaped  a  decided  victory. 
For  two  months  longer,  until  his  resignation  as  dramatic 
editor  of  Morgenbladet,  Bjornson  carried  on  the  fight  in  that 
paper.  Seven  years  later  the  Norwegian  theatre  in  Mollcr- 
gaden  (of  which  Ibsen  had  become  director  in  1857)  and  the 
Danish  Christiania  theatre  were  united  under  a  Norwegian 
director,  and  in  1865  Bjornson  himself  became  its  artistic 
director.  And  so  in  less  than  a  decade  the  chief  theatre  ol 
the  capital  had  been  transformed  from  a  stronghold  of  Danish 
culture  to  an  institution  really  representative  of  the  nation. 

Bjornson's  journalistic  activity  during  1854-1856  and 
especially  the  prominent  part  that  he  took  in  the  movement 
just  described  placed  him  prominently  before  the  people  be- 
fore he  had  become  known  as  a  writer  of  fiction.  Many  looked 
upon  him  as  one  from  whom  great  things  were  to  be  expected. 
His  name  had  also  reached  Denmark,  and  in  Copenhagen  he 
was  regarded  .as  the  leader  of  the  Norwegian  school,  and  as 
the  one  who  was  to  take  a  chief  part  in  the  literary  revival 
that  was  to  come. 

In  June,  1856,  the  reunion  of  Scandinavian  students  took 
place   at  Upsala.     Bjornson   was   sent  there   as  correspond- 


xxvi  INTRODUCTION 

cnt  for  Morgenbladet.  It  was  a  festive  occasion  that  made  the 
profoundest  impression  upon  him.  The  narrow  conventions 
of  the  capital  had  become  distasteful  to  his  nature.  The  larger 
Scandinavianism  appealed  to  him.  The  freedom  and  good- 
fellowship  that  he  met  with  everywhere  inspired  him ;  and  it 
became  a  turning  point  in  his  career.  In  Upsala  a  young 
girl  had  given  him  a  floral  crown,  selecting  him  as  the  one  she 
liked  best  among  the  Norwegian  students.  As  a  young  man 
he  had  longed  to  become  a  poet  but  had  doubted  his  calling. 
Superstitiously  he  regarded  this  incident  as  a  sign  that  he 
was  after  all  to  be  a  poet  and  that  the  hour  had  come.  The 
impulse  to  write  seized  him.  When  he  returned  to  Chris- 
tiania  he  resigned  his  post  as  dramatic  editor  of  Morgen- 
bladet and,  leaving  Christiania,  went  home  to  Sogne,  where 
he  says  he  wrote  and  rewrote  Melletn  Slagene  in  two  weeks. 
"I  wrote  down  my  impressions,  but  just  because  I  first  had 
lived  it  and  then  wrote,  the  picture  received  style  and  color, 
so  that  it  attracted  notice,  and  made  me  even  more  sure  that 
now  the  hour  had  come.  I  packed  up,  went  home,  thought 
out,  wrote  and  rewrote  Mellem  Slagene  in  fourteen  days,  left 
for  Copenhagen  with  the  finished  copy  in  my  trunk ;  I  wished 
to  become  a  poet  and  therefor?  for  a  while  be  there,  where 
the  appreciation  was  greatest,  the  art  most  developed.  In  that 
year  came  Thrond,  Synnove  Solbakken  and  Halte  Hulda" 
(Limping  Hulda). 

In  1856  Bjornson  had  begun  the  publication  of  a  weekly, 
Illustreret  Nyhedshlad}  In  this  paper  he  had  printed  a 
number  of  shorter  stories:    Aunun,  Ole  Stormoen  and  Et 

iFor  the  purpose  of  helping  a  poor  printer  from  Molde.  (Collin,  BjOm- 
s^er$ie  BjOrnsoH. ) 


INTRODUCTION  xxvii 

farligt  Fried,  the  last  being  also  rewritten  in  "Landsmaal." 
Here  also  he  began  in  July  En  tnunter  Mand  continued  in 
later  numbers  from  Copenhagen.  In  this  way  began  a  marvel- 
lously fertile  period  of  three  years,  in  which  appeared  not 
less  than  three  longer  novels  of  peasant  life,  besides  many 
shorter  sketches,  superior  to  anything  of  the  kind  that  had 
appeared  in  Norwegian  literature  before,  and  which  gained 
for  their  author  the  homage  of  all  Scandinavia.  In  March, 
1857,  the  first  fruit  of  his  sojourn  in  Copenhagen  appeared, 
—  Thrond  or  as  the  title  ran  Min  forste  Fortdtlling.  .The 
little  sketch  was  written  in  the  fall  of  1856.  Mellem  Slagene, 
written  at  Sogne  in  July,  1856,  was  published  in  1857,  as  also 
Halte  Hulda  and  a  rough  draught  of  the  longer  story  Arne. 
Synnovc  Solbakkcn  appeared  in  1857,  being  first  printed  as 
a  serial  in  Illustrerct  Nyhedsblad,  Arne  in  1858  and  En  glad 
Gut  in  1860.  In  addition  to  Thrond  he  had  in  the  meantime 
published  several  short  stories :  Bjornejxgeren  and  Faderen 
in  1857,  and  Orneredet  in  1858.  In  1860  these  four  together 
with  the  two  versions  of  Et  farligt  Frieri  were  published 
collectively  under  the  title  Smaastykker.  With  these  belong 
the  autobiographical  sketch  Blakkcn  written  in  1868,  and  En 
Livsgaadc,  1869.  To  the  longer  peasant  stories  finally  are  to 
be  added  Jcrnbanen  og  Kirkegaarden,  1865,  Fiskcrjcntcn,  1868 
and  En  ny  Fcriefart  1869.  In  1872  a  new  edition  of  all  the 
peasant  tales,  including  Brudeslaattcn,  now  printed  for  the 
first  time,  was  published  in  two  volumes  under  the  title 
FortxUingcr.  The  following  dramas  also  belong  to  the  period : 
Kong  Sverrc,  written  in  Rome  in  1861,  published  in  1862 ;  the 
dramatic  trilogy  Sigurd  Slcmhc,  written  in  1862,  but  not  pub- 
lished till  1864 :  Maria  Stuart  i  Skotland  published  in  1864,  and 
Sigurd  Jorsalfar  in  1872.  De  Nygifte,  a  comedy,  appeared  in 


xxviii  INTRODUCTION 

1865,  and  the  epic  romance,  Arnljot  GjcUine,  in  1870,  in  which 
year  he  also  published  his  collected  Poems  and  Songs  (Digte 
og  Sange). 

Bjornson's  two  earliest  pieces,  Mellem  Slagene  and 
Thrond,  are  in  a  way  slight,  but  they  are  important  in  that 
they  mark  an  entirely  new  departure  in  Norwegian  literature. 
In  style  and  general  character  they  were  so  widely  different 
from  anything  that  had  preceded  as  to  attract  immediate  atten- 
tion. While  they  no  doubt  accentuate  unduly  traits  which 
Bjornson  believed  he  had  discovered  to  be  peculiarly  Nor- 
wegian, they  portray  for  the  first  time  certain  qualities  of  the 
peasant's  character  in  unmistakable  colors.  In  Synnovc  Sal- 
hakkcn,  however,  Bjornson  appeared  in  perfect  mastery  of  his 
art.  In  order  to  understand  its  influence  at  the  time  it  will 
be  best  to  go  back  a  little. 

There  had  before  Bjornson  appeared  no  work  that  por- 
trayed intelligently  and  sympathetically  the  Norwegian  char- 
acter. The  collecting  and  publication  of  the  folk-songs  and 
the  fairy  tales  by  Jorgen  Moe  and  P.  A.  Asbjornson  had  called 
to  life  a  considerable  literary  activity.  A  period  of  extravagnt 
national  romanticism  followed ;  but  while  much  was  written 
about  the  peasant,  little  attempt  was  made  to  portray  hin»  as  he 
actually  is  in  his  daily  life.  The  peasant  was  idealized,  re- 
garded as  living  apart  in  an  idyllic  world  of  his  own.  No  one 
had  succeeded  in  drawing  a  realistic  picture  of  peasant  life. 
To  be  sure,  C.  P.  Riis  had  attempted  to  do  so  in  his  Til 
Sxters  as  Nicolai  Ostgaard  in  En  Fjeldbygd,  but  the  former 
did  not  possess  the  necessary  familiarity  with  the  peasant,  while 
Ostgaard,  who  had  lived  in  the  country  the  greater  part  of  his 
life  and  therefore  knew  the  life  of  the  peasant,  lacked  the  abil- 


INTRODUCTION  xxix 

ity  to  portray  the  deeper  side  of  the  peasant's  character,  and 
his  sketches,  which  are  written  in  a  heavy  style,  are  in  reality 
nothing  but  descriptions  of  peasant  life  and  activities.  Bjorn- 
son,  however,  possessed  the  two-fold  qualification.  He  knew 
the  peasant  thoroughly;  he  was  himself  of  peasant  stock  on 
his  father's  side  but  one  generation  removed.  His  early  days 
were  passed  in  close  contact  with  the  peasant  and  he  had 
learned  to  know  him  in  his  daily  toil,  as  he  was  in  real  life. 
Above  all  he  knew  the  serious  side  of  the  peasant  character; 
and  this  he  was  the  first  to  introduce  into  Norwegian  litera- 
ture. 

Bjornson  too,  however,  stands  to  some  extent  under  the 
influence  of  the  time.  He  places  his  peasants  in  an  idealized 
environment  and  the  environment  in  turn  reflects  upon  the 
characters  a  measure  of  romance.  Through  the  influence  of 
the  faii'y  tales  and  the  popular  poetry,  the  romantic  poets  had 
come  to  invest  the  Norwegian  peasant  with  a  highly  poetic 
temperament.  Poet  as  he  was,  Bjornson  also,  yielding  to  the 
tendency  of  the  time,  endowed  his  own  creations  with  some- 
thing of  the  trait  which  the  age  had  come  to  accord  the  peas- 
ant as  his  by  right.  There  is  something  of  the  poet  in  all 
these  peasants  of  Bjornson.  They  are  all  able  to  tell  an  inter- 
esting story  or  to  turn  into  song  the  events  of  their  life. 
The  sad  story  of  the  schoolmaster  Baard  and  his  brother 
Anders,  told  by  Oyvind's  mother,  and  the  charming  little 
story  of  the  minister's  son  and  the  bailiff's  daughter,  from 
Ingebjorg,  are  illustrative  of  this.  In  the  sketch  Thrond,  when 
Alf,  who  lives  with  his  wife  in  the  mountain- forest,  removed 
from  the  rest  of  his  fellows,  with  whom  he  rarely  speaks  even 
when  he  comes  down  to  the  valley,  breaks  his  silence  it  is  to 


XXX  INTRODUCTION 

tell  to  Thrond  the  fantastic  tale  of  Blessommen ;  even  the 
repulsive  Aslak  is  able  to  weave  a  thrilling  story  out  of  the 
circumstances  surrounding  his  birth.  Arne  is  the  story  of  a  boy 
who  is  filled  with  a  deep  sense  of  imprisonment  in  his  home 
which  is  surrounded  on  all  sides  by  mountains.  He  longs  to 
see  what  there  is  beyond;  and  this  longing  gradually  finds  ex- 
pression in  stanzas  of  a  beauty  that  has  rarely  been  surpassed. 
Similarly  when  Synnove  receives  the  letter  from  Thorbjora 
on  his  sick-bed  she  gives  vent  to  her  feelings  in  another  song 
of  the  most  exquisite  lyric  beauty.  The  story  Arne  is  char- 
acteristic of  the  whole  series  and  it  is  not  without  significance 
that  in  the  collected  tales  published  in  1873  Bjornson  placed 
it  first  in  the  series,  so  that  the  fairy-tale  of  the  Juniper  with 
which  it  opens  comes  to  form  a  kind  of  introduction  to  the 
peasant  novels  in  general. 

Between  the  Battles  was  the  first  fruits  of  Bjornson's 
studies  in  Old  Norse  history.  In  Thrond  he  made  his  first 
effort  to  portray  the  modern  Norwegian  peasant.  Thus  he 
studies  the  saga-period  and  modern  life  simultaneously  and 
in  the  following  years  v/e  find  him,  always  at  work  at  the  same 
time  on  a  saga-drama  and  a  story  of  peasant  life  of  to-day. 
This  is  of  importance  for  an'  understanding  of  Bjornson's 
manner  and  his  general  literary  method.  In  this  connection 
it  is  of  interest  to  note  that  in  Mellem  Slagcnc  the  character 
Einar  Veitten  is  taken  from  real  life,  from  Bjornson's  own 
surroundings  in  Romsdal,  as  Chr.  Collin  informs  us. 

In  the  energetic  brevity  of  the  saga-style  Bj  or  son  had  dis- 
covered an  element  that  was  closely  related  to  the  terse  speech 
of  the  peasant.  Bjornson  wished  to  point  out  the  essential  simi- 
larity between  Snorre's  Norsemen  and  the  Norsemen  of  the 


> 


INTRODUCTION  xxxl 

present  time.  Between  the  Norway  of  the  heroic  age  and 
the  Norway  of  to-day,  relatively  so  unimportant  by  com- 
parison, there  lay  a  night  of  four  hundred  years,  in  which 
the  country,  at  first  ravaged  by  the  dread  Black  Death,  then 
subject  to  foreign  rule,  had  come  to  occupy  a  position  of 
dependency  in  the  long  union  with  Denmark.  During  this 
time  its  language  had  sunk  to  the  position  of  mere  dialects, 
and  the  Danish  language  and  Danish  culture  had  replaced  the 
native  language  and  culture  among  the  upper  classes.  In 
showing  that  the  peasant  of  to-day  possessed  a  language  which 
not  only  in  outer  form  was-  genuinely  Norwegian,  as  opposed 
to  the  language  of  official  life  and  of  literature,  but  which  in 
its  very  genius  was  closely  related  to  the  speech  of  the  old 
Norsemen  and  the  language  of  the  sagas,  Bjornson  established 
a  connecting  link  between  the  Norway  of  to-day  and  the  Nor- 
way of  the  heroic  age.  To  quote  Boyeson :  "The  lesson  that 
Bjornson  set  out  to  teach  his  countrymen  was  that  this  Nor- 
wegian peasantry  were  the  real  representatives  of  the  Norse 
nation ;  that  they  had  preserved  through  long  years  of  tyranny 
and  foreign  oppression  the  historic  characteristics  of  their 
Norse  forefathers,  while  the  upper  classes  had  gone  in  search 
of  strange  gods,  and  bowed  their  necks  to  the  foreign  yoke; 
that  in  their  veins  the  old  strong  saga-life  was  still  throbbing 
with  vigorous  pulse-beats — this  was  the  lesson  which  Bjorn- 
son undertook  to  teach  his  countrymen,  and  a  very  fruitful 
lesson  it  has  proved  to  be.  It  has  inspired  the  people  with 
renewed  courage ;  it  has  turned  the  national  life  into  fresh 
channels  and  it  has  revolutionized  national  politics." 

The  discovery  of  this  element  in  the  native  language  of 
Norway  as   Ijmething  distinctly  national  belongs  to  Bjornson. 


xxxii  INTRODUCTION 

The  representation  of  it  in  the  speech  of  the  peasant  was  some- 
thing absolutely  new  in  Norwegian  literature ;  it  is  the  distin- 
guishing mark  of  Bjornsonian  prose. 

We  have  discussed  briefly  some  of  the  things  that  made 
Bjornson's  stories  so  noteworthy.  With  them  the  romantic 
period  came  to  a  close;  they  inaugurated  a  more  realistic  ten- 
dency in  Norwegian  literature.  And  in  that  whole  period  no 
work  stands  out  so  prominently  as  Synnove  Solbakken.  It  has 
in  it  yet  that  which  belongs  to  a  bygone  time  and  still  it  con- 
tains much  that  was  indicative  of  the  coming  period.  As 
someone  has  said  it  is  that  work  from  which  we  get  the 
broadest  outlook  back  into  the  past  and  forward  into  the 
future. 


•    ^J0rnfon5 

SYttnoPC  Solbathn 


3  en  [tor  S)qI  fon^  hex  bcere  et  til  olle  ©iber  fritltg- 
gcnbe,^  f)0it  <Steb,  fom  ©olert  bcerer  ©troaler  paa, 
frn  bet^  ben  oci^r  op,  Hi  ben  falber.  Dg  be,  fom  6or  tcct> 
tcrc  unbcr  gjelbene  og  jjelbnere  faar  ©ol,  folber  ba  l^int 
®teb  en  <Solbattc.  Sen,  ^Dorom*  l^er  ffol  fortcelle^, 
bobe^  paa  en  foobon,  J^borof  ©aarbcn  l^Qbbe  fit  5)^at)n. 
2*er  Ittgbc  Sneen  fig  fibft  om  .*p0ften,  ber  broonebe  bet® 
ogfna  f^rft  om  35anren. 

^ilail,  may.  The  modal  auxiliary  tuniic  denotes  ability,  possibility 
and  permission.  It  corresponds,  therefore,  more  closely  to  German 
fomicu  than  to  English  'can,'  but  is  more  generalized  than  these. 
*In  general  the  present  participle  is  much  less  common  in  Norwe- 
gian than  in  English,  except  in  such  adjectival  use.  Especially 
should  its  purely  adjectival  force  after  Doere  be  noted,  it  can  not,  as 
in  English,  form  a  tense,  ©t  tit  olte  ©iber  fritliggenbe,  \)0'\t  ©teb, 
a  high  place,  exposed  to  all  sides,  "fra  bet, /row  the  time.  *t)t>oxoxn 
is  a  relative  compound  standing  for  otu  l)t)fm.  Such  relative  com- 
pounds, formed  of  the  preposition  of  the  clause  and  the  adverb  I)t)Or, 
may  in  Norwegian  take  the  place  of  the  preposition  and  the  relative 
pronoun  whether  the  antecedent  is  a  thing  (as  German  tvoOOIt 
luoron,  etc.)  or  a  person  (contrary  to  German).  Cf.  the  French 
'dont'  for  'de  qui'  and  'ou'  for  'auquel,  dans  lequel,'  etc.  ^Weak 
verbs  ending  in  a  vowel  form  their  preterite  in  ede  or  de  (dde).  The 
latter  is  the  form  in  the  spoken  language  of  the  cultured  and  is  now 
common  in  literature,  regularly  so  written  in  Ibsen  and  Bjornson. 
The  principal  verbs  that  add — de  {dde)  in  the  preterite  in  the  spoken 
language  are:  beti),  bio,  bo,  brt),  gro,  iiaa,  ran,  ro,  jaa,  ff a,  )paa,  fi),  tro ; 
l)a(Dc)  is  also  to  be  included  here,  of  which  the  preterite  is  pronounced 
tjabbe,  written  I}Ctibe  or  l}at)bi  (never  I)abe).     ®bet,  impersonal. 

(3) 


4  SYttn0pe5oIbaffcn 

©aorbenS  Giere  oar  ^augianerc^  og  foIbtcS  Sccfere, 
forbi  be  l^nbbe  bet  trablerc  nicb  at  la'fc  i  33it)clcu  enb  tinbre 
golf.  SDtanbeu  f)cb  05uttorm,  og  Sloncn  ^nrcu;  be  fif  en 
C'>5ut,  fom  h0he  for  bcni,  og  i  trc  9(ar^  font  be  i!fe  t)aQ  ben 
.dftrc  ®ibc  of  fifirfen.  ©ftcr  bctte  2;ib£iforl0b  fif  be  en  5 
ii^^scnte,  fom  be  fnlbte  o|?  efter  ©utten;  f^att  fjaobe  f)cbt 
StjOert,  og  I)un  bleu  b0bt  ®Qnn0O,  ba  be  iffe  fanbt  no= 
get  ncermere.  90?en  90?oberen  folbte  fienbe  Sr)nn0t}e,  for^ 
bi  fiun,  fan  Icrnge  33arnet  bar  libct,  T^aobc  for  9Si§  at  loegge 
"min"  til,  og  bd  ftinteS  ^enbe  at  falbe  lettere.  $Dor=  10 
ban  h^t  bar  og  iffe  bor;^  ben  ^ib  ^enten  bleo  ft^rre 
falbte  alle  l^enbe  ®t)nn0be  efter  SKoberen,  og  be  flefte* 
fagbe,  at  i  S[)?anbeminbe  bar  iffe  faa  fager  en  t^Jente  uotset 
ber  i  33t)gben  fom  S^nn^be  Solbaffen. 

$un  bar  iffe  gammel,    f^r  be  I)bcr  ^ra'fcn'S0nbag*  15 
tog  l^enbe  meb  i  ^irfe,  ffi0nt  ©t)nn0be  i  S0rftningcn  iffe 
bibfte  bebre,  enb  at  ^reften  ftob  og  ffjenbtc  paa  ©Iabc=> 
S3ent,  fom  f)un  faa  fibbe^     lige  ncbenfor  ^vro-fcftolcn. 


^Hans  Nielson  Hauge,  b.  1771,  d,  1824,  a  well-known  Norwegian 
lay  preacher.  He  traveled  about  and  preached  in  Norway  and  Den- 
mark especially  during  the  last  decade  of  the  18th  century.  During 
the  years  1804-181 1  he  was  in  prisoninChristiania.  Since  1815  he 
lived  near  Christiania  in  a  home  bought  for  him  by  his  followers,  who 
were  called  Haugianere.  These  form  at  present  an  important  branch 
of  the  Lutheran  church  in  Norway,  as  well  as  among  the  Norwegians 
in  the  United  States,  ^x  txt 'ilav,/orihree years.  Note  the  preposi- 
tion in  the  Norwegian.  'fjOorban  bet  Uai"  og  itfc  Dar,  however  that 
might  be.  ■♦be  flefte,  note  definite  article.  '^Ocr  ^rccfeil  ®0llbog, 
every  Sunday  there  was  service,  "font  I)lin  foa  fibbc,  etc.  The  verbs 
^e,  'see'  and  l)0re,  'hear'  are  followed  by  a  predicate  infinitive  to  the 


SY""^"^  Solbaffen  5 

^og  btlbe  ^oberen,  at  f)un  ffulbc  dcere  meb  —  "for  at 
faa  SSanen,"  fogbe  ^on;  og  aO^oberen  dilbe  bet  famme,  "ba 
in^en  bibfte,  l^borlebe^  fjun  imiblerttb  bleo  pa§>i^t 
j^jemme." 

^av  ber  t^oa  ©Qorben  noget  Sam,  ^tb  eller  nogen  5 
liben  @ri§,  fom  DantriDbe^,  eller  en  ^0,  noget  onbl^  font 
Oder,  blet)  bet  oftib  gioct  ©onnjjfoe  til  ©ienbom,^  og  2Ro- 
bcren  ft)nte§  bibe,*  at  fra  ben  ©tunb  fom  bet  fig ;  gobC' 
ren  tvobe*  iffe  rigtig,  bet  !om  berof,  men  "bet  bat  i  nlle 
galb^  bet  fanime,  i)t)em  of  bem  eiebe  gceet,  noar  bet  blot  10 
trit)be§." 

^aa  ben  onbre  <Bibe  of  Salen  og  tcet  wnber  bet  l^0ie 
i^jelb  laa  en  ©aorb,  fom  l^eb  ©ronltben,  fan  folbet,  forbi 
ben  laa  mibt  i  en  ftor  ©ronffog,  ben  encftc  i  bib  Dm- 
freb§.  GiercnS  Olbefaber  I)Ql)be  bcpret  Blanbt  bem,  fom  15 
Ion  i  .<^oIften*  og  bcntebe  9hi§fen,  og  fra  ben  f^cerb  bar 
l^an  mange  fremmebe  og  forunberlige  Sr0forter  meb  l^iem  ' 
i  ^orniftret.     Xem  plantebe  l)an  runbt  fine  $ufe;  men  t 

3;iben§  Soengbe  bar  en  efter  en  gaat  ub,  fun  nogle  @ran» 

> . 

object,  not  the  present  participle  as  in  English.  The  object  of  the 
principal  verb  becomes  the  logical  subject  of  the  infinitive.  For  ex- 
amples see  Falk  og  Torp  g  127,  Hofgaard  §  138.  Miogct  Oltbt. 
Note  the  common  omission  of  the  relative  pronoun-object,  here  also 
for  reasons  of  euphony,  -tii  (^xcnbom,  as  her  property.  ^j^ncS,  is 
followed  by  a  predicate  infinitive  to  the  subject,  the  subject  of  the 
main  verb  is  here  the  logical  subject  of  the  infinitive,  thus,  9)?oberen 
[t)ntc§  Dibe:  3)?obercu  )i)ntctf  at  l)un  Dibfte.  See  note  6  on  page  4. 
*See  note  5,  page  3.  *i  alle  f^alb,  in  any  case,  jebenfaU^,  in  atleu 
gallen.  *Iao  i  ipolftcn,  were  in  camp  in  Holstein.  ''meb  i^iem,  back 
home  with  him. 


6  5Yttn««»e  Solbaffctt 

fogler,  fom  foert  no!  bar  fomne  iblnrrbt,  ^obbe  fat  fterf 
©fog  og  fft)ggebe  nu  §ufene  til  alle  (Sibcr.  .^olftenf- 
fareren  ^  l[)abbe  i^ebt  Xtiorbi/^rn  efter  [in  33cb[tefaber,  ^an§ 
cclbfte  ©0n  Scemunb  efter  gaberen,  og  faalebeS  ^a):ihc  paa 
ben  ©aarb  ©ierne  ffiftebi§  I)cbt  5tt)or(ii0rn  og  ©ffmunb  -  5 
o|)  i  uminbelige  J^iber.  2)?en  hd  Orb  gif,  at  i  ©ranlibcii 
i^abbe  blot  anben()ber  9??anb  St)!fen  meb  fig,  og  bet 
bar  it!e  l^am,^  fom  l^cb  jt^orbi0in.  2)a  ben  nubcrient'e 
6ier,  ©oemunb,  fit  ben  f^rfte  S0n,  tcrnfte  Ijan  niange= 
t)aanbe  berbeb,  men  tnrbc  bog  banffelig  brybc  ©legteni  10 
©fif  og  falbte  f)om  berfor  Xi}ovhi0vn.  ©rnnbebe  f)an' 
ha  ober,  om  iffe  ©ntten  funbe  opbrage§  fiig,  at  f)an  fom 
forbt  ben  ©fjabneften,  ©naffet  l^abbe  logt  i  fian^^  3Sci. 
^an  bar  iffe  rigtig  bif§  paa  het,  men  I)an  fQntc§  merfe  * 
ftribigt  ©inb  ]^o§  ©utten;  "bet  ffal  ^Inffc§  ub,"  fagbe  15 
l)an  til  3Woberen,  og  faa  fnart  2;f)orbj0rn  bleb  tre  ^lar,  '■"' 
fatte  e^aberen  fig  ftunbnm  ben  meb  et  dVii  i  ."giaanben, 
tbang  bom  til  at  bcere  alle  3Sebtrcer  tilbage  til  fin  ^Iab§, 
tage  0^  igjen  ben  ^op,  l)an  bobbc  faftct,  flappe  .fatten, 
fom  bnn  babbe  flepet.  S^Jcn  SWob^rcn  gif  gjernc  ub,  20 
naar  bd  ©inb  fom  ober  ^aberen. 

*§0lften§farereJl,  the  one  who  had  been  in  Holstein.  The  compound  is 
formed  of  farer,  traveler,  and  the  name  of  the  country.  *The  dis- 
junctive pronoun  is  t)Qm,  not  I)an,  nom.  as  English  or  German;  cf. 
French,  'c'est  lui,  c'est  moi.'  ^©runbcbe  I)on  ta  otter,  a  case  of 
inversion  of  subject  and  predicate  where  the  sentence  is  an  imme- 
mediate  continuation  of  the  preceding,  a  characteristic  of  Bjornson's 
style  in  imitation  of  the  sagas.  ''fl)liteS  tnctfc,  see  note  6  page  4. 
''tre  9tar,  eliptical  for  tre  ^^(or  ganmiel.  "SDiobcreu  gif  gjcriie  \\b^ 
gjerilC  means  here  'usually.'     It  may  also  as  the  German  gem  mean 


©cemurrb  unbrcbe§  Ceb,  at  alt  jom  Outten  Bled  [t0rre, 
bar  ber  mere  at  rette  I)o§  ^om,  og  bet  uagtet  i)an  ftebfe 
bleb  ftrengere  mebfaren.  ^an  t)olht  fiom  tiblig  til  33o- 
gen  og  lob  t)am  gaa  meb  poa  S^Zorfcn  for  at  funne  f)QOe  ct 
0ie  meb  fiam.  9??oberen  ^aobe  [tort  §u§  og  (5mQab0rit;  5 
]^un  funbe  iffe  mere  enb  tiappe  og  formane  S0nncn  f)Oer 
93?orgen,  f)un  flocbte  Tjam  paa,  og  tale  fogte  meb  'i^ahC' 
ren,  naar  ^elligbagene^  famlebe  bcm.  Tlcn  Xf)orbi0rn 
Iccnfie,  nanr  l)an  fif  ^ugg,  forbi  a-'b  fagbc^  ah  og  iffe  Bo, 
og  forbi  f^an  iffe  T^abbe  Sod  at  gibe  liben  ^ngrib  9li§,  fom  lo 
goberen  gob  f)am:  —  bet  cr  bog  unbcrligt,  at  jeg  jTal 
l^Qbe  hct  fan  flenit,''  og  alle  ©maaf/iffenbe  mine*  ffal 
fjaoe  bet  faa  gobt. 

®a  f)Qn  bar  mcft  omfring  gaberen,  og  f)an  iffe  turbe 
tale  fonbcrligt  til  fiam,  bleb  ban  orbfna)?,  ffi0nt  iffe  faa^  15 
tocnft.     (Jngang  iinbffap  bet  bctm  bog,  men§  be  brog  paa 
bet  ttaabc  ^0:    ".Ooorfor  cr  alt  .^0ct  t0rt  og  inbe  ber= 
ober  paa  ©olbaffen,  og  b^r  cr  bet  baabt?" — 

"5orbi  be  \-)av  oftcre  ©ol  enb  bi."  — 

Zd  bar  f0rfte  ©ang,    btm  fagbe  SRerfc  til,  at  bm  20 
©olgfana  ber  borte,    i)an  tit  b^ibbe  fibbet  og  gla-bet  fig 
bcb,  ftob  btt"  fefb  itbenfor.     ©iben  ben  S)ag  falbt  l)an^ 
IZSine  oftcre  paa  Solbaffen  enb  f0r. 

"®ib  iffe  ber  og  gab,"  fagbe  gaberen,  og  gab  btim  et 


'like  to,'  as:  jeg  locfer  gierite  %i)\t.  ^^cnigbageitc,  the  (weekly) 
holy  days — Sundays,  -fofbi  0  b  fagbe  ob,  because  a-b  spelled  ab. 
H)a'ot  bt't  \&a.  flcint,  be  so  badly  off,  unhappy,  so  badly  treated. 
^Spffeilbe,  signifies 'brothers  and  sisters,'  as  German  @efd)lui|ter. 


8  SY"n«'o^   Solbaffcn 

5Puf;  "()eroDer  man  bt  jlibe,  bd  bi  fan/  baabe  liben  03 
[tor,  ftal  bt  faa  noget  t  ^u§."'-^ 

©oemunb  ffiftebe  ^jeneftegitt,  ba  ^^orBj^rn  funbc 
bcere^  omfrirtg  be  ft)b,  otte.*  5f§faf  fjcb  ben  ni)e,  og  fian 
bar  nof  allerebe  bibtreift,  fEj,0nt  ^an  blot  bar  Ungguttcn  ^  5 
enbba.  Sen  ^belb,  f)an  !om,  bar  Zi)ovb']0vn  goat  til 
©cng§,®nieu  ben  ncefte  S)ag,f)an  fab  og  lcc[te,''[Iog  en  op 
2!0ren  meb  et  faabant  ©parf,  fom  I)an  albdg  fjabbe  r)0rt 
f0r,  og  bet  bar  9BIaf,  ber  fom  bribenbc  mcb  et  [tort  gang 
SSeb/  —  jlocngte  bet  meb  gart  neb  paa  (Sulbet,  faa  (Sft»  10 
erne  f0g  til  alle  ©iber.  ©efb  f)oppQbc  t)an^  i^0it  i  3Set- 
ret  for  at  tram^e  ©neen  af  fig,  og  for  I)bert  ^op  raabte 
^an:  "Set  er  folbt,  fa'^^  •^roIbCrubcn,  f^un  fab  i  ^§  til 
Scltet!"^^  ^Q^eren  bar  iffe  inbc,  —  men  9J?obcren  foi^tc 
©neen  fammen  og  bar  ben  ftiltienbe.ub.  15 

'\^Vab  glancr  bu  efter?"   fagbe  5(§Iaf  til  A^f^or^ 
bi0rn.  — 

^bet  bi  fan,  all  we  are  able,  as  well  as  we  know  how.  lua§  \v'\X  fonnen. 
*}fal  bi  faa  lioget  i  §u§,  if  we  are  to  get  anything  under  cover.  *!uube 
i>(2Xe,  might  be.  '•omfriltg  be  ft)to,  Otte,  note  the  definite  article. 
*  Ungguttcn,  a  young  boy,  an  exceptional  use  of  the  definite  form, 
"til  (5eng§,  to  bed.  In  Old  Norse  til  governed  the  genitive  case;  ex- 
amples of  this  old  genitive  are:  til  ^UtevS,  til  93orb?,  til  33unb§,  til 
§immel§,  til  tj0b§,  til  ©atg§,  til  '^^hi,  til  ©l)nc.  The  last  two  are 
from  older  genitives  in -a  and -or.  '^ben  Uffftc  ®ag,  l)an  fab,  etc, 
ba  or  mbn§  is  omitted,  ^et  ftort  i^ang  SBcb,  an  armful  of  wood,  ap- 
positional  partitive  genitive  as  in  German.  *Note  felO  in  stressed 
first  position.  i''[a'=fagbe.  ^^bet  er  tolbt,  fa' ^^rotbbrnben,  l}uu 
fab  i  S^  til  S3eftet.  This  omission  of  the  connectives  (ibet,  nicn§, 
ber)  is  characteristic  of  the  style  of  the  folk-tales,  from  one  of  which 
Aslak  is  quoting. 


Synn^DC   Solbaffctt  9 

"^ffe  eftcr  noget/'  fbarebe  bcnne,  t^i  i^on  bar  rceb. — 
"^ar  bu  fel  ben  ^onen/   fom  bu  ^or  Bog  i  33ogett 

ber?"  — 
"•So."  — 
"^an  r^or  fulbt  of  ^0n§  om!ring  fig,  noor  99ogen  cr    5 

luffett;  — ^)Qrbufetbet?"  — 
"9^et."  — 
"8aQfeefter!"  — 
©utten  gjorbe  foo.  — 
"3:u  er  en  Soff !"  fogbc  SBIaf  til  r^om.  —  SWen  fra  10 

ben  ©tunb  l^a'ohe  ingen  ben  2)?Qgt  ober  ^am  fom  ^T^Iaf.^ 
"2)u   !on   ingcnting/'^    fogbc   SBIof   en   Sog   til 

3^f)orbi)2(rn,  —  benne  ^iltcbc  fom  fcbbonlig  eftcr  T)om  for    • 

ot  gibe  5(gt, 

"So,  ieg  !on  til  ben  fjerbe  ^^Jort."  ^—  _     15 

"^t)tl    Dtci,  hu  l^or  iffe  cngong  't)0vt  ^^rolbet,  ber 

bonfebe  foo  Iccnge  meb  -vscntcn,  til  ©olen  ronbt,  og  bet 

rebnebe  fom  en  ^olb,  ber  r)or  fpift  ©urmel!!"    ^  fine  Se« 

beboge  I)obbe  S^f^orbi^rn  iffe  ^0vt  foo  megen  ^unbffo6 

^00  en  ©ang.    "§bor  bor  bet?"  fpurgte  fjon.  —  20 

"^bor?  —  -^0  bet,  —  jo  bet  bor  borte  paa  <SoU 

Boffenber!" 

^bcil  ^oneil,  colloquial  double  definite  article,  not  used  in  Danish, 
but  is  literary  in  Swedish  and  is  common  in  literature  in  Norwegian. 
*bcn  SDhigt  ot)cr  Ijam  fom  9lflaf,  the  same  power  over  him  that  Aslak 
had.  3^11  fa)t  ini^eiitiiig,  see  note  1,  page  3.  jeg  foil  til  ttw 
fjerbe  ^ort:  t(i\\=know  by  heart.  5lt  f unite  eit  Se!tie,eu  5Bog,  ubenab, 
to  know  a  lesson,  a  book,  'by  heart.'  belt  fjerbe  ^art,  the  fourth  part 
of  the  catechism.  ^Qit  as  used  in  lines  12  and  15  means  'know' 
==Fr.  'savoir.' 


10  SYttnjEfoeSoIbaffett 

Z^oxh}0vn  [tirrcbe. 

"^or  bu  i)0d  om  Tjam,  [om  folgte  fig  til  ganben  for 
ct  ^nr  qamh  ©t0Dlcr?"^  'ili)ov¥i0vn  glemte  at  fUare, 
faa  forunbret  bar  Ijan. 

"Su  toinfcr  Del  \)aa  ,  ipot  bet  Dar  —  f^c? ^ct    5 

oar  ogfaa  fiorte  paa  ©olbaffcn  ber,  rigtig  ligc  neb  i  bcii 

93tTf,  bu  fer! SSorf^crrc  bcbar'  o§!     Set  ftaar 

baarlig  til  meb  bin  ^riftcnbomSfunbffab,"  fagbe  f)an  Di- 
bere.  "2;u  T^ar  Del  iffe  engang  l^0tt  giete  r)enbe  ^ari 
S^ro-ftaf?"  9^ei,  r)an  fiabbc  ingenting  (3j2irt.  Dg  men§  lo 
?f§faf  nn  arDeibcbe  fort,  fortalte  ^an  enbnu  fortcre,  —  og 
hct  Oar  om  S^avi  Zvccitat,  om  iTbcrnen,  ber  maltc  ©alt 
paa  ^abfenS^  33unb,  om  J^anbcn  meb  ^raffo  paa,  %voU 
bet,  fom  fi!  ©tjegget  faft  i  en  Xraftamme,  he  fijb  gr0nne 
^omfrucr,  fom  na^pebe  ^titn'cne  af  ©fQltepcr^^  Segge,  is 
m*en§  Ijan  fob  og  nmnlig  funbc  Uaagne,  og  altfammen  fo» 
rcgif  borte  :pao  ©olbaHen. 

"^mb  i  @iib§  9iaDn  gaar  bcr  af  ©utten?"  fagbe  Tlo- 
bercn  ben  na^fte  Sag.     "^an  Ijar  nn  ftaat  paa  ^ncc  bcr 
Borte  neb  SBo'ffen  og  fet  uh  obcr  til  ©olbaffcn,  fra  bci  20 
bleu  loft." 

"•^a,  ibag  I)ar  I)an  bet  trabelt,"^  fagbe  gaberen, 
fom  lao  og  fjbilte  fig  ben  lange  G^nbag. 

*et  ^ar  gamlc  Stdblet,  see  note  8,  page  8.  ^i^abfcii'S,  a  petrified 
genitive,  Old  Norse,  §offtll§.  In  0.  N.  the  genitive  sign,  here  's,' 
was  added  to  name  and  article  both  as  2)agiiii'5/ ©tiibariit'?,  58nib- 
arcniior  etc.  §af  fin§  is  genitive  of  neut.  nom.  §oftt.  See  note  6,  p.  8. 
'^at  bet  traticU,  be  busy,  see  note  3,  p.  7.  In  such  idioms  English 
employs    the  verb   'to   be'    with  an  adjective,    while  other  Ger- 


5'^nn0vt   5o\baifen  11 

"5(q,  golf  figer,  at  f)an  l^or  fceftet  ©^nn^e  ©oIBof* 
fen,"  fogbe  9BIaf;  "men  golf  ftger  ogfaa  faa  mcget,"^ 
logbe  f)Qn  tif.  STiorbj^rn  forftob  bet  iffe  rigtig,  men  Bleb 
bog  tlbr0b  ober  f)ele  5(n|igtet.  Sa  2[5laf  gjorbc  opmert= 
[om  I)erpQQ,  h0b  [)an  ucb  of  ^cenfen,  tog  fin  ^atefi^muS  5 
og  fottc  fig  l^en  at  loefe.  "^a,  tr^ft  big  meb  &uh§>  Drb, 
bu,"  fagbe  'JBIaf ;  "bu  faor  fjenk  foa  iffe  alligebel." 

S'Q  bet  leb  fna  longt  freni  i  llgen,  at  i)an  tccnfte,  be 
l^Qbbe  glenit  bet,  fpnrte  fjon  3)iobcren  ganffe  fagtc,  tf)t 
fian  bar  nnbfelig  beb  bet :    "^u,  —  Jibem  er  ©t)nn0be  lo 
©olboffen?"  — 

"3)et  er  en  liben  ^ente,  fom  engong  ffol  eie  ©ol* 
Boffen." 

"^at  l^un  ingen  S^rccftaf  ha?" 

2)?oberen  foa  fornnbret  paa  X)am;  "^ttah  er  bet,  hn  15 
figer?"  fagbe  l^un.    ^on  f^Ite,  bet  maatte  boerc  noget 
burnt,  og  taug. 

"@n  i^or  olbrig  fet  bofrere  ^Barn,  enb  F)un  er,"  logbe 
SKobercn  til,  "og  bet  \}at  \)un  faat  i  20n  nf  2Sorf)erre, 
forbi  {-jun  beftanbig  er  jnilb  og  brob  og  flittig  tit  at  Icefe."  20 
3lu  bibfte  Ban  bet  nieb.^ 

Gn  Sag,  ooemunb  Babbe  bccret  i  SQJarfen  fammen 
meb  5f§Iaf,   fcigbe  Bon  om  ^belben  til  2:^or6i0rn:     "2)u 

manic  languages  and  the  Romance  languages  for  the  most  part, 
use  the  verb  for  'to  have'  with  a  noun.  Other  expressions  in  Nor- 
wegian are:  at  tjMe:  JRet,  Urct,  'be  right,  wrong,'  ^aoe  ^a\t,  'be  in  a 
hurry,'  ^otie  Sl}ft  til,  'be  desirous  of,'  with  the  first  of  these  compare 
Germ.  fRedjt  tjaben,  French,  avoir  raison,  and  Spanish,  tener  razon, 
*nieii , . .  ogfao,  but  then  etc.     *meb,  is  here  an  adverb,  also. 


12  SYnn0Pc5oIbaffctt 

ffol  iffe  oftere  bare  [ommen  meb  Xjeneftegutten."  'SJlen 
Zi)ovhi0vn  aqkhe  iffe  bibere  paa  bet.  ©ao  l0b  bet  en 
©tunb  efler:  "2)crfom  bit  ftnbc§  oftere  [ammcn  meb 
i)am,  gaor  hct  big  iffe  gobt!"  S)a  fneg  Z{-)ovhi0vn  [ig  ef- 
ler l^om,  naav  gaberen  iffe  \aa  bet.  2)eune  fom  ober  5 
bem,  ber  be  fnb  og  talte  [nmmcn ;  bo  fif  Xt)ovhi0vn  ^r^I  ^ 
og  Bleb  jaget  inb.  9Wen  fiben  b^iSfebe  Zt)ovh}0m  3t§Iaf 
op,  noar  gabercrt  iffe  bar  fiiemme.'^ 

@n  ©0nbQg,  gaberen  bar  i  Sl'irfe,^  gjorbe  nof  Z^ov- 
bi0rn  Ugagn  ^{emme.    5BlQf  og  l)an  faftebe  ©neDoIb  paa  lo 
flberanbre.     "9tei,  nei,  bu  fbccler  mig,"  hah  %i)otVi0vn; 
"lab  o§  fafte  fammen  bciQ  noget  anbet."   5(§taf  bar  ftratS 
fccrbig,  og  fao  faftebe  be  f0rft  efter  ben  fbinfle  ©ran  borte 
beb  53uret,  faa  efter  93urb0ren  og  enbelig  efter  Surbin* 
buet,  —  iffe  hette  felb,  fagbe  5f§Iaf,  men  Siften  omfring  15 
bet      2^r3orBi0rn  traf  imiblertib  Dluben  og  bleb  b(eg. 
"^t)t,  I)bem  faar  bibe  bet?    ^aft  bebre!"    §an  faa  gjor- 
be,  men  traf  nof  en.*       "9?u  bil  jeg  iffe  mere."    ^  bet 
famme  fom  f^ang  crlbfte  ©0ftcr,  libcn  'IvsnGrib,  ub.     "Sta\t 
efter  l^enbe,  bn!"  2!f)orbj0rn  bar  ftra!§  rebe,  ^entcn  groeb,  20 
og  XRoberen  fom  ub.        $un  hab  bem  fjolbe  inbe.  "^aft, 
foft!"  f)biffebe3t§Iaf.  ^i^orbj^rn  bar  beb  ogobT)ibfet;  ban 
gjorbe  fao.     "'^eg  mener,  bu  gaor  fra  SSibbet,  jeg,"  fagbe 

^^tt)\  pronounce  ^r^I.  ^Noie  that  tficnx  is  home,  homeward,  while 
l^iemme  is  at  home.  Similar  derivate  adverbs  in  'e'  with  locative 
force  are:  ncbe  (from  neb),  o)3t)c  (op),  ube  (ub),  tube  (inb),  fremmc 
(frem),  bortc  (bort),  Ijenne  (^en);  cf.  ^tior  er  ^an  l^enne?  and  ^bor 
gif  ^an  !)en?  'omission  of  the  connective  as  p.  8,  line  7;  see  note 
7.    ''nof  en,  Germ,  noc^  ein,  one  more,  also  en  tif,  enbnu  en. 


SY"n0pe5olbaffen  13 

SWobcrcii  og  rcnbte  tmob  fjam.  ^an  foran,  Tiun  efter  — 
©oarbcn  runbt;  3lg(Qf  lo,  oo  33?obcren  truebe.  S^Zen  bet 
fif  f)un  ^om  fat  oppe  t  en  ©nebribe  og  flat)  [ig  ifoerb  meb 
rigttg  ai  bocngc  f^am. 

"^eg  flaar  igjcn,  icg,  bet  bruger  be  f)cr."^—  5 

a^Joberen  I)blbt  foruivbret  tnbe  og  fao  poo  l^om.  "3)et 
l^or  en  onben  loert  big,"  [ogbe  i^un  fao,  tog  'i)am  ftiltienbc 
beb  ^aanbcn  og  f0rte  \)am  tnb.  $un  fagbe  iffe  et  Drb 
mere  til  l)am,  men  ftcllebe  gobt  for  i^anS  ©maaf^ffenbe  og 
talte  meb  bcm  om,  at  nu  !om  i^av  fnort  J^jem  fra  ^irfen.  lo 
^a  begonbtc  bet  at  Blioe  bqgtig  Tjcbt  i  ©tuen.  %5lat  hab 
om  Sod  til  ot  bef^ge  en  ©legtning;  bit  fif  ^an  ftraB;  men 
2:I)orlii0rn  Bleb  meget  minbrc,  ba  5fglaf  t)ar  gaat.  ^an 
fia\)be  frtjgtelig  onbt  i  Tloben  og  t)ar  fao  !Iom  i  ^o^nberne, 
at  ()an  fDcbebe  ^ogen,  naar  l^cm  tog  i  ben.^  58are  SOfJo-  i5 
ber  iffe  nilbc  fige  noget  til  gar,  noor  F)an  fom  '^iem ;  men 
at  bebe  berom  fif  f^an  iffe  ooer  fig.  5nt,  l^on  foo  t>oa,  ff if» 
tebe  Ubfcenbe,  og  ©tueurjret  fogbe:  ^onf,  93onf  — • 
93onf,  $8onf!  ^an  maatte  o^  i  9}inbuet  og  fe  ^oo  ©ol- 
boffen.  'i^cn  alcne  laa  tilfncct,  ftillc  og  perlebe  i  ©olen,  20 
fom  bcftanbig ;  ^ufct  ftob  og  lo^  ub  of  alle  9tuber,  og  bee 
Dor  bi^felig  iffe  en  enefte  itu ;  JR^gen  for  forfarbelig  glob 

*bct  bruger  be  l^er,  eliptical  for  bet  bruger  be  at  gjjsfre  l^er.  ^naat 
i^an  tog  i  ben,  whenever  etc.,  only  in  this  sense  can  noor  be  used 
with  a  past  tense  in  the  indicative,  otherwise  bo  is  used.  In  noor 
^on  fom  l^jcm,  the  verb  is  subjunctive.  *ftob  og  lo,  stood  there 
laughing.  Verbs  of  rest  are  thus  followed  by  the  conjunction  og  and 
another  indicative  in  Norwegian  where  the  second  indicative  corre- 
sponds to  a  pres.  partic  in  English. 


14  SYnn0PcSolbaffcn 

Op  of  ^ibcn,  fan  Iian  fuiibc  forftan,  nt  be  oafan  ber  fogte 
for  ^irfcfolfet.  Ser  gtf  befteml  ©t)nn0Oc  og  fao  lib  cftcr 
gor  fin  og  ffulbe  flet  iffe  1)01)0  ^ugg  noar  f)Qn  fom  l^jem. 
$an  bibfte  iffe,  fibnb  l^an  jTuIbe  tage  fig  for,  og  bfoli  poa 
en  ©ang  fao  fjarlig  mob  fine  ©0ftrc,  at  bet  bar  ingcn  5 
©nbe  paa  bet  'i^nQvih  bar  l^an  faa  gob  'mob,  cit  Ijan  gab 
I)enbc  en  blanf  S^nap,  fom  f)an  'l^abbe  foot  of  9BIof.  ^nn 
tog  l^om  om  ^offcn,  og  r)on  tog  r)cnbc  oni  ;§alfcn:  "^ticc' 
re,  beMe  o^Qi^ib  min,  cr  bu  fint  ^qo  mig?"  — 

"9Jet,  be§Ie  St^orbj^rn !    2)u  f on  gjcrne  !oftc  faa  me-  lo 
get  ©ne  paa  mig,  fom  hn  bil." 

Tim  ber  tram|)cbe  en  ©neen  of  fig  i  ©bolen!  ®ct 
bar  gonffe  rigtig  goberen ;  Ijon  ft)nte^  milb  og  gob,  og  hd 
bar  enbnu  bcerre. 

"9?n?"  fogbe  l^on  og  fao  fig  omfring,  —  og  bet  bar  15 
forunberligt,  at  iffe  ©tucu^ret  romlebc  neb.    SQ^obcren 
fotte  2)^oben  frem.     "^borbon  ftoor  hci  til  Tjer?"  ft^nrte 
t^oberen,  ibet  ^an  fotte  fig  og  tog  ©f een  op ;  Xi)oxhi0\:n 
foo  poo  SO^obercTt,  fao  S^oorerne  fom  f^om  i  0incne. 

"5(0 — jo,"  fogbe  f)un  rent  utroligt  langfomt,  og  f)nn  20 
bilbe  fige  enbnu  mere,  bet  fao  I)an  nof.  "^eg  gob  5t§Iof 
Sob  til  ot  goo  nb,"  fogbe  l-}\m.  —  S)ct  bar  nu  hen  ©ong,^ 
tcrnfte  X()orbj^m,  —  r)on  tog  til  ot  lege  meb  ^ngrib,  fom 
om  f)on  iffe  ta?nfte  poo  nogen  3Serbcn§  Xing.^  ©oo 
loenge  l^obbe  goberen  olbrig  fpift,  og  Z'i)ovhi0vn  gob  fig  25 
tilfibft  ifcerb  meb  ot  to'IIe  ^ber  93ib;  men  bo  T)on  fom  til 

*®ct  bat  nu  ben  @ang,  transl.  so  /a>  so  good.    *nogen  9Serben§ 
Xing,  anything  in  the  world. 


5YnTi0oeSoIbaffett  15 

ben  fjerbe,  btlbe  fion  fe,  l^bor  meget  f)an  funbe  tcelfe  op 
mellem  ben  fjerbe  og  femte,  og  foalebe^  gi!  bet  i  ©t^ffer 
for  (jam.  ^  ©nbclig  retfte  goberen  fig  og  gif  ub.  9lu« 
berne,  9iuberne,  fitrrebe  bet  for  0rerne  paa  ^am,  og  i^on 
foQ  efter,  om  be  bar  l^efe,  be,  font  bar  i  (Simn.  -^o,  be  5 
tiar  fjele  allefammen.  93?en  nu  gif  ogfaa  Tlobeven  ub. 
S;^orbi0rn  tog  liben  ^ngrib  t  g^ang  og  fagbe  faa  blibt,  at 
i^un  forunbret  maatte  ftirre  paa  i^am:  "3Si  to  ffal  lege 
©ulbbronning  t  Gnge,  bt!"  2)et  bifbe  (lun  ba  gierne. 
Og  fao  fang  f)an,  mcn^  Senene  ffalb  unber  l^am:  lO 

9Se§re  93Iomme, 

©ngc^^tomme, 

l^0r  nu  libt  ^ao  mig ! 

Dg  bit  bu  bare  S^icercftcn  min,^ 

foo  ffal  bu  faa  en  ^aahc  fin  15 

af  St^il  og  @ulb, 

of  Verier  fulb. 

Sittcit,  buttelt,  beta  — 

og  Solen  ffinner  ^ao  ^eia! 

<soa  fbarcbc  fiun:  20 

(Sulbbronning. 
^erlcbronning, 
f)0v  nu  Itbt  paa  mig ! 


igif  bet  i  Stljffer  for  ^om,  he  lost  count.  «tjffreftcn  tnin.  Note 
the  possessive  adjective  and  the  definite  noun.  See  note  1 ,  p.  9.  A 
possessive  adjective  stands  after  the  noun  it  modifies  if  the  noun 
is  already  in  the  definite  form. 


16  SYttn^DcSoIbafFcn 

^CQ  t)il  ei  bcere  ^jccreften  bin, 

ieg  t)tl  et  fiabe  S^aoben  fin 

of  %\0il  og  ©ulb, 

of  Verier  fulb. 

^tteli,  butteli,  beta  —  5 

og  ©olen  ffinncr  paa  ^da} 
Wlen  font  nu  benne  Seg  mv  bcbft  i  ©ong,  ^  font  i^ahc' 
ten  inb  og  fotte  0iet  bisft  paa  l^ant.  ^an  tr^ffebe  ^ngrib 
tcetteve  i  gang  og  falbt  flet  iffe  af  Stolen.     Sabercn 
benble  fig  bort,  fagbe  ingenting;  en  Tjalo  2imc  gif,  'i)an  lo 
fiaobe  cnbnu  intet  fagt,  —  og  ^f)orbi0rn  Dilbe  naften  Be« 
gt)nbe  at  ooere  glab,  men  turbe  iffe.    $an  tjibfte  iffe, 
l^bab  t}an  ffulbe  tto,    ba  gabcrcn  fclb  I)ialp  til  at  ftabe 
I^am  af;  1jan  begijnbte  faa  fmaat  at  ffja^Ioe  igjen.^  Xa 
flappebe  [^a^^i^en  l^ont  paa  ^oOebet  og  ftrjzfg  fjonS  ^inb:  is 
bet  l^abbe  r)an  iffe  giort,  faa  langt  tiFbagc  ©utten  fnnbe 
f)uffe,  og  bcrfor    bleb  r)an  faa  barm  om  Ojertet  og  obcr 
ben  l^ele  ^vop,  at  grtigtcn  ranbt  af  f)am,  fom  ^§>  for  ©ol* 
ftif.     ^an  bibfte  iffe,  i^borlebeS  l^an  fom  i  ®eng,  og  ha 
"ijan  I)t)erfcn  fnnbc  gilie  fig  til  at  ft)nge  eller  raabe,  lagbe  20 
]^on  ^oenberne  ftiKe  olier  ^or§,  hah  gabcrbor  fe!§  ©ange 
fremlocngS  og  baglccngg,  ganffe  fagte,  —  og  f0lte,  ibet 
l^on  fobnebe  inb,  at  ber  bor  bog  ingen  paa  @ub§  gr^nne 
^orb,  i^an  l^olbt  flig  af  fom  i^av  fin. 

S)en  nafte  Sag  baagnebe  l^an  i  en  forfcerbelig  5Ingft,  25 

^§CtO  is  an  East  Norwegian  definite  form  of  §ci,  (mountain-)  ridge, 
a  fern,  noun  in  the  dialects.     *bebft  t  ®ang,  at  its  best,  in  full  swing; 

cf.  German  im  beften (followed  by  the  verbal  noun).     «fao 

(moot,  little  by  little,  gradually. 


SYttn^oc   Solbaffcn  17 

forbi  I)an  tffe  htnbe  ffriae;  tl^t  ^an  ffulbe  nu  onitjedel 
rjnlic  ^srt)I.  Sa  r)nn  [log  0inenc  o^,  merfcbe  T^qu  iil 
ftor  Scllelfe,^  at  Tjan  Tjobbe  br0mt  bet,  men  merfebe  og« 
faa  fnort,  at  en  anbcn  nctop  jiulbe  fjobe  ^rt)I,  og 
bet  Dnr  9f§ra!.  ©ocmunb  gt!  op  og  neb  ah  ©ubet,  og  5 
^f)oi-Di0rn  fjcnbtc  no!  ben  ©ang.  Sen  nogct  lille,  men 
inibcrfiTtftgc  Wanh  \aa  en  og  anbcn  ©ang  unber  be  bu* 
ffcbe  93rt)n  faalcbeS  Oen  til  5l§lQf',  at  benne  no!  f^Ite  l^Oab 
bcr  laa  i  Suftcn ;  ^  StSlof  felb  job  o:ppe  paa  33unben  of  en 
ftor  Z0nhe,  nebab  f)btlfen  l^on^  ^cn  binglcbc  cller  !ro=  10 
gcbe  opoDer.  ^cin  i^Ql^be  fom  febuanlig  ^ocnberne  t 
fiommen  og  $uen  paa  ^obebet  tvt)fM  let  neb,  \aa  het 
it}tte,  m0vU  ^ocir,  \tal  i  Suffer  frem  unbcr  ©!t)ggen. 
S'cn  Itbt  ffjoebe  90?unb  Oar  enbnu  ffjccOere,  bet  Ijcle  $oOeb 
fiolbt  I)an  libt^  paa  ®f'Qffe  og  foo  til  ©amunb  fro  ©ibcn  15 
of  unber  l^olbt  tilluffebe  ^ienloog. 

"\5Q,  ©uttcn  bin  er  gol  nof,"  fogbe  ^on;  "men  tcerre 
cr  hct,  at  ^cften  bin  er  troIbf!rccmt." 

©oemunb  ftcinfebc;  "bu  cr  en  ©op!"  fogbe  l^on,  foa 
hct  br0nebe  i  ©tuen,  og  ST^Iq!  luffebe  0ienIaagene  enbnu  20 
tccttere  til.    ©ocmunb   gi!  paant).    %§>iat  fab  en  ©tunb 
ftitle. 

"^0  gu'^  cr  ben  trolbffrccmt,  jo!"  og  f!ottebe  efter 
]^am  for  at  fe,  'i)'oah  $Birfning  bet  l^a'obc. 

"did,  men  bm  er  ffogro'b  er  ben,"  ^  fagbe  ©ocmunb  25 

^tif  ftor  Settclfe,  to  Ins  ^reat  relief.      ^IjUab  bcr  Tact  i  Suften,  what 
was  coming,  what  was  in  the  air.    *Iibt  means  'a  little',  while  libet  is 
'little.'    ''©11'  =  ©lib.    ^9Zet,  men  ttm  er  flogroeb,  er  ben.    Repe- 
2— Stjnntftie  Solfiaffen. 


18  SY'tn^peSoIbaffcn 

frembeleS  gaoenbc;^  "bu  I}ar  foelbet  5trcc  Oder  hen  i  Tlav-' 
fen,  bin  ub0rne  ©luff,  og  berfor  fan  ingen  Icengcr  faa  ben 
til  at  goQ  rolig  ber." 

%§>iaf  f)0rte  en  Stunb  \)aa  bctte.  "^a  ja!  tro  bet,  bu, 
Siroen  fficcmmer  ingen.      Tlcn  jeg  tuilcr  \)aa,  hen  gji^i*    5 
^eften  bin  gob  igjen,"  logbe  l^on  til  og  ffubdcbe  fig  i  hd 
]ammc  Iccngere  inb  paa  X0nbcn  og  bccffebe  for  Slnfigtet 
meb  ben  ene  ^aanb. 

©oemunb  font  ganffe  rigtig  f)cn  til  fiam  og  fagbe 
fogte,  men  uf^Qggelig  noE:    "2)u  er  en  onb  — ".  lo 

"©a'munb!"  Uh  bet  Borte  fra  Sfaren,  bet  bar  S"9C= 
Bi0rg,  ^oncn,  font  tQs-febe  paa  f)am,  ligefom  fnin  fab  og 
tr)§febe  paa  hen  niinbftc,  ber  bar  bange  og  bilbe  ffrige. 

33arnet  f)abbe  tict  f0r,  og  nu  taug  ogfaa  Samunb; 
men  fian  ftaf  bog  fin  for  en  faa  unberfa?tf{g  93Zanb  megct  15 
UQe  9icebc  lige  obunber  9?oefen  paa  5l§Ia!  og  t}Dlbt  ben 
ber  en  ©tunb,  ibet  fian  lubebe  fig  frem  og  Branbte  T)am 
meb  0inene  i  SInfigtet.  2)er)3aa  gif  ()an  fom  f0r  og  faa 
l^en  til  f)am  en  og  anbcn  (Sang  i  ^aft. 

2t§Iaf  bar  meget  bleg,  men  lo  bog  meb  bet  ^albe  Sfn^  20 
figt  ober  tif  2^J^orbj0rn,  ibet  l-)an  f)oIbt  ben  oibe  ganffe 
ftram,  fom  benbte  mob  ©oemunb.     "33or()erre  gibe  o§  ct 


tition  of  the  personal  pronoun  or  af  a  subject  in  a  substitutory  pro- 
noun or,  as  here,  in  a  substitutory  pronoun  and  verb  both  is  peculiar 
to  colloquial  Norwegian  as  opposed  to  the  higher  style  and 
Danish,  ^^xem'bek^  Qaaentie,  continuing  to  walk.  Cf.  German  i miner 
ge^cnb. 


S'fnn^vt   Solbaffcn  19 

Gobt  ^Qalmob!"  foobe  l)an  om  libt,  men  h0kbe  i  bet  fnm=' 
nie  5fHJucn  op  [om  for  nt  afli0bc  et  ©Ing. 

©ocmitub  ftanfebc  tvccvt  otj  ffreg  meb  nl  fin  ©temme, 
ibet  ^an  fattc  gobcn  i  ©uluet,  fan  Sfsinf  gab  fig:  "9?cebn 
i!te  I)  a  m,  —  b  u!" —  '^sngebj^rg  reifte  fig  meb  (Spccbbarnet  5 
og  tog  l)am  milbt  i  5frmen.  ^an  faa  iffe  til  l^enbe,  men 
lob  i  bet  famme  9(rmen  falbe.  $nn  fatte  fig,  l^an  gif 
otter  op  og  neb ;  men  ingen  fagbe  noget.  S)a  bette  barebe 
en  Stnnb,  maotte  ^Ulat  tit  pcton^.^ 

"^n,  fjon  l^av  ucl  meget  at  beftille  paa  ©ronliben,  lO 
—  l^^n!" 

"Scemunb!  ©oemunb!"  tjdiffebe  ^nge&i0rg;  men  f0c 
h^t  naabe  frem,  bar  ©ccmnnb  alt  rafet  t)en  til  2l§Iaf,  fom 
fatte  goben  for. 

S)en  Bleb  brubt  neb,  ^\irlen  greDet  ^  i  ben  og  Xv0k'  i5 


i^aanl),  literally  the  same  as  English  'anew.'  *S)en  btet)  brubt 
licb,  ^arleil  grcbct  etc.  Note  the  neute*-  form  of  the  past  partic. 
with  an  antecedent  of  the  common  gender.  In  Norwegian  (contrary 
to  German)  a  predicate  adjective  agrees  with  the  noun  in  gender  and 
number,  asSJJaitbcu  er  gob,  SJarnet  er  taffcrt,  ©Icoerne  er  flittige 
Similarly  a  perfect  participle  when  used  adjectivly  agrees  with  the 
subject  in  gender  and  number  if  it  is  a  strong  verb,  in  number  only 
if  it  is  a  weak  verb,  e.  g.;  §efteu  ftaar  biinbeii,  ©aarben  er  alt 
folgt.  Further  the  participle  in  the  compound  tenses  of  verbs  for- 
med with  Uccre  and  bliOe  did  so  agree  regularly  formerly,  but  this  is 
no  longer  the  case.  The  neuter  form  of  the  past  partic.  is  more  and 
more  coming  to  be  used;  especially  is  this  so  in  East  Norwegian, 
from  which  the  literary  language  has  been  influenced.  In  general 
it  may  be  said,  that  where  the  participle  is  more  adjectival  in  force 
there  will  be  agreement,  but  the  more  the  participle  has  grown  to- 
gether with  the  auxiliary  verb  into  a  tense  of  the  verb,  the  more  the 


20  5Yitti0Pc5oIbttFfcn 

frtUicn,  l0\tet  og  foalebcS  fat  mob  ben  luffcbe  X0v,  at 
gccIbinGen  cji!  ub,  Ijon  ub  ifljciincm  ben  poa  ^obebet. 
^oncn,  ^f)orBij2(rn,  alle  ^^rncnc  ffreg  og  bab  for  I)am,  og 
Ijclc  .^n\ct  ftob  i  en^ jammer.  2)?cn©oemunb  ub  efter  f^am,^ 
I)uffebe  tffe  ^ao  at  Iu!fe  2)j2Jrcn  orbentlig  o^,  men  fpo'nbte  5 
Dlcfterne  tilfibe,  tog  f)am  anben  ©ang,  Bar  I)am  ub  af 
©balen,  uh  paa  ©aarbcn,  Ii2fftcbe  ]^am  I50tt  og  faftebe  Ijant 
meb  ol  TlaQt  neb  igjen.  £)g  ba  f)an  merfebe,  at  ber  bar 
for  mcgen  ©ne  til,  at  l^an  funbe  flaa  fig  tilgagnS,  ^  fatte 
l^an  ^(xet  paa  f)an§  33rt)ft  og  for  ^am  lige  op  t  ^Tnfigtct,  lo 
l0ftebe  fiam  trebjc  (Sang,  Bar  fiam  til  ct  mere  fnefrit  ©teb 
fom  en  Itlb,  ber  brager  en  f0nbcrret)en  ^unb,  flap  I)am 
otter,  bccrre  enb  f0r,  fnoegif  f^am,  —  og  ingcn  funbe  bibe, 
l^borIcbe§  bette  fiabbe  enbt,  berfom  tffe  ■^ngeBi0rg  bar 
ftortet  imcllem  meb  ©poebbarnet  i  3frmen;  "gj^r  o§  iffc  15 
uhjffelige!"  ffreg  Ijun. 

Qn  ©tunb  efter  fab  ^ngeBi0rg  i  ©tuen,  XI)or&i0rn 


participle  is  apt  to  be  used  in  the  neuter  singular  form  without 
regard  to  gender  or  number  of  the  subject.  Hence  in  our  sentence 
^arlcn  (bict))  grebct  and  not  bfctt  grcbcn.  By  influence  from  the 
spoken  language  this  is  fast  becoming  common  also  in  literature, 
itin,  emphatic,  ^mcn  ©CEimtllb  ub  efter  i)am.  In  abrupt  narrative 
Norwegian,  like  German,  frequently  omits  the  verb  of  motion  with 
an  adverb  or  preposition  of  transition,  the  latter  in  itself  being  felt  to 
be  sufficient  to  indicate  the  verbal  idea  as  it  does  the  direction  of  the 
motion,  'tilgagil?.  One  of  a  number  of  petrified  genitives,  that 
have  become  purely  adverbial  in  meaning,  hence  are  now  best  writ- 
ten together  in  one  word.  The  principal  ones  with  til-  are :  tilftcbe, 
tilftbe,  ttlbel§,  tilfob§,  tifIonb§,  tif)'j0§.  Cf.  the  adverbial  expres- 
sions given  in  note  6,  p.  8. 


SYttn^ocSoIbaffcn  21 

tlcebte  fig/  g^aberen  gif  otter  op  og  neb,  brof  nu  og  ba 
libt  SSanb,  men  ^aonben  btrrebe  flig,  at  SSonbet  fl0i  obec 
^oppen  og  floffebe  i  ©ulbet. 

SfSlaf  fom  iffe  inb,  og  ^stigebi^rg  gjorbe  om  libt 
Wine  til  at  goo  ub.  5 

"Slio  iiibe,"  [ogbe  l^on,  fom  Par  bet  iffe  til  l^enbe,^ 
l^cin  tolte,  og  i^un  Bleb  inbe.  @n  ©tunb  efter  gif  'i)an  bog' 
felb.  ^an  fom  iffe  igjen.  Zi)ovhi0vn  log  fin  S3og  og 
loeTte  uofrabelig  uhen  at  fe  op,  ffjjzfnt  ^an  iffe  famlebe 
en  ©cctning.  lo 

(St  ©tt)ffe  locngere  frem  paa  gormibbogen  bar  ^ufet 
i  fin  gnmfe  Drbcn,  ffi0nt  olle  fjabbe  en  S0lelfe  ober  fig* 
fom  efter  et  fremmeb  33ef0g.  ^^orBi0rn  ^obbe  goat  nb, 
og  hm  f0rfte,  f)an  m^bte  ubenfor  2)0ren,  bar  STSfof,  fom 
fjobbe  loeSfet  alt  fit  Xfii  paa  en  ^jcelfe;  men  ^jcelfen  bar  is 
3;i)or&i0rn§.  Z^ovhi0vn  ftirrcbe  paa  f)nm;  tl)i  f)an  foa 
fttjg  nb.  Slobct  bor  ficebet  faft  i  Sfnfigtet  og  fmurt  bibt 
ubober,  l^on  l^oftebe  og  tog  fig  ofte  for  93rt)ftet.  ^an  foa 
en  ©tunb  ftiftienbe  paa  ^r)or6j0rn,  og  \aa  br0b  fion  fterft 
frem:     '"^scq  lifer  iffe  be  ^inene-'^  bine,  &utl"    Sermeb  20 

^2^ortiJDrn  ffcebte  fig,  tvas  dressing  himself.  There  is  no  progressive 
tense  in  Norwegian  as  in  English;  the  durative  present,  past,  etc. 
must  be  rendered  by  the  simple  tense  forms,  ^fom  tjar  bet  iffc 
til  l^enbe  =  fom  om  bet  i!fc  Max  etc.  ^bog  corresponds  very 
much  in  its  use  to  Germ.  bod).  The  exact  meaning  can  only 
be  determined  in  any  one  case  from  the  context.  Its  force 
is  generally  that  of  a  mild  contradiction  of  the  preceding  statement, 
and  may  generally  be  translated  by  'but'  or  'however.'  ^^aObe  en 
f^Olelfe  oocr  fig  fom  etc.,  had  a  feeling  as  if  etc,  ^Observe  the  double 
definite  and  the  possessive  adjective. 


22  SYnn0De   Solbaffen 

jlrccbebe  Ijan  ober  ^jcelfen,  fotte  fig  og  agebe  itebobcr. 
"S)u  faor  [e  til,  I)t)or  bu  finber  Sjcelfen!"  fagbe  f)an  03 
lo,  ibet  f)Qn  enbnu  engang  benbte  fig  og  raftc  S^unge  ab 
{)Qm.     ®Q  reifte  SfSIof. 

SWen  i  ben  Uge,  font  fulgte,  fom  SenSmanben  bib;  ga^    5 
beren  bar  ftunbum  Borte,  SWobercn  grceb,  og  f)un  bar  og- 
fan  et  ^ar  ©onge  Borte. 
"^bob  er  bet,  2Ror?" 
"STa,  5BIaf  l^nr  forbolbt  bet  altfnmmen." 
©oa  en  Sag  greD  be  liben  '^ngrib  i,  at  Ijun  fab  10 
og  fong:^ 

O,  bit  libfnlige  SSerben ! 

9^u  er  jeg  Ici  af  bin  Socrbcn: 

^enten  ftiffcr  goben  frem, 

©utten  goor  fro  fine  fern,  ^  15 

SWabmor  blnnbcr  3Sanb  i  90?ab, 

SDJabfor  ligger  Icing  og  lab; 

fatten  er  ben  flogefte  i  .<5ufet: 

$Qn  ftjceler  9?j2fnimcn  nf  ^rufet. 

S)et  Bleb  beP  et  ©^urlog  efter,  r)bor  Tjnn  fjabbe  loeut  20 
ben  SSifeftump.    'So,  bet  bnr  af  Sf)orBi0rn.    S)enne  Blcn 
meget  rcrb  og  fagbe,  Ijan  T^abbe  lo^rt  ben  af  5fc^IaF.    ®ct 
fogbeS  r^om  ha,    at  bcrfom  T^an  fefb  fang  elfer  krrte  ()enbe 
flere  flige  SSifer,  fif  ^an  C^ugg.*    Sibt  efter  libt  !om  liben 

*©oa  en  ®og  Qxeh  \>e  When  ^riQXib  i  etc.,  they  caught  little  Ingn'd  in 
the  act  of  singing.  *finc  fern,  scil,  ©onfer,  his  five  senses.  ^Ocl  means 
here  you  can  imagine,  you  may  be  sure.   *fif,  conjunctive,  =  ffulbe  f  ao. 


S^nn0vt   SolbaiUn  23 

Sngrib  til  at  hanhc.  ^  ^^orDj^rn  Bleb  otter  folbt  til,  og 
©cemunb  mente,  bet  Dor  Bebft,  f)an  fif  libt  af  JRifet  meb  het 
famme;  men  fjan  grccb  ocj  loncbe  fan  fogert  for  fig,  at  l^ou 
flop  for  benne  ©ong. 

2)en  ncefte  ^rocfenf^nbag  fagbe  gaberen  til  'i)am:  "'^=   5 
fcog  ffal  bu  [tippe  at  gj/^re  llgogn^    l^iemme;  bn  ffal  f0lge 
meb  mig  til  ^irfe." 

^fom  tit  ot,  happened  to.  ^Ugagii^  Ugatjii.  The  word  is  specifi- 
cally Norwegian,  hence  Ugagil  is  the  better  spelling;  pronounce 
Ugangii. 


3lnbct  ^apitel 

^irfen  ftoar  i  93onben§  ^anfe  paa  et  'i)0\i  8teb  og  for 
fta  felt),  frcbltift,  met)  ©rabcnS  .<50tf)cb  omfring,  9?Jc§fen5 
SiDligi^eb  inbe.  Sen  er  bet  cnefte  ^u§  i  S)Qlen,  fjdorpaa  ^ 
]^Qn  i^or  Qnbenbt  ^rogt,  og  ben§  'Spiv  rceffer  berfor  ogfaa 
libt  Icengre,  enb  bet  ft)ne§  at  rceffe.  3)en§  ^loffer  l^ilfer  5 
langdetS  f)an§>  @ang  bib  ben  rcne  S0nbng§morgcn,  og  t)an 
l0\tcv  altib  paa  $uen  til  bem,  fom  fjnn  nilbe''^  fige  bcm  et 
Zat  for  fibft!  Set  er  et  S^orbnnb  imellem  Oom  og  bem, 
fom  ingen  fjcnber.  ^iblig  ftob  fian  net  i  ben  aabne  S0r 
og  Itittebe  til  bcm  men§  Slirfef0lget  brog  i  ftide  ^og  for=  lo 
U  nebe  paa  SBeien;  gar  lagcbe  fig  til,  men  f)an  fclb  bar  for 
liben.  ^an  forBanbt  ha  mangen  Soreftilling  meb  benne 
tunge,  fterfe  St)b,  bcr  regerebe  mellcm  Sjelbene  en  Xime 
eller  to  og  Ijomebe  fro  hd  enc  til  hct  nnbct;  men  en  bar 
nabffiHelig  fro  bem:  rene,  nt)e  S^Ia?ber,  ff'inncnbc  ^inber,  15 
pnbfebe  cnefte  meb  hlanfe  ©elet^i. 

Og  noor '  be  fao  en  ®0nbag  ringer  ober  r)nn§  egen 
St)!fe,  bcr  fion  fclb  i  fblintcrnt),  men  for  ftore  ^la'bcr, 
goor  ft0  beb  fin  gaberS  ©ibe  og  ffal  f0rfte  (Sang  berfjcn, 
ja,  ha  er  ber  ^uliel  i  bem !  Sa  fan  be  bel  flao  alle  S0re  20 
0^  for,  f)bab  X)an  bit  faa  fe!  £)g  paa  ^ilfiagcbeicn,  naar 
be  larmer  fien  ober  ^obebet,  enbnn  tnngt  og  bnggenbe  paa 

^\}0tpaa,  see  note  4,  p.  3.     ^foitt  stands  for  fom  om. 

(24) 


5Ynn0Dc5oIbaf!en  25 

©onge,  SO^csfcr,  ^rcebt!enorb,  ber  jager  og  jageS  of,  'fj'oah 
0ict  paa  fommc  2:;ib  f)ar  optoget:  2tltcrtat)len,  Srogtet, 
^erfoner,  —  bo  l^bocluer  be  ogfaa  en  ©ang  for  die  Xag 
ober  hdte  famlcbe  v^^nbtrt)!  og  bier  inb  ben  minbre  ^irfe, 
f)an  bcreftcr  Bocrer  t  fit  ^nbre.,  5 

Sibt  cclbre  maa  'i)an  gjccte  tilfjelbS;  men  noor  tjan 
hm  bofre,  bngfulbe  ©0nbag§morgen  fibber  ^oq  ©tenen 
meb  ^eaturerne  nebenfor  fig  og  'i)0VQv  ^irfeflofferne  obcr 
bcreS  ^Bjclbcr  bo  fifibcr  i^on  tungfinbig.  Xfii  ber  flingec 
i  bem  noget  It)ft,  let,  loffenbe  bernebe  fro,  Xante  om  ^jen-  lo 
binger  beb  ^rfen,  ©Iccbe,  noor  man  er  ber,  enbnu  ft^rrc 
nnor  man  l^cir  boeret  ber,  gob  Tlah  l^jemme,  S^or,  SO^or, 
®0ffcnbc,  Seg  paa  $8oIben  ben  glabe  ©0nbQg§!beIb,  og 
het  lille  ^jerte  gj^r  D^ftanb  i  93ri:)ftet.  2)?en  bet  enbcr 
bog  Qltib  meb,  at  bet  bor  ^irfe!Io!!erne,  fom  l0b;  f)au  15 
Iinffcr  fig  om  og  finber  tilfibft  en  f)alb  ©almcftub,  f)an 
f nn ;  ben  finger  fion  meb  folbebe  ^ocnber  og  et  longt  0te 
neb  i  Solen,  figer  foo  en  liben  930n  oiienpaa,  f^^ringer  op, 
er  glob  og  ft0ber  t  Snren,*  foa  bet  ffrolber  i  gjelbene. 

§cr  i  be  ftille  gjelbbole  fjor  enbnu  ^ir!en  fin  fcerffilte  20 
Xcile  til  enl)ber  5ribcr,  fit  eget  ©t)n  for  etl^tiert  0ie;  meget 
fan  l^tibe  Btigget  imellem,  men  olbrig  noget  ober.  S)en 
ftaor  boffen  og  foerbig  for  Sl'onfirmanben,^  —  meb  opvaH 
Singer,  ^aM  truenbe,  l^olbt  binfenbe,  for  ?)nglingen,  fom 
^nr  giort  fit  SSoIg,  —  Brebffulbrct  og  fterf  ober  SO^anbcuS  25 
©org,  —  rummelig  og  milb  obcr  DIbingen,  fom  er  trcet. 

*ft(Jbe  t  fiureit,  blow  the  Alpine  horn,  s^^onftrmonb,  candidate  for 
confirmation.    The  usual  age  of  confirmation  is  15 


26  SYnnj^PcSolbaffcrt 

Wiht  unbcr  ©ubMicnefteu  iitblcbcv  og  b0Be§  be  fmaa 
930rn,  og  bet  er  befjcnbt  nof,  nt  unber  bonne  .<^anbfing  or 
Srnbagtcn  ft0rft. 

2)?an  fan  berfor  iffe  tegne  norffe  23/2fnbcr,  forbccroebe 
cfler  uforbcerbebe,  uben  et  eller  nnbet  <3tQb  at  ft^be  fam»  5 
men  meb  ^ir!en.  S)et  t)il  fijneS  en  (Sn§formtgf)eb;  men 
bet  cr  moajlfe  iffe  ben  boorfte.  Sette  boere^  fagt  ^n  ©ang 
for  nife  og  iffe  netop  for  bet  ^irfebef^gS  ©fgib,  fom  f)er 
fommer. 

Xf)oxhi0vn  bnr  glob  ttl  3^uren^  og  Sgnet  fif  fornn*  lo 
berlig  mange  garner  i  0inene  ubcnfor  ^irfon,  f0lte  ben 
©til(;eben§  ^t}ngbe,  fom  laa  ot)er  alle  og  alt  inbenfor,  ba 
2)?e§fen  enbmi  iffe  bar  beg^nbt;  og  ffi0nt  %an  felb  iffe 
r)uffebe  at  B^ie  ^obebet,  ba  930nnen  bleb  lo'ft,  bar  bet  bog 
fom  b^iet  'oeb  ©t)net  af  flere  ^unbre  b0iebe  §obebor.  15 
©angen  gif,  og  alio  fang  paa  en  @ong  omfring  Ijam,  faa 
bet  bleb  f)am  nocften  forfoerbeligt. 

<Saa  bonfuiTfcn  fab  I)an,  faa  f)an  ffbat  0^1  fom  af  en 
®r0m,  ba  bere§  ®toI  fagte  bleb  aabnet  for  en,  fom  traabte 
inb.    ©ftcr  enbt  ©ang  tog  g^aberen  f^in  Tianb  i  ^aanben  20 
og  f^urte:     "(Staar  bet  gobt  til  paa  ©olboffen?" 

2!botbt0rn  fif  0inene  op ;  men  (jborlcbe?  l^an  faa  el^ 
ler  iffe  faa,^  bar  ber  libcn  gorbinbelfe  at  f0gc  meb  bonne 
Tlanb  og  noget  ©Iag§  Strolbbom.  ®et  bar  en  milb,  \t)?-' 
let  93ianb  meb  ftore,  blaa  0ine,  ^0i  5j5anbe  og  f)0i  i  ©abet;  25 

^tJOfre  is  optative  which  always  has  the  same  form  as  the  infinitive. 
^\)ax  glob  til  Xlttcn,  was  happy  at  the  thought  of  the  Journey ,  looked  for- 
ward with  joy  to  the  journey.  %en  l^t)orfebc§  l^on  fao  cUer  iffe  faa, 
but  however  much  he  looked.     Cf.  note  3,  p.  4. 


SYtin0Dc5oIbafPcn  27 

f)Qn  fmiltc,  noar  han  tdtc  til  f)am,  og  fngbe  jn  til  cilt  = 
[ammcn,  Sctmunb  \aqbc,  men  bar  ellerS  faatalcnbc.  — 

"Ser  fan  bu  faQ^f)enbe©onnj2ft)c  at  fe/'"^  fagbe  gabc- 
rcn,  ibct  fian  lubcbe  [ig  neb  til  Xi)ovh\0in,  tog  [3am  paa 
5htce  og  ^egebc  obcr  i  ben  lige  oberfor  bcm  boerenbe  S^bin^  5 
bc[toI.  2}er  ftob  en  Itben  ^ige  ^aa  S^ncc  oppe  |3Qa  Socnfcn 
og  \aa  ubober  Stocfbocrtet ;  f)un  bar  cnbnu  iQfere  enb  Tjin 
SJJanb,  I'ao  It)§,  ot  l^an  albrig  l^abbe  fet  SWagen.  ^nn 
Xjabbe  r0be  glaggerbaanb  t  $uen,r)UibguIe  §aar  inbunber 
og  lo  nu  obcr  til  f^am,  fna  i^an  en  lang  Xih  iffe  funbc  fc  10 
paa  anbet  enb  ^cnbeS  fjbibc  SCanbcr.  §un  f)oIbt  en  ffin= 
nenbc  SalmcBog  i  ben  enc  ."gaonb  og  et  [ammenlagt  r0b= 
gult  ©ilf ct0r!ra'be  t  ben  anbre  og  morebe  fig  meb  at  jTaa^ 
Sommet0rfIa'bet  paa  ©almcBogcn.  ^0  mere  f^an  ftirrebe, 
be§  mere  lo  fjun,  og  Ijan  bilbe  ogfaa  ftaa  paa  ^noe  paa  15 
Soenfen  ligefom  fiun.  <Saa  ntffebe  finn.  §an  faa  en 
©tnnb  alborlig  paa  fjenbe;  \aa  niffebe  r)an.  ^un  lo  og 
niffebe  en  @ang  til;  f)an  niffebe  after,  og  en  @ang,  og 
cnbnu  in  @ang.  ^im  lo,  men  niffebe  iffe  mere,  —  f0r 
om  libt,  ha  1)an  after  l^abbe  glemt  bet,  \aa  niffebe  l^un.        20 

^2^er  fan  bu  faa  etc.  I^aa  literally  means 'receive,  get'  and  may 
often  be  translated  by  'get'  with  the  preposition  before  the  infinitive. 
^aa  also  may  serve  as  a  single  auxiliary  of  the  future  perfect  as  : 
^cg  ffal  fotmne  iiaar  jeg  faar  fccft  93ogen,  'I  shall  come  when  I 
(shall)  have  read  the  book.'  On  other  uses  of  this  peculiarly  Scandi- 
navian auxiliary,  see  P.  L.  §  207,  3.  ^^Cllbe  <Bi)nn0t3C,  In  the  dialects 
and  in  colloquial  speech  it  is  common  to  thus  place  the  pronoun 
before  the  name  where  the  person  referred  to  is  well-known,  much 
as  the  German  prefixes  the  definite  article,  'lueb  at  \laa,  notice 
infinitive  corresponding  to  present  participle  in  English. 


28  SYTtn0t)c5oIbaffcn 

"^eg  bil  ogfoa  fe!"  yvte  fjan  Bag  [tg  —  og  f0rte  i 
bet  famme  en  bragc  fjom  efter  33cncne  neb  ^qq  ©ull^et,  fan 
f)an  bar  noer  bcb  at  folbe;  bet  bar  en  finffaoren  liben  en, 
[om  nu  orbcibebe  fig  tappevt  o^  i  ^an§  ^teh;  fion  fiobbe 
ogfoa  rtift,  [tribt  .^oor  og  en  but  92oefe.  StSlaf  f)Qt)bc  nof  ^  5 
locrt  S^tjorbjiirn,  r)'borIcbc§  be  flemme  ©utter,  I^on  m^bte  t 
^irfe  og  ©fole,  jiulbe  tageS;  3:f)orbi0rn  fneb  bcrfor  &nU 
ten  Bog,  faa  f)an  bilbe  til  ot  ffrige,''^  men  Tjolbt  tube  og 
frnblebe  i  betteS  <Bteb  ^  meget  fort  neb  igjcn  af  S3ocnfcn  og 
tog  3::f3orbi0rn  i  begge  0ren.  Scnne  grcb  fat  i  IjanS  2ug  10 
og  fatte  f)am  tnb  unber  fig ;  £)in  ffreg  enbnu  iffe,  men  bcb 
iXl^orbi0rn  i  Saaret;  2:^orbi0rn  traf  bet  tilbage  og  fatte 
^an§  STnfigt  lige  luft  i  ©ulbct.  ®a  bleb  T)an  felb  tagen  * 
i  Str0iefraben  og  l0ftet  0^  fom  en  ^almfcef,  —  bet  bar 
goberen,  fom  fatte  f)am  i  gang.  15 

"SSar  bet  iffe  i  ^rfen,  fif  bu*  gJrt)!/'  ^biffebe  l^on 
l^am  inb  i  0ret  og  trt}ffebe  ^an^  ."gaanb,  faa  ben  fbeb  lige 
neb  i  Soben.  ^an  buffcbe  paa  ©t)nn0be  og  faa  ober;  l^un 
ftob  ber  enbntt,  men  faa  ftirrenbc  og  fortabt,  at  f)an  be* 
gt)nbte  at  ane,  t)'oab  f)an  I)abbe  gfort,  at  bet  maatte  boere  20 


i^Bfaf  tjat}bc  nof  Icert  %oth\0xn,  f)t)0rlebc§  etc.,  Aslakhadnot  neglec- 
ted to  teach  Torbji^m  how.  ^fao  1)011  Dilbc  til  at  ffrigc,  so  that  he  came 
near  crying  out.  ^i  bette§  ©teb,  instead,  the  antecedent  of  bcttc§  is  ot 
[frige,  ^'ba  bleo  l^aii  felt)  togen,  here  the  past  partic.  agrees  with  the 
subject,  see  note  2  p.  19.  By  the  introduction  of  ^an  felt)  between  the 
auxiliary  and  the  past,  partic,  the  latter  is  more  closely  connected 
with  the  subject  and  the  purely  verbal  idea  suffers.  5)a  bfct)  l^an 
felti  toget  (pron.  tat)  would  also  here  be  the  form  ordinarily  in  the 
spoken  language,     "^fi!,  see  note  4,  p.  22. 


5vnn0t)c5oIbafFcn  29 

noget  rigttg  gait,      ©ao  fnart  f)un  mcrfebc,  at  f)an  faa 
paa  fienbe,  lt0h  f)un  neb  of  33ocnfen  og  Oar  iffe  mere  at  [c. 

Scr  fom  ^loffcr,  ber  f'om  ^^l•cft  frem:  T^an  ]^0rte  og 
[oa  bel  pQQ  bem;  bcr  fom  atter  ^loffer  og  otter  ^reft,  — 
men  enbnu  fob  tjan  ber  paa  gaberenS  i^anq  og  tocnfte:  5 
ffal  r^itn  tffe  fnart  fe  op  igjcn?  ^in  ^orl,  [om  I)abbe 
truffet  \)am  neb  af  33ccnfen,  fab  paa  en  ©fammel  lo^ngre 
inbe  i  Stolen,  og  Tper  @ang  Tjan  Dilbc  reifc  fig,  fif  f)an  et 
^Utf  i  9?t)ggen  af  en  gammel  en,  fom  fab  og  bubBebe,  men 
baagnebe  regelmo'Sfig,  r3ber  @ang  Tjin  gjorbe  SWine  til  at  lo 
rcife  fig.  "©fal  l^un  iffe  fnart  fe  of)  igjen,"  toenfte  ^fior- 
Bi0rn,  og  fjbert  rjzibt  $8aanb,  fom  r}on  faa  r0re  fig  runbt 
omfring,  minbebe  om  bem,  f)nn  fjabbe,  og  f^bert  tilftabfet 
33iIIebe  i  ben  gamie  ^irfe  bar  enten  ndop  foa  ftort  eller 
libt  minbrc  enb  f)un.  ^b,  ber  ftaf  t)un  ."gobebet  o^;  men  15 
[tvtttS  l^un  fif  fe  l^am,  traf  l^un  het  olborligt  neb  igjen.  — 
^lloffcren  fom  frem  og  ^^rcften  enbnn  en  Oang,  ber 
Bleb  ringet,^  og  man  reifte  fig.  gaberen  talte  atter  fagte 
mcb  ben  hjfc  93tanb,  be  gif  fammen  ober  til  ^binbefolfefto- 
len,  l^bor  man  ogfaa  l^abbe  reift  fig.S)en  f0rfte,  fom  fom  ub  20 
beraf,  bar  en  rb§  ^bne,  fom  fmilte  ligefom  SWanben,  men 
bog  minbrc;  1^""  bar  ganffe  liben  og  Bleg  og  T^olbt  ©Qn* 
n0bc  beb  ^aanben.   Z^otb\0m  ftrnfs  lige  mob  benne;^men 


*ber  bfet)  ringet,  the  impersonal  passive  of  an  transitive  verb  as  in 
German  eS  ftjurbe  gefungen,  e§  tuurbe  geraucl)t,  which  in  English  may 
usually  be  rendered  by  'there  was'  and  the  participal  substantive. 
Transl.  here,  the  bell  rang.  ^On  such  omissions  of  the  verb  see 
note  2,  p.  20. 


30  S\nn0ve    SolbaFFcn 

f)un  trnf  fig  f)urttg  unba  l)am,^  ninbt  om  3)?obereu§ 

"^ab  mtg  bocre!"  fngbe  T^un. 

"§an  bcr  f^nr  nof  iffc  f0r  bcrrct  i  ^ir!e/'  [agbc  ben 
It)[e  ^onc  og  logbe  .^paonben  paa  I)am.  5 

"9?ei,  berfor  jTaoS  t)an  ogfao  ben  f0r[te  ©ong,  f)a\i 
er  bcr,  [ctgbe  ©cemunb. — 

Xi}ovhi0vn  [no  ffamfulb  op  paa  l^enbc  og  bcrfra  paa 
©t)nn0De,  bcr  ft)ntc§  r)nm  enbnu  olUorltgere.  S)g  gif  Q([e 
lib,  —  be  cclbre  i  ©omtale,  men  ^^l^orbi^rn  efter  ©Qnn/jfbe,  lo 
[om  trnf  fig  tocttere  til  SWobcren,  r)ncr  G5ang  tjan  fom 
rjcnbc  ncrr.  S)cn  nnbcn  (Sut  fan  Ijqu  iffc  mere,  llbc  pact 
^irfcDoIbcn  ftanfebe  be  og  Bcgtinbtc  en  locngre  (Somtale. 
Sll^orbi0rn  'i)0vte  flere  (Sange  "2f§Iaf "  nccbne,  ^  og  ba  I)an 
bar  fiangc  for,  ot  bcr  ogfaa  ffulbe  talcS  libt  om  fjam  felb  i5 
mcb  bet  fomme,  traf  f)an  fig  tilbage. 

"Su  f!al  tffe  yte  bette!"  fagbe  arjoberen  til  ©gn- 
n0be;  "goa  en  ©mule  Bort,  SSennen  miu;  gaa  bort, 
fioer  ieg." 

■®i)nn0t)e  brog  fig  n0tenbe  tilOage.    Xi)ovhi0tn  gif  ba  20 


^lUlbo,  'away  from',  comes  from  older  Ulibaii  and  therefore  incor- 
rectly sometimes  written  unbaf.  *^0rte  -  -  llCCtinc.  An  active  in- 
finitive with  passive  meaning  appears  in  Norwegian  after  labc,  ^t*tc, 
and  sometimes  fe  without  the  sign  of  the  infinitive,  e.  g.  t>t  fob  bcill 
l^ente,  jeg  ^art  fct  ©tl)ffct  fpidc.  However,  the  passive  may  be 
employed  to  avoid  ambiguity,  as:  jeg  :^0rtc  I)atn  bliOe  falbt  tteb 
9?ot)n,  cf.  Germ,  ic^  l^ortc  i^n  riifen,  active  and  passive;  see  further 
Falk  and  Torp  §122,  also  Hofgaard  gl38  and  note  6,  p.  4. 


5YttTt0ocSoIbaffcn  31 

ncermere  ^en  til  fienbe  og  foo  ^oa  l^enbe,  og  l^un  foa  paa 
ham,  OQ  \(\aban  ftob  be  en  long  ©tunb  Blot  og  foa  paa 
j^ljeranbre. 

enbeltgfagbel^un:    "W-"  — 

"^borfor  figer  bu  fo?"  fpurte  l^on.  —  5 

"gi) !"  fagbe  l^un  enbnu  engong.  "gt),  flomme  big !" 
lagbe  5un  til.  — 

"^babl^ariegbQigiort?"  — 

"Su  l^ar  ffoaebeS^  i  ^irfen  og  tnen§  ^reften  ftob  og 
meSfebe,  —  ft)!" —  ic 

"^0,  men  bet  er  Icenge  fiben." 

'^ette  flog  l^enbe,  og  f)un  fagbe  om  Itbt:  "(St  bet 
btg,^  fom  l^eber  Zi)ov^0r:n  Oranliben?"  — 

^i>a  like  English  then  and  German  beillt  makes  the  question  less 
abrupt.  ®a  further  serves  here  to  connect  the  question  more 
closely  with  the  preceding,  say:  what  have  I  done  then  [to  make  you 
say  that,  that  you  say  that).  *^ar  \{aat'iit^,have  been  fighting.  Observe 
that  deponents  and  s-passives  take  the  auxiliary  ^aDe,  not  XXtXt  and 
bllDe,  in  forming  the  perfect,  pluperfect,  and  future  perfect  (l)iJtJC 
=  cr  bfetjet).  In  the  compound  tenses  the  use  of  the  deponent  is 
commonly  avoided  in  the  spoken  language,  as:  be  er  bletine  (or 
blettet)  euige,  instead  of  be  ^ar  enebcS.  Colloquially  ^or  flaaebeS  is 
pronounced  l^ar  f(aa§.  ^er  bet  big,  the  disjunctive  personal  pronoun 
is  the  objective  ntig,  big,  \)a\n,  etc.  not  the  nominative  jeg,  bit,  \)a\\. 
See  note  2,  p.  6.  In  the  older  language  the  nominative  was  used 
and  this  is  still  for  the  most  part  the  case  in  the  dialects.  The 
objective  disjunctive  is  due  to  East  Scandinavian  (and  Danish) 
influence,  and  is  characteristic  of  East  Norwegian.  In  the  collo- 
quial language  and  in  recent  writers  the  nominative  is  more  and 
more  common  again.  This  is  quite  generally  the  case  if  the  dis- 
junctive pronoun  is  followed  by  a  relative  clause  in  which  the  relative 
is  subject,  as  in  our  sentence  e.  g.   er  bet  "bu,  font  l^ebber  etc 


32  Syttn^DcSoIbaffen 

"■^a,  og  er  bet  big,  fom  f^eber  ®t)nn0de  @oI6af- 
fcn?"  — 

"^a. ^eg  fior  fieftanbig  f)0rt,  at  hu  bar  faabaii 

en  fntlb  @ut."  — 

"9?ei,  bet  er  iffe  fanbt;  for  jeg  cr  ben  flemmeftc  af    5 
alle  o§  J^jemme/'  fagbe  Xi)ovhl0tn.  — 

"9?u  f)ar  jeg  albrig  f)0rt "  fagbe  ®t)nn0t)e  og 

flog  be  fmaa  ^oenber  fammen;  "Tlov,  Tlotl  'i)an  figer — " 

"^i  ftille  og  gaa  Bort!"  m0bte  fienbe  fra  benne  ^ant, 
—  og  ^un  ftanfebe,  bcnbte  bcr^aa  langfomt  og  Baglceng^  lo 
tilbage,  meb  be  ftore,  blaa  |2inc  T^cftebc  paa  2)?obcreii. 

"^eg  l^ar  Beftonbig  ^0vt,  at  b  u  bar  faa  fntlb/'  fagbe 
^orbj0rn. — 

"^a,  bet  er  fommc  S^iber,  naar  jeg  f)ar  Iceft,  bet," 
fdarebe  f)un.  —  is 

—  "®r  bet  fanbt,  bet  er  fao  oberlag  fulbt  meb  92i§» 
fer  og  ^rolb  og  anbct  onbt  bcr  Borte  paa  cbcrS  Planter?"  * 
fpurtc  l^an,  fatte  ^aanben  i  ©iben,  ben  cne  gob  frem  og 
ft0ttebe  fig  paa  ben  anbre,  —  netop  fom  i^an  I)at)be  fct 
Slglaf  gj0re  bet.  ---  ^  20 

"Tlov,  Tloxl  P^b  bu,  l^bab  l^an  figer?  l^an  figer  — " 

"Qab  mig  boere,  f)0rcr  bn\  £)g  fom  iffe  ()ib,  f0r  jeg 
falber  paa  big!"     $un  maatte  otter  langfomt  og  Bog- 

JBiiafrufOM,  however,  writes  the  objective  mig,  big  etc.  ^paa  ebctS 
banter,  lit.  in  your  directions,  transl.  in  your  part  0/ the  country  or 
where  you  live,  ^neto^)  fom  I)au  :^at)bc  fct  Slslof  gjj^re  bet,  just  as  he 
had  seen  Aslak  do.  ©et,  which  is  not  necessary  in  the  Norwegian, 
resumes  the  idea  of  the  antecedent.  Cf.  the  French;  6tes-vous  le 
pfere  de  cette  jeune  fille?    Qui,  je  ie  suls, 


SYtttt(z<pe5oIbaffen  83 

IcengS  tilBcige,  ibet  l^un  tJuttebe  en  ®nt^  of  Z0vlicehet  inb 
i  S'Junben,  &ct)  fnft  og  trnf  i  bet. 

"Qt  bd  fict  iffe  fanbt,  at  ^Der  ^at  faa  [filter  bet^  i 
^augenc  ber  Borte?" 

"^ar  bu  Qlbrig  fet  2;roIb  ba?"  — 

"i)?ci!"  — 

"Tlcn  t  Scfu  9?aDn  ^ ". 

—  "gt),  bet  f!al  bu  iffe  fige!"  — 

"9fQ  ^:)i)t;  bet  er  iffe  farligt!"  fogbe  J^^n  og  fpt)ttcbe  lo 
mellem  ^ccnberne  for  at  bife  l^enbe,  f)bor  longt  ^an  fuube 
\pt)tte.  — 

"a50,  jo,"  fagbe  l^un;  "for  faa^  fommer  bu  i  ^el- 
bebe!"  — 

"^ror  bn  b^f^."  fpurte  l^an  Bett)belig  mt)gere;  t()i  15 
l^on  l^Qbbe  blot  toenft  fig,  at  ^an  funbe  faa  §ugg  for  b^t,  ■ 
og  nu  ftob  S^aberen  fao  langt  Borte,  — 

"^l3cm  ^^aa  Sag*  er  bzw  fterfefte  berober  i^^aa  eber^ 
®ibe?"  fpurte  l^an  og  fatte  ^uen  libt  mere  paa  ben  ene 
^ant.  —  20 

"iJ^ei,  bzt  beb  jeg  iffe."  — 

"■^a,  )(>aa  bor  ©ibe  er  bd  gar;  ^an  er  foa  fterf,  at 
l^on  ^3rt)Ier  5f§Iaf;  og  bn  fan  tro,  3BIaf  er  fterf."  — 

"Sa,  faa." '  — 

^fflO,  here  a  superfluous  connective,  that  is  very  characteristic 
of  the  dialects.  -9JJcu  i  ^efii  9ia»n  —  not  be  translated  literally 
which  would  be  stronger  than  the  Norwegian,  say  but  for  heaven's 
sake  *for  faa,  because  then.  *§ttem  '>;>aa  Sog,  is  literally,  'just  about 
who,'  may  translate,  who  might  be  etc.  *^o  foa,  say,  is  that  so,  or  is  hep 
3— ©Qimpue  SoI6atfen. 


34  SYntt0Dc5oIbaffcn 

"§ctn  'i)av  cngang  Ij2iftet  en  ^eft."  — 

"(Sn  ^eft!"  — 

'Set  er  faa  fanbt,  fao  fanbt,  —  for  ^an  l^or  fcid  foi> 
talt  hct" 

Sa    toilebe   jo  roller    iffc  f^un.^    ".<§t)cm  cr  5[§'    5 
lof  ?"  ft)urte  l^un.  — 

"S)ct  cr  Del  en  ffem  en,  fan  hu  tro.^  .^an  'i^at 
prt)Ite  l^am  flig,  cit  Ijcr  t  33erbcn  cr  nu  albrtg  Wlanb  ble» 
Den  pr^rt  [Itg  f;2(r."  — 

"®Iqq§  .^  bcr  borte  ]^o§  eber?" «—  lo 

"5^a  fomme  Xiber,  fao ©i^r  '^  bet  iffc  oucr 

5o§  eber?"  — 

"^^et,  olbrig."  — 

\^\)ab  Q\0t  S  ber  bar  — 

"5Iq,  9??or  [teller  mcb  S[>?nbcn,  Binber  og  fi)r;  bet  is 
gi0r  ^ort  ogfao,  men  tffe  fan  gobt  jom  Tlov,  for  ^ari  cr 
faa  lab.  SO?en  9?anbi  ^aSfer  ^i0vcnc,  gar  og  ©utterne  er 
i  5D?arfen  eller  ogf aa  fijemme."  'incite  fanbt  l^an  bar  en 
tilfrebSftirienbc  gorflaring.  '"Men  Ipcv  3rftcn  tofer  bi 
og  ft)nger  bt,"  fortfatte  i^un,  "og  bet  Q\0t  bi  om  ©0nba«  20 
gen  ogfaa."  — 

"Slllefammen?"  — 

"^0."  — 

"2)et  maa  bcere  langfomt " 

—  "Sangfomt?    2^or,  i^an  fig — "  men  faa  ^uffebe  25 


^®a  tt)ifebc  jo  tiefler  tffe  !^un,  say,  indeed,  she  didn't  doubt  either  then. 
*^on  bu  tro,  you  may  believe,  I  tell  you,  ^^0§,  Germ,  bci,  French 
chez,  at  one's  house. 


Syttn^cc   Solbaffcn  35 

]^un,  at  ber  t)en  f!ulbe  l^un  iffe.  —  "®u  fan  tro,  jeg  eier 
monge  ©oucr,"  [agbe  f)itn.  — 

"®isiv  bu  hd?"  — 

"•^Q,  tre  gaor  meb  Sam  i  SSinter,  og  ben  ene,  tror  jeg 
beftemt,  foor  to."  ^' —  ^ 

"®na  bu  fjar  ©auer,  bu?"  — 

"^3Q,  icg  i)av  ogi'na  ^j0r  og  ©rife.    $ar  bu  ingen?" 

"^om  Bort  til  mig,  jToI  bu  foo  et  Som.^      Sqq  f!al 
bu  uof  fc,  c\t  bu  faor  flerc  of  bet."  — 

"2)et  liilbe  bcere  urimelig  tr0ifomt."    1?e  ftob  libt;  lo 
"funbe  iffe  ogfoa  v>ugrib  fao  et  Com?"  fpurte  Ijon.  — 

"§bem  er  ^ngrib?"  — 

"Sngrib,  De^Ie  ^sngrib?" 

9cet,  fienbe  fjenbte  f)un  iffe.     "(St  f)im  minbre  enb 
bu?"  —  15 

"^a  tii'jft  er  i}\m  minbre  enb  jeg,  —  foopQ?  font 
bu."3_ 

"9(0  nei!'*  f)cnbe  maa  bn  tnge  meb,  r)0rer  bu!"  ^o, 
bet  jTuIbe  i)an  bo.  "9Jien",  fagbe  ^un,  "ba  bu  foor  et 
Sam,  fan  fjun  foa  en  @ri§."  2)et  fonbt  ogfaa  ^an  bar  20 
Inngt  ffogcre,  og  nu  fortnlte  be  libt  om  fcelfeg  ^jenbin* 
gcr,  f)DorQf  be  rigtignof  iffe  f)cibbe  mange,  f^orcelbrene 
bar  foerbige,  og  be  mootte  goo  l^jem. 

Dm  dtatten  brji^mte  ^an  om  ©olbaffen,  og  ft)nte§ 


Uror  jeg  beftemt,  /  really  believe;  beftcmt,  is  past  partic.  of  be- 
stemme,  cf.  Germ.,  beftimiltt.  *The  understood  connective  before 
ffol  is  fao.  3faapo§  font  bu,  about  as  big  as  you.  ■'3ta  nei!  say 
oh  my! 


36  5Yntt0oc5olbaffen 

J^Qit^  at  fe  bore  f)Oibe  Sam  ber  fiortc  og  en  liben  ItjS 
,^ente  meb  riz(be  33QQnb  gna  mibt  imcllem  bcm.  Sngrib 
og  l^an  talte  fiber  enefte  3)ag  om  at  fomme  berober.  2)e 
ftabbe  faa  mange  Sam  og  ©maagrife  at  ^^asfe,  at  be  bibfte 
iffe,  l^i^orlebeS  be  ffiilbe  bcnbe  [ig  imellem  bem.  vsniib=  5 
Icrtib  unbrebe  be  fig  meget  ober,  at  be  iffe  funbc  gaa  bib 
[traf§.  "gorbt  om  ben  besle  ^entungen  l^er  Bebt  eber?" 
\pmte  aitoberen;  "f^ar  bu  f)0rt  fligt  f0r?"  —  "^a  ia,  bent 
nu  til  ncrfte  ^rcefeniVnbag,"  mente  Zi-)ov'bi0vn,  "\aa  [fat 
S  fe."  10 

Sen  fom.  "2)u  ffal  bcere  [aa  [lem  til  at  ffrQbc  og 
Ii3be  og  fianbe,"  fagbe  Somi0be  ha  til  r)am,  "at  bu  iffe 
faar  Sob  til  at  fomme,  f0r  bu  ^ar  lagt  bet  af,"  — 

".^bem  l)av  fagt  het?"  fpurte  Xi)oxhi0tn  forunbret. 

"Tlov".  15 

^ngrib  bar  [poenbt  l^aa  ^jemfomftcn,  og  'i)an  ^ortalte 
fienbc  og  SWobercn,  f)borban  bet  bar  gaat. 

"iDer  fan  bu  [e!"^  fagbe  9J?oberen.  ^ngrib  fagbe  in* 
genting.  9Wen  l^erefter  ^a§febe  haahe  l^un  og  SWobcrcn 
paa  ham,  fiber  C5ang  han  hanhtc  eller  ffr0b.  v^ngrib  oa  20 
l)an  fom  imiblcrtib  op  til  at  flaa§  om,  fiborbibt^  ".*^un- 
ben  fare  i  migl"  funbe  bo^re  at  Banbe  eller  et.  ^ngrib 
fif  ^rt)!,  og  fiben  Iirugtc  fian  ".'gunben  fare  i  mig!"  fide 
®agen.  SWen  om  .^belben  fi0rte  gabcrcn  bet.  "^0,  fian 
ffal  rigtig  fare  i  big!"  fagbe  fian  og  brcb  til  fiam,  faa  fian  25 
tumlcbe  fien.     ^)orfii0rn  bar  meft  ffamfulb  for  ^ngrib; 

'og  fl)nte§  ^on,  the  simple  conjunction  og  does  not  necessitate 
inversion,  but  see  note  3,  p.  6.  ^^er  fail  bu  fe!  there  you  see! 
s^tjortiibt,  as  to  how  far. 


SYnn0De5oIbaffcrt  37 

men  f)un  gif  om  en  Itben  ©tunb  Bort  til  l^om  og  lla!ppebe 
f)Qm. 

2)Q  et  ^ar  SWaoneber  leb  frem,  font  be  begge  ober 
paa  (Solhatfm;  ©tinn^be  dor  ftben  ^o§>  bem,  be  atter  ber, 
og  foalebeS  nnber  ^ele  £)p)atUtQn.  Zf)ov'bi0xn  og  ®t)n-  5 
n0Dc  fnplcrftc;  be  gif  i  famme  ®foIe,  og  i)an  bled  tilfibft 
flinfere,  faa  fitnf,  at  ^reften  tog  fig  of  J^am.  3Wen  ^ng- 
rib  gif  bet  boarligere  meb,  og  l^enbe  I^jqI^  be  begge. 
$un  og  ©r)nn0t)e  bleb  fao  uQbffillelige,  at  Self  folbte  bem 
"dlt)pevne" ,  forbi  be  oltib  fl^i  fommen,  og  begge  bar  me*  lo 
get  It)fe. 

2^et  l^oenbte  fig,  ret  fom  bet  bor,^  at  ©t)nn0t)e  flog 
fig  breb  paa  2;5orbi0rn,  forbi  ^an  bar  bel  bilb  af  fig^  og 
ragebe  i  ^lammeri  haabe  I)ift  og  ber.  Sng^i^  gif  ba  aU 
tib  imellem,  og  be  bar  atter  ©obbenner^  fom  f0r.  90?en  15 
fif  2t)nn0be§  Tlov  b0re  om  ©lagSmaal,  fom  i)an  iffe  paa 
(^olbaffen  ben  Uge  og  fnapt  nof  ben  ncefte.  ©cemunb 
turbe  ingen  fortcelle  om  fligt;  "ban  farer  for  boorbt  meb 
©utten,"  fagbe  ^onen  'i)an§>  og  paalagbe  alle  Zau§>t)eb. 

®om  be  nu  boF?te  til,  bfeb  be  alle  tre  fagre  at  fe  til,  20 
ffi0nt  bber  paa  fin  9J?aabe.  St)nn0be  bleb  b0i  og  ftanf, 
fif  gnit  ^aar,  et  fint,  ffinnenbe  5Xnfigt  meb  ftille,  bloa 
'^ine.  SRaav  bun  tolte,  fmilte  bun,  og  golf  fogbe  tiblig, 
at  bet  bar  belfignet  ai  gaa  inb  unber  bet  ©mil.  ^sngrib 
bar  minbre,  men  f0rere,  t)at)be  enbnu  h)fere  $aar,  men  et  25 
ganffe  libet  9Infigt,  ber  bar  bl0bt  og  runbt.    3;borbi0rn 


*ret  font  bet  bar,  euery  now  and  then.     ^'Oi\  ttilb  af  fig,  rather  wild. 
^obuemier,  stress  first  syllable. 


38  S^nn0ve   Solbaiten 

Bleb  of  2)?ibbeBf)0ibe,  men  faare  belbofSen,  fif  m^rft^aor, 
bunfelblaa  0me,  ffor^Dt  5fnfigt  og  fterfe  Semmer.  ^oit 
^jletebe  gjerneMelb  at  fortoelle,  naav  ^an  bar  breb,  at  ^an 
funbe  loefe  og  ,ffribe  ligefaa  gobt  fom  ©folemefteren  og 
frt)gtebe  ellerS  ingen  Wanb  i  2)alen  —  uben  '^civ  [in  5 
tcenfte  fian;  men  bet  lagbe  l^on  iffe  til. 

^^orbj^rn  bilbe  tiblig  fonfirmere§;  men  bcraf  bleb 
ber  intet;  "]aa  Icenge  hu  iffe  er  fonfirmcret,  er  bit  bnre 
©utten,^  og  jeg  fan  bebre  roobe  meb  big!"  fagbe  Scir 
I^Qn§.  <Saahan  bar  bet  til,  at  'i)an,  ®t)nn0be  og  I^ngrib  lO 
gif  til  ^reften^  paa  famme  ^ib.  ©t)nn0be  fiabbe  ogfaa 
bentet  Icenge;  l^un  bar  15,  i  bet  16be  5rar.  "®n  fan  al- 
brig  nof,  naar  en  ffal  aflcegge  fit  ©ubSl^fte,"  fjabbe  TlO' 
beren  altib  fagt,  og  gaberen,  ©uttorm  ©olbaffen,  l^abhe 
fagt  la  bertil.  <Baa  bar  bet  iffe  rart,  at  et  ^ar  <^riere  be*  is 
gt)nbte  ot  bife  fig,  ben  ene  en  bebre  9J(anb§  Q0n*  og  hen 
onben  en  rig  9^abo.  "Set  er  bog  forgalt!  $itn  er  enb» 
nu  iffe  fonfirmeret!"  —  "^a,  faa  faar  bi  fonfirmere  ^en* 
be  ha,"  fagbe  gaberen.  Tien  i^erom  bibfte  ©bnn0be  felb 
intet.  20 

^aa  ^reftegaarbcn  fbnte§  <i?binbfoIfenc  af  ^reften? 
jyamilie  faa  gobt  om  (sbnn0be,  at  be  tog  bcnbc  iub  for  at 
tale  meb  l^cnbe.  ^ngrib  og  2^^orbi0rn  ftob  igjen  nbe 
hlanbt  be  anbre,  og  ba  en  Out  fagbe  til  l^am:  "^aa  bu 
flap  iffe  inb  meb?^  S)e  tager  benbe  beftemt  fra  big!"  faa  25 

*]^on  pkietc  gjeriie  etc.,  he  was  in  the  habit  of.  »®uttcit,  see  note  5, 
p.  8.  *@oa  tif  ^refteil,  meet  at  the  parsonage  for  weekly  lessons  in 
preparation  for  the  confirmation,  see  note  2,  p.  25.  ''en  bebre  SJhinbg 
©js<n,  the  son  oj  a  well-to-do  man,  *©ao  bu  flop  iffe  inb,  and  so  you,  etc. 


5Ytin0t>e5olbaf!cn  39 

foftebe  hette  f)'m  ®ut  et  Blaot  0ie.  ^va  nu  of  Bleb  bet 
en  ®fif  blonbt  be  onbre  ©utter  at  erte  l^am  meb  ©tin- 
n0be,  og  bet  btfte  fig  ogfoo,  at  tntet  funbe  fcette  Bom  t 
ft^rre  35rebe.  ^  en  8!og  o^  unber  ^reftegoorben  Bled 
ber  tilfibft  og  efter  Slftole  et  ©laggmoal,  ber  l^aDbe  bettc  5 
til  ©runb;  bet  boUte  fitg  op,  at  Zljovbi0vn  fif  at  gi0rc  meb 
en  ^ct  glof  paa  en  ©ang.  ^binbfolfene  bar  goat  t  5or= 
beien,  \aa  ber  bar  ingen  til  at  jTille  bcm  ah,  og  bet  Bcb 
berfor  bcerre  og  bcerre.  Xahe  bilbe  I)Qn  iffe,^  ber  fom 
flere  inb  paa  Ijam,  og  nu  forfbarebe  Ijan  fig  paa  l^bab  lo 
5)?anbe  f)an  Bcbft  funbe,  f)borfor  ber  nbbcltc§  ©lag,  fom 
fiben  fclb  fortalte,  ()bQb  ber  bar  foregaat,  Srarfagen  fom 
meb  bet  famme  o^,2og  ber  Bleb  fterf  Xale  om  bette  i 
93i3gben. 

9ta?fte  ^}ra?fenf0nbag  bilbe  ^r)orBi0rn  iffe  gaa  ti(  15 
^irfe;  na?fte  2^ag,  be  ffulbc  bare  I)Oy  ^reften,  lagbe  tian 
fis  f99-     ^ngrib  gif  berfor  alene.    §an  fpurte  l^enbe  beb 
^iemfomften,  r)bab  3i)nn0be  fjabbe  fagt.    "^ngenting." 

2)a  Ban  faa  gif  meb  igjen,  ft)nte§  \-)an,  at  alk  golf 
faa  paa  f)am,  og  at  ^onfirmauberne  fnifte.  Tien  ©t)n=  20 
n0be  fom  fenere  enb  be  anbre  og  bar  meget  inbe  Bo^  ^re- 
ften§  ben  Sag.  ^an  frQgtebc  ©fcnb  af  ^srcften,  men 
merfcbe  fnart,  at  be  to  encfte  i  33i)gbcn,  fom  iffe  fjenbte 
noget  til  olagSmaalet,  bar  l)an^  egen  gaber  og  ^^rcften. 
S)et  funbe  enbba  gaa  an;^  men  Bborlebeg  ijan  after  funbe  25 
fomme  i  Sale  meb  ©t)nn0be,  bibfte  tjan  iffe;  tBi  bet  bar 

^observe  the  order,  why  is  the  verb  placed  first?      *fotll  .  .  ♦  Op, 
became  known,  ''bet  flllibe  cixbba  ci,aa  an,  transl.  that' snot  so  bad  after  all. 


40  SYttn0t)cSoIbaffcn 

f0rfte  (Sang,  "^an  iffe  rigtig  bilbe  bebe  ^^nfli^i^  9CtQ  Intel- 
lem.  (gfter  enbt  Dt)er50ring  bar  ©t)nn0t)e  otter  inbe  l^oS 
^reftenS;  fion  bentebe,  foa  loenge  ber  enbnu  tiav  onbre  paa 
©Qorben;  men  tilfibft  maatte  i^on  ogfoa  goo.  ^ngrib  bat* 
goat  blanbt  be  f0rfte.  5 

9^cefte  Sag  bar  ©Qnn^be  fommen  f0r  olle  be  onbre 
og.  gif  i  §ot)en  meb  en  of  Sr0!enerne^og  en  itng  §erre. 
i^r0fenen  tog  op  33Iomfter  og  gob  ®t)nn0be,  ^erren  i)ia\p 
til,  og  %i)ovbi0xn  ftob  Blonbt  be  onbre  ubenfor  og  foo 
poo.  S)e  forflorebe  fienbe  t30it  nof,  foo  olle  r)0rte  hd,  lo 
]^borIebe§  biSfe  33Iomfter  f!ulbe  foette§,  og  ©r)nn0be  lobcbe 
felb  ot  gi0re  bet,  for  ot  bet  ncto)?  htnbc  filibe,  fom  be  r)ab= 
be  fogt.  "2)et  fon  bu  iffe  gi0re  olene,"  fogbe  f)in  frem= 
mcbe  93?anb,  og  bette  tcenfte  2l)orbi0rn  poo  —  ®o  ©t)n» 
n0be  fom  ub  til  be  onbre  bifte  bi§fe  fienbc  enbnu  ft0rre  5(gt  15 
enb  febbonlig;  men  ©bnn0be  gif  l^cn  til  JoHfli'i^/  W\i^ 
Blibt  poo  f^enbe  og  bob  f^nbe  f0lge  meb  neb  poo  S^olben. 
S)er  fotte  be  fig;  tl^i  het  bar  Icenge  fibcn,  be  rigtig  l^obbe 
tolt  fommen.^  ^f)orbj0rn  ftob  igjen  blonbt  be  onbre  og 
foo  poo  ©t)nn0be§  fine  ubenlonbffc  33Iomfter.  20 

SDenne  S)og  gif  (Sl)nn^be  poo  fomme  2^ib  fom  olle, 
"^eg  ffol  fonffe  boere  be  93Iomfter  for  big,"  fogbe  Zi)0V' 
bi0rn.  —  "®et  fon  bn  gierne,"  fborcbc  f)un  blibt,  men 
uben  ot  fe  poo  l^om,  tog  ^ngrib  bcb  ^oonbcn  og  gif  for* 
on.  Op  unber  ©olboffen  ftonfebe  t)im  og  fogbe  ^ngrib  25 
i^orbel.     "^eg  ffol  nof  felb  bcere  bem  bet  ©ti)ffe,  fom  er 


^  {^'^'i^f f '1/  a  title  of  respect,   referring  here  to  the  daughters  of  the 
minister,     'talt  rigtig  fflinmcn,  had  a  good  talk  together. 


5Y»tn0t>e5oIba!Fcn  41 

iojen,"  fngbe  l)Un  og  toci  Stitrnen,  fom  2T)orbj0rn  ^a\)he  fat 
neb.  2)cn  iiele  2Sei  f)nbbe  I^an  tanift  ^aa  nt  tiI6t)be  fig  at 
^lante  Slomfterne  for  Ijcnbe,  men  nu  fom  I)Qn  fig  iffe  til; 
tr)i  l^un  benbte  fig  faa  Broabt.  SO?en  fiben  tcenfte  fian  iffe 
paa  nnbet  enb  hdie,  at  i}(\n  bog  flulbe  l^ane  I)iulpet  fienbe  5 
meb  be  33Iomfter.  "^Mh  tnler  .^  to  om?"  \pmte  f)an 
^ngrib.    "Om  ingenting." 

2)Q  be  nnbre  nel^  l^aobe  lagt  fig,  tog  'i)an  fogte  paa  fig 
igjen  og  gif  nb.  Set  bar  en  bnffer  .^belb,  Inn  og  ftille, 
^imten  Iiobbe  et  fbogt  Dberbrag  af  blaagraa  ©fQer,  r)ift  lo 
og  fjer  iturebet,  faa  hd  bar,  fom  om  nogen  fi!  ffue  uh  i 
bQt  bunfle  Blaa  fom  af  ct  0ie.  '^ngcn  bar  at  fe  omfring 
^nfene  elfer  lo-ngere  Borte;  men  i  ©ro'Sfet  til  alle  ©iber 
ffbattrebe  (^xcc^oppevne,  en  5rgerriffe  malte  til  f)0'ne  og 
fbarteS  of  en  til  benftre,  l^bor^aa  bcr  Bcgonbte  en  ©ang  15 
t  ®ra^§fet  fra  ©tcb  til  ©teb,  faa  hd  bar  f)am,  ber  gi!,^ 
fom  f)abbe  l3an^  et  ftort  'S01qq,  ffjj2fnt  'i)an  iffe  faa  en 
enefte.  ©fogen  traf  fig  Maa,  fiben  bimfel  og  bunflere  op 
imob  Uren  og  fi}nte§  et  ftort  Slaagef)ab.  Tien  berinbe  fra 
f)0rte  f)an  Drren  fl-nlle  og  flaa  til  St)b,  en  enfelt  S?atug(e  20 
ffrige  og  goSfen  fba:be  fine  gamie,  fiaarbe  9?im  fterfere 
enb  nogenfinbe,  —  nn,  ha  alt  l^abbe  fat  fig  neb  for  at  l-)0te 
paa  X')am.  2'f)orbj0rn  faa  ober  mob  ©olbaffen  og  gif  af- 
fteb.  $an  b0iebe  af  fra  be  banlige  35cie,  fom  raff  berober 
og  ftob  fnart  i  ben  lille  ^a^oe,  fom  ©t)nn0be  eiebe,  og  fom  25 


^tjel  had  best  here  be  translated  hy  barely  or  as  soo}7  as.  *f(lo  bet 
Dar  l)am,  ber  gi!,  durative  past.  *fom  l^aobc  l^on,  see 
note  2,  p.  21. 


42  Syntt^fcSoIbaffcn 

laa  Itge  itnber  bet  ene  SoftSbinbit,  mtop  bet,  tnbenfor 
fibilfet  f)im  fot).  ^an  It)ttebc  og  [pcibebe,  men  nit  Dau 
ftille,  S)q  [qq  f)an  fig  om  i  ^oDeit  e[ter  5lr&eib§rebjla- 
Ber  og  fanbt  ganjie  rtgtig  Boabe  <Spahe  og  ©reb.  2)er 
luir  IJegtinbt  |3Qa  Ol^fpnbning  nf  en  <Scng;  Blot  en  liben  5 
©nip  Mv  bleben  foerbig,  men  i  ben  bar  ollerebe  to  3310m' 
fter  fat,  formobentlig  for  at  fe,  l^borlebeS  bet  tog  fig  ub. 
"^un  er  Blcbcn  trcet,  (Sta!fel,^  og  er  gaat  fra  bet," 
tcenfte  Ijan;  "l^ev  maa  en  Tianb  til,"^  tcenfte  i^an  bibere, 
og  gat)  fig  ifocrb  meb  bet,^  f0lte  flet  ingen  St)ft  til  ©0t)n,  10 
jo  ft)nte§  enbog,  at  I^an  albrig  I)abbe  gjort  faa  let  et  5(r» 
Beibe.  ^an  r^uflcbe,  'ipovlebe§>  be  ffulbe  foette§,  ^^wf^ebe 
ogfaa  ^reftegaarbSfiaben  og  paS^fcbe  nu  bet  ene  i  bet  an- 
bet.  flatten  gif  meb,*  men  T^an  merfebc  bet  iffe,  T^an 
Ijbilte  nepl^e  og  fif  f)elc  Sengen  opfpabct,  33Iomftcrne  fat,  15 
en  og  anbcn  omplantet  for  at  faa  bet  enbnu  fmuffere,  og 
alt  i  ett  ffottebe  T^an  op  til  SoftSuinbuet,  om  bog  nogen 
flulbe  merfe  T^am.  Tien  I^oerfen  ber  ellcr  anbetftcbS  bar 
ber  nogen,  et  fieller  l)0rtc  Ban  faa  meget  fom  en  .<gnnb  gi0, 
f0r  §anen  tog  paa  at  gale,  bafte  (3!oben§  Sugle,  fom  ba  20 
en  cfter  en  fatte  fig  op  for  at  fgnge  "gob  !D?orgen".  2)ien§ 
l^an  ftob  ber  og  flappebe  ^orben  til  omfring,  Bwffebe  Ban 
paa  ©bentorene,  fom  9l§Iaf  Babbe  fortalt,  og  Bl^oi'IcbeS 
Ban  engang  trobe,  ber  boffte  Jtrolb  og  9ti§fer  ober  paa 


^Staffer,  poor  girl.  The  specifically  Norwegian  word  is  ©toff ar, 
Staffer,  (from  O.  Norse,  Staffarl),  which  often,  however,  is  used  in 
a  pejorative  sense,  ^ijct  lltaa  eil  Wanb  til,  a  man  is  necessary  for 
this,    'gat)  fig  \\(ztt)  mit>,  began.     *Q\lnu's>, passed. 


SYtin^DcSolbaffcn  43 

©olbnffcn.  ^an  faa  op  til  2oft§t)inbuet  og  fmilte  til/ 
f)DQb  Si)nn0\)e  nu  i  '"'Jtorocnftuiibcu  uilbe  toenfe.  Set  bar 
blenct  bygtitj  h)[t,  ^uQlene  t)oIbt  allcrcbe  et  forfccrbeligt 
©petofel,  tjuorfor  i^nn  fjccbcbe  [ig  ober  9icr!doerfet  og 
ffonbtc  [ig  r)icm.  ©no  jTitlbc  ha  ingeu  funne  [ige,  het  bar 
F)nm,  fom  fjabbc  bccret  obcr  og  plantct  33Iomftcr  i  ogn- 
n0Oc  8orbaffen§  .^obc. 

*og  fmilte  til,  and  smiled  at  the  thought  of,  see  note  2,  p.  26. 


<Bnavt  Bleb  mange  ^aaxibe  fortolt  i  33t)gben;  men 
itiGen  nibfte  noget  mcb  ©iffer()cb.    ^tlbrig  bled  Zi)0V' 
f)i0rn  tiere  fet  paa  ®oIba!fen,^  efter  at  be  Begge  bar  fon« 
ftrmerebe,  og  hei  bar  bette,  golf  minbft  funbe  forftaa. 
^ngrtb  fom  ofte  obcr;  ©Qnrt^be  og  \)un  gi!  ha  gjerne  en    5 
Zut  t  Sfogen;  —  "blib  tffc  for  lange  borte,"  raabte  Tlo^ 
beren  efter  bem.    "2la  net!"  fbarebe  ®t)nn0be  —  og  fom 
iffe  f)iem  f0r  i  ^bclbingcn.     S)e  to  grtere  melbte  fig  paa^ 
nt).     "§un  faar  felb  boere  om  bet,"  fagbe  2)?oberen,  i^abe" 
ren  mente  bet  famme.    Tien  ha  ©t)nn0be  Bleb  tagen  af-  lo 
fibeS  og  f^Jurt,  fit  be  Slfflag.    S)er  melbte  fig  ogfaa  flere, 
men  tngen  I^J^rte  om,  at  be  Bar  SQffen  meb  fig  r)jem  fra 
©oIBaffen.    ©ngang  SWoberen  og  l^un  ftob  og  ff'urebe 
nogle  SDtelferinge,  fpurte  9Woberen,  Tjbem  Ijun  egentltg 
tocnfte  :paa.    ®et  fom  faa  fiaftig  ober  ©bnn^be,  at  l^nn  15 
bleb  rj2fb.     "^ar  hii  gtbet  nogcn  bit  20fte?"  fpurte  f)in 
igjen  og  fao  fiffert  paa-  f^enbe.     "9lei",  fbarebe  ©l)nn0be 
rafft.    S)er  Bleb  iffe  mere  Zale  om  ben  Sting. 

So  Ijun  bar  bet  Bebfte  Oifte,  golf  bibfte  af  at  fige,  faa 
bor  hd  lange  ^ine,  fom  fulgte  l^enbe,  ber  T^un  gif  bcb  Slir-  20 
fen,  bet  enefte  ©teb,  i^un  bar  til  at  fe,  forubcn  i  ^iemmet; 


*2tlbrig  blet)    ^^^orbj^ru    ticre    fet    etc.     Thorbjorn    was    not    seen 
any  more. 

(44) 


l^im  fanbte^  nemlig  iffe  deb  nogen  2^an§  eller  anben  Sr)« 
ftig{)eb,^  fanfom  gorcclbrene  vat  $auGtancre.  X^orbj0rit 
fab  Itge  oderfor  f^enbe  i  ^irfeftoren,  men  be  talteS  olbrig 
beb,  foQ  btbt  golf  funbe  merfe.  ©qq  meget  tt)tte§>  l^ber  og 
en  at  Dtbe,  at  ber  macttte  bccre  noget  tmeircm  bem,  og,  ha  5 
be  iffe  omgiffcy  fjinonben  paa  famme  Wi^j  [om  onbct  ungt 
^iccreftefolf  i  Solen,  beg^nbte  man  at  ftge  mongt  og  me» 
get.  2  S5orbi0rn  bleb  ligefom  iffe  bibere  lift,  ^an 
f0lte  bet  nof  felb;  tl^i  T^^i"  It^gbe  be!  I^oorbt  frem,  l^Dor 
ficre  Dor  fcimmen,  [aalebeS  beb  ©anfe  og  i  33rt)IIup;  og  bet  lo 
l^cunbte  bo,  at  fion  en  og  onben  @ong  gif  fig  bent  frem  i 
et  SlagSmaal.  ^er  meb  fagtnebe  bet  bog,  efter  l^t^ert  font 
flere  loerte,  l^bor  fterf  l^on  bar;  2;5orbj0rn  bcennebe  fig 
berfor  tiblig  til  iffe  ot  taole,  at  nogen  ftob  Del  meget  t 
SBeten  for  l^om.  —  "9?u  er  bu  fommen  paa  bin  egen  i5 
.^nanb,"  fngbe  ^Scemunb,  gar  f)Qn§;  "^uf!  bog  enbnu  paa, 
at  min  fanffe  er  fterfere  enb  bin!" 

$0ft  og  23inter  gif,  SSaoren  fom,  og  enbnu  bibfte  golf 
intct  beftemt.    ®er  for  faa  mange  9?t)gter  runbt  om  be 
^ffffag,  (Sl)nn0t)e  l^abbe  ubbelt,  at  r)nn  fialbbeiS  bled  gaa=  20 
enbe  fom  for  fig  felb.    2>?cn  ^ngrib  fufgte  Ficnbe;  be  to 
ffulbe  brage  til  ©oeterS^  fammen  i  3tar,  ba  ©olbaffefolfct 


'nemlig.  It  is  difficult  to  render  the  extract  force  of  this 
word  in  English.  It  corresponds  very  much  to  German  nfintric^, 
and  generally  connects  the  sentence  with  the  preceding  one  by 
way  of  explanation.  It  may  usually  be  translated  by  some  such 
expression  as,  'it  was  this  way,  the  fact  is,'  or  simply  by  'for.' 
*ntOugt  Oij  meget,  alliterative  couplet  of  synonymous  terms, 
say  simply  'much.'     'tit  ©ccter?,  see  note  6,  p.  6. 


46  SYnti0pe5oIbaffcn 

^at)be  ti0U  ^nrt  i  ©ranlibicrtcrcn.  9J?an  fi^rte  ^^or- 
bi0rn  )i)nGC  oppe  i  Sicriic;  tlfi  [)an  laijcbc  ct  og  nnbet 
til  ^  for  bem. 

©u  baffer  S)ag,  ba  bet  olt  Itiffcbe  mob  ^Delbcn,  og 
i^nn  bar  fccrbig,  fcitte  T}nn  fig  Tjcn  at  tamfe  ^laa  ct  og  anbct.    5 
2)ct  uar  not  nicft,  fjOab  ber  ta(tc§  om  t  33t)gbcn,  i)an 
tcontte  paa;  fian  lagbe  fig  paa  Sltiggen  l^en  t  bet  rjzfbe  og 
Brunc  Stjng,  og  meb  .*pa?iibcrne  op  inibcr  .<ool5cbct  gab  ^an 
fig  til  at  ftirre  op  i  .^immclcu,  fom  hen  gif  bcr  Blaa  og 
ffinnenbe  Bag  be  toctte  ^rcefroncr.    Set  gr0Hiic  C0O  og  10 
S3ar  fl0b  ub  ober  ben  jljcelbenbe  ©tr^m,  og  be  m0rfe  @re» 
ne,  fom  ffar  igjennem,  gjorbe  ffflfomme,  bilbc  3::cguingcr 
beri.    Wen  i^imlcn  felb  bar  fun  til  at  fe,^  naar  et  93Iab 
Blaffebe  til  ©ibe;  Icengre  Borte,  mellem  be  kroner,  fom 
iffe  naabe  l^beranbre,  Br0b  ben  f rem  fom  en  Breb  (5Ib  i  hu  15 
nefulbe  ©bingninger  og  I0B  Benober.      Sctte  ftcmmcbe 
Ban§  ©inb,.  og  Ban  Bcgijnbte  at  to'nfe  paa  bet,  Ban  faa.  — 

23irt'en  lo  attcr  meb  tufinb  0ine  op  til  @ra» 

nen,  S"ruen  ftob  ber  meb  tau§  goragt  og  ftrittebe  meb 
fine  jigger  til  alfe  ©ibcr;  tBi  cfter  Bbcrt  fom  Snftcn  Bleb  20 
mere  t'jcelen,  fbifnebc  flere  og  ficrc  ©oglinge  til,  renbte  i 
SSetret  og  ftaf  het  friffe  C0b  lige  op  i  ^os\en  pao^  guruen. 


'one  thing  and  another.  ^DCir  til  at  fc.  Observe  the  active  infinitive 
after  the  verb  XXXVC  as  in  German  and  French  corresponding  to  the 
passive  infinitive  in  English,  'was  to  be  seen.'  So  I)au  Bar  i!tc  at  filibe 
(er  wax  iiid)t  ^u  finbcn,  'il  n'etait  pas  k  trouver'),  ber  er  intet  tncre 
at  Q\0XC,  {ba  \]t  nid)t§  nieljr  SU  t^lUl,  'il  n'y  a  rien  plus  k  faire'), 
there  is  nothing  more  to  be  done.  Likewise  after  the  verb  blitie, 
e.g.:  jcg  blir  at  fiiibe  i  ©ftcrmibbaci.  ^paa,  possessive  prep.  0/, 
common  colloquially  but  only  used  when  the  thing  possessed  is  an 
integral  part  of  the  possessor. 


SYnn0Dc5oIbafPcn  47 

"9J?ontro/  i^bor  ;v5  bar  t  Wmkv?"  fpiirte  gurucn,  Dtftebe 
[ig  og  I'Dcbtc  .<5a4ii!§  i  ben  utaalcligc  .<^ebc.  "Set  er  nce» 
[ten  for  golt!  —  \aa  fangt  mob  92orb  —  fui!" 

2)?Gn  fan  bar  bcr  en  gammel,  graaffallet  gitrn,^  font 
faa  op  ober  alle  be  anbre,  funbe  enbba  160ie  en  fingerrig  5 
©ren  nocften  lobrct  neb  og  tage  en  briftig  20n  i  ben§ 
0berfte  ^aartot,  fao  ben  Jfalb  Itge  neb  t  ^noerne.  2)en= 
ne  fabnetriffe  gurn  fiabbe  SOtenneffene  fbiftet  altib  Icenger 
og  locngcr  o^ober,  til  ben  engang,  tra^t  og  fjeb  af  bet,  meb 
ett  ffi0b  faaban  tilbeirS,  at  ben  fbinfle  ©ran  bel  ©iben  lo 
bleb  rocb  og  fpurte  ben,  om  ben  ogfaa  l^uf^e^e  SSinter^' 
ftormcnc.  "Dm  jeg  Ijnffer  bcm?"  fagbe  gurucn  og  ba^ 
ffcbc  ben  bcb  ^[cclp  af  9corbenblnbcn  faalebey  om  ^rene, 
at  ben  iffe  bar  langt  ifra  at  tahe  ^olbning,  og  bet  bar 
ilbe  not",  Sen  ftorlemmebe,  m0r!labne  guru  fjatibc:  nu  fat  i5 
en  faa  bo'Ibig  go^  i  ^orben,  at  ^l^o'rne  ftaf  op  en  6  Stlen 
ifra  ben  og  bar  enbba  triffere  enb  omfring  bet  ttjffefte  af 
©eljen,  l^bab  bcnne  meb  Itnbfeelfe  en  ^belb  I^biffebe  til 
^umlen,  fom  forelffet  fpanbt  fig  op  ober  ben. 

Sen  ft'jocggcbe  guru  bar  fig  fin  SSo'Ibe  Bebibft  og  20 
nwlte  til  9}ienneflene,  ibet  ben  T^^it  ober  bereS  ©bner  [a- 
gebe  @ren  paa  Oren^ ub  i  ben  bilbe  Suft: 

"^bift  mig,  om  ^  fan!" 

"dlei,  be  fan  iffe  fbifte  big!"  fagbe  0rnen,  neblob  fig 


^montro,  transl.  Iwondsr.  ^^WXW  (Dan.  j^tjr)  is  the  East  Norwegian 
dialectal  form  (with  final  U  corresponding  to  e  and  a  south  and  west), 
which  has  been  practically  adopted  in  the  literary  language.  ^@rcn 
Iftaa  ®rcn,  branch  after  branch. 


48  SYnti^DcSoIbaffcn 

noobig,  logbe  fine  SSinger  [ommen  meb  ^Inftanb  og  pub' 
febe  nogel  uSfelt  gooreblob  of  fine  'Qicex.  — 

"^eg  mener,  jcg  Bebcr  Sronningcn  fcctte  [ig  l^et,  jeg; 
—  f)un  r)ar  nogle  ©g,  f)un  ffcil  fnftc,"  tilf0tcbc  ben  fng- 
tere  og  faa  neb  paa  [ine  [fallebe  93en;  tlji  ben  Dar  [famfuib  5 
Oder,  at  ber  fom  flt)benbe  en  2)el  milbe  ©rinbringer  fra 
I)ine  tibltgfte  SSnarbage,  Ipoti  man  bitder  f)Qldto§fet  Oder 
ben  f^r[te  ©oldorme. 

©nart  fioeoebe  ben  igjen  ^odebet  og  ftirrebe  unber  be 
ficerjft)ggebe  33rt)n  op  t  be  forte  lire,  om  Sronningen  iffe  lo 
ffulbe^  fcile  ber  etftcb§,  crgtung  og  libenbe.  5rffteb  fatte 
ben,  og  guruen  funbe  fnart  fe  garret  oppe  imob  ben 
finre,  hlaa  2uft,  ^dor  be  feilebe  i  lige  Sinie  meb  ben  f)0U 
efte  SJelbtop  og  afl)QnbIebe  fine  l^nSlige  9fnliggenber.  2)ct 
dor  itt'e  frit,  nt  ben  dnr  libt  urolig;  tfii  faa  gilb  ben  enb  15 
f0lte  fig,  dar  bet  bog  enbnn  gilbere  at  faa  ct  0rnepar  at 
dugge.  Se  fom  begge  neb,  og  lige  til  ben!  S)e  talte  ifte 
til  l^deranbre,  men  gad  fig  ifocrb  meb  at  fiente  ^difte. 
i^nrnen  dibebe  fig,  om  muligt,  cnbnu  mere  nb,  —  ber  dar 
bo  l^eller  ingen,  fom  fnnbe  f^inbre  ben  bcri.  20 

SP^en  mellem  ben  0drige  ©fog  bled  ber  del  en  tradel 
©naf,  ba  be  faa,  Ijdab  5iJre  ber  dar  odcrgaat  ©torfu= 
rnen.  Scr  dar  faalebeS  en  liben,  taffclig  Sirf,  fom  ftob 
og  fpeilebe  fig  Oder  en  2)am  og  trobe,  ai  ben  l^adbe  9let 
til  at  dcnte  libt  ©Iffod  af  en  graaljdib  Sinerle,  ber  I)adbe  25 
for  2Si§  at  fode  5F?ibbag  i  ben.  2)en  f)adbe  bnftet  Siner-- 
len  lige  op  i  92ccbbet,  fla?bet  ©maafrt)b  faft  til  ^labene 

^Otn  . .  fflllbe,  to  see  if,  wondering  if  perchance  the  queen  might  not  be  etc. 


SYttn0oc5oIbaffen  49 

fine,  foQ  be  bar  lette  nof  at  fange;  io,  tilfibft  ^aDbe  ben  t 
.•^eben  bt)gQet  og  B0iet  fommcn  et  toet,  libet  @ren5u§,  Icef* 
M  meb  frijle  $8Iabe,  —  \aa  Stnerlen  birfelig  bar  paa  3Set 
til  at  mbrette  fig  ber  for  ©ommeren.  9^u  berimob:  0r- 
nen  l^obbe  fat  fig  faft  i  Storfuruen,  og  boef  moatte  beu.^  5 
£et  bar  bel  en  ©org !  '^  Sen  fang  en  trtllenbe  2lf ffeb^- 
fang,  men  ganf!e  fogte,  for  at  0rnen  i!!e  ffulbe  merfe  bet. 

S3ebre  gif  bet  tffe  nogle  ©maafpurbe  borti^  et  £)re- 
fjcer.  2)e  'i)a\)be  f^rt  et  faa  fonbigt^  Seben  ber,  at  en 
3^roft  tcet  beb,  o^^e  t  en  3lf!,  albrig  fit"  fobe  i  rette  Sib,  lo 
bleb  ftubum  iQncnbe  fint^  og  gjorbe  aWunb.  ®  ©n  al- 
borlig  t<paffefpat  i  9iabotrceet  fiabbe  let,  faa  ben  noer  i^ab» 
be  brattet  af  ^inben. 

9}?en  ber  faa  be  0rnen  t  (Storfuruen!  og  JCroften  og 
©maafpurbene  og  ^affcfpcetten  og  alt,  fom  flQbe  funbe,  15 
niaatte  affteb  ober  ^aU  og  §obeb,^  ober  og  unber  @rc- 
nene,    Sroften  banbte,  ber  Ijan  fr0i,  paa,  at  l^an  iffe  of- 
tere  ffulbe  leie  flig,  at  f)an  fif  ©purbene  til  ©jenbocr. 

<Saa  ftob  ©fogen  ber  omfring  forlabt  og  cfterta?nf= 
fom  mibt  i  bet  muntre  ©olffin.    Sen  [fulbe  ^abc  al  fin  20 
©labe  af  ©torfuruen,  men  bet  bar  en  tt)nb  (Slabe.    ©fo» 
gen  B^iebe  fig  bange,  l^ber  ©ang  9?orbenbinben  gif,  ©tor- 
furuen flog  Suftcn  meb  fine  balbige  ©renc,  og  0rnen  fl0i 

•og  toocf  ntaatte  bcil,  and  leave  it  must,  see  note  2,  p.  20,  tjoef  =  Germ. 
Jucg,  'off,  away,'  *bet  uar  ticf  en  ©org,  Germ.  %a^  'max,  luo^l  eiii 
®ram.  say  'twas  indeed  sad  or  it  was  most  sad.  ^borti=bortc  t. 
*|'^nbigt,  awful,  terrible,  literally  and  usually  'sinful',  but  with  the 
words  ijcoen,  St0i  and  33raof  it  has  the  transferred  sense.  ^iQlieilbc 
\\\\i,firy  angry,  note  the  transferred  meaning,  ^gjorbe  SOfulib,  made 
faces.  ^ODer  §al»  og  §ODeb,  alliterative  couplet,  over  head  and  heels. 
4— ©tjniDJbe  Solbatfeii. 


so  Sfnn0veSo\haJfen 

i  9ltna  om  ben,  rolia  og  finbig,  font  om  bet  Blot  bar  en 
frijbenbe  ^aftebinb,  ber  bar  nogen  u§[el  9Sira!  op  til  hm 
fra  ®f ogen.  SO?eu  ben  !)ele  gwrufamtlie  bar  glab !  ^f fe 
en  I)uffebe,  at  ben  felt)  intet  9kbe  fif  at  bugge  het  Star. 
„9ScEf!"  fagbe  be,  ,..bi  er  af  ©legten!"  5 

"^Mb  ligger  bu  og  tccnfer  paa'?"  fpurte 

^ngrib,  —  I)un  traabte  fmilenbe  frem  mellem  nogle  ^u» 
ffe,  font  I)un  l^olbt  Bjzftet  til  ©ibe. 

^l5orBi0rn  reifte  fig;  "aa,  \aa  mangt  fan  lege  i  en§ 
^u",  fogbe  f)an  og  fao  trobfig  T^en  ober  ^rarne.     "©IIcr§  lo 
fnaffer  be  for  mcget  i  33t)gben  paa  benne  ^ib,"^  lagbe 
f)Qn  til,  ibet  l^on  b^rftebe  noget  (Bt0t)  of  fig,  — 

";^borfor  Brt)r  bu  big  ogfao  Beftonbig  ont,  Ipab 
golf  figer?"  — 

"STa,  jeg  Peh  iffe  rigtig;  —  men  —  enbnu  fiar  albrig  i5 
i^olt  fogt  noget,  fom  iffe  l^ar  bcsret  i  mit  ©inb,  om  bet  og» 
faa  iffe  l^ar  bceret  i  min  ^anbling."  — 

"Set  bar  ft^gt  fagt."  — 

"2)et  bar  bet  ogfaa,"  fogbe  i^on;  om  libt  f0iebe  Ijon 
til:     "mm  bd  bar  fanbt."  20 

.tiun  fotte  fig  :paa  (Sr0nfboeret,  l^an  ftob  og  faa  neb 
for  fig.  "^eg  fan  let  Blibe  fiig  fom  be  bil  fjabe  niig;  be 
ffulbe  lobe  mig  bcere,  fom  jeg  er."  — 

"^aa  er  bet  bin  ©fqlb  tilfibft  olligebel."  — 

"^on  gjerne  bare;  men  be  anbre  f)ar  2)el  i  ben.  —  25 


'@ner§ paa  beillte  %\h.    ©Ilerg  introduces  a  further  explana- 
tion, say  besides,  they  talk  etc. 


Synn^DeSolbaffcn  •  51 

^eg  figer:  jcg  bil  fiabe  greb!"^  rooBte  ^an  nceften  og  foa 
op  mob  0rnen. 

"arjen  X^or&i^rn!"  ^oiffebe  Sngrib. 

^on  benbte  [tg  mob  l^enbe  og  lo.    "§t)^/  5^)^/"  fngbe 
I^Qn;  "fom  fagt:  mongt  fan  lege  i  en§  ^u.  —  ^ar  bit  tolt    5 
meb  ©t)nn0be  ibag?"  — 

"■^q;  l^itn  er  olt  bragen^  til  ©oeteren."  — 

"Sbag?"  — 

//CV.    SI 

"2)?eb  ©oIBQffebi2iIingen?"  —  lo 

"Sa."  — 

"^roralQ!" 

STq,  ©olen  fer  neb  poa  S^rceet  fit, 
^riumlire! 

"©toor  bu  ber,  ^u  ffinnenbe  ©ulbet  mit?"  is 
S!riumlit,  triumlot,  — 
i^ugfen  boognebe  og  ffbot: 
"^bob  er  pQQfcerbe?"  — 

"^  3??orgen  r0fer  bi  330ringen,"  fogbe  ^ngrib;  l^nn 
bilbe  benbe  ^onfen  til  en  onben  ^ont. —  20 

"^eg  ffol  bcere  meb  at  bribe!"  fogbe  Sll^orBi^rn.  — 
"9lei,  Sar  i^il  felb  bcere  meb,"  fogbe  l^un.  — 
"^a  foa/'  fogbe  ^an  og  toug.  — 
"^on  fpurte  efter  big  ibog,"  fogbe  l^un.  — 


•^atjc  %xt'i),  be  left  in  peace,    ^^uii  er  brageu  til  SoetereU.    See 
Note  2,  p.  19. 


52  *  SynttjiDeSoIbaHen 

"(Sjorbe  r^an  bet?"  fagbc  Xi)ovln0vu,  flfar  en  ^tiift  cif 
meb  [in  ^ollefnib  og  bcoQubtc  at  fIoc!fc  ben. 

"2)u  ffulbe  tale  oftere  meb  (^civ,  enh  bu  gi^r,"  fagbe 
f)un  Blibt;  "i^an  r)oIber  meget  af  big,"  logbe  l^wn  til,  — 

"Set  fan  gjcrne  bo^re,"  fagbe  Ijan.  —  5 

"$an  taler  oftc  om  big,  naar  tu  er  uhQ."  — 

"®efto  fjelbnere,  noor  leg  er  inbe."  — 

"Set  er  bin  8ft)Ib."  — 

"Set  fan  gjerne  bcere."  — 

"©lig  ffal  bit  iff e  tale,  ^Ijorbi^rn ;  bu  Deb  felu,  Ijbab  lo 
ber  er  imellem  eber."  — 

".<Ot)ab  cr  bet  ba?" — 

"©faljcg  fortcelle  bet?" — 

"Set  fommer  bel  ^qq  ett  uh,  ^ngrib;  bu  Deb,  l^Uab 
jeg  beb."  —  15 

"^a  t)i§ft;  bw  farer  for  meget  paa  bin  egen  ^aanb; 
hct  beb  bu,  ^an  iffe  lifer."  — 

"9^ei,  l^an  bilbe  nof  fjolbe  i  Slrmen."^ 

"^a,  fielft  noar  hu  flog." 

"©fal  ha  golf  faa  Sob  til  at  gj0re  og  fige,  l^l^ab  20 
bebil?" 

"9?ei;  men  bu  fon  ogfaa  gao  libt  af  33eien;  bet  f)ar 
l^on  feld  gjort  og  cr  DIeben  en  agtet  SOJanb  iteb  bet."^ — 

"^an  er  fanffe  Bleben  minbre  ^.ilaget."  — 

^ngrib  taug  libt,  faa  fortfatte  f^un  cfter  at  l^abe  fct  25 
fig  om:    "Set  nt)tter  bel  iffe  at  fomme  inb  paa  bette 

^ttol=^'nde'ed,  I  am  sure,     ^ct  blebcn  etc.      See  note  2,  p.  19  and 
note  4.  p.  28. 


5vnn0DC   Solbaffcn  53 

igjen:  men  alligebel  —  l^bor  hn  beb,  at  Udenner  bentc§, 
f)0v  hu  bcere  Borte," 

"dM,  mtop  ber  btl  jeg  bcere!  ^cg  l^eber  itfe  Z^ov 
Bi0rn  ©ronliben  for  tngenttng." 

^an  fiabbe  ficeffet  ©orfen  of  ^biften;  nu  jfar  i^on   5 
ben  m'lht  ober. 

v.ngrib  fob  og  \aa  paa  l^am  og  fpurte  noget  longt: 
"(Sfal  bu  tit  9^orb^oug  paa  ©jzinbog?"^ — 

©fter  at  Tjabe  tiet  en  ©tunb  ubejt  at  fe  paa  "fjam,  lo 
fogbe  f)un  igjen:    "23eb  bu,  at  ^nub  ilZorbljoug  er  fom- 
men  l^iem  til  ©0fteren§  33rt)IIut>?"  — 

9?u  [qq  ()un  pQQ  r^dm:  "X^orBi0rn,  2;5orBi0rnI"  — 

"©fal  l^on  l^Qbe  mere  Sob  nu  en  f0r  til  at  gaa  imel-  15 
lem  mig  og  onbre?"  — 

"^an  gaor  iffc  imellem;  iffe  mere,  enb  onbre  bil." 

"^ngen  fan  bibe,  ^bab  onbre  bit."  — 

"S)et  beb  hu  gobt."  — 

"©elb  [iger  i^un  i  olle  "^alh  ingenting."  —  20 

"STo,  l^bor  bu  fon  fnoffe!"  fogbe  x3ngrib,  foa  ubillig 
paa  f)am,  reifte  fig  og  foo  Bog  for  fig.  ^on  foftebe  fine 
^biftftumi^er,  fotte  ^niben  i  8Iiren  og  benbte  fig  mob 
i^enbe: 

"$0r,  bu  —  jeg  er  ftunbimellem  fjeb  of  beite.    ^oU  25 
ffjenber  SG'ren  of  Boobe  l^enbe  og  mig,  forbi  intet  goor 
OQBenrt)ft  til.    £)g  paa  ben  onben  ^ont,  —  jeg  fommer  jo 


'®fal  bu  til  etc..  are  you  going  to. 


54  SYnn0t>e5oIbaffcn 

iffe  engong  obec  paa  ©oIBaffcn,  —  forbl  gorcElbrene  tffe 
fan  life  mig,  figer  l^un.  5seg  foar  iffe  be[0ge  l^enbe,  fao- 
lehe^  font  anbve  ©utter  16ei0ger  fine  Renter,  forbi  l^un  nu 
er  of  be  Ifiellige,  —  mao  bibe!"^ — 

"Xi^orBi^rn!"  fagbe  ^ngrib  og  Bleb  libt  urolig,  men  5 
l^an  fortfor:  ^  "gor  Dil  intet  Drb  loegge  inb;  fortjener 
jeg  r^enbe,  foor  jeg  Fienbe,  figer  I^an.  ©nof,  Bore  ©naf 
paa  ben  ene  ©ibe,  —  og  intet  SSeberlag  for  ©naffet  paa 
ben  nnbre,  —  ja,  jeg  beb  iffe  cngang,  om  Ijun  birfelig — " 
^ngrib  for  til  og  lagbe  .^aonben  ober  TjonS  902unb,  ibet  lo 
r^un  faa  fig  tilBoge.  S)er  Bleb  33nffene  otter  B0iet  til= 
fibe,  og  en  f)0i,  ftonf  en  troobte  BMfenbe  r0b  frem;  hei 
Dor  ©t)nn;2fbe. 

"@ob  miclb!"  fagbe  r^un.  ^ngrib  foo  paa  2f)or= 
Bi0rn,  font  i^wn  bilbe  fige:  ber  fan  bu  fe!  —  ^5orBi0rn  15 
fno  paa  ^ngrib,  fom  r)c:tn  bilbe  fige:  bet  ffulbe  bu  iffe  finbe 
gjort.  '^ngen  foo  paa  ©i)nn0be.  "^eg  faar  bel  Sob  at 
fcette  mig  libt;  jeg  T^ar  gaot  fao  mcget  ibag."  Og  l^nn 
fatte  fig;  S;i^orBi0rn  benbte  paa  ^obebet  fom  for  at  fe, 
om  ber  bar  t0rt  bcr.  Bun  fatte  fig.  ^ngrib  Babbc  labct  20 
0inene  l0Be  ncbober  til  ©ranlibcn,  og  nu  raaBte  Bun  meb 
ett:"  "5ro  nei,  oa  nei!  Jyagerlin  Bar  flibt  fig  og  gaar 
mibt  t  9^t)ageren.  Set  ftt)gge  S)t)r!  Sl'jetleroS  ogf aa? 
9cei,  nu  Bcrrer  bet  ober  fig ;  bet  cr  forn0'cn,^  bi  fnart  fom* 
mer  paa  ©a?tcren'"  —  og  foa  lagbe  Bwn  nebober*  Benob  25 

'niao  bibe,  you  may  know,  you  know,  of  course,  be  l^cllige,  the  Haugians 
were  often  thus  called;  see  above  p.  4,  lines  1 — 3  of  the  text,  ^fort- 
farc  is  a  Swedish  word  and  not  in  regular  use  in  Norway,  '^f  orU)iJ'll 
=foruj£<bcn.    *og  foa  lagbe  Ijun  nebotocr,  and  down  she  started. 


Synn^PcSoIbaffen  55 

fiterne  uben  at  fige  i^arbel  engang.  ©i)nn)Jl>e  reifte  fig 
ftraf§.  „&aav  bit?"  f^iirte  ^^orbi^rn.  „^a/'  [ctgbe 
t)un ;  men  fiurt  ftob. 

"Sxt  t0r  giei'ne  bente  libt/'  t)trebe  l^on  uben  at  [e  ^Joa 
l^enbe.  —  5 

"©n  anben  ©ong,"  Bleb  ber  fogte  fbaret.  — 

"Xd  fan  BItbe  Iccnge  til."  ^un  faa  op;  i^on  fao  nu 
ogfoa  paa  l^cnbe;  men  hd  bar  en  ©tunb,  fj2(r  be  [agbe 
noget.    "®a't  big  igjen,"  [ogbe  fjon  libt  forlegen. 

"^e'l,"  fbarebe  ^un  og  6Ieb  ftooenbe.  ^on  f0lte  lo 
^robfcn  ftige  op;  men  ha  gjorbe  ^un  noget,  l^an  iffe  ^abbe 
bentet;  I^un  gif  et  ©fribt  frem,  B^iebe  fig  lige  imob  ^am, 
faa  'i)am  op  i  0iet  og  fagbe  meb  et  ©mil:  "©r  hu  breb 
pan  mig?"  Dg  bo  l^an  ffulbe  fe  til,  fao  grceb  Ijun.  "Wi," 
fagbe  I^an,  Iuer0b  i  5rnfigtet.  15 

§Qn  rafte  §aanben  frem;  men  ha  0inene  bar  fu(be 
of  5Banb,  merfcbe  Inin  het  iffe,  og  l^an  brog  ben  tilBagc. 
(Saa  fagbe  l^on  enbelig:    "®u  l^ar  altfoa  f)0rt  bet?"  — 

"^a,"  fagbe  ^im,  faa  op  og  lo;  men  ber  bar  nu  flere 
;^aarer  i  ^incne  enb  f.dr;  ftan  bibfte  iffe,  t)'oah  l^au  ffulbe  20 
gj0re  og  figc;  ber  falbt  (jam  berfor  af  90?unben:  "^eg 
f)av  fanffe  bceret  for  flem."  2)et  bar  meget  milbt  fagt; 
ftnn  faa  neb  og  bcnbte  fig  l^cilbt  borl:  "Xu  ffal  iffe  b0m'» 
me  om  hct  bu  iffe  fjcnber."  Sette  bar  fagt  meb  f)alb' 
f bait  9t0ft,  og  f^an  dleb  l^elt  ilbe  berbeb ;  ^  r)an  f0lte  fig  fom  25 


'on   l^ail   bfeti   i)elt   ilbe   berbeb,    and   he   become    quite  ill  at  ease 
over  it. 


56  SynnizHJcSoIbaFfctt 

en  2)reng^  og  [agbe  bcrfor  og[aa,  ba  fiart  iffe  funbe  ftnbe 
noget  nnbet:  "^eg  ftebcr  big  om  ^oi^It^^elfe."  SO^en  ha 
Braft  l^itn  itb  i  DirFelig  (Sraab.  Set  funbe  ijcm  iffe  taalc, 
men  gif  l^en  og  tog  l^enbe  om  Sioet  og  lubebe  fig  neb  olu-r 
fienbe:    "§oIber  hu  ogfao  rigtig  of  mig,  ©tinn^be?"  —     5 

"^a,"  riulfcbe  r)un.  — 

"9Wcn  hn  er  iffe  loffclig  Deb  bet?"  —  fjun  [Darebe 
iffe.     "9?(en  bn  cr  iffe  Itiffclig  neb  hct?"  gjcntog  l^on. 
$un  grceb  nu  mere  enb  nogenfinbc  og  Dilbe  brage  [tg 
unba.  "<St)nn0)3c\"  fagbe  fian  og  tog  fnfterc  om  f^nbe.  lo 
§un  lagbe  fig  o^  til  {jam  og  grceb  meget. 

".Qom,  di  ffal  tale  libt  fammen,"  fagbe  fitin,  og  f)an 
I^JQlp  f;cnbc  ot  foctte  fig  i  2l)nget;  felD  fatte  Ijan  fig  Deb 
Giben.^  .^nn  t0rrcbe  fine  ^ine  og  forf0gte  paa  at  fmile; 
men  het  bilbe  iffe  gaa.  $an  fiolbt  en  nf  ()enbe§  ^oenber  is 
og  foQ  fienbe  inb  i  5rnfigtet.  "Stjavc,  ipov\ov  fan  jcg  iffe 
fomme  ober  \)aa  ©olOaffen?"  —  ,<^un  taug.  "§ar  bu 
albrig  6cbt  berom?"  —  .§un  tang,  ".^oorfor  fjar  bn  iffe 
het?"  f)3urte  f)an  og  brog  I)enbe§  ^aanb  noermere  til  fig. 
"^eg  t0r  iffc,"^  fagbe  f)un  ganffe  fagte.  20 

^an  bleb  m^rf,  traf  ben  ene  Sob  libt  til  fig  og  Ia?= 

*3)rcitg  means  in  Danish  'boy,'  in  Norwegian  generally  'servant 
man.'  ^fclD  fottc  ijan  e\c.-=^he  himself  sat  down  by  her  side. 
©iben;  as  in  German,  the  definite  article  takes  the  place  of 
the  possessive  v/here  the  reference  is  to  parts  of  the  body  or 
wearing  apparel  and  the  connection  leaves  no  doubt  as  to  the 
possessor.  ^The  fundamental  meaning  of  tlttfcc  is  dare,  the  Ger- 
man student  therefore  should  be  carefull  not  to  confuse  it  with 
German  biirfcit.  For  a  discussion  of  the  use  of  turbe  and  moatte 
see  P.  L.  §  207,  4—5. 


SYtttt^DcSoIbafPcn  57 

nebe  SflBuen  tit  ^noeet,  ibct  Ijon  lagbe  fit  ^obeb  i  ^aan- 

ben. "^aa  benne  SKaobe  fommer  jeg  del  albrig  ber» 

over,"  fagbe  hem  cnbelig.     ^[tebetfor    Soar    begt)nbte 
l^un  at  rt)ffe  Sgnget  o^). 

"STa  ja  —  jcg  fan  bel  5af e  gjort  mange  S^ing, 5 

fom iffc  bar,  fom  be  Burbe. Gn  maotte  bog 

&cere  libt  ober  meb  mig. ^eg  er  ifte  onb,  (f)an  [titn- 

febe  en  8tnnb),  jeg  er  ogfao  ung  enbnu  —  libt  ober  tt)))e 

5far  —  ieg;" ^an  funbe  iffe  fulbfi^re  ftra!». — 

"Jlkn  ben,  fom  I^olbt  r  i  g  t  i  g  of  mig,"  fagbe  [)an  igjen,  10 
—  "maatte  bog",  —  og  l^er  ftanfebe  l^an  rent.^    2a  ]50rte 
l^an  beb  ©iben  of  fig,  bcem^et:     "^n  ffal  iffe  tale  ftig; 

bn  tieh  iffe,  l^f ormeget  en  .  .  .  jeg  t0r  iffe  engang 

fige  ;v3ngrib  bet  —  (og  faa  igjen  fterf  ©raab)  —  jeg  ...  . 
liber  ....  fao  meget!"    $an  flog  STrmen  om  l^cnbe  og  15 
traf  i^enbe  tcet  til  fig.    "Xal  til  bine  goralbre,  l^biffebe 
l^an,  "og  bu  ffal  fe,  alting  Bliber  gobt."  — 

"2)et  ijliber,  fom  bu  bil,"  l^tiiffcbe  f)un.  —  "Som 
jeg?"  2a  benbte  Sgnnj^fbe  fig  og  t)0icbe  fin  STrm  om 
^an§  ^al§.  "^olbt  bu  \aapa§  af  mig,  fom  jeg  of  big!"  20 
fagbe  h^m  meget  inbcrlig  og  meb  et  5orf0g  til  ©mil.  — 
"£q  bet  gj0r  jcg  iffe?"  fagbe  han  hlibt  og  fagte  —  "9?ei, 
9ici;  bu  tager  inter  ^aab  af  mig;  bu  beb,  l^bab  ber  f0rer 
o§  fammen,  men  bu  gj0r  bet  iffe.  ^borfor  q\0v  bu  bet 
iffe?" — Cg  ba  Bun  nu  bar  fommen  paa  3Sei  meb^  at  talc,  25 
faa  fagbe  Bun  i  famme  i^avt:  "$erre  &ub,  bibfte  bu, 
l^bor  jeg  l^ar  bentet  ^laa  ben  2)ag,  jeg  ffulbe  faa  fe  big 

'tent,  entirely,    ^\)at  fommeii  paa  SSei  meb,  gotten  started,  begun. 


58  SYttn^oeSoIbaPfcn 

oDer  paa  ©olbciffcn.  SD^en  altib  jTal  en  f)0re  om  noget, 
ber  iffe  er,  fom  bet  fiiirbe  ticcve,  —  og  bet  ffal  bctre  3or» 
celbrene  fclb,  fom  ba?rcr  bet  inb  til  en."  —  S)a  tocnbtc§  Ii= 
ge[om  ct  2t)^  for  l^om;  Ijan  foa  l^enbe  nu  tt)belig  goa  ber 
^3Qn  ©oIBaffen  og  bentc  poa  en  liben  frcbclig  ©tunb,  5 
]5t)ori  f)un  htnbe  f0re  I^am  Blibt  frcm  for  goroclbrene;  — 
^an  gab  i^enbe  albrig  en  faabon  ©titnb. 

"Xeite  f!ulbe  bu  Ijobe  fagt  mig  f0r,  ©t)nn0be!"  -- 
"Og  bet  r^ar  jeg  i!fe  gjort?"  —  "9?ei,  iffe  fanlebeg."  — 
^un  tocnfte  Itbt  ober  hdtQ;  foa  fagbe  f)un,  ibet  Fiun-Iagbe  10 
fin  5or!Ioebefnip  t  fmao  gol^^r:     "©oa  bar  bet  bel,  forbi 
—  jeg  iffe  turbe  rigtig." 

93Zen  bette,  at  l^wn  l^abbe  Srt)gt  for  l^am,  r0rte  l-)am 
flig,  at  l^an  for  f0rfte  @ang  i  fit  2ib  gab  fienbe  et  ^t)§. 

^un  Bleb  faa  forunbret  beb  bet,  at  ©raaben  ftanfcbe  15 
mcb  en  @ang,  og  0incne  bleb  ufifre,  ibet  f)un  forf0gte  at 
fmile,  faa  neb,  enbelig  op  paa  ^am  og  fmilte  nn  birfelig. 
S)e  talte  iffe  mere,  —  bog  fanbt  be  r)tnanben§  ^o^nber 
igjen;  men  ingen  af  bem  turbe  tr^ffe  til.  (Baa  brog  l)im 
fig  fagte  tiffiage,  gab  fig  ifrcrb  mcb  at  t0rrc  fine  0ine  og  fit  20 
5fnfigt,  flap^e  fit  ^aar  neb,  ba  bet  bar  fommet  libt  i  Urc- 
be.  .^an  fab  ber  og  tffnfte  i  fit  ftille  ©inb,^  men§  f)an 
foa  paa  l^enbe:  er  l^un  mere  BItig  enb  be  anbre  33t)gben§ 
v^entcr  og  bil  omgaaeS  paa  en  anben  93caabe,  faa  ffal  en 
iffe  fige  noget  bertil.  25 

$an  fulgte  I)enbe  op  til  ©ceteren,  fom  iffe  laa  langt 
itnba.     $an  bilbc  gjerne  gaa  .<^aanb  i  .<gaanb;  men  ber 

H  fit  ftiOc  Stub,  to  himself. 


5\nn0ve  Solbaffen  59 

bar  fommet  noget  ober  ^am,  font  gjorbe,  at  l^an  fnap 
turbe  r0re  deb  ijcnhe,  og  ft)ntc§,  at  bet  bar  forunberligt, 
Ijan  fjabbe  Sob  til  at  gaa  beb  ©iben  a]  ^enbe.  —  2)a  be 
ffilteS,  fagbe  fian  berfor  ogfaa:  "^d  ffal  ba^re  en  ©tunb, 
til  hu  atter  f^jzirger  noget  gait  fro  mig."  5 

^jemme  Tjolbt  i^av  t)an§  paa  at  Bcere  ^orn  paa 
^■bcrncn  fra  StabBurct  af;  tf)t  33Qgben§  golf  runbt  om= 
fring  malte  paa  ©ranlibfbernen,  naar  SSanbct  i  bere§ 
cgne  ©affe  bar  gaat  op;  Oranlibelben  bar  albrig  t0r. 
^er  bar  mange  ®oc!fe  at  Bare,  fomme  ret  ftorc  og  fommc  lo 
obcrmaabe  ftore.  ^binbfolfet  ftob  toct  bcrbcb  og  breb 
^Tceber,  font  bar  t  35aff.  ^fjorbi^rn  gt!  Bort  til  gabc* 
ten  og  tog  fat  i  en  Scef. 

"Scg  f!al  fanffe  f)\a^lpe  big?"  — 

"9ra,  ieg  gj0r  b^t  not  fclb,"  fagbe  ©oemunb,  lettebe  I5 
rafft  en  ®ocf  paa  9iQg  og  brog  affteb  imob  ^bernen. 

"^er  er  mange  af  bem,"  fagbe  Xl^orl6i0rn,  tog  fat  i 
to  ftore,  fatte  9tt)g  imob  og  greB  ober  ©fulberen  meb  en 
^aanb  t  l^^er,  ibct  l^an  ft0ebe  imob  til  ©iberne  meb  fine 
HIBucr.  SQJibtbeig  m0bte  i)an  ©oemunb,  fom  gif  tilBage  20 
cfter  ficre;  gaberen  faa  ffoftig  paa  ^am,  men  fagbe  intct. 
Xa  3:^orBi0rn  i  fin  2ur  gif  tilBage  mob  ^^uret,  m0bte  l^an 
©a:munb  meb  to  enbnu  ft0rre  ©oeffe.  S)enne  ©ang  tog 
Zi)ov'b]0vn  en  liben  en  og  gif  meb  ben;  bo  ©amunb  mj2Jbte 
t)am,  foo  f)an  paa  F)am,  og  lomgre  enb  forrige  @ong.  ©oo  25 
ffete  bet,  at  be  fiben  fom  til  at  ftoo  beb  ^uret  paa  en 
©ong.  — 

"^er  er  fommet  ^ub  fro  9^orb^oug,"  fogbe  ©ce« 


60  SvttttJ'txSoIbaFfcn 

munb;  "be  btl  f)at)e  big  meb  til  23roIIiip5  paa  S0nbng."^ 

^ngrib  \aa  bjzinlig  ^en  til  f}Qm  fra  [it  Strbcibe,  2)?0' 

beren  ligefao,  —  "^o  'iaa/'  ftiorebe  2f)orBi0rn  t0rt,  men 
tog  benne  ©ong  be  to  ft0rfte  ©ccffe,  f^an  funbe  finbe. 
"&aav  bu?"  fpurte  ©ccmunb  m0r!.  —  "??ei." 

*paa  ©jJiibag,  «ex/  Sunday. 


©rttnlibicrtcrcn  laa  baffert  ti(,  93t)i3bcn  htnbe  oticrfee§ 
berfro,  SoIOaft'cn  f^rft  og  frcmft  mcb  fin  mangefardcbe 
©fog  omfring  og  bernccft  be  onbre  ©aarbe,  font  loo  bcr 
i  en  9?ing  of  Sfog,  faa  ben  gr^nne  3]oIb  meb  .*pnfcne  t 
aiJtbten  faa  nh  fom  en  funben  gceb^^plet,  ber  meb  Wlaqt    5 
bar  tagen  fra  ben  oilbe  9itarf.    3)ct.l5ar  14  ©aarbe,  font 
funbe  ta'IIeS  fro  ©ranlibfateren ;    of    ©ranlibgaarben^ 
^ufe  faa  be  &Iot  ^agene  og  bet  enbba  Blot  fra  hen  tjberftc 
^i)nt  paa  ©aterOoIben.     SnitgeUel  filet?  ^enterne  ofte  fib- 
benbe^  at  fe  efter  9?0gen,^  fom  fteg  op  fro  ^iberne  ber.  lo 
"9?u  !oger  2)?or  2>?ibbag,"  fagbe  ^mvib;  "ibag  f!al  be 
l^at)e  faltet  ^j^b  og  glcf!."     "^0r,  ber  raaber  be  ^aa  v 
9??anbfoIfene/'  fagbe  ®t)nn0t)e;  "montro,  Ijbor  be  arbeU 

*. . .  .blet). . .  .ftbbcnbe.  As  in  English  the  present  participle  is  used 
after  the  verbs  Miue  'remain'  and  fomiue  'come,'  e.  g.  I^an  font 
gaacnbc,  'he  came  walking.'  The  German  Student,  however, 
should  observe  this  particularly.  The  use  of  the  infinitive  in  the  first 
case  and  the  past  participle  in  the  second  ((Sr  blteb  fte^eit,  CV 
fam  c^fgangcii)  is  peculiar  to  German  among  Germanic  languages. 

2 blot) fibbcube  at  fe  (might  be  og  fc).     If  another  verb  is 

added  after  such  pres.  partic.  following  bfiuc,  that  is  put  in  the 
infinitive  with  the  preposition  at  or  the  conjunction  og.  Observe 
the  difference  in  English  and  German;  the  latter  uses  the  preterite 
(fie  bliebcn  fi^cil  unb  fa^eil)  while  the  English  would  employ 
another  pres.  partic.  (they  remained  sitting-  looking)  or  would 
change  the  expression  to  avoid  the  juxtaposition  of  the  two  pres. 
participles. 

(61) 


62  SYnn0r»e5oIbaF!cn 

ber  tbag?"  og  bcreS  0tne  fulgte  9?0gcn,  fom  ffgnbte  [ig 
fort  og  bilter  0)3  i  ben  fine,  folglabe  Suft,  men  fnart  fpog- 
nebe,  Betcenfte  fig,  —  flj2(b  faa  i  et  brebt  ^og  uboder  ©fo- 
gen,  oltib  t^nbere,  tilftbft  fom  et  biftcnbe  glor  og  fnort 
ne^pe  \t)n\iQ  5D?nngen  ^onfe  ftcg  bem  bo  i  ©inb  og  5 
logbe  fig  ub  ober  33ogben.  Sen  Sag  m0bte§  be  beb  9^orb« 
F)Oug.  S)et  bar  et  ^or  Soge  efter  $Bi*t)IIuppet ;  men  ha 
bdto:  ffulbe  ftao  en  fcf§  Sage  naabe  ber  cnbnu,  ret  fom  bet 
bar,  ©fub  og  enfelte  'iRaa'b  of  be  allertraftigfte  op  til 
bem.  —  10 

"2)e  i^ctr  bet  muntert  ber,"  fagbe  ^^ngrib.  — 
"Scg  ffal  iffe  mic^unbe  bem  bd,"  fagbe  8Qnn0be  og 
tog  fin  33inbing.  — 

"2)et  ffulbe  bog  bare  tr^ifomt^  at  bare  meb,"  fagbe 
^ngrtb,  ber  fab  paa  ^uf  og  faa  Bortobcr  mob  ©aarbcn,  15 
f)bor  i^olf  gif  frem  og  tilbage  mellcm  ^nfcne,  —  nogle 
r)enab  ©tabburct  til,  Ijbor  bel  33orbe  meb  9J?ab  ftob  op» 
bceftebe,  onbre  ^JarbiS  Icengre  fro  bem  og  i  fortroltg  ®am« 
tale.  —  "^eg  beb  iffe  ret,  l^bab  en  langeS  efter  ber  6orte," 
fagbe  ©t)nn0be.  —  "^eg  Peb  bet  fnapt  felb,"  fagbe  ^ng-  20 
rib,  ber  fab  fom  f0r;  "bet  er  bel  Sanfen,"  f0icbe  l()un  faa 
til.    ®t)nn0be  fbarebe  iffe  noget  berpaa.     "^ar  bu  qI- 
brig  banfet?"  f^urtc  ^ngrib.  —  "Wi."  —  "Xror  bu  ba, 
bet  er  ®t)nb  ot  banfe?"  —  "Seg  tieb  iffe  rigtig."    Sng« 
rib  talte  iffe  mere  om  bet  ftrafS;  t|i  l^un  minbebeS,  at  25 
^augianerne  ftrengt  forb0b  2)an§,  og  goralbreneS  3cf' 
^olb  til  ®t)nn0be  i  bet  ©tt)ffe^  bilbe  Oun  iffe  bibere  ^3r0- 

^het  ff  ulbc  bog  etc. ,  afier  all  it  would  be.     ^j  bet  Stl)f  fc,  in  that  respect. 


SYttn0oeSoIbaFfcn  63 

be.  Tien  l^borbon  nu^  Sonferne  falbt,  fan  fogbe  l^un  om 
en  ©tunb:  "Sebre  Sonfer  enb  Zi)ovh\0vr\  f)ar  jeg  albrig 
fet."  —  ®t)nn0De  bentebe  libt,  f0r  ^un  fagbe:  "So,  ^an 
j!qI  banfe  gobt."  ^  —  "Xu  ffulbe  [et^  r^am  banfe,"  ubBr^b 
vsngrib  og  denbte  [ig  mob  ^enbe.  Tlcn  rof?  ft^arebe  ®t)n»  5 
n0Dc:     "9cei,  bet  ml  jeg  i!fe." 

^ngrib  ftiibfcbe  libt  bcb  bet,  ©onn0t)e  ^elbebe  fig  neb 
ot)cr  [in  33inbTng  og  taltc  fine  ^cccfter  op.  Tlcb  en  ©ong 
lob  F)un  ©inbingen  falbe  i  gonget,  \aa  enbe  ub  for  fig  og 
fogbe:  "Soa  tnberlig  glob  fom  jeg  er  ibog,  l^or  jeg  lo 
bog'*  tffe  bc£vet  paa  lange,"  —  ";§t)orfor?"  ft)urte  ^ng- 
rib.  —  "9Io,  —  forbi  fian  iffe  bonfer  ^oo  ^Jorbl^oug 
ibog!"  Sngrtb  fob  t  fine  egne  3:Qnfer.  "^o,  ber  ffol 
bcere  ^enter^  fom  loengeS  efter  l^om,"  fogbe  l^un.  ©t)n- 
n0De  Qobnebe  93?unben,  fom  bilbe  t)un  tole,  men  toug,  trof  15 
en  Stiffe  ub  og  ht)ttebe.  "Zi)ovhi0tn  IcengeS  nof  felb 
ogfoo;  bet  fCoI  jeg  bcere  fiffer  paa,"^  fogbe  ^ngrib,  men 
merfebe  f0rft  Bogefter,  l^bob  ^un  l^obbe  fagt,  og  foo  paa 
©t)nn0t)e,  ber  fob  Blu^fenbe  r0b  og  Bonbt.  9?u  funbe 
^ngrib  mcb  ftor  Sort  fc  bogober  paa  ben  l^ele  ©omtol:,  20 
ffog  ^oenberne  fommen,  flt)ttebc  fig  paa  £ncc  i  St)nget, 
foo  ot  l^un  !om  foron  Ijenbe,  —  og  gob  l^un  fiG  til  at  fc 

%icn  ^tJorbon  nil.  It  is  difficult  to  render  nu  adequately  in  English. 
Say,  whateuer  her  thoughts  were.  2}j(m  ffnl  bonfe  gobt,  they  say  ke 
dances  well.  ^Note  the  omission  of  the  auxiliary  ^ODe  in  the  second 
conditional.  This  onnission  which  is  so  characteristic  of  literary 
Swedish  is  not  frequent  in  literary  Norwegian  but  common  in 
the  colloquial  language,  ^bog,  really,  indeed,  ^^a,  ber  ff a[  tjoere,  transl. 
you  may  be  sure  there  are.    *2)et  ff al  jeg  baere  fiffer  paa,  I  am  sure. 


64  Synn^DC   SoIbaPPen 

©t)nn0be  Hge  tnb  t  ^trtene;  men  (St}nnj2ibe  Banbt.  ^q  Io 
^ngrib  og  fngbe:  "9iu  riar  bu  mangcn  $erren§  gob  Sag 
goQt  og  giemt  noget  for  mig  tgjen."  — 

"^'oab  ftger  bu?"  fpiirtc  ©t)nnj2it)e  og  faftebe  et  ufif^ 
text  33Iif  ^300  fienbe.  —  5 

"®u  er  tffe  fint,  forbi  'Xi)ovh}0tn  banfcr,"  fagbc 
^ngrib  fom  f^r.  Sen  anben  jbarebe  tffe;  ^ngrib§  3In[igt 
tax  bore  et  enefte  ©mil,  og  fan  tog  fiun  @t)nn0t)e  om  .^'QI* 
fen  og  fibtffebe  fienbe  inb  i  0ret:  "2)?en  bu  er  fint,  forbi 
l^an  bonfer  mcb  anbre  enb  big!"  10 

"^t)or  bu  fnnffer!"  fogbe  @onn0t)e,  f[eb  fig  Ij2(§  og 
reifte  fig.  ^ngrib  rcifte  fig  ogfao  og  gif  efter  l^enbe. 
"Set  er  ®t)nb,  bu  iffe  Fan  banfe,  @t)nnj2iDe!"  fagbe  f)un 
og  Io;  —  rigtig  ftor  ©gnb!  ^om  nu,  faa  ffal  jeg  fige 
faa  gobt  tore  big  ftrafS!"  §un  tog  ^t)nn0tiQ  om  Sibet.  15 
"^Mh  bil  bu?"  fpurte  benne.  —  "Scere  big  at  banfe,  for 
at  bu  iffe  ffal  fjabe  ffig  ©org  i  35crben,  fom,  at  f)an  banfcr 
meb  anbre  cnb  big!"  9Ju  maattc  ogfaa  ©t)nn0be  le 
eller  labe,  fom  fiun  Io,  "Ser  fan  fnart  nogen  fe  o§-,"  fag- 
be I)un.  "(&ub  figne  big  for  ©darct,  faa  bumt  fom  bet  20 
bar,"  fagbe  ^vsngrib  og  gab  fig  allerebc  til  at  tralle  og 

flt)tte  ®t)nn0be  eftcr  ^aften. "9iei,  nci!     Set  gaar 

iffe  on!"  —  "Su  I)ar  jo  iffe  bceret  faa  glab  paa  mangen 
gob  Sag,  fagbe  bu  nQlig;  fom  nu!"  —  "^nbe  bet  Bare 
gaa  an!"  —  "^r0b,  faa  ,ffal  bu  nof  fe,  bet  gaar!"  —  25 
"Su  er  faa  bilter,  bu  ^ngrib!"  —  "^on  fagbe  faa,  flatten 
til  ©purben,  ogfaa,  ba  ©purben  iffe  bilbe  ftaa  ftille,  faa 
fatten  funbe  faa  tage  ^am;  fom  nu!"  —  "^eg  l^ar  ba  t 


SYnn0t)e5oIbaffcn  65 

©ritnben  ^t)ft  ogfaa,  men  — ".  —  "9hi  cr  jeg  'Xf)ovhi0tn, 
og  hu  ben  nnge  ^onen  I^Qn§,  fom  tffe  dU,  l^on  ffof  banfe 
mcb  anbre  enb  big."  —  "9}?en  — "  ^ngrib  trallebe;  — 
"men"  —  F)oIbt  ©onn^oe  enbnu  paa;  men  i^un  bonfebe 
QUercbc!  ^ct  t)ar  en  ®pringban§/  og  ^ngrib  gtf  foran  5 
mcb  ftorc  3fribt  og  manb^oftigc  3rrmciuing,  ©i)nn0Dc  ef» 
tcr  mcb  [maa  8fribt  og  ncbflagne  0ine,  —  og  ^ngrib 
fang: 

Dg  dlccmn  \aa  unbcr  ^Birfcrob 
:':  fiorbeb  Songet.  :':  10 

Og  ^Qnen  l^oppeb'  paa  lette  gob^ 
:':  obcr  S^nget.  :': 

Set  er  Pel  noget  til  ©olff inSbog  !^ 

S'ct  glitrcr  for,  og  bet  glitter  Bog 
:':    oPer  Songet.  :':  15 

Og  9?oePen  lo  unber  93irferob 
:*:  BortPcb  Spngct.  :': 

Og  $arcn  f)oppcb'  i  Pitbe  Tlob 
:*:  oPcr  Ct)nget.  :': 

^eg  er  ]aa  gfob  oPer  alle  2::ing!  20 

$u — i)ci,  q']0v  hu  flige  foccre  Spring 
:':  oPer  Sgngel?  :': 

'©pringtiait§  or  (Sprilltjcr,  a  Norwegian  rustic  dance,  sometimes 
also  called  ^olffbailtf,  in  which  the  dancer  dances  in  a  circle  without 
reversing.  2^£)ppcJ)'='f)oppei)e^  a.  weak  verb  of  the  first  class.  The 
colloquial  form  is,  however,  l^oppcb  (pron.  I}Oppet),  which  form  is 
now  also  literary.  Ibsen  used  it  as  early  as  1862.  $aa  lette  ?5ob= 
paa  letten  gob  archaic  and  poetic,  ^jjft  er  Oel  itoget  til  ©olffiuS*  • 
bag !  say  what  a  bright  sunny  day  it  is! 
5— 2i)nnpoe  golbatfen. 


66  5Ynn0Dc5oIbaFFcn 

£)g  JHocben  bcntcb  haq  33trfcrob 
:':  Bortceb  Songet.  :': 

Dg  ^aren  tumlcb  l^om  mibt  imob 
:':  ober  Ctinget.  :': 

DJlcn,  ®uh  forbnrmc  fig,  cr  bii  bcr! 5 

—  2ta,  fja'rc,  I)l3or  t^r  bu  baujc  Ijcr 
:':  ot)er  fi^nget?  :': 

"9?ii,  gif  bet  iffc  an?"  \pmic  ^ngrib,  ba  be  ctnb- 
p\\\tm  ftaiifcbc. 

(St)nn0t)e  lo  og  fagbe,  f)un  l^abbc  mcr  2i)[t  til  nt  lo 
balfe.  ^sa,  berfor  bar  ingcnting  i  SSeien,  mente  ^ngrib, 
og  be  lagebe  fig  alt  til,  ibct  ^ngrtb  bifte  fjcnbe,  r)DorIc= 
bcv,  r)un  jiulbe  foette  ?^,e(bbernc;  "tf)i  ^Salfen  er  Danffelig, 
bcn."^  —  '"ila,  bet  goar  nof,  noar  bx  Bore  fommer  t  Zah 
ten,"  fogbe  ©t)nn0be,  og  ^ngrib  btlbc  bo,  be  ffulbe  |5r0t)c.  15 
<Saa  gjorbe  be.  ^sngrib  fang,  og  ©t)nn0t)e  fang  meb,  i 
93cgl)nbelfert  Blot  nt)nnenbe,  [tben  fterft.  9??en  ha  ftau- 
febe  ^ngrib,  flop  fienbe  og  jlog  ^ccrtberne  fammen  af  Bnre 
gonmbring;  "bn  fan  jo  balfe!"^  ubBr0b  B»n. 

"§l)§,  lab  o§  iffc  ai  talc  mere  om  bet,"  fagbe  ^\-)\u  20 
rt0t)e  og  tog  otter  fat  i  ^ngrib  for  at  fortfactte.  —  "i'Jtcii 

Hi)\  SSatfcii  er  tianffclig,  ben.  On  the  repetition  of  the  subject  in 
colloquial  Norwegian,  see  note  5,  p.  17.  If  the  subject  is  a 
pronoun,  that  pronoun  is  repeated,  if  the  subject  is  not  a  pronoun  it 
is  repeated  in  the  proper  substitutory  pronoun,  here,  beil,  the 
antecedent  being  a  common  gender  noun,  ^hn  fan  jO  tolfe!  why 
you  know  how  to  waltz!  On  the  various  meanings  of  jo  see  P.  L. 
§216,  .17. 


5Ynn0Pc5oIbaffen  67 

f)bor  l^ar  bii  Icert  — "  —  "Xval,  ixall"  —  og  f)un  [bong 
i^enbe.  ®q  tog  ^ngrib  ret  fat  of  ^ierteti^^  2t)ft/  og  fjun 
fang: 

"©e,  ©oren  banfer  paa  ^auMifjelb ; 

bans,  bu  ^jcereften  min;  tf)i  fnart  er  bet  ^belb!  5 

©e,  ©Iben  ^o^iper  mob  Blanfen^  ^at); 

l^op,  bu  btltrefte  @ut;  ber  benter  bin  @rab! 

©e,  23irfen  fboier  for  3Sinbene§  Slaft; 

fbot,  bu  fretbige  'M0\  —  ^Mh  bar  bet,  fom  braft? 

©e, "  10 

"S)et  er  fitge  unberltge  SSifer",  bu  finger,  fagbe 
(st)nn0be  og  [tonfebe  S)anfen.  —  "I^^eg  beh  xtU,  ^bab  jeg 
ft)nger,  jeg;  ^^orbj^rn  f)ar  funget  bem."  —  "S)et  er  of 
©Iabc-®ent§  SSifer,"  fagbe  ©t)nn0be;  "jeg  fjenber  bem." 
—  "©r  bet  af  bem?"  fpurte  Sngrib  og  Bleb  libt  roeb.  15 
^un  fan  ub  for  fig  og  fagbe  if!e  noget;  |)lubfelig  bleb  f)un 
ol^merffom  paa  en  nebc  |3aa  SSeien.  "Su,  ^  —  ber  fid- 
rcr  nogen  neb  fra  ©ranliben  og  tager  bort  ober  Sogbc- 
beien!"  —  St)nn0be  faa  ogfaa  ber  i^en.  —  "®r  bet  Tjam?"  . 
f^^urte  r)un.  —  "^o,  bet  er  3:r)orbij2frn;  i)an  ffal  til  58oen."  20 

Set  bar  3:;5orbi0rn,  og  f^an  !i0rte  til  33t)cn. 

5)en  laa  langt  bo?!,  ban  f)at)be  ftort  CceS  og  fi0rte,berfor  i 
ajJag  bort  ober  ben  ft0bebe  SSei.    S)enne  laa  flig  til,  at 

^of  §jerteit§  S^ft,  in  this  expression  we  have  instead  of  the  regular 
genitive  §iertet§,  the  archaic  ^jertcilS  from  O.  N.  l^jattailg.  See 
also  note  6,  p.  8.  ^bloufen,  an  old  strong  accusative  masculine, 
now  only  found  in  poetry  and  with  no  gender  idea,  here  used  before 
a  neuter  noun,  ^jjn  used  in  familiar  address,  may  be  translated 
by  sayf 


68  SYttn^DeSoIbaFfcn 

ben  fitnbe  fe§  frci  ©octcren,  og  ha  (jan  nu  f)0rte  bet  f)Qufe 
beroppe  ifra,  [fj^nte  i)an,  ipcnx  bet  bar,  [teg  op  paa  2cc§» 
fet  og  f)Qufebe  tgien,  fao  bet  Ijomebe  meltem  ^^ielbeiie. 
Sa  f|)illebe  bet  paa  Sur  neb  tit  ^om,  ^an  fab  og  It)ttebe, 
og  bo  bet  ftonfebe,  rei[te  f)an  [tg  otter  og  r)anfebe.  5 

©oalebeS  gtf  bet  DortoOer,  og  f^on  bar  glab  til  5Wobe. 
^an  fao  paa  ®oI[iaffcn  og  ft)nte§,  ben  nibrig  fjonbe  f^nOt 
faa  megen  ®oI  fom  nu.  90?cn  men§  f)nn  fob  ber  og  faa 
efter  ben,  glemte  I^an  rent  ^eften,  faa  ben  gtf,  fom  hen 
btlbe.  ®a  ffoat  fian  o^  beb,  at  ben  gjorbe  ct  fOa'rt  23t)f§  lo 
til  ©iben,  faa  ben  ene  ®faaf  fnaf,  og  .<gcftcn  afftcb  i  oi(bt 
Zvat)  itb  oOer  9?orbT)ougmarfernc;  tf)i  bet  oar  oOer  bem, 
SSeien  gif.  §an  reifte  fig  i  35ognen  og  f)oIbt  igfen;  bet  bleu 
en  Stamp  mellem  t)am  og  ^cften;  ben  oilbe  iib  ober  en 
©frent,  og  l^an  ^olbt.  .^an  fif  ben  faa  bibt,  at  ben  ftei=  15 
lebe,  og  ha  ^o^^ebe  fjan  a\  og  l^abbe,  f0r  ^eften  atter  fatte 
fig  i  j^art,  faat  ^ag  om  et  2rce,  —  og  nu  maatte  .<5eften 
ftaa.  Sccsfet  bar  tilbelS  faftet,  og  en  ^taat  itu,  og  $e* 
ften  ftob  og  ffalb ;  i^an  gif  f rem  til  hen,  tog  ben  beb  93ib- 
flet  og  tolte  ben  Blibt  til;  l^an  benbte  benftrafSfor  at  bo're  20 
fiffer  paa  ©frcnten,  om  ben  lagbe  affteb  l^aanQ;  ftaa 
ftille  funbe  ben  iffe,  faa  ff'ra?mt  fom  ben  bar,  og  l)an 
maatte  i  l^albt  ©prang  f0lge  ben  Ia?ngre  og  lo'ngre  frern* 
ah,  lige  op  til  5Peien  igjen.  loan  for  ha  forbi  fine  egne 
©ager,  fom  be  laa  ber  faftcbe  oberenbe,  ^opperne  itu,  og  25 
:v3nbf)oIbet  tilbelS  forbarbet. 

^ibinbtil  l^ctbbe  l^an  bceret  optagen  af  ^^^aren,  nu  Be* 
QOn^te  ^Qn  at  ffj^nne  S/^Igerne  af  bette  og  6Ieb  ^arm;  bet 


SYHtt^PcSolbaffcn  69 

ftob  for  'i)am,  at  bet  ingen  33t)rei)e  bleb  of,  og  jo  flere  58e« 
tragtninger,  l^an  gjorbe,  be§  j()Qrmere  Bleb  fion.  ^om- 
men  op  til  SSeten  ffbot  ^eften  en  ©ong  til,  for[0gte  foQ  ot 
gi0re  et  S^aft  for  ot  flibe  fig  l0§,  —  og  ha  Br0b  ^ormen 
ub.  90?en§  f)an  meb  benftre  ^aanb  f)oIbt  23ibf(et  gob  ^an  5 
ben  meb  ben  J)0ive  f)en  ob  Scenberne  of  fin  ftore  9teifefb0Be 
©fag  i  ©log,  ©log  i  olag,  \aa  hen  bleb  rofenbe  og  fattc 
5orf)oberne  paa  ]^nn§  93rt)ft.  Tim  f)an  l^olbt  ben  fro  fig, 
ffog  ben  nn  bccrre  enb  f^r,  of  a\  fin  3Kagt,  og  brugte  ^t)f- 
enben  of  ©biziben.  lo 

"^eg  f!al  lore  big,  bn  trobfige  .5!Qmp!"  ^eften  brin- 
t!ebe  og  ,fFreg,  Ijon  ffog. 

"^et,  l^er  ffal  bu  fjenbe  SfJcebe,  fom  er  fterf !"  og  ^an 
ffog.  ^eften  fnt)fte,  faa  ©fummet  bolt  ^om  neb  obec 
ban§  ^Qonb ;  men  f^an  flog :  is 

"3)et  ffal  boere  f^rfte  og  fibfte  (Sang,  bin  ^0bling! 
ber!  enbnu  ett!  faa!  f)ei,  bin  Siff^Q^ntp,  bu  ffal  br0be 
SQJonbetugt!"  og  l^an  ffog.  Unber  bette  i^obbe  be  benbt 
fig,  ^eften  gjorbe  iffe  fcenger  9J?obftanb,  rt)ftebe  og  hcebebc 
unbcr  f}bert  ©fag  og  b0iebe  fig  brinffenbe,  naar  ben  faa  20 
©b0ben  noerme  fig  i  Suften. 

S)q  bleb  ^I^orbi0rn  figefom  fibt  ffamfufb;  t}an  ^olht 
inbe.    ^  bet  fomme  bfeb  l^an  bar  en  Tlanh,  ber  fab  paa 
@r0ftefanten,  ]i0ttet  paa  ?ffbnen,  og  fo  ah  ^am.    ^an 
bibfte  iffe,  ^borfebeS  hct  gif  tif;  hct  bfeb  nce]tQn  fort  for  25 
0iet,  og  meb  ^eften  heh  ^aanben  rufte  l^an  mob  ^am  meb 


70  Synn^re   SoIbafPcn 

"^eg  ffal  gtbe  big  noget  at  le  ah  I"  Slaget  falbt,  men 
trof  fun  fiolbt,  bo  3[)tanben  meb  ct  91anb  beltcbe  fig  neb  i 
©r0ften.  ^er  Bleb  fian  ftaaenbe  paa  alle  fire,  men  benbte 
paa  $obebet,  jTelebe  til  2^orbi0rn  og  trof  SWunben  ffjceut 
op  til  Sntter;  men  Sattercn  fc[t)  f)0rte  ban  iffe.  ^f)or»  5 
bi0rn  ftubfebe;  tf^i  bctte  ()aObe  fjan  fet  f^r. 

^0}  M  bar  Wslnf. 

S^l^orBjjsirn  bibfte  iffe  l^i'orfor;  men  bet  I/ib  fjam  folbt 
neb  obcr  9tt)ggen.  "2}et  er  bel  big,  fom  l-}av  ffrccmt  ^c« 
ften  Begge  ©onge,"  fngbe  T^on.  —  10 

"^eg  Iqq  Bore  og  fob,  icg,"  fborebe  SlSlaf  og  l0ftebe 
libt  !pQa  fig;  "og  faa  bafte  hu  mig,  bo  bu  ffobte  big  gnl 
paa  ^eften  bin."  — 

"Set  bar  big,  fom  gforbe  ben  gol;  olle  ®i)r  er  ra'bbe 
^t9/"  og  f)an  ftafpebe  ^eften,  ber  bar  faa  fbcbt,  at  bet  i5 
brt)ppebe  af  hen.  — 

"2)en  er  nu  bel  enbelig  rcebbere  big  cnb  mig;^f[ig  ()ar 
jeg  albrig  faret  meb  nogen  §eft,"  fagbe  3r^Iof,  —  fjan  ftob 
nu  paa  ^na  i  ©r^ften. 

"SScer  iffe  for  fterf  i  SO^Junbcn!"  fagbe  Xf}orBj0rn  og  20 
truebe  meb  ®b0ben. 

S>a  reifte  3(elaf  fig  og  frablebe  op.  "Gnb  jeg  hal  ^ 
Seg  fterf  i  SWunben?      9^ei! .^^bor  ffal  bu  r)en. 


'^0,  bet  tior  9T§Iaf.     See  the  preceding  sentence.     Thorbjorn  had 

seen  this  face  before,  but could  it  be  that  it  was  Aslak?    Such 

a  query  is  to  be  understood.  ^0  affirms  this  suspicion  and 
contradicts  the  implied  doubt.  -cn't>c\i(\'-=indeed,  I  should  iliink.  %nb 
jeg  "baX  ^eg  fterf  i  SWunbcii?  nib  usually  means  'but'  or  'and',  not 
to  be  translated  here,  say:  //  you  say  I  use  strong  language? 


SYttn^ocSoIbaffcn  71 

fom  forer  faa  fort?"  fogbe  linn  meb  U'lh  Stemme,  ibet 
l^Qit  noermcbe  [to,  men  [lingrebc  til  6egge  Siber;  t^i  l)an 
t)nr  fulb.  — 

"^eg  [(tp^er  nof  for  at  fomme  Icengre  ibag,"  fagbe 
2^f)orrii0rn,  fom  fprcettebe  ^eften  fro.  —  5 

"Set  bar  rigttg  Icit,  het,"  fagbe  ST^Iaf  og  noermcbe 
fig  cnbu  mere,  ibet  fian  tog  til  $uen.  "&iib  fiebare  mig," 
fagbe  l)an,  "flig  en  ftor,  baffer  ^arl,  bu  er  hlcocn,  fiben 
ftbft  icg  faa  big;"  fjan  f)a\)he  Begge  dlcc'oetm  i  Sommen  og 
ftob  faa  gobt,  l)an  funbe,  og  Betragtebe  3^f)orbi0rn,  ber  lO 
iffc  funbe  faa  .<^cftcn  l0§  fra  9?efterne  af  SSognen.  Xf)or* 
hi0vn  tro'ngte  ^jcel^ ;  men  l^an  funbe  iffe  faa  bet  ober  fia 
at  Dcbc  f)in  om  hm;  ti)i  ^Bla!  faa  ftt)g  ub;  1)an§>  ^Irebcr 
bar  tilraffct  af  @r0ften,  ^an§  ^aar  f^ang  filtrct  neb  unbcr 
en  Blanf  Qat,  ber  bar  b^gtig  gammel,  og  Slnfigtet,  f!i0nt  15 
ti{bel§  bet  bel  Befjenbtc,  bar  nit  Bcftanbig  fortruffet.  til 
©mil,  og  0incne  enbnu  mere  igjcnhtftc,  faa  l^an  maatte 
Ijorbe  .^i^bcbct  libt  bagober  og  9}tunben  libt  ga&cnbe,  naar 
l^an  faa  \)aa  en.  ^Ule  ©rag  bor  Blebne  matte,  og  bQw  f)ele 
jvorm  bar  ftibnct;  tf)i  5felaf  braf.  3:i)orbi0rn  f)abbe  tibt  20 
nof  fet  i)am  f0r,  Ipilfet  9f§Iaf  lob,  fom  f)an  iffe  bibfte.^ 


^2^^orbj0r)i  ^aobc  tibt  nof  fct  Ijam  f^r,  t)Oiffct  etc.  When  the 
antecedent  is  a  sentence  the  relative  in  Norwegian  is  ^tjiltct  corres- 
ponding to  English  'which,  something  that,'  Gerni.  tva^.  Particularly 
the  German  student  should  note,  that  when  the  antecedent  is  a 
generic  neuter  pronoun  or  a  superlative  adjective  the  ordinary 
relative  is  the  regular  one  fom,  'that,'  e.  g.  iffe  ait  font  glittret 
cr  QJufb,  bet  et  \>tn  cncfte  (fom)  jeg  ^ar.    However  after  qU, 


72  SYnn0Pc5oIbaffcn 

©om  ®heppe1)anhkv  l^obbe  ^an  faret  ^tigben  runbt  og 
bar  gjerne  ber,  Ipov  ber  Oor  St)i"tigf)eb,  ba  fian  fjabbe 
mange  SSifer  at  fk)nge,  fortalte  gobt^og  fif  ^Brcenbebin  til 
SSeberlag.  ©aalebeg  l-)a\)'be  fian  bo  darct  i  SrQlIuppet 
paa  9?orbE)oitg,  men  fioDbe,  fom  Xi)ovhi0vn  fibcn  fi!  Dibe,  5 
funbet  bet  bebft  at  fiolbe  fig  en  ©tunb  Borte,  bo  l^an  efter 
gammel  3St§  ^athe  faaet  golf  op  til  at  flaa§,  og  bet  tnt= 
cbe  mob  at  gaa  nb  obcr  l^am  felt).  — 

"2ige  faa  gobt  Binbe  ben  faft  til  SSogncn  fom  fpnrttc 
ben  fra/'2  fagbe  ^an;  "hx  maa  faa  alligcDel  op  til  9torb«  lO 
l^oiig  for  at  faa  big  i  ©tanb  igjen." 

^^or&ij2(rn  fiabbe  nof  ta?nft  bet  fammc,  men  l)a)ohe 
ifte  rigtig  billet  to^nfe  bet. 

"Set  er  et  ftort  33rt)irwp  ber,"  fogbe  ^on.  — 

"Serfor  ogfaa  ftor  ^ioelp,"  fbarebe  5f§raf.  ZI^ioY'  15 
bi0rn  ftob  libt  tbilraabig;  men  uben  ^^icclp  funbe  l)an 
l^berfen  fomme  frem  eller  titbage,  og  faa  bor  bet  bebft  at 
gaa  op  i  ©aarben.  ^an  Banbt  .^e\ten  faft  faa  loenge  og 
gtf.3  5r§Ia!  fom  efter;  3;f)orbi0rn  faa  tilbage  paa  fiam; 
"foo  fnar  jeg  gobt  S^rge  tilBage  til  93ri)IIup§gaarben  20 
igjen/'  fagbe  Sr§Ia!  og  lo;  2:f3orbi0rn  fbarebe  i!fe,  men 
gif  fort.    9r§Iaf  fom  efter  fl)ngenbe: 

Ser  brager  to  ^0nber  til  Sri)nup§f)u§    0.  f.  b., 
en  gammel,  belbefjenbt  3Sife.    "S)u  gaar  fort,  bn,"  fagbe 

l^tiab  may  often  be  used,  e.  g,  en  fan  i!fe  tro  oIt,:^t)ab  man  t)0vex.  The 
relatives  t)t)ilfpn  and  ^tjcm  are  much  less  used  in  Norwegian  than  in 
Danish  and  are  constantly  getting  rarer,  ifortalte  QObt,  knew  how 
to  tell  a  good  story,  ^supply  bu  fan  before  lige  fao  gobt.  ^foa  Icenge, 
in  the  meantime. 


SYnn0tie5oIba!fen  73 

^au  om  en  (Stunb;  "bu  fommer  nof  frem  Qlligebel,"  lagbe 
f)an  til.  :^^orbi0rn  fborebe  'i)am  itU.  @ienlt)b  of  '^an^ 
OQ  ©i-til  m0bte  bem,  Stnfigter  gob  fig  til  at  fe  ub  paa  bem 
gjcnnem  be  gamle  3Sinbucr  i  ben  [tore  to  Stagers  ^gg* 
ning.  ©rupper  [amlcbe  fig  i  ©aarben.  ^an  faa,  at  be  5 
talte  fig  i  mellem  om,  ^bem  het  funbe  bcere,  tillige,  at  l^an 
fnart  ijar  fjenbt,  og  at  be  libt  efter  libt  fif  0ie  paa  $e» 
ftcn  berncbe  og  ^opperne,  fom  laa  nbot)er  ^orbet. 

2)anien  f)0rte  op,  ben  l^ele  ©bcerm  baltebe  uh  i  @aar= 
ben,  netop  fom  be  to  fom  op.    "^ib  fommer  33rt)nup§'  ic 
folf  mob  fin  35ilie!"  raabte  SBIaf,  ha  l)an  enbclig  nrcr- 
mebe  fig  ^rebfen,  6ag  ^^r^orbj^rn.  —  2)lan  Ijilfte  2;^or> 
Bj^rn  og  ffog  S?reb§  om  l^am. 

"(3ub  figne  Saget,  gobt  01  paa  93orbet,  bafre  ^binb* 
folf  paa  ©ulPet  og  gobe  ©pillemo'nb  paa  ^raffen,"  fag=  is 
be  5Braf  og  \ti0b  fig  i  bet  famme  mibt  iBIanbt  bem. 

9?ogre  lo,  anbre  forbleb  olborlige;  en  fagbe:  "®frep» 
pe=3r§raf  ^er  altib  beb  gobt  mob." 

3:f)orBi0rn  traf  ftrafy  fjcnbte  J^-oIf,  fom  ^an  maatte 

fortcrlfe  om  fin  .<pa?nbelfc;  be  tillob  fjam  iffe  felb  at  gaa  2C 

neb  igjen  efter  ^eften  og  3^0iet,  men  hab  anbre  gaa. 

93rubgommen,  en  ung  90?anb  og  forbumS  ©folefammerot,    . 

h0h  f)am  inb  at  fmage  poa  93rl)IIup§bri5gget,  og  nu  brog 

bet  tif  Stnen.2      Stogie   Pilbe   fortfrctte   S'anfen,    ifa'r 

STuinbfoIfene,  anbre  Pilbe  f)ai)e  en  liben  2)riffeftunb  og  25 

faa  9f§Iaf  til  at  fortcelle,  fiben  i^on  nu  alligebel  Par  fom- 

men  til  @aarb§  igjen. 

'®fre^3pe-3(sraf,  Pedlar  A slak.    ^og  nu  brog  bet  til  Stueu,  Germ, 
unb  \i%i  giug  ed  iiac^  bee  Stube  ju. 


74  SYtttt0oe5oIbaffcn 

"9??en  bit  t0v  bcere  libt  barere  enb  fibft,"  laobe  en  til. 
3:;5orbj0rn  f^iirte,  f)bor  olt  golfet  Dnr. 

"3(0,"  [oarebeS  ber,  "bet  gtf  nt)Iig  libt  urolig  til;  nu 
er  enfelte  gnat  til  $t)ife,  onbrc  fibber  Borte  paa  Sanben 
og  [l^iller  ^ort;  men  nogle  fibber  ogf aa  ber,  fidor  ^niib    5 
9?orb^oug  er." 

^Qtt  fpurte  efter,  ]5t>or  ^nub  D^orbl^oug  bar. 

S3rubgommen§  Sctber,  en  gommel  Tlanh,  ber  fab  og 
r0gte  af  en  ^ribtpifie  og  bra!  01  til/fagbe  nit:     "^-om 
fan  meb  en  JRegle,  bu  5BIaf;^  bet  fan  bcere  gilbt  nof  at  lo 
f)0ve  for  en  @ang§  ©fQlb." 

"(Sv  ber  flere,  fom  Beber  mig?"  fpurte  STSlaf,  fom 
l^abbe  fat  fig  ober  en  ^raf  et  ®tt)ffe  fra  S3orbet,  omfring 
I)dilfet  be  anbre  fab. 

"1^0  bi§ft,"  fagbe  93rubgommen  og  gat)  ^am  et  ©Ia0  15 
S3Ta?nbebin;  "nu  Beber  jeg  big."  — 

"®r  bet  mange,  fom  Beber  paa  ben  9Kaabe?"  fagbe 
mial  — 

"S)et  tj2lr  fjmhe,"  fagbe  en  nng  ^one  Borte  paa  6'i» 
beBo'nfen  og  Bj?fb  et  ©t06  meb  SSin  frem.    Set  bar  33ru»  20 
ben,  en  ^binbe  paa  tt)be  Star,  It)§Iet,  men  mager,  meb 
ftore  0ine  og  et  ftramt  ^rocf  om  SJZunben.  —  "^eg  lifer 
gobt  bd,  fom  bu  fortccller,"  lagbe  i^un  til. 

33rwbgommcn  faa  paa  f)enbe,  og  'i)an§>  '^abex  paa 
f}am.  25 

"^a,  9?orb^ougfoIfet  l^ar  altib  libt  mine  DIegler," 

HH,  with  it.    2foni  foa  meb  etc.,  then  give  us. 


fogbe  %Uaf.  "SGre  ncere  bcm!"^  vaaUe  l-)an  og  Umte  et 
&ia^,  fom  I)IeD  raft  (jam  of  en  33rube)Deub. 

"^om  foQ  meb  noget,"  raobte  flere. 

"Dm  Sigrib  gantcfjocrring,"^  vaahte  en. 

"9tei,  ben  er  [ti)g!"  fagbe  anbre,  ifcer  Slbinbfolf.  5 

"Cm  Sicrflnget!"  bab  Suenb  J^ambur. 

'"dM,  Ijeller  nogct  trj2iiiomt!"  fogbe  en  ran!  @ut, 
fom  ftob  i  ofiorteaTmcrnc  og  lancbc  fig  op  ah  3Sccggcn, 
mens  (jan^  r)0ire  i^aanb,  fom  Ijang  f(apt  nch,  for  t)el  ofte 
bort  i^  ^aatct  paa  nogle  unge  Renter,  fom  fab  bcr;  be  10 
fficnbtc,  men  flijtiebe  fig  iffe, 

"9?u  fortaller  jeg  bet,  jeg  Dtl/  jcg,"  fagbe  ?l§Iaf. 

"^Q'cn  [jeller!"  mnmlcbe  en  cclbre  2)tanb,  fom  laa 
ober  ©engcn  og  r^gte;  fianc^  ene  93en  f)ang  neb,  meb  bet 
anbet  faa  f)an  og  fparfebc  til  en  fin  ^r0ie,  fom  l^ang  obcr  15 
ocngeftolpen.  — 

"2ah  Doere  3;r0ien  min!"  ra&Bte  f)tn  &ut,  fom  ftob 
op  efter  9}a'ggen.  — 

"2ab  Dcrre  l;0trene  mine,"  fbarebe  Fjan,  fom  laa. 
Shi  flijttebe  ^entcrne  fig.  —  20 

"So,  jeg  forto-IIer,  Ipab  jeg  nil!"  raabte  3[Ma!; 
"i^ro'nbebin  i  .^rop  fft}ber  9J2obct  op!"  fagbe  fjan  og  flog 
be  ffabe  ^^o^nbcr  fammcn  meb  et  ^taff.  — 

"g^ortttl,  Ipab  bi  bil!"  gjentog  2}Zanben  Borti  ®en» 
gen;  "tf)i  33rcenbebinen  cr  bor."  —  25 

'96re.U(pre  bem,  honor  be  to  them.  23igi;it)  ^antefjcErring,  Sign'd  the 
Gipsey  Woman,  ^bort  i,  over  into,  cf.  borti,  over  in,  adverb  of 
place,  ''nu  fortceller  jeg  bet,  jeg  Dir,  when  the  relative  is  objective  it 
is  very  often  omitted  in  Norwegian. 


76  5vnn0Dc5oIbaFfcn 

"^Mh  f!Ql  bet  [ige?"i  fpurte  miat  mcb  ret  aabne 
0im.  — 

"Sro,  ben  ©rifen,^  bi  g0ber,  jIaGtcr  Di  ogfact,"  fagbe 
9??anben,  tbet  ftcin  binglebe  mcb  i^cnct. 

Stslctf  luffebe  '^inene  uiicn,  men  tilcb  fibbeubc  i  fam-   5 
me  ©tilling  mcb  .^^obebet;  foa  falbt  bet  neb  paa  I)anS 
Sroft  og  l^flit  fagbe  iffe  noget. 

glerc  taltc  til  Ijnm;  men  f)an  ri0rtc  bet  iffe. 

"^rcciibcbincn  tnger  f)am,"  fngbc  fjiit  i  3engcn.  3)a 
fno  Iian  op,  tog  atter  ©milet  paa  fig;  "jo,  nu  ffcti  ^  lo 
f)0rc  en  iQftig  (Btnh"  fngbc  f)on. 

"@itb  bcnarc  mig,  f^nor  It)ftig!"  fagbe  T)an  om  en 
<Stnnb  og  To  mcb  Dib  SOtunb,  men  ubcn  at  be  l)0rte 
Sattcrcn.  — 

"Qan  cr  rigtig  i  ©oblagct^  fit  ibag,"  fagbe  23rub'  15 
gommenS  't^ahcv.  —     . 

"^a,  bet  bar  'Slmb  til  bet!"*  fagbe  mM;  —  en 
®ram  \)aa  9?eifen  ha\"  fagbe  fian  og  ftrafte  ^aanben 
frcm.  S}cn  fom,  T^an  braF  h^w  langfomt  ub,  F)oIbt  ^:>0' 
bcbct  libt  Iiagober  mcb  ben  fibftc  S^raabe  i  SWunben,  20 


'.^t»ob  ^al  bet  fige?  what  do  you  mean  by  that?  as  German  tBn§  foQ 
t)0§  fogcn?  2^cn  ©rifcn.  Note  the  definite  form  of  the  noun  after 
the  definite  article  belt.  This  double  definite  article,  which  is  not 
permissable  in  Danish,  is  good  usage  in  Swedish,  and  is  especially 
characteristic  of  the  dialects  in  Norway  and  gaining  ground  in  the 
literature,  thus  always  in  colloquial  style.  ^S^an  cr  X\c\i\c\  i  (Sjoblaget 
fit  ibag.  Transl.  he  is  in  prime  spirits  to-day  or  he  is  in  his  best  humor 
to-day.  ©obfag  pronounce  ®6Iog.  *'^a,  bet  Oor  9?aab  til  bet,  say 
and  why  not,  there's  plenty  of  reason. 


5Ynn0rc   Solbaffcu  77 

fboclgte  ben  \aa  og  fagbe  Denbt  til  t)am  i  Sengen:  —  "t^ot 
jeg  er  mi  Grifcn  ebcrs',  jcg!"^  og  lo  jom  forrige  ©ong. 

i^au  fpccnbte  fine  i^poenbcr  om  ^noeet  og  l0ttebe  jqq- 
lebcy  5f ben  op  og  neb,  ibet  i)an  jcio  nicb  bet  fnmmc-  rug* 
gebe  frem  og  tilbage,  —  og  fan  bcggnbtc  I)an:  5 

"^a,  ber  onr  en  ^^ente,  fom  Dobc  Dorti  en  Xal.  ^bah 
®Qlen  l^eb,  fan  Uoere  bet  fomme;^  I)Oab  ()un  fjeb,^  ogf aa. 
SWen  vs^nten  fnr  unffer,  bet  fqntey  ©anrbmnubcn  paa  — 
l}X)t^\  —  og  bet  var  I)05  fjoni,  I)un  tjcnte.  ^un  fif  Qoh 
20n,  fif  f)un,*  og  I)un  fif  mere,  enb  f)un  [fulbe  fjaDe;  i^un  lo 
fif  et  33Qrn.  golf  fagbe,  bet  bar  meb  I)am;  men  bet  fagbc 
iffe  ^an;  tf)i  f)an  Dar  gift,  og  bet  fagbe  Tjelter  iffe  f)un; 
U)i  l)un  oar  ftolt,  bet  ftaffarS  3:roIb. 

(Saa  Bleb  bd  nof  en  S^gn  ober  ben  1)aah,  og  bet  tjor 
en  Sfarli  til  Q^nt,^  f)un  Ijatibe  f0bt,  faa  bet  Oar  flig  ®Iag,^  15 
om  t)an  Meo  b0bt  i  en  S0gn.  2)icn  t)un  fif  en  ^labi-  iin- 
ber  ©aarben,  og  bet  lifte  iffe  ^onen  ber,  fom  benteligt 
bar.  ^om  ^scnten  bib  op,  fpt)ttebe  I)un  efter  l^enbe;  men 
fom  ben  beyfc  C^hitien  ()cnbe§  for  at  lege  meb  @aarb§gut= 
terne,''  hab  f)un  bcm  jagc  ben  ^orungcn;  I^an  bar  iffe  20 
Bebre  bo'rb,  fagbe  \)un. 

(Qun  tagg  5[)?anben  haabc  '^}at  og  ^ag  om  at  fage  ben 

'©rifcil  eberS,  the  possessive  adjective  may  follow  but  not  precede 
the  definite  form  of  the  noun.  Note  the  emphatic  repetition  of  the 
personal  pronoun  subject.  ^\}(exe  bet  famme,  doesn't  matter.  ^ijct>, 
more  specifically  Norwegian  is  the  preterite  l^ebte.  ^§im  fif  gob 
S01I,  fif  l)im  eleptical  for  ...  .  bet  fif  ^im.  ^cn  Sfarti  til  ®ut,  a 
scamp  of  a  boy.  "^Jet  t)ar  flig  Slog,  it  was  no  matter,  did  not  matter. 
%en  font  ben  tjesle  ©utten  l)enbc§  etc.  Note  the  possessive  after 
the  double  definite  (=mcn  f om  ^enbeS  liHe  @ut). 


78  Synn^PcSoIbaFfen 

gantejenten  ^QQ.^Qgben.  2)?anbcn  i)olU  icjjen,  \aa  Icen- 
ge  ^Qii  rtgtig  tjor  Tlanh,  men  [an  [log  i)an  [ig  paa  Srif- 
fen,  og  ba  fif  ^jocrringcn  J^nget. 

©ibeu  blet)  bet  baarligt  mcb  ©farDcjentcn,  bet  gif 
tillage  [or  f^oert  Srnr,  og  bet  [tob  [fig  lil/  at  i)im  [fulbc    5 
[utte  iOicI  bcr  meb  ben  t)C^k  ©utten  [in,  og  i-)an  bilbe  itU 
[ro  2)?'obcren,  tjon. 

S^et  Dcir  nu  bet  cne  5tnret,  bet  anbet  meb,  og  bet  Dar 
ottc  n[  bcm;  men  cnbnu  'oat  iffe  ^cnten  fommen  [ra 

^Ic!b[cn,  [fii2<nt  nu  [fnlbe  fiun  t)oef. Og  [an  fom  l^un  10 

beef  ;^  —  9Jien  [orinben  [tob  Ginarben  i  It^S  og  naffer  Sue, 
og  aicanbcn  bro'nbte;  ttji  Ijan  Dar  [nib,  —  STiffrringen 
rebbebe  [ig  mcb  Itngerne,  og  l^un  [ngbe,  bet  bar  ben  ®fnr^ 
Dcjenten  ncbc  ^nn  ^rab[cn,  [om  I)anbe  gjort  bet.    Set 

funbe  gjerne  fjn'nbe,  bet. Dg  bet  fnnbe  og[aa  gierne  15 

bccre  anberlebeS. 

Set  bar  en  unberlig  (^ut,  f)nn  fiaDbe.      ^  otte  War 
^nnbc  l^an  [et  ?0?oberen  Hibe  ilt  og  t)ib[te  bel,^  l^bor  ©ft)I» 
ben  bar;  ilfi  9[)?oberen  [agbe  bet  o[te,  naar  I^an  [pnrte, 
r)bor[or  fiun  Iie[tanbig  groeb.     Set  gjorbe  I)nn  og[aa  Sa==  20 
gen,  [0r  l^wn  [fnlbe  rei[e,  og  ber[or  bar  h  a  n  I^orte  om 

9talten. Tlcu  h  n  n  fom  i  2^ngtf}n[et  paa  53ibf-tib, 

[or  l^iin  [tigbe  [elb  til  ©friberen,  finn  finbbe  gjort  bm 
bafre  Suen  bero|.ibe  paa  ©aarben.  —  ©nttcn  brog  paa 
93t)9ben  og  [if  alle  i^olU  ^\ailp,  [orbt  ^an  fiabbe  [tig  en  25 


'og  bet  [tob  [lig  tif,  and  such  was  the  condition.  ^Ocef  is  the  German 
word  ttJeg,  adv.,  (pronounced  tncff).  •''og  t)ib[te  Oef,  a«</  he  knew 
well,  knowing  well,  [libe  ilt,  say,  toil  and  suffer. 


S^nn0vtSo\bafttn  79 

flem  Tlov.  —  <Baa  brog  l^Qit  fro  ben  S3Qgb  og  langt  frent 
til  en  onben,  ^dor  i)an  itte  fif  ftor  ^{cslp,  for  bee  bar  nof 
ingen,  [om  dibfte,  fibilfen  flem  Tlov  f)Qn  ^Qi)be.  ^eg  tror 
iffe,  i^on  fagbe  het  felb.  —  ©tbft  jeg  t)0ite  fra  l^om,  bar 
j^an  fulb,  og  be  figer,  i^an  l^or  logt  fig  paa  S)riffen^  i  hen  5 
fenere  2ib  f  om  bet  er  fanbt,  ffol  bccre  ufagt ;  men  bet  er 
fanbt,  at  jeg  Peh  iffe,  ^bob  bebre  i^on  ffulbe  gi0re. 

2)et  er  en  laat,  onb  ^arl,  fan  ^  tro;  ^an  lifer  iffe 
golf,  enbnu  minbre,  at  be  er  gobe  mob  ^beronbre,  og  aU 
Icrminbft,  at  be  er  gobe  mob  ijam  felb.  £)g  ^on  bilbe  lO 
gjerne,  at  onbre  ffulbe  boere  f[ig,  fom  f)an  er  felb,  — 
ffi0nt  bet  figer  fjan  Blot,  noor  ^on  er  fulb.  £)g  ba  grcc* 
bcr  ^on  ogfaa,  grccber,  \aa  bet  ^ogler,  —  ober  ingen  3Scr= 
ben§  3;ing;  t()i  fidab  bar  bet  ogfaa,  fjan  ffulbe  grcebe  ober? 
^an  ()ar  iffe  ftjaalet  en  ©filling  fra  nogen  eller  giort  uo=  15 
get  af  bet  gate,  fom  mange  anbre  gi0r,  faa  l^an  fagte'  in* 
genting^  Ijar  at  gra:be  ober.  £)g  alligcbcl  fao  graber 
l)an,  og  grccber,  faa  bet  f^agler.  Og  ffulbe  ^  fe  ^am  gra> 
be,  faa  tro  albrig  paa  bet,  for  bet  er  bare,  naar  l^an  er 
fulb,  og  ba  er  l)an  iffe  a?nfenbe§."*  —  $er  falbt  3[§Iaf  20 


'^an  t}ax  logt  fig  paa  2)riffeit,  he  has  taken  to  drink.  ^Note  i  ben 
friu-re  STib,  lately.  3fagte'=fogten§.  %nfenbc§,  to  be  paid  any 
attention  to,  an  archaeic  present  participle  in  -§,  very  characteristic 
of  the  dialects  and  lower  style.  Where  the  sense  is  passive  as  here 
it  is  apparently  a  formation  by  analogy  to  the  passive  infinitive  in 
§.  Cf.  English,  'building'='being  built'  in  'the  house  is  building.' 
Note  also  bet  er  iffe  gj0renbe§=that  is  not  advicable.  The  form  also 
occurs  in  Norwegian  with  active  sense  as,  be  font  brttJenbeS,  \)(m. 
font  gooenbeS,  etc. 


80  Synn^fc   Solbaffcn 

BoglcerigS  neb  of  ^rnffcn  t  [terf  (Sroob,  fom  bog  fnort  gif 
Oder;  tl^i  '^an  fodnebe.  — 

"•92u  er  ©Dinet  fulbt,"  fagbe  ^an  i  ©engeit;  "ba  Iig» 
ger  fion  altib  og  floeber  [tg  i  ©0tin."  — 

"2)ette  bar  ftt)gt/'  [agbe  ^ftinbfolfene  og  reifte  fig  for    5 
at  fomme  bort.^ 

"^eg  f)nr  albrig  f)0rt  Tjcim  forla'IIc  anbct  ©[ag§  $t- 
ftorter,  naat  I)nn  felt)  fif  raabe,"  fagbc  nu  en  gammcl 
SWanb,  foni  rciftc  fig  borte  neb  S)0ren. 

"@nb  neb,  r)t)orfor  '^-oU  bil  Tj^re  ^ioq  fiam,"  Ingbe  lo 
f)Qn  ttl  og  faa  l^en  til  33rnben. 

log  reifte  fig  for  at  etc.  Note  the  purpose  clause  with  for  Ot,= 
English  '(in  order)  to,'  which  is  a  substitution  for  earlier  English 
for  to. 


92ogIe  gif  ub,  anbvc  [0c3te  at  faa  ©pillemanben  inb 
tgien,  at  Sanfcn  funbe  I)eoi)nbe;  men  ©pillcmanben  Dor 
found  i  en  STrog  a[  @angcn,  og  enfclte  bob  for  I)cim,  at 
l}an  maatte  fan  Itgge  i  Sreb.  "©ibcn  Sar§,  ^ammerofien 
Ijiins,  BIcD  flaat  forba'roet  ()cr,  hn  £)Ic  maattet^  I)oIbc  nb  5 
i  Oder  et  S^gn."  —  Tlan  Dor  fommen  til  ©aarbS  mcb 
2:f)or6i0rn§  ."^eft  og  ©rcicr;  en  anbcn  SSogn  bleb  fpoenbt 
for,  ha  dan  trob§  alleS  5fnmobntng  Dilbe  tagc  afftcb  igjcn. 
^i?rnbgonuncn  bar  hd  ifcrr,  fom  f0gte  at  Oolbe  ()ani  til= 
Inige;  "()cr  cr  fanffe  iffe  faa  ftor  ©labe  for  mig,  fom  bet  lo 
ft)neg/'  fagbc  i)an,  og  2f)orbj0rn  tog  en  ^anfe  af  bet;''* 
men  ^an  forcfatte  fig  bog  at  retfe,  f0r  Slbelbcn  fom. 

2)a  be  faa,  tjan  liar  uroffclig,  fprcbtc  be  fig  t  @aar» 
ben;  bet  dor  mange  golf,  men  megen  ©til^eb,  og  bet  fiele 
F)aDbe  Tibet  ®i)n  af  et  33rt)Ihtp.^  Zf)ox'bi0m  ffulbe  f^ade  i5 
fig  en  ni)  8elepinbe  og  gif  t)en  at  finbe  en;  i  ©aarbcn  Uar 
intet  r)0i:)eligt  ©mne,  og  I)an  gi!  libt  ubenfor,  fom  faa 
til  et  SSebfffnl,  fom  l^an  gif  inb  t,  langfomt  og  fagie,  ba 
93rubgommen§  £)rb  fnlgte  meb   f)am.    §an   fanbt  ber, 

^ajfaattct  and  the  past  partic.  ffitUct,  burbet  and  turbct  of  the  modal 
auxiliaries  maatte,  fflldc,  tuvbe  and  tlirbe  are  coloquially  pronounced 
with  apokope  of  the  unstressed  e;  maatt,  ffullt,  burt  (bort),  turt 
(tort),  ^og  Jtjovlijoru  tog  en  iaiite  af  bet,  Thorbj^m's  suspicions 
were  aroused  by  that.  ^S3r9Uup,  t)  is  here  very  often  pronounced  0. 
tj— 2i)uiipoe  ®ol6aKen. 

81 


82  SYitn^DcSolbaFFcn 

l^bab  btlbc/  men  frembeleS,  uben  at  t)ibc  of  hQt,  fatte 
f)an  [icj  neb  og  op  til  ben  cne  2Socg,  mcb  finiD  og  ^^vinbc  i 
^Qonben.  Xa  l^^rte  l^Q"  ^ei  ft0nne  i  9?ccr()Gben  of  [ig; 
bet  liar  paa  ben  anbcn  ©ibc  af  ben  tgnbe  SSocg,  ber  inbe, 
r^Dor  SSognffjuIct  bar,  og  Sf)orbi0rn  It)cbe.^  5 

"(St  hci  —  ogfoQ  big?"^  I30rte  l^an  fagt  meb  langt 
Tldkmnim  og  of  et  Tlanb\oU,  ber  talte  meb  33cfuaT. 
S)a  fj0rte  r)Qn  en  grctbe,  men  bat  bar  tngen  93?cinb.  — 

"c<pUorfor  fom  bu  ogf aa^  I)ib?"  bleb  ber  fpurt,  o^  bet 
maotte  lia?re  af  ben,  ber  gro'b;  tf)i  bet  bar  taarebanbV.  —  lo 

"^m,  —  i  lpi§>  23ri)irup  ffulbe  jeg  ipilie,  naav  bet 
i!fe  bar  i  bit?"  fagbe  ben  f^rfte. 

Set    er    bel  Sar§,  S^nllemanben,  fom  liggcir  ber, 
toenfte  !tf)orbi0rn.    2ar§  bar  en  ftaut,  baffer  Slarl,  f)bi§ 
gamie  90?obcr  &obe  tit  2eie*  i  en  .§n§manb§blab§  unber  15 
©aarben.    Tlcn  ben  anben  maatte  bare  33rnben!  — 

"^borfor  fiar  bit  fielfcr  albrig  talt!"  fagbe  t)un  bam« 
p€t,  men  langt,  fom  bar  f)un  meget  bebo'ge't. 

"Seg  to'nfte  iffe,  hat  bar  n0bbenbigt  mellem  o§>  to," 
fbarebeS  ber  fort.    l:ia  bar  bet  ftilt  en  ©tunb,  fao  fagbe  20 
[)un  atter  nb: 

'^on  f  ailbt,  ^toab  bilbo.  This  omission  of  the  third  personal  pronoun, 
quite  common  in  Old  Norse  and  Old  Danish,  where  easily  supplied, 
is  very  rare  in  present  Norwegian  and  only  occurs  in  such  cases  as 
this  when  the  subject  is  identical  with  the  one  in  the  immediately 
preceding  sentence.  2U)ebe  from  ll)e  corresponding  to  Dan.  Il)tte^ 
'listen  to.'  There  is  also  a  verb  Il)C,  lt)cbc,  Iljbt,  meaning  'to  obey' 
corresponding  to  Dan.  ri)be,  (abU)bc).  ^ba  in  place  of  OC\\aa  is  more 
common  in  such  sentences,  as:  (Bx  bet  —  big  ba?  tjborfor  fom  bu 
ta  f)ib?  Dgfoa  sounds  Danish  in  such  sentences,  ^bo  tit  Seie, 
be  a  tenant. 


5'fnn0ve   Solbafien  83- 

"Xu  bibfte  bog,  i)  an  gi!  I^er." 

"^cg  trobe  big  ftcrfcre."  — 

§Qn  f)0rte  nit  iutet  anbet  enb  ©roab;  enbelig  br0b 
Oun  Qtler  iib : 

"^uorfor  tdlte  bii  if!e?"  5 

"Xet  ntjttcbc  Del  @QmIc=53irtr)e§  S0n  libet  ot  tale  til 
Saiteren  paa  9^orbf}Oltg^"  blet)  ber  [Dnrct  efter  et  Dp* 
Ijolb,  i^bort  l^Qtt  f)at)be  braget  3Setret  tungt  og  ofte  [t0n» 
net. 

2)cr  BIct)  bcntet  ^qq  ©bar;^  —  "bi  i^or  bog  fet  paa  lo 
r)tnanben^  i  mange  5tQr,"  fogbeg  ber. 

—  "CDu  bar  faa  ftolt;  en  turbe  i!fe  rigttg  tale  til 
big."  — 

"S'ct  bar  bog  ingenting  t  SSerbcn,  jcg  l^eller  bilbe. 

^paa  9?orb^OUg,  at  Nordhoug.  The  preferred  spelling  of  the  second 
element  of  the  compound  is  ^aitg.  '^'^CX  hkt>  tjciitct  paa.  Suar. 
With  indefinite  pronominal  force  the  adverb  of  place  ber  'there'  is 
used  as  anticipatory  or  introductory  subject,  corresponding  to 
English  'there'.  Germ.  e§,  French  '11',  that  is  'it,'  standing  for  the 
logical  subject  which  then  follows  the  verb.  This  is  still  the  best 
literary  usage,  in  which  respect,  therefore,  Norwegian  agrees  with 
English  as  against  German,  which  uses  e^  'it.'  ®ct,  'it'  is  used, 
however,  with  impersonal  verbs  denoting  natural  phenomena,  as 
English  'it,'  German  e§,  e.  g.  bot  rcgiier,  bet  i)aijfer  etc.  Cf.  also  bet 
ffer  ofte  ot  man  inaa  taole  bet  font  er  itbe^ageligt,  where  bet 
anticipates  an  at-clause,  and  ber  ffer  tiiaugt,  font  er  iibe^ogeligt. 
Colloquially  bet  is  used  for  ber  with  impersonal  expressions  in  the 
passive.  Dialectically,  colloquially  and  with  increasing  authoritative 
sanction  in  the  literary  language  bet  is  also  replacing  ber  as  anti- 
cipatory subject  e.  g.:  (Sr  bot  uoget  font  mangier?  bet  fonimer 
uivft  mange  gol!  tmorgen.  Cf.  bet  blet)  otter  gonffe  ftilt.  ^fet  paa 
l)inonbeu,  had  an  eye  for  one  another,  been  fond  of. 


84  S-^nn0ve   Solba^fcn 

—  ^eg  Dcntcbc  IpQt  Sag,  ....  T^bor  bi  mjzfbtcS;  .  .  .  .  jeg 
ii)ute§  na'i'tcii,  jcg  b0h  mig  frcni.  ®qq  Iccnfte  jeg,  bu  for» 
fmonbe  mig."  — 

®et  Blet)  otter  ganffe  ftilt.     XhovV]0vn  'i)0vte  tntet 
©bar,  ingcn  ©rnab;  f)an  rj0rte  (^ellcr  iffe  ben  ft)ge  bragc    5 
3Sciret. 

A.{mbi0vn  tccnfte  pno  93rubgommen,  fom  f)nn  trobc  at 
fjenbe  for  en  DraU  Sl^^nnb/  og  Ijan  tilcl)  ifbe  til  9??obc  paa 
f)an0  SBcgne.    3^a  fngbe  ogfaa  f)un: 

"Seg  er  rcEb  for,    l^on  faar  liben  ©loebe  of  mig,  ^  lo 
r^an,   fom  — ". 

"Set  er  en  hvab  Tlanb,"  fagbc  ben  fi)gc  og  he* 
gt)nbtc  pnont)  at  gine  fig  (ibt,  bn  bet  nof  gjorbe  onbt  for 
23rt)ftct.  2)et  bar,  fom  bette  ogfao  gjorbe  fjcnbe  onbt; 
tf)i  ^un  fagbe:  15 

"Xct  cr  nof  tnngt  for  big  nit, men  —  bi  bar 

bel  albrig  fommet  til  at  tale  mcb  ftinanben,  bi,  bar  iffe 
hette  fommet  imcllcm.  2)en  (Sang  bn  flog  til  ^nnb,  for- 
ftob  jeg  big  f0rft."^— 

";^eg  fnnbe  iffe  Bo're  hex  lounger,"  fagbe  I)an,  og  faa  20 
en  ©tunb  efter:     ",^nnb  er  onb."  — 

"$an  er  iffe  gob,"  fagbe  S0fteren. 

®e  tang  en  ®tnnb,  faa  fagbe  f)an:  "v^eg  nnbrer  mig 


'Note  the  idiom  at  fjenbc  en  for  en  brat)  9J?anb,  to  know  someone  to 
be  a  worthy  man  ^^cc\  er  rffb  for,  t\a\\  fnar.  etc.  Observe  for  and 
omission  of  conjunctive  ot — /  am  afraid  that,  I  fear  that.  9(t  Ua're 
rffb--'to  be  afraid  of,'  nt  Ua're  rreb  for  (at)  or  fn)iite  for  (at)='to  be 
afraid  that,  to  fear  that.'  "''fOrft,  here=='not  until,'  German  erjt  in 
similar  use:    erft   af^  or  fant,  f^rft  ba  l^an  font,   not  until  he  came. 


Synn^DeSoIbalfcn  85 

paa,  om  jeg  nogen  Zib  blber  gob  igien.^     STo  ja,  bet  tan 
nu  ogfoQ  bcere  bet  fomme."^ — 

"^av  bu  onbt,  'i)at  ieg  bet  bcerre,"  og  ^evpaa  fulgte 
fterf  ©ronb. 

"@aar  bu?"  [purte  fan  l^an.  —  5 

"^0,"  blet5  ber  foaret,  og  ber^jaa:  "Sta  i0ie,  j^ie 
mig,  l^tiab  bette  Sb  ffol  blice!"  — 

"@rcrb  tffe  ]aa,"  [ogbe  f^an;  "SSorl^erre  gi0r  ttof 
fnort  Gnbe  paa  bet  for  mig,  og  ba  fEoI  bu  fe,  bet  ogfaa  blt» 
bee  Bebre  for  big."  —  lo 

"^efu§,  Scfit§,  cit  bu  tffe  tolte!"  rooBle  f)m  meb  til« 
Bngel^olbt  Stcmme,  og  fom  om  l^un  Ureb  fine  ^cenber; 
Sf)orbi0rn  trobc,  fjun  gif  i  bet  fomme  eUer  iffe  bar  i 
©tonb  til  at  tale  paa  Iccnge;  tl^t  l^an  l)0r:te  en  ©tunb 
intet  og  gif.  15 

2}en  f0rfte,  ben  Bebfte,  llt)ovh\0vn  traf  i  (Soarben, 
fpurte  f)an:  "^bab  fom  ber  tmellem  SorS  ©pillemonb 
og  ^'nub  ^lorblioitg?"  — 

"^aa?    TiQlkm  bcm?    ^o,  — "  fagbe  ^er  §u§- 
monb  og  trnf  5fnfigtct  fammen,  fom  bilbe  l^an  gjemme  no-  20 
get  i  <voIbcnc;  "bii  fan  nof  f^i^frge  om  bet,  for  bet  bar  Ti- 
bet nof ;  f)an  ^m\b  fpurtc  Dare  Sar§,  om  f^elen  ]^an§  got) 
gob  ^long  i  bette  53rt)IIup."3 


'gob  igjen==«/^//  again.  ^\}cete  bet  famine,  be  all  the  same,  not  to 
matter,  ^^o,  as  here  used  is  difficult  to  translate.  It  indicates 
readiness  to  answer  and  also  ability  to  answer.  May  often  be 
rendered  by  'why  (that  is  easily  told)!'  After  a  pause  then,  PerHus- 
mand,  who  doesn't  want  to  tell  too  much  at  once,  adds:  indeed  you 
may  well  ask  that,  for  I  assure  you  it  was  little  enough!  etc. 


86  5Ynn)3(r)e5olbafFett 

^  bet  famme  gif  3?ruben  forbi  bem;  f)un  'i}a\}he  5fn- 
figtet  BortDcnbl,  men  bo  Ijun  f)0rte  SarS  ncEt)ne,  bcnbte 
i^un  bet  og  bifte  et  ^ar  ftore  r0bc  0tne,  ber  faa  uftffer^; 
men  ellerS  bar  5Xn[igtet  meget  folbt,  faa  folbt,  at  2;0or= 
hi0vr\  itfc  fjcnbte  f^enbeS  Orb  igjcn  i  bet.  23cgJ5nbtc  f)an  5 
ha  at  ffij2(nne  mcrc.^ 

Soengre  frem  t  ©oarben  ftob  ^eftcn  og  bcntcbc;  i^an 
fotte  fin  ^tnbe  faft  og  faa  fig  om  eftcr  33rubgomuicn  for 
at  tage  5ffffcb,  ^an  l^abbe  iffe  2t)ft  til  at  f0ge  Tjam,  faa 
nceftcn  l^clft,^  ot  l')an  iffe  fom  og  fatte  fig  bcrfor  o^).  ®a  lo 
Begtjnbte  bet  ot  ft^ie  og  raa&e  fra  ben  bcnftre  ©ibe  af 
©aarben,  ber  Borte,  l^bor  Saaben  laa.  "Dct  bar  et  fielt 
S0lgc,  fom  brog  nb  fro  Saaben;  en  ftor  2>ianb,  fom  gif 
foron,  roobt'e:  "^bor  er  r)an?  —  §ar  l^an  gjemt  fig? 
^bor  er  l^an?"—  is 

"Ser,  ber!"  fagbc  nogle.  —  "^ah  Tiam  iffe  fomme 
bib,"  fagbe  anbrc;  "ber  Iiliber  Bare  lUoffe  af  bft."  — 

"(Sv  bet  ^nnb?"  fpurte  %'i)ovhi0ni  en  liben  ©nt,  ber 
ftob  beb  ©iben  af  3Sognen  'i)an§'.     "'^a,  Ban  cr  fnib  og 
ha  btl  Bon  altib  ffaa§."     2BorBj0rn  fab  alt  \)aa  ScTvfet  og  20 
flog  nu  paa  .*§eften.  — 

"9?ei,  ftanB,  ^ammerat!"  B0i*te  Ban  Bag  fig;  Ban 
l^otbt  .<peften  tilBage,  men  ha  benne  gif  alligebel,  lob  han 
hen  goQ.     "$o,  er  hu  va^h,  ^BorBi0rn  ©ranliben?"  ffreg 
het  noermere  l^am.    92u  l^olbt  l^an  faftere  igfen,  meti  faa  25 
iffe  tilBage. 

'93egt)iibte  f)an  ba,  see  note  3,  p.  6.    ^\aa  iiceften  i)elft,  iwuld  in  fad 
rather  prefer. 


5Ynn0PcSoIbafPctt  87 

"8tig  of  og  fom  i  gobt  ^aq\"  vaabk  en.  Xt}ovhi0vn 
denbte  ^obebet.  "Xat,  jeg  \tal  inem,"  fagbe  fian.  S)lu 
unber^QTiblebe  be  libt,  og  imiblcrtib  bar  ben  f)elc  3"Ii^^ 
fommen  f)en  til  ^Bognen;  STnub  gif  foran  ;^eften,  flappcbe 
ben  f0r[t,  tog  ben  berno-ft  i^cb  ^otiebet  for  at  fe  paa  ben.  5 
^nub  t)Qr  ret  i)0i,  fiaube  loft,  men  ftribt  ^aav  og  en  but 
92ccfe,  SWunben  bar  ftor  og  tung,  0inene  m0vhUaa,  men 
briftige.  §an  fjnDbe  Itben  Sig^eb  mcb  ©0fteren,  fun  bar 
bet  noget  om  $Ptunbcn,  fom  bar  Itgt/  og  i)a):ihe  bet  famme 
©logs  ret  o^iftaacnbe  ^Nnnbe,  men  minbre,  ligefom  olle  lo 
r^enbeS  fine  Zvcvf  bnr  grotte  ^o§  I^ctm. 

"$bnb  Dil  bu  (inne  for  ©ampen  bin?"  fpurtc  ^nub. 

"^eg  bit  iffe  fa'Igc  ben/'  fagbe  3:f)orbi0rn.  —  "S)u 
tror  fanffe,  jeg  iffe  fan  betole  ben?"  fagbe  ^nub.  — 
"^eg  beb  iffe,  f^bab  hu  fan."  —  "(Saa'?  hu  tbiler  om  bet?  i5 
iDet  ffulbe  bu  cHcr?'  bogte  big  for,"^  fogbe  ^nub.  ^'m 
@ut,^  fom  f0r  ftob  op  efter  58a?ggen  bcrinbe  i  ©tuen  og 
r0rte  beb  ^entcrncS  .*^aar,  fagbe  nu  til  en  SRabo:  "^nub 
t0r  iffe  rigtig  bcunc  Sang." 

Sette  r)0rtc  ,<;TnHb.     "^0r  jeg  iffe?   §bem  figcr  bet?  20 
3^0r  feg  iffe?"  ffrcg  fjan.     't^kvc  og  flere  fom  til.     "5lf 
SSeien,  fe  .<pcftcn!"  raabte  3;OorIii0rn  og  flog  paa,  ^an 

'S'un  »ar  bet  noget  om  ?Jfunbcn,  fom  bar  ligt.  See  Note  3,  p.  83. 
23}et  ffulbe  bu  eller^  bogte  big  for.  @Ucr§,  'as  for  that'  is  best 
omitted  in  the  translation,  say,  Thai  is  something'  thai  you  ought  to  (had 
better)  look  out  for.  ^\)\\\,  demonstr.  pron.,  very  general  in  the 
dialects,  is  rare  in  cultured  speech,  where  ben  takes  its  place.  ®en 
referring  to  a  more  distant  object  (English  'that,'  German  jener)  as 
opposed  to  bcnne  is  usually  supplemented  by  ber  or  anbeu 
colloquially. 


88  SYittt^DcSoIbaffctt 

Oilbe  reife.  —  "Siger  bit  cif  SSeien  til  micj?"  fpitrte 
Stnnh.  -—"Sea  talte  til  ^eften;  ieg  maa  frem,"  fagoe 
5t^orbi/2irn,  men  beg  fjelfer  iffe  felt)  til  ®ibc.  —  "^'oah, 
fi0rer  bit  lige  poa  mig?"  fpurte  ^nub.  —  "©ao  gan 
&ort!"  og  $cften  l0ftcbe  ^obcbct  i  3Sciitet,  cllcrS  f^nnbe  5 
hen  fot  hd  lige  mob  Slnuh§>  33rt)ft.  2)a  tog  Stmxb  ben  beb 
3^ibjTet,  og  ^efteii,  fom  ()uffebe  Xoget  fro  SSeien,  begtjnbte 
nt  ffitrrbc.  Tlcn  bcttc  r0rtc  3:f)or&i0rn,  bcr  angccbc,  IjMh 
f)an  Ijnlibc  gjort  mob  .<ocftcu;nu  gif  bet  \\h  ober  ^mib;'  tOi 
l^on  reifte  fig  meb  ©b^ben^  i  .<pctanben  og  brog  til  ^iiitb  lo 
ober  ^obebet.  "Blaav  hu"^"  ffreg  ^nub  og  fom  noer- 
mere;  ^^orBj0rn  f)oppebe  of  8oc§)et.  "Tit  er  en  oiib 
^avl,"  [agbe  (lan  ligbleg  og  Icberebe  20mmcriie  til  I^iii 
©irt  fro  (Stiien  of,  ha  f)nn  fom  og  60b  [ig  frem.  SWeii 
ben  gcimie  S)icmb  fom  fiabbe  rcift  fig  borte  beb  T0rcn,  ba  i5 
5(§Inf  bcir  ftrrbig  meb  fin  SortocUiitg,  gif  tut  bort  til 
Z^otl)i0vn  og  njffcbe  Ijam  i  5frmen.  "Scrmiutb  ©ranli- 
hm  er  for  Brob  en  2)?anb  til,  at  ©0nnen  t)Qn§  ffal  brageS 
meb  ftige  ©IngSfjocmper^/'  fagbc  Ijan.  Tct  ftilncbe  i 
3;5or6i0rn,  men  STnub  ronbte:  "^cg  SlagSfjccmpe?  Set  2G 
er  I^Qn  lige  faa  gobt  fom  jeg,  og  min  gnber  er  lige  gob 
fom  finn§.  —  ^om  nn!  —  Set  er  bnarligt,  nt  93t)forfet 
iffe  beb,  bbem  cif  o§  to  cgentlig  er  beb  Bebft  9P?agt/'  lagbe 
Ijan  til  og  tog  .<5til§t0rfltrbet  of  fig.  —  "33i  pr0be  bet 


^mt  gif  het  ub  Oticr  .'ilnub,  now  he  gave  vent  to  his  rage  upon  Knud. 
^©U0be  pronounced  ©UCpC,  and  coming  to  be  so  written  except 
when  used  figuratively  in  the  sense  'scourge,'  then  pronounced 
©t)0be.    ®rog  tif,  struck.    "''SIog§fjoempe=S(aa§fia?mpe. 


5yii"0»c   Solbaffett  89 

tibsnof^"  fogbc  ^f)orbj0rn.     !Dq  fagbe  ben  SO^anb,  fom 
f0i-  (jQUbe  liaaet  i  Sciujcn:     "2)c  cr  [cm  to  Tlatte;  be  maa 
f0rft  fnoffe  93?ob  i  [ig,  begge  to."    ^t)orf)i0rn  ^0rte  bet, 
men  fbarebe  intet.     Gn  og  anbcn  of  gloffen  lo,  anbre 
fngbe,  hct  tiar  ftQgt  mcb  alle  be  ©Iag§manl  i  bctte  33rt3l-    5 
lup,  famt  at  be  abcbe  fig  inb  paa  en  fremmeb  2)?Qnb,  foni_ 
Dilbc  brage  frcbclig  afitcb.     Zl)ovhi0vn  \aa  [ig  om  efier 
^c[ten;  hct  Dor  r)an§  Stgt  at  fore.    2>ien  f)iu  ©ut  l^aube 
benbt  ben  og  fi0rt  ben  forfDarlig  lange  bort;  ©utien  felu 
ftob  nu  lige  bag  bem.  —  "^mb  feu  bu  big  om  efter?"  10 
fpurte   ^nub;    "^un  ©t)nn0De  er  longt  borte  nu."    — 
"^\)ab  rogcr  r^un  big?"  —  "??ci,  flige  f!inr)enige  ^oinb- 
folf  ragei*  iffe  mig,"  fagbe  ^nub;  "men  fanf!e  f3un  mob- 
fticeler  big."    'I::Qtte  bar  for  meget  for  ^^orbi0rn;  be  mer- 
febe,  l^an  foa  fig  om  for  at  pv0iie  ^lobfen.  9tu  lagbe  atter  15 
nogfe  celbrc  fig  imellem  og  mente,  at  Stnnb  riQbbe  gjort 
Ugagn^  nof  i  bctte  Sag.  —  "2)iig  fTal  f)an  imet  gi0re!" 
fagbe  2:^orbi0rn,  og  ba  l^ine  f)0rte  bette,  taug  be.    §rnbre 
fagbe:     "2ab  bem  brage§,  faa  bliDcr  be  ©obncnner;  bi^ofc 
I)ar  Icrnge  nof  fet  onbt  ober  til  fibcranbre."  — "^s^,"  fagbe  20 
en,  "be  oil  begge  Oare  be  bebfte  i  93t)gben;^  lab  o§  nu  fe!" 


*9St  pr0t»e=toi  pX0t}et.  Dialectically,  except  in  East  Norwegian, 
the  inflexional  r  of  the  sing.  pi.  pres.  indie,  is  dropped  hence  jcg 
:proUC,  t)i  V-rpUC  This  is  not  necessarily  to  be  regarded  'then'  as  the 
(Danish)  plural  in  -e  corresponding  to  the  singular  in  -cr.  ^Hj^agit 
pron.  llgaiign.  ^33t)n'^''"«  J"  Brand  Ibsen  rhymes  this  word  with . 
^0ibcn— jtufiMi  fufgte  mig  af  iUjgbon,  ifte  en  banbt  op  til§i)ibeii-. 
This  is  a  local  dialectal  pronunciation.  The  only  pronunciation 
accepted  in  cultured  speech  is  Bygd. 


90  5vitn0Dc5olbaFfctt 

— "§nr  ^  nnbrc  fct  nooet  Ilcjt  til  f)tim  Xf)ort)i0rn  Orcin* 
liben,"  mentc  ^nub;  "jcg  lOiilcS,  (jaii  m)Iia  ^av  I)ec  paa 
©narben."  —  "^^ii,  Tjcc  cr  ()Qn,"  faijbe  3^Oorbj0rn,  og  i 
bet  fanimc  fif  ^intb  ct  ©fng  oDcr  bet  {)0ivc  0re,  faa  Ijan 
tumlebe  ()cn  i  nogle  2)icrnb,  fom  ftob  bcr.  9cu  bleu  bet'  5 
gnnffe  ftilt.  Stmih  rci[tc  fig  og  for  frem  iibcn  at  fige  ct 
Crb;  2f)orBi0rn  tog  mob  l^ctm.  S)cr  blet)  nu  en  lang 
iJioetjefamp,  ha  begge  Dtlbc  fiinaiiben  inb  paa  SiDct;  men 
bcgge  t)or  uel  bant  og  (jolbt  Oiuanbcn  noef.  3;()orbi0iriv5 
©lag  falbt  not  \cia  ofte,  ^  og  nogle  fagbe,  be  falbt  no!  faa  lo 
tungt.^  —  "^ev  5ar  ^ub  fitnbct  fin  9[)?anb/'  fagbc  fjin 
fom  :^at)be  taget  .^eften;  "giD  ^^lab?!"  ^inbfolfene 
flt)gtebe;  htn  en  ftob  b^it  paa  en  ^rape  for  bebre  at  fe;  bet 
bar  33rnben.  2:borbi0rn  fif  et  ©limt  af  bcnbe  og  ftan- 
fcbeMibt;  ha  faa  f)a\\  en  STnib  i  ^nnb^  .<gaanb,  l^nffebe  15 
bcnbeS  Orb,  at  Slnuh  iffe  bar  gob,  og  nieb  et  bel  rettet 
©fag  traf  bnn  ^nnb§  5rrm  ober  ^aanbleber,  faa  STniuen 
falbt,  og  Sfrmen  boUnebe.  "5fu,  b^or  bn  flog,"  fagbe 
^nnb.  —  "3t)ne§  bn?"  fbnrte  bin  og  br0b  nn  inb  paa 
bam.  ^nnb  i-)a'ohc  onbt  for  at  brnge  blot  en  5rrm,  \)an  20 
bleb  l0ftet  og  baaret,  men  bet  bar  imob,  f0r  ban  blco  lagr. 
^an  bleb  ficre  ©ange  lagt  ffig  mob  ^orben,  at  enbber 
anben  bel  babbe  fbtgtet,  men  hcttc  bar  en  gob  9?l)o;  'SHjov' 
bi0rn  fli)ttebe  mcb  Tjam,  '^olf  beg,  men  f)an  fom  efter  meb 


^nof  faa  (ofte,  tlingt).  The  expression  sounds  Danish,  better 
Norwegian  would  be  in  this  sense  UoI  faa  ofte.  Festskrift  169. 
^ftoilfcbc.  This  word,  formerly  commonly  spelled  ftailbfi',  is  now 
usually  and  more  properly  written  without  b,  for  the  word  is  derived 
from  Old  Norse  ftauiia  (as  Aars,  1900,  p.  25). 


SYttn^DcSolbaFfctt  91 

l^am,  og  fnalcbcS  Bar  bet  runbt  ben  f)ele  ©actrb,  tnblil  be 
fom  op  imber  Xrappcn,  IjUor  l^an  f)iDbe  i^am  enbnu  en- 
oaiig  i  Ik'irct  og  trucbe  l^am  neb,  \aa  ^nocrne  gob  efter, 
og  ^uh  Iang§  ober  @tenf)ellen,  faa  bet  [ong  i  fjom. 
^an  BIct)  Itggcnbe  [tilt,  gab  et  bi)Bt  St0n  fra  fig  og  lob  5 
0inene  [t3itfc  i;  Zi]ovin0ni  rettebc  [ig  og  \aa  op;  TjanS 
0inc  falbt  lige  paa  23riibeu,  bcr  ftob  ubebcegclig  og  foa 
paa.  "XaQ  noge:  og  lag  up  unbcc  ^obebet  paa  (jam'/' 
fagbc  fjun,  benbtc  [ig  om  og  gif  iiib. 

^0  gamie  Stonct  gif  [orbi;  ben  ene  [agbc  til  ben  an-  10 
ben:    "$erre  @ub!  ber  ligger  en  igjen;  ^bem  er  nu  bet* 
te?"       (Sn  Wlanb  [barebe:     "^an,  ^nub  9Jorb()oug/' 
®a  [agbe  ben  anbcn  ITone:    "Sao  !an[!e  bet  liber  paa 
meb  ©lagSniaalene  f3cre[i.erbag§.      Se  maattc  ba  og[aa 
l^abe  anbet  at  bruge  [ine  Slrafter  til."    —  "2er  [agbe  bn  15 
et  [anbt  Drb,  S^Janbi,"  mente  l^in;  "3Sorr)errc  Tnalpe  bcm 
\aa  langt  [rem,  ot  be  fan  [e  [orbi  J)beranbre  og  I^en  til 
noget  mere." 

Sctte  falbt  2^5orl3j0rn  unbcrligt  pao  ©inbet;  f)on 
l^a'obe  iffc  fagt  et  Crb,  men  [tob  bcr  enbnu  og  \aa  paa  20 
bem,  [om  [tcllebe  meb  ^nub;  —  ficrc  talte  til  f)am,  mm 
l^on  fbarebe  iffe.  ^an  benbte  fig  fra  bem  og  falbt  t  Zau' 
!er.^  ©t)nn0be  fom  frem  i  bcm,  og  f}an  bleb  megct 
ffamfulb. 

.^an  to'nfte  paa,  fjbab  gorflaring  l^an  jTuIbe  gibe,  og  25 

^Itlibcr  §oticbot  \}Cia  i)am,  under  his  head.  The  paraphrastic  genitive 
with  !i;)a<X  is  very  common  in  Norwegian.  See  also  above  note  3, 
p.  46.     2fa(i)t  i  %a\\l(X,  fell  to  thinking. 


92  SYnti(!>pe5oIbaMcn 

l^on  tcentte  paa,  bet  Dar  \-)am^  not  iffe  fan  let  nt  jTittte, 
[om  r^on  cngann  t^robc. 

.^  bet  famnic  F)0rte  Tjon  Bag  [ig:  "3Sogt  big,  XI)9r» 
&i0rn!"  men  f0r  T^an  fif  benbe  fig,  bar  F)an  greben  bob 
©fulbrene  bngfrn,  bleb  b0ict  og  f0lte  i!t'e  noget  mere  5 
enb  en  ftiffenbe  Smertc,  IpU  oteb  f)Qn  it'fe  dgng 
fjenbtc.  ^nii  f)0rte  8tcmmer  omfring  fig,  fontam,  at  be 
fi0rte,  irobc  felu  ftuubom,  at  l)an  fi0rte,  men  bibfte  bet 
iffe  bcftemt. 

Seite  barebc  meget  Icrnge,  hot  bleb  folbt,  fiiart  igjen  lo 
barmt  og  ha  \aa  let  for  (}am,  faa  ler,  at  ban  fi}iite§  ai 
fbcrbe,  —  og  mi  forftob  ban  bet:  l^an  boreS  af  J^rffto^- 
^3eriic  fra  ben  ene  til  bcu  anbcn,  faa  ban  tom  o))  i  2icn, 
b0ierc  op,  —  paa  Scrteren,  enbmt  b0icre  op,  —  ligc  paa 
bet  b0tcftc  Sjelb;  ber  b0iebe  Si3un0be  fig  mb  ober  bant  og  15 
grcrb  og  fogbe,  at  l^an  ffulbe  Ijatie  talt.    ^vtn  gro'b  megct 
og  mcute,  at  ban  bog  felb  babbe  fet,  (jborlebef^  ^nub  9?orb^ 
boug  gif  t  35eien  for  fiam,  beftanbig  i  33eien  for  bt^m,  og 
faa  maatte  ()itn  jo  tage  ^nub.    Cg  faa  flappebc  bvm  bam 
milbt  neb  ober  ben  cne  (Stben,  faa  bet  bleb  barmt  ber,  20 
og  grocb,  faa  ©fjorten  paa  bet  ©tcb  bleb  baab.    53ien  5U-' 
taf  \ab  paa  iSjuf  oppe  paa  en  ftor,  fpib§  ®:cn  og  tirnbte 
Xrcetopperne  runbt  omfring  fig,  fao  bet  brafte  og  bro^iib^ 
te,  og  ^Ttbiftcrne  f0g  om  l)am;  felb  lo  ^an  meb  bibt  &ah  '^ 

'^ant,  ethical  dative.  ^&ab,  pron.  &ap.  The  rule  is  that  medially 
and  finally  after  a  long  vov/el  b,  b,  g,  are  "pronounced  as 
voiceless  stops  {p,  t,  f,  resp.).  For  a  discussion  of  these  words 
the  student  may  be  referred  to  Groth  ^J598— 99,  106,  122,  or 
Poestion  §41,  44  II.  b.  47,  2  b.     Note  the  difference  in  pronuncia- 


5Ynn0t)c   Solbaffcn  93 

OQ  fagbe:  "2)et  er  iffe  mtg,  bet  er  Tlov  mm,  font  gi0r 
bet!  og  ©ccmiinb,  gaberen,  ftob  til  hsn  ene  ©ibe  og  fafto* 
be  ^orniccffe  i)0\t  op,  ']aa  8ft)erne  traf  bcm  tit  fig,  brebte 
hornet  uh  Oder  fom  en  ^oage,  —  og  bette  ft)nteg  f)am  un' 
bertigt,  at  Corner  funbe  ffi)be  fig  ub  ooer  ol  §immel.  5 
3}n  'i)an  faa  ncbooer  paa  ©oemunb  felt),  blco  benne  faa 
liben,  faa  liben,  at  f)an  tilfibft  na?ftcn  i!fe  fom  op  ob^ 
Sorben,  men  enbba  foftebe  l^an  ©ccffene  r)0iere  og  f)0iere 

og  fagbe:    "@i0r  mig  bet  efter,  bu!" Songt 

Borti  Sft)crnc  ftob  ^irfen,  og  ben  Iijfe  ^oue  paa  Sotbaf-  lo 
fen  ftob  Qppi  hornet  og  oiftebc  mcb  ct  r0bgult  Soniniet0r» 
ftccbe  i  ben  ene  ^aanb  og  en  Safmebog  i  ben  anben  og 
fagbe:  "§ib  fommer  bu  iffe,  f0r  bu  l^ar  lagt  af  at  '{laa^ 
og  banbe,"  —  og  ba  l^an  ftulbe  fe  tit,  faa  bar  bet  iffe 
^irfcn,  men  Solbaffen,  og  ©olen  ftob  ftig  paa  alte  is 
^unbre  9?uber,^  at  tjan  fif  onbt  i  0inene  og  maatte  luffe 
bem  l^Qorbt  i. 

"S^arlig,  borlig,  ©a?nninb!"  I^^rte  'i)an  og 

baognebe  fom  af  en  Shimmer  oeb,  at  \)an  bteo  baaren, 
og  bo  fjan  fao  fig  om,  bar  Ijan  fommet  inbi  ©tuen  paa  20 
©ranlibcn;  en  ftor  ^Ib  brocnbte  pao  @ruen,  Tlobeven 


tion  between  paa  §ug  (^uf),  'squatting  on  the  ground,'  (fomitte  i) 
§ug  (^u),  'remember,'  and  §ug  (§ugg)  It,  'cut,  slash.'  To  avoid 
ambiguity  it  is  now  common  to  write  §U  and  §ugg  for  the  last  two. 
The  first  is  best  written  ^uf.  ^og  ©olcil  ftob  l"lig  paa  aUe 
l^unbre  SJltbcr,  the  sun  shone  so  on  its  hundred  panes  of  glass,  literally 
'all  (the)  hundred  panes.'  Observe  the  colloquial  connective  adverb 
fon  in:  og  bo  \^a\\  ffiilbc  fe  til,  \aa  Max  bet  iffe  Sirfen,  which  serves 
to  connect  more  closely  the  two  clauses. 


94  SYtttt0pe5oIbaFFctt 

[tob  Dcb  ©ibcn  nf  ijam  og  ora^b;  J^abcrcn  too  ji'ft  op  nn- 
bcr  f)am,  —  f)an  Dilbe  tiaTc  f)ani  tub  i  et  (Sibcfammcr. 
2)Q  flap  i^nbcrcn  fiam  fagbe  neb  igjen;  "ber  er  cnbiiu  2iD 
t  [)Qni!"  [agbe  f)Qn  meb  birrcnbe  ©temme  og  benb:e  [tg 
mob  9Kobercn.  5 

®enne  ub6r0b:  "3Sorf)crre  fijcerpe  mtg;  T)an  fer  op! 
')ti)ovbi0m,  Z'i)ovbi0vn\  Dclfignebc  @ut,  IjDab  ()Qr  be  gjort 
meb  big!  og  ^un  lubcbe  fig  neb  ober  f)Qm  og  [tr0g  ()an§ 
^inb,  men§  i^cnbeS  Xanrer  falbt  bnrme  paa  fjans  5ln)"{gt. 
©ocmunb  bar  oppi  0iet  meb  ben  ene  SGrme,  flt)tiebe  \aa  lo 
33?oberen  Blibt  til  ©ibe: 

"Sob  mig  ligefoo  gobt  toge  f)am  ftroB,"^  fagbe  f)an. 
Og  ^an  tog  bel  op  unber  Ijan^  ©fulbre  meb  hm  ene 
^oanb,  libt  nebcnfor  Striggen  meb  ben  nnben  — :     '\§oIb 
paa  ^oDcbet,  bu  Tlov,  om  f)Qn  iffe  ffulbe  ()QDe  ^raft  til  i5 
at  Beer e  btf^." 

^un  gif  foran  og  l^ofbt  paa  .t'obcbet,  ©crmnnb  f0gtc 
at  fomme  i  ©fribt  mob  fjcnbe,  og  fnnrt  laa  Hlwvbj^vu  paa 
©engen  i  bet  onbet  hammer,     ©fter  at  be  nu  fjabbe  brcbt 
oner  fiam  og  logt  'i)am  nef  til  rette,  [purte  ©oemunb,  om  20 
©uttcn  bar  fommen  a\  ©aarbe. 

"S)er  fer  bu  finm!"  [agbe  93?obcrcn  og  pcgebe  ub. 
©cemunb  aafincbe  3Sinbnet  og  raabte  ub: 


'Sob  mig  ligefaa  gobt  tage  Ijam  \txaU.  This  is  a  confusion  of  two 
expressions,  jcg  fail  ligcfflo  gobt  tagc  ^am  [traTs  and  lab  mig  tage 
l^om.  2ojjt  l^aii  itfe  [fulbc  ^atie  Sraft  til  at  boere  bet,  a  contracted 
sentence  in  which  the  easily  supplied  principal  clause  is  omitted, 
very  common  in  Norwegian. 


5Ynn0rcSoIbaPfcn  95 

"(Jr  bit  frcmme  om  cii  Jtimc,  ffal  bit  fan  bin  ?fQr§l0n 
to  0nngc;  —  bet  er  bet  famme,  om  bii  fprcenger  .<§e[tcn." 

^an  gif  alter  bort  til  ©engcn,  3;5orbi0rn  'iaa  paci 
fiain  meb  [tore,  flare  0ine,  gaberen  maatte  fe  :pao  bem,  og 
ba  begt)nbtc  fjang  at  fugteS.  5 

"^eg  Dibi'te,  hd  Dilbe  enbe  ftig,"  fngbe  f)an  fagte, 
Dcnbte  fig  og  gif.  SOcoberen  fab  paa  en  ^mt  inbe  beb 
'S0nneng  gibber  og  gra?b,  men  ^un  talte  i!fe. 

^f)orbi0rn  bilbe  tale,  men  fian  f0lte,  bet  folbt  fig 
tnngt,  bcrfor  tang  Ijan.    93?en  ban  fao  paa  3)^oberen  uaf-  lo 
brnbt,  og  2)?oberen  baObe  albrig  fet  flig  @{an^  i  i)an^ 
'0ine,  f)elkv  albrig  l^abb^  be  tsccvct  \aa  fagre,  f)DiIfet  fi)n- 
tc§  fienbe  et  ftemt  ^orbnb. 

"@nb  ;§erren  ban  i)\<x\pQ  big  \"  ^  braft  bet  enbelig  ub; 
"jcg  beb,  at  ©amunb    Delter    oberenbc    ben   Sag,    bn  i5 
gaar".''^ 

^borbi0rn  faa  paa  l^enbe  meb  ubcbo^geligt  0ie  og  3ln- 
figt.  23Iiffet  for  lige  igjenncm  bcnbe,  og  bun  begt)nbte 
at  hcbe  fit  gti^erbor  for  l-)am;  tbi  bun  tcenfte,  tjan  fun 
IjaVibe  libt  igfen.  3Wen§  bun  ba  fab  ber,  ranbt  bd  benbe  20 
i  ©inb,*  bt'or  fjcer  bcm  fremfor  nogen  bobbe  bceret  af  bem 
alle,  og  nn  bor  ber  ingen  af  ©0ffenbene  fjani  bjemme. 


'®lll)  §'-'l^i^''»  ^1"  tfioilpe  big.  Note  the  pleonastic  use  of  the 
pronoun,  resumig  a  subject  which  immediately  precedes.  This  is 
rather  rare  in  present  speech.  On  the  frequent  pleonastic  pronoun 
at  the  end  of  a  sentence,  however,  se  above  p.  17,  note  5.  ^i>ll  Qaav, 
leave  us,  die.  3gabcrttor=5aber  »or.  The  Lord's  prayer  begins 
thus  in  Norwegian,  not  SSot  ^iber.    ■•i  (5inb=t  (Sinbe. 


96  Syntt^'fcSoIbaPfcn 

5tf  f)un  ha^  ^uh  op  til  Soeteren  efter  ^^ngrib  og  en  tjngre 
58rober,  fom  [an  igjert  og  fatte  fig  ber  fom  f0r.  §nn  faa 
enbnii  Ijoa  ^enbe,  og  ^liffet  t)ar  Fienbe  en  ®alme[ang,  ber 
f0rte  l^enbe^  ^tonfcr  milbelig  inb  i  be  bebre  Xing,  eg 
gomle  ^ngebi0rg  6Ieb  nnbQgt5>fuIb,  tog  23ibclcn  frem  og  5 
[agbe:  "9hi  oil  jeg  locfe  hiiit  for  big,  at  bii  fan  I)nde  bet 
gobt."  ®a  f)im  ingen  93riUer  Ijabbc  for  .^oanben,  flog 
l^un  0^  et  Steh,  fom  bun  omtrent  funbe  ubcnab,  fra  f)\m 
bar  ^ige,  og  bet  bar  af  ^sobannc§'§  GDangcIinm.  .<gun 
bar  iffe  t)if§  pao,  ot  Ijcin  b0rtc  benbe;  tbi  ^an  bar  ubebir*  lo 
geltg  fom  f0r,  fttrrebe  blot  ^oa  benbe;  men  f)un  Icefte  bog, 
om  tffe  for  bant,  fao  for  fig  felb. 

!5ngrib  fom  fnart  f)iem  for  at  bt)tte  meb  b^nbe;  men 
bo  fob  ^borbi0rn.     ^ngrib  grceb  iiben  Gnbc;  ijnn  babbe 
begt)nbt  meb  bet,  f0r  bw»  gif  fro  ©ccteren;  t^i  ^un  tcenfte  is 
paa  (St)nn0be,  fom  intet  fif  at  bibe.  — 

9iu  fom  Softorcn  og  unberf0gte  f)am. 

^an  bc»bbe  faact  ct  ^libftif  i  Sibcn,  bar  ogfaa  ellerS     ^ 
bleben  ffagen,  men  2!oftoren  fagbc  intet,  og  ber  bar  in^ 
gen,  font  fpurte  l)am.  20 

®a?munb  fulgte  b^itn  inb  i  (Si)gcftuen,  ftob  ber  og  fort 
uofbrubt  paa  ^oftorenS  5fnfigt,  gif,  ha  l-)an  gif,  bi'ilp 
bam  op  i  ^ariolen  og  tog  til  .<gucn,  ha  Softoren  fagbc,  at 
ban  fom  igjen  Sogen  efter.  <Baa  benbte  f)an  fig  mob  ^o- 
nen,  fom  l^abbe  fulgt  meb:  25 

"92aar  hen  Tlanh  iffe  taler,  er  het  farligt;"  TjanS 

'iJif  l^UU  t)fl.     See  note  3,  p.  6. 


5Ynn0pc5oIbaffctt  97 

Tlnnb  Iioet)rebe,  l)an  floo  ben  cne  gob  omfring  ben  anben 
og  gif  bovt  oucr  2)Zarfcn. 

^ngen  dibfte,  ^t)or  Ijan  bkt)  af;  t^t  oan  font  iffe 
f)iem  ben  Stoelb,  I)eIIer  iffe  om  9?Qtten,  men  f0r[t  ben 
ncefte  aJtorgen,  og  ba  fijnteS  i^on  faa  m^rf,  at  tngen  turbe    5 
lP0rge  fjam  onx  noget.    ©ciD  fngbe  fjan:     "9tu?"' — 

"§Qn  f)ar  [oDct/'  fuarebe  Sngrib;  "men  I)Qn  er  faa 
mQgte§l0^,  at  f)Qn  iffe  fan  l0fte  en  ;gQonb." 

goberen  btlbe  inb  for  at  fe  til  fjom,  men  denbte,  ba 
f)an  fom  til  20rcn.  lo 

Softoren  t)av  ber,  ligefom  2)Qgen  efter  og  flere  2)nge 
i  S0rge;  2^orbi0rn  funbe  tale,  men  fif  iffe  2ot)  til  at 
r0re  [ig. 

'^^ngrib  \ab  font  ofteft  I^oS  Ijam,^  ogfoa  9Woberen  og 
1)an§  minbre  Prober;  men  ^on  fpurtc  bem  iffe  om  noget,  15 
og  be  iffe  l^am. 

gabercn  Mv  albrig  inbe.^  Sette  fan  be,  at  ben  ft)ge 
lagbc  a)ierfe  til;  I^ber  ©ong  2!0ren  gif  op,  BfeD  f)an  op- 
merffom,  og  be  trobc,  bet  maotte  Pcrre,  forbi  I^an  DCU' 
tcbe  gabcrcn.  20 

Jilfibft  fpurte  ^ngrib  tjom,  om  fjan  iffe  gjerne  oilbe 
fe  ffere  af  bem. 

"STa,  be  Pil  Pel  iffe  fe  mig,"  fParebe  r}nn. 

'^ctte.    BIcP    fagt  ©trmnnb,  fom  ingcnting  fPnrcbe 
ftrofg;  men  bm  Sag  Par  f^an  Borte,  ba  Softoren  fom.  25 
©00  fnart  Softorcn  fom  et  ©tt)ffe  pao  Sanbebeien,  traf 

IS"?!!?  J<^^//.^  but  not  quite  so  abrupt.     ^\om  0\te\t,  say  usually.    Hnbe 
=in  the  sick-room. 
7— ©tjnn^tje  ©otfcatfen. 


98  5Ynn0PcSoIbaffcn 

f)an  ©crmunb,  ber  fob  paa  35ctfantcn  og  fcntcbc  l^am. 

(Jrtcr  at  ija'oe  f^ilfct  f)cim,  fpurte  Socmunb  om  [in  S0n. 
"§nn  er  ilbe  mcbfarcn,"  nor  bet  forte  Sbor.  — 
"©tacir  f)nn  fig?"  fpnrte  ©ccmuiib  og  rctlebe  pna 

c<pcftcn§  ©cibelgjorb.  —  5 

"Zaf,  ben  fibber  nof  faa  cjobt,"  fngbe  S'oftorcn.  — 

";rcn  Uar  ift'e  ftrnm  iiof,"  fnarcbe  Sccmitub. 

®er  opftob  en  liben  ©tiUjeb,  f)tiort  3^oftoren  fan 
pan  f)am;  men  Socmunb  ar6cibebe  ibrig  meb  (Srciet  Oi] 
faa  iffc  op.  10 

"^n  fpurte,  om  inn  ftob  fig;^  jeg  tror  nof  bet," 
fagbe  2)oftoren  langfomt. 

8ccmunb  faa  raff  op.     "©r  bet  til  Sib?"  fpurte  fian. 

"S)et  f)ar  bet  Dccret  i  flere  Sage,"  fuarcbc  Softoren. 

S}a  piplebe  ber  nogle  Xaarcr  frcm  i  0inene  paa  Sir-  15 
munb;  fian  f0gte  at  tagc  bem  oocf,  men  be  fom  igien. 

"Set  er  ogfaa  en  ©fam,  ftig  jeg  f)oIber  af  ben  &nt' 
ten,"  fjiffebe  fjan;  "men  fer  bu,  Softor:  ftautere  ^arl  l^ar 
ber  iffe  Po'rct  i  ^rcftegjoclbetl" 

Softoren  6Ien  r0rt:     "^Porfor  Ijar  bu  iffe  f0r  PiKct  20 
Pibc  noget?"  — 

"^eg  l^ar  iffe  boeret  gob  til  at  r}0re  bet,""'  fnarebe 
©amunb  og  f)abbe  cnbnu  et  Stra?b  mcb  ©raabcn,  fom 
()an  iffe  funbe  true  neb,  —  "og  faa  bar  bet  be  ^binbfolf," 

Htob  is  here  subjunctive,  at  ftaa  fici=to  pull  through.  ^Uc  gob  tif 
at  l)0rc  bet,  not  able  to  hear  it,  could  not  stand  to  etc.  See  Modern 
Language  Notes  1901,  p.  376. 


SynniziDcSoIbaffen  99 

forlfaitc  f)an ;  "be  ]aa  f^ber  0ang  efter,  om  jeg  [purte,  og 
ba  funbe  jcg  bet  iffe."^ 

Softoren  gob  fjam  ^ib  til  at  fomme  [ig,  og  bo  foa 
©cEmunb  faft  paa  ^om.  "goar  f)an  ^elfen  fin  igjen?" 
fpurtc  f)an  ^iliibielig.  —  5 

"^an  en  9Si§;  ellerS  fan  fligt  enbnu  i!fe  [ige§  meb 
©ifferl^eb." 

®Q  Bleb  ©cemunb  rolig  og  eftertcenffom.     "^ao  en 
9Si'3,"  mumlebe  f)an.    ^on  ftob  og  [ao  neb,  Softoren 
bilbe  iffe  forftgrre  ()am,  forbi  ber  bar  noget  beb  ben  lo 
SWonb,  font  forb0b  bet. 

^lubi'elig  r0ftebe  ©cemunb  ^obebet  i  SSeiret;    "Zaf 
for  llnbcrremingen,"  fagbe  l^an,  rofte  ^aanben  frem  og  • 
gif  tillage. 

^aa  famme  ;^ib  fab  ^ngrib  l^oS  ben  foge.     "Gr  bn  15 
gob  til  ot  f)0re  paa,  faa  ffal  jeg  fortcelle  big  noget  om 
gar,"  fagbe  ^un.  — 

"i^ortoel/'  fagbe  'i)an.  — 

"^0,  ben  f0rfte  H'belben  ^oftoren  l^obbe  bceret  l^er, 
fom  'ts-av  baf,  og  ingen  bibfte,  f3bor  'i)an  bar.     30'Jen  ha  20 
r}abbe  fian  bceret  ober  i  33rt)IInt)§gaarben,  og  ber  bar  alt 

'be  faa  titer  ©ang  efter,  om  jeg  fpurte,  og  t)a  fuube  jeg  bet  iffe. 
Note  the  office  of  bet  first  as  a  conjunctive  predicate,  second,  as  a 
sut)stitutory  or  'resumptive'  pronoun,  resuming  the  idea  of  the 
antecedent,  here  ot  fVPtge.  In  English  if  the  verb  is  'to  be'  this 
may  be  expressed  by  'so'  or  'that'  but  generally  the  verb  stands 
alone,  if  the  verb  is  some  other  verb  than  'to  be,'  then  the  idea  may 
generally.be  resumed  by 'do  so'  or  'do  it'  e.  g.  here,  but  then  I  could 
not  do  it.  In  Norwegian  as  in  French  the  'resumptive'  pronoun  is 
sufficient,  of.  Fr.  'je  ne  le  pouvait  pas.'    Cf.  also  p.  32,  note  2. 


100  SYntiJ'fe   SoIbaPFcn 

5oIf  Blebet  tibe  beb,^  ba  ^an  fom.  ^an  fiabbe  fat  fig  neb 
blanht  bem  og  britffet,  og  33rubgommen  f)ar  foriolt,  at 
Ijan  trobe,  f)ctn  fom  Fialdt  ^aa  cu  Stani.  Xa  f0r[t  be* 
gtjtibte  f)Qn  at  [p0rge  eftcr  ©Iag§moaIet  og  fif  n^iagtig 
93ef!eb  om,  Ipovlehe^  het  mt  gaat  til.  ^nub  fom  til;  5 
gar  bilbe,  1}  an  jTuIbe  forta-IIe,  og  gif  ub  ^aa  ©aarbcn 
til  ©tebet,  T)t)or  :o  ^jaDbe  bragcbc^^.  3rit  golf  fulgte. 
^nub  fortalte  ha  om,  f)DorIebc§  bu  t)at}be  faret  mcb  ()am, 
cfter  at  h\\  fiaHbc  lamffaat  t)an§  .^aanb;  men  ha  ^nub 
iffe  bilbe  forta'IIc  mere,  reifte  <^or  fig  og  fpurte,  om  bet  10 
bar  faalebeg,  bet  |  i  b  e  n  gif  til,  —  og  i  hd  famnic  tog 
I)an  ^nub  ober  Sringen,  lettet  l^am  og  lagbe  l^om  neb 
XK\a  ben  Stenf)el(e,  fom  enbnu  hav  33Iob  efter  big.  ^an 
Iplht  l-jam  neb  mcb  fin  benftre  .*5aanb  og  traf  fin  ,^nit)  op 
meb  hen  f)0ire;  Stmih  ffiftcbe  ^arbe,  og  alle  Oijcftcr  taug.  15 
S)a  dar  ber  golf,  fom  faa  gar  gro^be,  men  l-)an  gjorbc  iffe 
^nub  noget.  S^nub  fciD  r^rte  fig  iffe.  gtir  reifte  fan 
^nub  o\)  igfen,  men  lagbe  Oam  en  Stnnb  efter  after  neb; 
"hei  er  tungt  at  ]iippe  big,"  fagbe  f^an  og  ftob  og  ftirrebc 
paa  l)am,  men§  r)an  tjolht  t)am.  20 

3^0  gamie  ^oner  gif  forM,  og  af  bem  fagbe  ben  cne: 
"§nff  nu  bel  paa  9?0rnene  bine,  hu  SaMintnb  ©ranlibcn!" 
S)e  fortoeller,  at  '^av  \tvaU  flap  ^nb,  og  at  I^an  en 
©tunb  cfter  bar  13orte  fra  ©aarben;  men  ^nub  brog  fig 
()n§imeircm  beef  fra  93n3nnbbet  og  fom  iffe  bib  mere.        25 

9iebbe  bar  ^ngrib  forbig  mcb  benne  J^-orcrlliiig,  f0f 
2!0ren  aabnebeS,  en  faa  inb,  og  bet  bar  gaberen. .   ^un 

'bletoet  itbe  Deb,  become  ill  at  ease. 


S>inn(fve   Solbolfcn  101 

gif  ftroB  uh,  og  Sccmunb  torn  inh.  ^\iab  be  to  talte 
om,  fif  ingen  bibe;  SWobcren,  fom  ftob  op  efter  2)0ren  for 
at  It)e,  trobe  bog  engong  at  f)ade  fanget,  at  be  tolte  o.m, 
l^bor  t)ibt  ^on  funbe  fao  ^elfen  igjen  eller  ei.  Tien  E)uu 
bar  iffe  t)i|§  ^ao  bet,  nilbe  fieller  tffe  gaa  inb,  foa  Icenge  5 
©ccmunb  Dor  ber. 

S)a  ©cvmunb  fom  uh,  bar  l^t^n  meget  blib  og  libt  r0b 
i  0inenc. 

"$8i  BeF)oIbe  fiam  nof",  fngbe  ^nn  t  i^orbigaaenbe  tif 
^ngel)i0rg;  "men  3Sorl^erre  beb,  om  f)an  mere  faar  fin  'O' 
^elfe  igien." 

vsngeBi0rg  Begt)nbte  at  grcebe  og  fitlgte  SO^onben  nb; 
paa  'Stahhuv^tvappcn  ^  fatte  be  fig  beb  ©iben  a\  l^ber- 
onbre,^  og  mongt  bleb  nu  talt  mellem  be  to. 

Wen  ha  ^ngrib  fogte  fom  inb  igjen  til  Xf)orBi0rn,  15 
Ian  t)an  meb  en  liben  ©ebbel  t  ben  ene  §aanb  og  fagbe 
rolig  og  langfomt:     "3^en  faar  bu  lebere  ©t)nn0be,  ncefte 
@ang  bu  trceffer  (jenbe." 

3)a  ^ngrib  fiabbe  Iirft,  f)'oab  ber  ftob  paa  ben,  benbte 
})un  fig  om  og  groeb;  tt)t  paa  Sebbelcn  ftob:  20 


'Stabbur,  storehouse  for  food,  built  on  piles  or  staves  hence  the 
name,  which  comes  from  ©taf=bur.  ^Note  ^tJeranbtC  used  of  tvvo 
persons.  Stricter  usage  would  be  l)t»eronben  as  reciprocal  pronoun 
referring  to  two  persons,  and  ^Oerailbte  referring  to  more  than  two. 
This  distinction  is,  however,  at  present  largely  only  a  theoretical 
one,  and  not  observed  in  the  spoken  language.  ^Ucranbre  is  much 
more  common  than  ^inanben. 


102  SYnn0uc  SoIbaPFcn 

"^tl  belagtebe  ^ige  ^)^nu0\)e  @uttorm§bQtter, 

©olbaf  !en ! 

S'Jaar  S)u  Jiaber  Iceft  biSfe  fiinier,  faor  bet  nt  t^an-e 
forbi  mellem  o§  to.^  S()i  jeg  er  iffe  ben,  fom  bu  jial  (joue. 
S^orl^erre  boere  meb  o§  Begge  to.  5 

Z^ovhi0tn  ©cemunbi'en,  ©ronliben". 


'9?aar  ®n  l^aber  loeft  etc.     The  note  is  in  formal  style  (as  ^nDer, 
faar  bet  at  bare). 


Sj'cttc  So^iitcL 

(St)nn0t)e  fja'cc  faat  bibc  bet  om  SJogcn,  efter  at 
Zi)ovb}0vn  i)a\)he  Dcrrct  t  SSroUuppet.  ^anS  Qngrc  23ro- 
bcr  Dcir  fommen  bib  op  til  Scctcrcn  mcb  93ubfcnbino  om 
bet;  men  ^ngrib  i)a'ohe  fot  t  ^am  iibe  i  ©Dolen,  netop  fom 
l)an  gif,  og  fjiin  Ijanbc  giDet  r)Qm,  l^bnb  Tjon  [fulbe  btrce  5 
frem.  ®t)nn0t)e  bibfte  berfor  iffe  mere,  enb  at  Xijot' 
Iij0rn  l^Qbbc  fj0irt  2(r§|ct  oderenbe,  og  at  \)an  berfor  Dor 
tagen  op  til  9iorbf)oug  efter  ^joelp;  at  ^mih  og  i^on  ber 
bar  fomne  i  $ob/  og  ^l^or&j^rn  bar  fommen  libt  til 
(Sfabe;  f)Qn  Ian,  men  bet  bar  iffe  farligt.  lo 

^Qttc  bor  en  flig  2;ibenbe,  at  3onn0be  bleb  mere 
f)arm  enb  Bebr0bet.  £)g  jo  mere  i^un  to'nffe  paa  bettc, 
bc5  mere  mobfalben  bleb  f)un.  ."^bor  megct  ^an  lobebe, 
faa  ffulbe  i)an  bog  I3a?re  fig  fHg  ab,  at  gorcclbrene  fif  no^ 
get  at  fige  pao  l^am.  9}ten  be  ffulbe  nu  iffe  fro  I)beran-  is 
brc^  alligebel,  toenfte  St)nn0be. 

Ser  gif  iffe  mange  33ub  op  til  Socteren,  og  berfor 
brt)gbe§  bet,  f0r  3i)nn0be  fif  anbcn  ^ibcnbc.     Ubic^fjebcn 
[agbc  fig  tungt  paa  Sinbct,  og  ^sugrib  fom  iffe  op  igjen, 
faa  ber  maatte  bcere  noget  paafcerbe.    $un  bar  iffe  gob  20 
til  at  fgnge  STrcatnrerne  fijem  om  ^belben,  fom  l^wn  f0c 


^ot  Snub  og  ^an  ber  >jor  fomne  i  ^oD.   See  note  2,  p.  19.    ^ijtxv 
ouure.    See  Note  2,  p.  101. 

(108) 


104  Synn^tje   Solbaffen 

f)Qt)be  GJort,  og  ^iin  [ob  iffe  Qoht  om  9?aitcu,  ha  Ijun  [nl3- 
nebc  ^ngrib. 

2)ette  Qjorbe,  at  Ijun  Dor  troet  om  2)agen,  og  berDeb 
Bleb  tffe  ©inbet  lettere.  ^un  gif  og  [tellebe,  ffurcbe  ^'iW' 
gcr  og  ^o|.iber,  tjftebe  Cit  og  lagbe  9)?clf  op,  men  bet  bar  5 
ne;ipc  meb  ©fcrbe,  og  2:;()orl)j0rn§  ijngre  33rober  famt  bcii 
aubcn  05iit  fom  i)c\\jhc  C^jcrtflcn  [nmmen  meb  i)am,  fi)iite§ 
mi  nt  fan  3Sif§]^eb  for,  at  bcr.mantte  bcrrc  nogct  meUem 
Oenbe  og  3:r)orbj0rn,  Ijimh  bcr  gab  bcm  ©mnc  lil  maiigcit 
©amlale  oppi  SJiarfcn.^  lo 

'Dm  ©ftermibbagcn  \)aa  ben  ottcnbc  ^Dag,  efter  at 
^ngrib  bar  Tjentet  f)iem,  fynteS  bet  at  liggc  ti)iigrc  obcr 
fienbc  enb  nogcnnnbc. 

9cu  bar  \aa  lang  !tib  rimbcit,  og  cubmi  iiigcii  libeii' 
be.    .^un  forlob  [it  ^frbeibe  for  at  fa?tte  fig  og  fe  uh  ober  15 
93t)gben,  ha  bette  funics  tjcnbe  ct  oIag§  ScIffaO,  og  T)un 
nu  iffe  bilbe  bffre  aefne. 

©om  fjun  fab,  Cteb  Oitn  tro't,  lagbe  .Ciobebct  neb 
ober  fin  5rrm  og  falbt  ftraB  i  ®0bn;  men  3ofen  ftaf,  og 
bet  6Ieb  en  urolig  S0bn.  ^nn  bar  ober  paa  SoUmffen,  20 
ober  paa  hQt  Soft,  l^i^or  r)enbe§  ^ing  ftob,  og  f)bor  t)Hn 
pfeicbe  at  fobe;  23romfterne  fra  .<c>abcn  bar  ftig  fager  Suft 
op,  ffi0nt  iffe  ben,  f)un  bar  bant  tit,  men  en  anben,  noeften 
fom  af  2bng. 

^boraf  fommer  bet  hct?^  tcrnfte  bun  og  b0icbe  .<po=  25 
bebet  uh  ober  bet  aalmc  33inbu.     ^0,  foo  ftob  Z^oth\0vn 

'§bab  hex  gat)  etc      Observe  relative  f)»ob  ber  for  ^ttilfet.     See 
note  1,  p.  71.    *4>*'0'^of  tommer  Ocl  bet?  what  can  that  come  from? 


5Ynti0oc   Solbaffcn  105 

nebe  i  fatten  og  i^Iantebe  St)ng.  "Tien,  fjcere  big/  l^bor^ 
for  gi0r  bu  bette?"  fpurte  f)un.  "2la,  be  33Iomi"ter  bil 
iffe  boffe,"  fagbe  fjon  og  gif  og  ftellebe  nebe  i  ^aben. 
S)a  giorbe  bet  f)enbe  onbt  for  ^iom\teme^  og  l^un  Bab 
15am  enbeltg  at  have  bem  op  ti(  Jienbe  tgjen.  '"^a,  bet  5 
fan  ieg  gjerne  gi0rc/'  fagbe  ^an,  og  foa  famlebe  I)an  bem 
op  og  fom  meb  bem;  men  bet  bar  nof  i!fe  paa  Softet,  ^ 
^\m  fab,  for  r)on  funbe  gaa  Itge  tnb  til  f^enbe.  Sa  fom 
9[>;obcren  i  bet  famme.  "^  ^efu  9^aDn!*  ©fal  ben  ftt)gge 
©ranlibgut  fomme  inb  til  big?"  fagbe  9?ioberen,  fprang  lo 
tif  og  ftitlebc  fig  mibt  i  3Seien  for  fiam.  90?cn  1)an  bilbe 
inb  alligebcl,  og  nu  Begt)nbte  be  to  at  Brt)be§.  "Tlov, 
SWor,  ^an  bil  bare  inb  igjen  meb  3?romfternc  mine,"  bah 
(Si3nn0t)e  og  gro'b,  "^a,  bet  Fiial^er  iffe,"  fagbe  TlobC' 
ren  og  16r0b  paa.  £)g  ®t)nn0be  bar  faa  ro'b,  faa  ro'b,  is 
for  f)un  bibftc  iffe,  T^bem  f)nn  bitbc  I)abe  til  at  binbe;  men 
tabe  ffnibe  ingen  af  bem.  ^  "2:;ag  i  25are  Slomfterne  mi' 
ne!"  raabte  f)nn,  men  be  Br0b  nn  barre  paa  enb  f0r,  og  be 
bafre  93fomfter  ftr0be§  ub  oberalt.  2)?oberen  traabte  paa 
bem,  og  T^an  ogfaa;  ®t)nn0be  grab.  Tien  ba  !jr)orbi0rn  20 
I^ibbe  ftnppet  23Iomftcrne,  bleb  Ijan  faa  fti)g,  faa  fti)g, 
^aaret  boffebe  paa  f)am,  ^fnfigtet  ogfaa,  0incne  faa  onbt, 
og  lange  ^f0r  fatte  f)an  i  9Woberen.     "SSogt  big,  Tlovl 

'9Keu  fjoere  big,  l^Dorfor  etc.,  but,  my  dear/  why  etc.  S^ig  is  here 
disjunctive,  1.  e.  fjitrc  big=ficEre  bu— bu  fjcere.  ^^a  gjorbe 
bet  l^enbe  onbt  etc.  ©jiJre  tv  onbt  for  uogen,  noget=to  be  pained 
on  account  of,  be  sorry  for.  Hxoi  means  here  'after  all,  really.'  *^ 
^i\\x  S'Jatili,  say  For  Heaven' s  sake!  ^lueu  tabe  ffufbe  tugeil  af  bem, 
why  this  order  here? 


106  SYttn^DC   SoIbafPcn 

©er  hu  iffe,  bet  er  en  anbcn,  —  t)OQt  big!"  jTrcg  ^im  og 
bilbc  f)en  og  Ojoclpc  9Kobcren,  men  foni  iffc  af  gl^ffen. 
2!a  raobte  nogen  |.ina  ^cnbc,  og  bet  vaabte  en  ©ang  til. 
Tien  ftrofS  for  !i£f)orl3i0rn  beef,  SO?obcren  ogfaa;  bet  raafite 
en  @ang  tif.  5 

"^al"  fngbe  St)nn0be  og  baagnebe. 

"®t)nn0Oe!"  ronfite  bet. 

"^q",  fborebe  l^un  og  [oa  op. 

"^bor  er  hu?"  fpurteS  ber. 

®et  er  9J?or,  fom  raa&er,  tccnfte  ©t)nn0be,  rcifte  [ig  lo 
og  gif  inbober  mob  (Soetcrbolben,  Tjbor  2)?obcrcn  ftob  mcb 
en  20b^  i  ben  ene  ;§aanb,  [fgggebe  for  fig  meb  ben  onben 
og  fcta  ub  imob  ficnbe. 

"^Qv  ligger  hn  og  fober  paa  ben  flettc  Tlaxhnl" 
fagbe  9??oberen.  15 

"^eg  Bleb  fan  f0bntg,"  fbarebe  (St)nn0be,  at  jeg  lagbe 
mig  mb  en  libcn  9?ib,  og  fan  bibfte  jeg  iffe  £)rbet  nf,  ^ 
f0r  jeg  bar  inbfobnet."  — 

"©ligt  moQ  bu  bogte  big  for,  SJornet  mit. ^er 

er  noget  til  big  i  20Ben;  jeg  Bogte  igaor,  ba  gar  ffol  pan  20 
Sangreife." 

2)?en  ©t)nn0be  f0lte  paa  fig,^  at  SWoberen  iffe  fom 

^20h  pron.  Si0p,  and  sometimes  so  written,  but  as  yet  more  often 
20h.  The  writing  with  p  is  more  correct  as  the  word  is  specifically 
Norwegian  and  not  also  Danish.  Thus  in  the  following  cases  the 
voiceless  stop  is  usual:  ©tu}j,  S3raaf,  SRcEpe,  ot  life,  fljcete,  fijte, 
33uffap,  ©ceter  etc.  See  Aars  g  5,  note.  ^OQ  faa  bibfte  jeg  ifte 
Drbet  of  etc.,  say:  I  did  not  know  before  I  had  fallen  asleep.  Observe 
the  idiom  ifte  at  bibc  Crbet  af.    ''paa  fig,  not  translated.    Cf.  Germ. 


Sviin^pc    Solbaffcn  107 

bcrfor,  OQ  fiuiT  tocnftc,  at  l^un  if!c  i^abhQ  br0mt  om  fienbc 
for  tnocn  itng.  ^aren,  faa  f)cb  SOcobcrcn,  oar,  fbm  f0r 
[agr,  libcn  og  fpinfel  of  33cfft,  f)Qt)be  iQft  ^aor  og  filaa 
0'me,  font  gif  jnare  t  ^oDebet.  $un  fmilte  libt,  nanr 
Fjim  talte,  men  bet  t^ar  blot,  luiar  fiun  tcilte  mcb  5rcm=  5 
mebfolf.  ,^GnbG§  ?fn)tgt  Dnr  nu  Blcbet  nogct  ffor^t,  f)iin 
far  rof!  i  fine  93et3ccgelfer  og  ^obbe  altib  trobelt  ^  —  ®t)u- 
n0t}e  taffcbe  ijenbe  for  ©aberne,  tog  op  Soaget  og  faa  cf- 
ter.  I)Uab  bet  'oav. 

"5fa,  gi0r  bet  en  anbcn  05ang,"  fagbe  iDJoberen;  lo 
"jcg  lagbe  Wede  til,  at  ^o^3t)erne  bine  tfte  bor  baffet 
cnbnu;  bet  maa  bu  :pa§fe  poa  at  gjjsfre,  Sarnet  mit,  f  0  r 
bu  tager  ^bite."  — 

"^0,  het  bar  bare  ibag." 

"^om  nu,  faa  faar  feg  incclpe  big  fibcn  jcg  alligebcl  15 
er  l^cr,"  fogbe  9??obcren  og  f!i0rtcbe  fig  op.     "®u  moa 
ba^nne  big  til  Drben,  enten  bu  gaar  unber  0'mem  mine 
eller  ci." 

^un  gif  forau  mob  9[)ZeIfefbaIen,  og  St)nn0be  lang- 
fomt  efter.    Xev  tog  be  uh  og  baffcbe  op;  90xobereu  foa  20 
eftcr  befe§  8tel  og  fanbt  but  iffe  libe,  gob  ibelig  3fnbi§« 
ning  og  fijalp  til  at  fcie  rent,  og  faalebeS  gif  en  3;ime  el- 
ler to  meb.^  .*§un  ^abbe  unber  5tr6eibet  fortalt  t)cnbe 


^Og  ^Ottbe  altib  traOelt.  Bjemson  employs  here,  as  not  infrequently, 
a  Danicism  at  lja\)e  trobelt.  The  Norwegian  requires  the  pronoun 
bet;  ot  I)aue  bot  traoelt  (as  German  e§  eilig  l^aben).  ^Q\t ....  nteb, 
passed  by,  a  popular  idiom. 


108  5Yntt0pe5olbaffcn 

om,  F)Dab  be  bred  mcb  ^jemme/  og  om,  l^dor  trnoeft  f)un 
I)at)be  bet^  nu,  f0r  fjun  fif  ga^^reu  a]  3Sci.  ®qo  fpurtc 
f)un  eftcr,  om  ®t)nnj2ibe  ^uffebc  at  la'fc  ©itb;5  Drb, 
f0r  f)un  laobe  [ig  om  Slbclben;  "for  bet  mnn  iffc  glcm- 
me§",  mcnte  f)un,  "ellcrS  gaar  5frBeibct  baarlig  ben  lurfte  5 
2)Qg." 

©oa  fnart  be  nu  imr  fccrbtgc,  gif  be  ub  |.ma  33o(ben  og 
fattc  fig  bar  for  at  dciite  ^jj^frenc.  Dg  font  be  iiu  Dct  ()aD= 
be  fat  fig,  fintrte  S)iobcreu  efter  -^>ngrib,  iicmlig,  om  I}nn 
iffe  fnart  fom  lil  3t0l§  igien.     Sonn0de  bibfte  iffe  mere  lo 
bcrom  enb  9JJoberen.     "^a,  flig  fan  't^-olt  fare,"  fagbe 
93?obcren,  og  Si^nn^be  forftob  nof,  at  bet  iffe  nar  ^sngrib 
f)un  mcnte;  t)nn  Dilbc  gjerne  Oabe  b0ict  b2t  na:f,  men  i)nn 
l^abbc  iffe  Wiob  tif  bet.     "Xm,  fom  albrig  fiar  9Sorf)erre 
i  ^jertet,  fian  finbcS  fomme  3:ibcr,  naar  T^an  minbft  ncn*  15 
tcr  bd,"  fagbe  9??obercn.     ©onn^de  fagbe  iffe  et  Orb. 
"9?ei,  bd  fiar  jeg  aliib  fagt,-^  ben  (Ahit  Bliucr  bcr  ingcn= 
ting  af.  —  Gnb  at  fare  f(ig,  fi)!"  —  ^e  fab  Begge  paa 
$ng  ber  og  faa  neboner;  men  be  faa  iffe  paa  TjHeranbre. 
"j^ar  bn  f}0rt,  fidorlebeS  bet  ftaar  til  mcb  f)am?"  fpnrte  20 
SKobercn  og  faa  nu  fort  paa  f)Qnbe.  —  "9?ei,"  fDarebe 


'f)t)ab  tc  brcO  mcb  l)jcmiiic,  what  they  were  doing  at  home,  ©riue  mcb 
is  here  eliptical  for  briUe  paa  mcb,  'to  be  doing,  be  engaged  in.' 
The  verb  britie  is  often  weakened  to  a  sort  of  'durative  auxiliary' 
e.  g.  ®e  brct)  og  orbcibebe,  'they  kept  on  working.'  ^\)'oox  trnDert 
:^oii  l^aDbc  bet.  See  note  3,  p.  10.  ^D^ct,  bet  I)nr  jec]  altib  fagt. 
A  colloquial  use  of  the  negative  and  affirmative  adverbs  r.ci  and  jo. 
Here  negative  corresponding  to  the  negative  of  the  following  clause 
—  iligeilttitg.    There  is  no  fixed  usage,  however,  as  to  this. 


Sytt n0Dc   SolbaFFcn  109. 

®r)nii0be.  —  "Set  ffal  cccre  boarliat  meb  fiam,"  [acjbe 
33?oberen.     (Sonn0De  bcgtjnbte  at  bliDe  trang  for  93rt}ftet. 
"®r  bet  bo  forlicjt?"  [purtc  [)uu.  —  "%a,  bet  I3ar  im 
^Ttidftiffct  i  Siben ;  —  ja,  l^an  fif  nof  flcnime  Slag  oa= 
foa."     Sr)nn0uc  f0ltc,   l)un  I)IcD  bluvfcnbe  r0b;  iimhi    5 
denbte  f)un  fig  mere  bort,  for  at  SPcoberen  iffe  f!iilbe  faa 
fe  f)enbc.     "^o,  bd  l)at  t)cl  i!fe  noget  bibere  paa  fig  at 
figc?"MpHrtc  Iniu  fna  rolig,  fom  I)un  bar  g^b  til;  men 
a)?oberen  i)ai)bQ  lag:  9}tcrfe  tif,  at  t)cubc§  23ri)ft  gi!  fterft, 
og  berfor  ft)orebe  ^un:     "5ra  iici,  iffe  bet  fjcller."     2!a  lo 
beg^nbtc  St)nn0t)c  at  anc,  f}cr  maatte  bcere  uoget  nieget 
gait  paafcerbe.  "^an  liggcr?"  fpurte  ijun.  —  "'^a,  ^or'5, 
\-)an  ligger.  —  Xot  er.  Synb  ^laa  goroclbrcne,  "^  flige  brabe 
golf,  be  er.     @obt  opbragcn  cr  f)an  ogfaa,  faa  3Sor()C'rre 
l^ar  ingcn  2:ing  at  frcrnc  bcm  for."    ®r)nn0t)c  bleb  nu  faa  15 
beftemt,  ot  i)un  iffe  Oibftc  fine  9?aab;^  bo  fortfatte  WlO' 
beren:     "9iu  bifer  bet  fig  nof  at  bare  brab/  at  ingeu  er 
bunben  til  batn.    SSorberre  l)an  lager  ba  ogfaa  alt  til  bet 
bebfte."  ^     8i)nn0be  f0lte  en  8bimmelbeb,  fom  ffulbe  bun 
neb  obcr  'Scrget."  20 

"dUi,  leg  bar  altib  fagt  til  f)am,  gar,  jeg:     ®ub 
bebare  o§,  l-)av  jcg  fagt,  bi  Ijav  nu  bare  benne  ene  ^atie- 


Mffe  at  l)o»e  iioget  Dibcre  f  ao  fig  at  ftge,  not  to  signify  much,  not  be 
very  serious.  Cf.  German  e§  l^at  lUO^l  llidt)t  OicI  ailf  ft^.  ^^et  er 
(5l)nb  :pao  i^orcelbreiie,  transl. ///5/?flr^«/5  ar^ /o  i^/j/V/i^o'.  %t  ^uu 
iffe  Dibfte  fine  ^aab,  that  she  did  not  know  u/hat  to  do.  *bxa\).  The 
t)  is  silent  and  the  word  is  now  often  written  bro,  both  singular  and 
plural,  hence  in  line  13  above  bratie  golf  or  bra  f^oW  as  pronounced. 
«SSorl)erre  ijan  etc.    See  note  l,  p.  95.    «33er9  also  written  iBjcrg. 


110  5Ynn0rcSoIbaffcn 

rcn,  oo  f^cnbc  fctar  Ui  [0rge  for.  $an  cr  uu  ligcfom  libt 
U0h  af  [ig,  t)an,  \aa  htat)  'i)an  ellcrS  cr;  men  fna  cr  bet 
Qobt  mcb  het,  at  ^an  tagcr  S^aobct,  ber  f)Qn  finbcr  bet,  og 
bet  cr  i  Q5iib§  Orb."  S'Jcn  13nrc  nit  8t)nn0nc  fom  til  nt 
ttrnfe  paa  gtir  fin,  Ipov  milb  fjnn  linr,  faa  fif  ()un  bet  5 
enbnu  bcerre  mcb  at  hie  (Sraobcn  neb,  og  bennc  ©nng 
ni)ltebe  ingcn  SDtobftnnb;  Tjun  Beg^nbte  at  gra'be.  — • 
"Qrcrber  bn?"  fpurtc  90?obcrcn  og  faa  Tjen  til  f^enbe  ubcn 
at  faa  fc  f)enbe.     "^a,  jeg  to'nter  paa  f)am,  5ar,  og  faa 

,"  og  bet  IJr0b  nit  IjZfS  tilgangS.  —  "Slien  fjoere  big  lo 

ha,  Q?arnet  mit,  I)bab  gaar  ber  af  big?"  —  "?[a,  jeg  Ueb 
iffe  rigttg  ....  bet  fom  ftig  oDer  mig  ....  tanffe  bet  gaar 
f)am  ilbe  paa  9kifen,"  Ijulfebc  ®t3nn0Dc.  —  "^Dor  faa 
bn  fnaffc!"  —  fagbc  9[)?obercn;  —  "bet  ffitlbc  iffe  gaa 
l^am  gobt?  —  Xil  33t)en  efter  flettc  2anbeDeien?"i—  "^a,  15 
fmff  nu  paa,  ....  f)DorIebe§  hct  gif  .  .  .  .  ben  anben," 
Ijnlfcbe  3t)nn0t)e.  —  "^a  fian!  —  men  ^^ar  bin  farcr  ha 
iffe  frem  fom  en  (3ap, ^  ffulbe  jeg  tro.  ^  an  fommer 
nof  fFabc§l0§^  !E)iem  igjen,— faafremt  35orr)erre  cllerS  f)oI' 
ber  fin  $ci^"^  ober  f)am."  20 

aWobcren  Begtmbte  at  toge  en  Zante  of  benne  (Sraab, 

^cftcr  ftctte  Sanbcticicit.  Observe  the  definite  form  of  the  adjective, 
which  is  ordinarily  employed  only  after  the  pre-positive  or  adjectival 
article  ben,  bet,  a  possessive  demonstrative  or  relative  pronoun  or 
after  a  noun  in  the  genitive  case.  The  adjectives  ^el,  ijalt),  f  jctr  and 
flct  may  be  thus  used  with  the  suffixed  article.  See  also  Groth 
§152—153.  ^&ap  has  long  vowel  and  belongs  in  a  class  of  words 
with  final  p  after  long  vowel,  see  note  1,  p.  106.  ^ffiibe6l0»  an  old 
adjectival  genitive  as,  in  ftribslljfteu,  filibfl)i]  etc.  For  a  discussion 
of  various  kinds  of  petrified  genitives,   see  Falk  and  Torp  p.  47 — 53. 


Sviin^PcSoIbaffcn  111 

fom  iffe  bilbe  f)oIbc  op  iojen.  9?et  [om  i^un  fab  ber,  [atj- 
be  fjun:  "3}cr  er  mange  Jliiuj  i  SScrbcn,  fom  fan  bcere 
tuiiQe  nof,  men  bo  faar  en  Ir^fte  fig  meb,  at  be  funbe  ijabe 
bceret  en^nu  ttingre."^ — 

"^Q,  bet  er  en  boarlig  Zx0\t,"  fagbe  nu  ©t)nnj2(t)e  og    5 
grceb  fnart. 

SKoberen  l^obbe  iffe  rigtig  ^jerte  til  at  [bore  fienbe, 
'f)i^ah  r^un  tocnfte;  fan  fngbe  f)un  blot:  "SSorfierre  felb  be- 
ftemmer  nmnge  J^tng  for  o-i  paa  en  fijnltg  3[l?aabe;  bet  l^ctr 
l^cin  Del  gjort  Tjer  meb,"  og  fan  reifte  l^nn  fig,  0)1  ^0rene  10 
begi)nbte  at  rnute  oppi  9fafen,  Sllofferne  !Iang,  ©uiterne 
bctnfebe,  og  hot  birog  Inngfomt  ubober,  ha  ^i0rene  bar 
mcrtte  og  rolige.  ^un  ftob  og  faa  tif,  hah  foo  (SQnn^bc 
bccre  meb  og  tage  mob  bent.  ©t)nn0be  reifte  fig  nu  og» 
faa  og  fom  efter;  men  het  gif  langfomt.  15 

^aren  Solbaffcn  fif  nu  trabelt  meb  at  fjilfe  paa  fin 
50uffap.  S>er  fom  ben  cne  i'lo  efter  ben  anben,  og  be 
fjenbte  l^enbe  og  rautebe;  i^un  ffappebe  bem,  talte  til  bom 
og  Bled  glab  igjen  beb  at  fe,  l^bor  gobt  be  ^at)be  taget  fig 
allefammen.  "Sfa  ja,"  fagbe  f)un;  "SSor^erre  er  ben  na?r,  20 
fom  fjolbcr  fig  no'r  til  t^am."  ^tiun  Ojalp  nu  ©t)nn0De 
meb  at  foette  bem  inb;  tr}e  bet  gif  fent  meb  ®t)nn0t)e  hen 
2)ag.  ao^oberen  fagbe  ingenting  bcrtif;  bun  Inalp  ben= 
be  ogfaa  meb  at  malfe,^  ffj^nt  l^un  berbeb  blet)  Icenger 


'tt)ngre,  the  regular  comparative  of  tuiig.  The  unumlauted  tltltgcre 
is  also  used,  though  as  a  rule  limited  to  the  literal  sense  'heavier.' 
One  would  not  in  our  passage  say  tuiigcre.  ^naiU^melh,  the 
usual  form  in  Norway. 


112  S\nn0ve   5oIba!fen 

ber  o^pe,  enb  l^""  ^oobe  forefat  fiij.  Xa  be  nu  fiabbe 
ftlet,  laQehe  SWobercn  [ig  til  at  tage  neboDcr  igjcu,  og 
©t)nn0t)c  t)tlbc  f^Ige  f)cnbe  tJoa  $8ei. 

".5fa  nci/'  [agbe  9.icobercn;  "bit  cr  fanffc  trcct  og  bil 
bcere  i  greb,"  og  fao  tog  l)nn  ba  ben  tommc  2j2fb  til  fig,    5 
god  l^enbe  ^annbeu  og  fagbe,  ibet  fjun  \aa  [iffert  paa 
l^enbe:     "^eg  fommer  fnart  op  igjcn  for  nt  fe,  I^DorlebcS 

bu  f)av  bet.^ $oIb  bu  big  til  o§  og  tcenf  iffe  paa 

onbre!" 

9^e^^e  bar  Tloheven  fommen   of  SQnc,   f0r   fjim  lo 
toenfte  pna,  l^dorlebeg  f)un  ffulbe  foa  fnorcft  33ub  neb  til 
©ranlibcn.      §iin  falbte  paa  ')l^ovh\0u\§>  33rober;  ^nn 
Dilbe  fenbe  ^am  neboDer;  men  bo  l)an  torn,  fanbt  t)un  bet 
leit  at  betro  fig  til  ^nm,  fogbe  berfor:     "S)et  bar  ingen* 
ting."    .^un  toenfte  ha  paa  at  goo  feld.    SSifgl^eb  maatte  15 
l^un  fiQtie,  og  het  bar  St)nb  af  ^sngrib,  fom  iffe  fenbtc  f)en- 
be  33ub.    Slatten  bar  ganffe  Ii)§,  og  ©aarben  laa  iffe  fao 
langt  nebe,  at  l^un  nof  funbe  gaa  ben  3Sei,  naar  ffigt  brog 
berneb.     9[>?en§  I)nn  fab  og  toenfte  paa  beite,  lagbe  l^un 
fammen  i  5!anferne  alt  bet,  9Jcoberen  r)abbe  fagt,  og  @raa»  20 
ben  begtjnbte  paant);  men  ba  bar  Ijwn  fiellcr  iffe  fen,  tog 
paa  fig  et  ^0rfla'bc  og  gtf  en  ^rogbei,  for  at  ©ntterne 
iffe  ffulbe  merfc  bet. 

!5o  Icengre  [)nn  fom  frem,  jo  mere  ffijnbte  f)un  paa, 
og  tilfibft  f)oiipebc  F)un  neb  ab  ©angftien,  faa  (Smaaft'>  25 
nene  l0§nebe,  rullebe  nebober  og  gjorbe  ©froef.    ®fi0nt 

i:^t)0rlebe§  ^iWlcjOtteX,  how  you  are  gettmg  along,     5(t  l^aOe  bet  gobt, 
jtct,=to  fare  well,  ill,  e§  gut,  fc^Iedjt,  ^aben. 


SynneiDC   Solbaffcn  113 

5un  Di&fte,  at  bet  tiar  bare  Stcnene,  fom  rullcbe,  foreFom 
bet  Ijcnbc  bog,  at  ber  Dar  nogen  i  9?arf)eben,  og  f)uu  maat- 
te  ftanfe  og  Irie  efter.  <Baa  tiav  hct  ingenting,  og  f)un 
'ijoppebe  ofi'teb  forterc  enb  f0r;  ba  fjanbte  bet  fig,  at  f)un 
meb  ct  ftcrft  .<po;i  fom  neb  paa  en  ft^rre  ©ten,  fom  ftaf  5 
frem  i  33eicn  meb  hen  ene  ©nbe,  men  nu  l05ncbc,  for  af» 
fteb  og  forfii  l^enbc.  Sen  gjorbe  fDa)r  St0i,  bet  fnagcbe  t 
93uifene,  og  l^un  oar  rceb,  men  bleu  hei  enbnu  mere,  ha 
\}un  IlDagiig  fijnte?,  het  Dar  nogen,  fom  relfte  fig  og  r0rte 
fig  Iffngre  ncbc  paa  $Betcn.  S^rft  tcenfte  ^un,  at  bet  lo 
funbc  bcere  et  llb^r,  f)un  ftanfebc  meb  tibage^olbt  2fanbe: 
i^in  nehe  paa  SSeien  ftob  ogfaa  ftille. 

"$o — i!"  fagbe  bet.    S^et  bar  9Woberen. 

Set  f0rfte,  Si)nn0be  gjorbe,  bar  at  fpringe  ^en  og 
gjemme  fig.  .^nn  fab  en  gob  Stunb  for  at  bente  og  fe,  om  is 
2)Zoberen  l^obbe  fjenbt  l^enbe  igjen  og  fom  tilbage;  men 
hd  gjorbe  fiun  iffe.  <Baa  nentebe  l^un  enbnu  tenger, 
for  at  2}tobcren  funbe  fomme  gobt  af  3?eien.  Dtaar  Ijun 
nu  tog  offteb  igjen,  gif  Ijun  ftille,  og  fnart  ncermebe  l^un 
fig  ^ufene.  20 

$nn  hkt>  noget  Beflcmt  igjen,  ha  F)un  fao  bem,  og 
bettc  tiltog,  jo  ntrrmcre  ijun  fom.  ^Ut  bar  ftille  ber,  2Ir« 
ficiberebffaljerne  ftob  tonet  op  mob  93ccggen,  2?eb  laa  l^ug- 
get  og  ftoblet  op,  og  0ffen  Beb  faft  i  ®ta6Ben. 

^un  gif  forbi  og  f)Qn  til  S0ren;  ber  ftanfebe  l^un  25 
enbnu  engang,  faa  fig  omfring  og  Itjcbe;  men  intet  r0rte 
fig.     Cg  fom  ^un  ftob  ber  og  bar  i  Ubifs^cb,  om  i)un 
turbe  gaa  paa  Softet  til  ^ngrib  eller  ei,  fom  l^un  til  at 


114  Synn^pe   Solbaffcn 

tccnfe,  at  bet  tel  ntnntte  nocre  en  flig  9?nt  for  noQie  5fnr 
[iben,  at  ^f)orbi0rn  f^anbe  nccrct  Cocv  og  t'lontct  ^Blomftci' 
ne  I^cnbcS.  ^urtig  tog  fiun  8foene  af  [ig  og  liftebe  [Ig 
op  ah  ^vappcn. 

^WQv'ib  Bleb  meget  rceb,  bo  ^un  bnagncbe  og  fact,  bet    5 
bar  ©Qnn0be,  ber  l^Qbbe  baft  I)ciibe.^ — 

"$orIcbe§  Ijav  f)an  bct?"^  I^biffebe  ©t)nn0be. 

9hi  minbebeS  ^ngrib  altfammcn  og  bilbe  tage  :paa 
fig'  for  at  itnbgaa  at  fbare  ftraB.     Wlcn  ©Qun^bc  fatte 
fig   paa  ©engcfanten,   hah  ^enbe   ligge  og  gientog  fit  lo 
©^3)2(rg§maal. 

"9?u  cr  bet  Bebrc,"  fagbe  ^ngrib  ^biffenbe;  "jcg 
fommer  fnort  o^3  til  big."  — 

"^joire  Sngrib,  gjem  ingen  5ting  for  mig,  bu  fan 
tntet  gait  fige  mig,  fom  jeg  iffe  (jar  ta?nft  mig  brcrre."^     15 

^ngrib  f0lte  enbnu  at  bo-re  ffaanfom,  men  ben  an* 
bcn§  Srt)gt  breb  paa,^  og  ber  tleb  ingen  ^ib  til  Dmbeie. 
,<obiffenbe  falbt  ®p0rg§maalcne,  fjbiffenbe  ©barene;  hen 
bt)De  ©til^cb  rnnbl  omfring  gjorbc  haahc  3b0rg§maat 
og  8bar  enbnu  alborligere,  faa  at  ber  bleb  en  f[ig  f)0iti'  20 

'ber  ^atibe  Daft  tjcntc,  better  in  present  speech  would  be  ber  l^nUbc 
UCCffft  l)cnie.  In  the  meaning  'to  awaken'  brcffc  follows  the  2nd 
conjugation,  pret.  and  past-prtc.  Dccffebc — tJODffct.  On  the  other 
hand,  txelU — tiafte — Daft  means  to  'awaken'  in  a  transferred  sense 
as:  bet  !^ar  Doft  ftor  j^orunbriiiq.  ^see  note  1,  p.  112.  ^mltc  tage 
paa  fig,  etc.  wanted  to  dress  herself  in  order  to  escape  answering 
immediately.  *\om.  jeg  iffe  \)ax  tctitft  mig  Darre,  but  what  I  have 
imagined  it  worse,  lit.  which  I  have  not  imagined  worse.  ''brcD  paa, 
urged  her  on. 


5Ynn0DC    Solbaffcn  115 

bclig  ©tujib,  Ipoti  man  l:)ouei'  at  fe  ben  Doerfte  ©anbf)cb 
litje  i  0tet.  Wlm  bctte  ft)nte§  be  Begge  at  foo  ub/  at 
3:ijori6i0rn§  ©fijlb  Dar  liben  benne  ©ang,  og  at  intet  onbt 
fra  r^anS  ©ibe  |'fi0b  [tg  tmellem  f^om  og  bere§  99?ebf0lelje 
for  13am.  2)0  gro-'b  begge  frit  ub,  men  ftille,  —  og  ©Qn-  5 
n^ue  grccb  meft;  t)un  fab  ganf!e  fammenfunfen  paa  ©en- 
getanicn.  Sngrib  f0gte  at  frtf!e  f)cnbe  beb  at  minbe  om, 
f)l3or  mangen  @Ia:be  be  tre  ret  i)a'obe  tjatit  fammen;  men 
ha  gif  bet  (jer,  fom  faa  ofte,  at  IpQv  liben  ©rinbring  fra 
be  Sage,  Ouorobcr  ©olffinnet  leger,  nu  i  ©orgen  fmelter  10 
op  i  ^aarer. 

".<par  Oan  f|.ntrt  efter  mig?"  f^biffcbe  8t)nn0t)e.  — 

".^an  Ijar  naften  iffe  talt." 

^ngrib  fjuffebe  ©ebbelen,  og  ben  begtinbte  at  trt)!fe 
^enbe.  —  i5 

""©r  Ijan  ha  iffe  gob  tit  at  tale?"  — 

"^eg  beb  iffe,  I)ijorIcbe§  f3an  r)ar  hetf  —  l^an  toen- 
fer  Del  bc§  mcre."^ — 

"Safer  r3an?" — 

"Tlov  Ijav  laft  for  l^am;  nu  maa  l^un  gi0re  het  l^ber  20 
Sag."  — 

"^bah  figer  i^an  faa?"  — 

"9^ei,  l^an  figer  na?ften  tngenting,  'i}0viv  bu.    ^an 
rigger  Blot  ber  og  fer."  — 

"Set  er  i  ben  malebe  ©tue,  I^an  ligger?"  —  25 

ifaa  ub,  make  out  {of  it).    ^^tJorlebeS  t)an  l}at  bet,  fioia  he  is.    See 
note  1,  p.  112.     ^\)e\,  1  suppose. 


116  Synn^vt  5oIba!Pcn 


"^a."  — 

"£)Q  benber  .*§oncbet  mob  SSinbuet?"  — 

"^a."  — 

S)e  toug  Begge  en  ©tunb.    ©no  fngbe  v^ngrib: 

"®en  lille  ®Qnfif)an§Iegen,^  bii  cngnng  gnu  Ijam,    5 
l^oenger  her  i  SStnbuet  og  benber  [tg." 

"^a,  bet  er  bet  fctmme,"  ^  fngbe  Sonn^be  plub[ellg 
og  fterft;  "albrig  t  SSerbcn  ffnl  nogen  fan  mig  til  at 
ftijjpc  r^nm,  entcn  het  nu  ganr  fnn  eller  fan!"*' 

^ngrib  Bled  meget  beflemt.      "SDoftorcn  feb  iffe,  lo 
om  r)nn  fnnr  .<§elfen  fin  igjcn,"  I^oiffebe  f)un. 

DfJit  f)ocDcbe  ©t)nnj2(be  .<ponebet  meb  tiffingefiolbt 
@rnnb,  fnn  |iaa  i^enbe  ubcn  nt  fige  et  Drb,  lob  bet  fnn 
igjen  fnlbe  og  Bleb  fibbenbe  i  2^nnfer;  be  fibfte  ^nnrer 
rnnbt  fngte  neb  ober  Slinberne,  men  ingen  ni)  fom  efter,  15 
F)un  folbcbe  ^ocnberne,  men  r^rte  fig  ellcrS  iffe;  hct  bar, 
fom  fjnn  fnb  og  tog  en  93cfrutning.  S^leiftc  I)un  fig  ha 
l^lubfelig^  meb  et  ©mil,  lubebe  fig  neb  ober  ^sngrib  og 
gob  fienbe  et  barmt,  Inngt  ^t)§. 

"©r  l^nn  ]5elfel0§,  fnn  ffnl  jeg  pleie  finm.     9cn  taler  20 
jeg  tit  mine  gorcrlbrc!" 


'So  called  because  given  on  St.  John  the  Baptist's  day.  ^^o,  bet  er 
bet  famine,  say  u/e!l  I  don't  care.  See  note  2,  p.  85.  ^enten  bet 
im  (jaar  fao  ellcr  \Cia,  however  it  may  end.  ^pfubfefig  pron.  most 
often-  Vtutfeli,  not  ))lu§feli  with  assimilation  of  bf  to  §f  after  short 
vowel  as  Poestion  p.  31,  IV,  1  a.  See  Aars  §46,  b.  Modern 
Language  Notes  18,  157  2. 


5titn0t>c  Solbaffcn  117 

^ette  r0rie  ^ngrib  meget;  men  f0r  i)\m  fom  tit  at 
fige  noget/  \0lte  f)un  fin  .^oonb  grcBen: 

"garbet,  ^ngrib!    9^u  bil  jeg  gaa  o^ober  olene." 
■ —  £)g  I5»n  benbte  [ig  meget  fjurtig.  * 

"Set  bar  ben  ©ebbelen,"  fibijTcbe  ^ngrib  efter  f)enbe.  5 
— "8ebbelen?"  f^jurte  St)mi0be;  ^ngrib  bar  ollerebe 
oppe,  lebte  ben  frem  og  gif  fjen  til  f)enbe  meb  ben;  men 
ibet  ^un  meb  fin  benftre  ^onnb  puttebe  ben  inb  paa  ]^en» 
beC'  53Qrm,  flog  l^un  fin  f)j^ire  omfring  f)enbe§  §qB  og  gab 
l^enbe  nu  §it)§\ct  igjen,  men§  ©t}nn0be  f0lte  Tjenbeg  Zaci-  10 
rer  falbe  borme  og  ftore  paa  fit  5fitfigt.  <Baa  ffi0b  ^ng- 
rib  fjenbe  fcigte  itb  ctf  "D^ren  og  luffcbe  ben  i;  for  15"" 
fjabbe  iffe  9Wob  til  at  fe  9?eften. 

©t)nn0be  gif  fagte  neb  ab  %vappen  paa  fine  ;§ofe'' 
foffer;  men  ba  3^anfcrne  bar  f)cnhe^  for  mange,  fom  r)un  15 
uforbarcnbe  til  at  gj^re  ©t^i,  DIcb  ro-b,  f)oppebe  uh  af 
©angen,  greb  ©foene  og  ilebe  meb  bem  i  ^aanben  forbi 
§ufene,  ober  90?arferne  og  lige  Bort  til  ©rinben;  ber  ftan=> 
febe  f)un  og  traf  bem  paa,  &egt)nbtc  at  qaa  ober  opober  og 
ffgnbte  fig,  forbi  ^Hobct  bar  fommet  i  Sort,  ^un  gif  og  20 
fmaafang  og  ffynbtc  altib  mere  og  mere  paa,  ]aa  f)un  tiU 
fibft  bfeb  tro't  og  maatte  fcette  fig.  <Baa  finffebe  ^un 
Scbbclen. 

S^a  33uf)nnbcn  gjorbe  ®t0i  ben  na'fte  2)iorgen,  ®ut- 
terne  boagnebe,  og  ^i0rene  ffulbe  malfe§  og  flipped,  bar  25 
®t)nn0be  enbnn  iffe  fommen. 

'fur  !^int  fom  til  at^fiJr  l^an  fom  fig  til  at,  be/ore  she  was  able  to. 
*^eube,  reflexive  dative. 


118  SYtttt^oe  Solb  af  f  ctt 

©om  ©utterne  ftob  og  unbrcbe  [ig  paa,  fpor  'i)im 
funbe  t)cere,  og  fanbt  ub,  at  f)un  iffe  I)Qt)be  ligget  I)ele 
9?Qtten,  ^  —  font  ®t)nn0t)e. 

^un  Dor  meget  BIcg  og  ftille. 

llben  nt  fige  et  Orb  gctb  f)un  [ig  ttl  at^  tage  SO^ab    5 
for  ©utterne,  logbe  9^ifte  neb  og  Ijjalp  fibcn  mcb  at  malfe. 

Zaaqen  tri)!febe  enbnu  be  lobt  liggenbe  5fQ)'e,  S^ngct 
glitrebe  of  Sug  f)en  ooer  b^n  brunr^be  ^et,  bet  Dor  libt 
folbt,  og  nanr  ^nnben  Qi0be,  fuarcbc  bet  runbt  omfring. 
S3uffapen  bleb  [luW^Ji;  ^^^^  rantebc  mob  ben  friffc  Snft,  \o 
og  ^0  paa  ^o  tog  affteb^  ub  ooer  Jlacife;  men  ber  fremme 
fab  nit  .^nnben,  tog  mob  bem  og  m0bte  for  bem,  ttl  nllc 
bar  ffupbct,  bnorpaa  ogfcta  ban  ffap  bcm  frem;  ^Ioffe= 
It)bcn  birrebe  b^nab  5rafen,  ^unbcn  gj^be,  faa  bet  [far 
igiennem,  @utterne  br0t)ebe,  bbem  fom  funbe  l^anfe  15 
fterfeft. 

t^ra  benne  Carm  gif  (Si3nni2fue  bort  og  neb  til  bet 
(Bteb  paa  (3t0len,  ipor  ^ngrib  og  i)un  pk'iebe  at  fibbe. 
^un  grceb  iffe,  fab  ftille  og  ftirrebe  og  merfebe  af  og  til 
bin  iltre  ©t0i,  fom  nu  fjernebe  fig  og  fr0b  bebre  famineii,  20 
jo  loengere  bort  hen  fom.  llnber  beite  begijnbte  bnn  at 
fmaant)nne,  bcrpaa  at  fonge  libt  b^ierc  og  faa  meb  flar, 
^01  ©temme  f0lgenbe  ©nng.  $un  l^a\)he  laget  ben  om 
efter  en  anben,  fom  T^un  l^a'obe  funnet,  fra  bwn  bar  S3arn.  * 


'^ele  5Ratten.  See  note  l,  p.  IIO.  ^qa'o  I)nu  [\c\  tif  at,  she  began. 
HOQ  offtcb,  started  off.  ^fra  !)un  bar  S3arn.  Note  the  abbreviated 
expression,  =^/row  the  time  that  she  was  a  child.  Observe  also  the  absence 
of  the  indefinite  article  before  the  predicate  noun  as  in  French  and 


5y»»0cc  5olba!fert  119 

9?u  Xaf  for  alt,  ifra  bi  Dar  fmao 
og  legte  fammcu  i  St'og  og  Sage', 
^eg  tccnfte,  Segen  ben  ffitlbe  gaa^ 
op  i  be  groanenbe  Soge. 

^eg  tcenfte,  Scgen  ben  jTuIbe  goa^  5 

ub  fra  be  l0t)ebe,  lt)\e  Sirfe 

bib  frem,  ^l^or  SoIbaffc()u[e  ftaa, 

og  til  ben  r0bmalte  ftirfe. 

^eg  fab  og  nenteb  faa  mangen  ^belb 

og  faa  bib  bort  unber  ©rane^eien;  lo 

men  ©fygge  gjorbe  bet  in0rfe  ^i^ib,^ 

og  bn,  bn  fanbt  iffc  SSeien. 

^eg  fab  og  bentct  og  to^nfte  tit: 

9?aar  ^agen  liber,  f^an  Sseien  Dober. 

£)g  Sufet  fhifte?  og  bro-nbte  libt,  15 

og  Sagen  fom  og  gif  ouer. 


German.  Similarly  before  appositional  nouns  denoting  occupation, 
profession  and  nationality  as:  l)au  ct  Iccxcv,  'he  is  a  teacher'.  S)e  Ct 
©lli^IcTUbere,  'they  are  Englishmen."  The  verbs  that  are  followed 
by  a  predicate  noun  without  the  article  are  bccre,  blitic,  f0be§,  and 
Dare  fpbt.  iSegcn  ben  ffulbe  gon  etc.  This  use  of  the  pronoun  ben 
is  archaeic  and  poetic.  See  note  1,  p.  95.  For  examples  of 
such  pleonastic  use  of  the  pronoun  in  older  Danish  and  in  Norwegian 
dialects  see  Falk  og  Torp,  p.  275-276.  ^nn;!!  ©f^gge  fljorbe  bet 
mj^rfe  gielb,  the  subject  is  ^iclb. 


120  Syttti^pc   Solbaffcn 

®et  ftaffarS^  0tet  er  blebet  bant, 
bet  fan  faa  [ent  meb  at  bcnbc  Si)net-; 
bet  fjenbcr  jlet  tngcn  anbcn  ^ant 
og  Broenber  furt  unber  93rQnet. 

S)e  na?t)ncr  ^tch,  fibor  jcg  ^r^ft  fan  fao:  5 

het  er  i  ^irfen  bag  Sagcrliben; 
men  beb  mtg  iffe  om  bib  cit  gaa!  — 
^an  fibber  lige  beb  ©iben. 

—  2>tcn  gobt,  iaa  beb  jcg  bog,  r)bcm  bet  bar, 

font  lagbe  gobt  ©aarbcne  mob  Iiberaubre  lO 

og  SSei  for  ©Qnet  t  ©fogen  ffar 

og  gab  bet  Cob  tit  at  banbrc. 

Wlen  gobt,  faa  beb  jcg  bog,  r)bem  hei  bar, 

fom  fatte  ©tote  til  ^irfeborbet 

og  giorbe,  at  be  gaa  ^^ar  om  ^ar  15 

fremober  lige  mob  S^oret. 


'j'tnTfar?  (^O.N.  (StofS'arl),  thus  written  by  Bjornson  and  generally 
by  other  writers.  Ibsen  writes  at  present  ftaffer,  (and  ftaffer§, 
adj.).  An  excellent  discussion  of  Ibsen's  language  may  be  found  in 
Henrik  Ibsen  Festskrift  ed.  Gerh.  Gran  1898,  pp.  172-205  in  an 
article  by  Professor  J ohan  Storm.  On  pages  163-171  is  discussed 
som  characteristics  of  Bjftrnson's  language.  ®ct  ftaffar?  0iet  er 
bfeCct  bnnt,  sell,  to  look  yonder  under  the  fir-slope.  See  Stanza 
7  lines  3-4.  ^t^ct  fnit  faa  feiit  meb  at  etc.,  it  is  difficult  {for  it)  to,  lit. 
it  knows  so  slowly  how  to  turn  its  look. 


(St)Ucnbe  ^o^jUcL 

®ob  Zib  cftei-i  fab  ©uttorrn  ©oIBaffen  og  ^arcu 
fommen  bort'i  ben  [tore,  It)fe  ©tue  poa  (Solbaffen  og  Ifffte 
for  ^inonben  of  nogic  nt)  230gcr,^  fom  be  fjodbe  foot  fra 
93t)en.  ®e  r)QDbe  Dccret  t  ^irfe  om  gormibbagen;  tlfi  bet 
bar  ©0nbQg,  —  faa  fiabbe  be  gaat  libt  fammcn  ub  oDer  5 
^orbet^  for  at  fe,  l^borlebeS  Sfgeren  ftob,  og  for  at  obcr- 
beie,  f)t)c\h  ber  f!ulbe  loeggeS  igjcn  eller  TjobeS  oppe  til 
no'fte  5far.  S)e  r^nobe  ruSlet  fra  ben  ene  ^Itlegc*  og  5(ger 
Itl  ben  anben,  og  bet  ft)me§  bem,  at  ©oarben  bar  gaat 
gobt  frem  i  bere§  ^ib;  "Q^ub  beb,  l^i^orlebe^  ben  btl  ffi0ite  lO 
fig,  naar  Ui  er  Borte,"  I)aObe  ^aren  fagt.  Sa  Dar  bet, 
©uttorm  l^a'obe  hcbet  I^cnbe  f^Ige  meb  inb,  at  be  fuube 
loefe  i  be  nt)  330ger;^  "tl)i  en  gi0r  bebft  i  at  tjolbe  fig  fra 
flige  Xanfer." 

S^kn  nu  bar  33ogen  pr0bet,  og  ^aren  mente,  at  be  15 
gamle  bar  Iiebre:     "^olf  ffriber  bare  op  igjen  af  bem." 
—  "Set  fan  bccre  meget  i  bet;  ©amunb  fagbe  ibag  til 
mtg  i  ilirfen,  at  930rnene  er  ogfaa  bare  gorcelbrene  op 
igjen."  —  "^0,  bn  og  So'mnnb  l^ar  nof  tatt  om  meget 

'@ob  lit)  eftcr  for  ®n  gob  STib  cfter.  %f  nogle  it^  ^0Qet,  a 
Danicism.  The  Norwegian  requires  the  plural  inflectional  e,  lll)C, 
as  also  in  fvi,  contrary  to  Danish.  ^Note  ^O^b,  neuter,  'the  field, 
grounds'  (but  ^Otbcii  'the  earth').  ^^Itlege,  ground  left  lying  (fallow.) 
To  let  lie  fallow  is  at  Icegge  'ott'  (=atter=eftet  'after')  igjen, 
^See  note  2  above. 

(131) 


133  SY'in^oc   SoIbaFFcn 

ibcig."  —  "©ccminib  or  en  forftaubio  ^^cciiib."  —  "SOIeit 
Oolbcr  ficj  libt^  til  fin  fQQne  ocj  Sr^Iicr,  cr  jcg  hawQH  for." 

—  ^erpQQ  ftJorebe  iffe  65iittorm. 

"^Dor  Bleb  hot  nit  nf  (5i3nnj2(Ue?"-f|:)urte  SO^obercn. 

—  "$un  er  oppe  paa  Softet,"  fDarebe  ^nn.  —  "Xn  fab    5 
bcr  jo  fciD  mcb  fienbc  f0r/'  ftnorlebeS  oar  ^un  tilfinbc^?" 

—  "5ra  — "  —  "2}u  ffulbe  iffe  ^abe  labet  Ijenbe  fibbe 
bcr  alene."  —  "2)cr  fom  nogen." 

^onen  taug  libt.  — 

"^bem  bar  be!  bci^"*—  "^ngrib  ©ranliben."  lo 

"^cg  tccttfte,  l^tin  bar  paa  ©o^icren  cnbnu."  — ■ 
"$nn  bar  l^jcmme  ibacj,  far  at  9Jtobcren  funbc  fomme  i 
^irfe."  —  "^a,  bi  faa  ba  ogfao  Oenbc  ber  en  Sag."  — 
"§un  l^or  meget  at  ftaa  i."  —  "Set  r)ar  anbre  meb;  en 
fommer  alligebel  bib,  Tjan*  locngeS  til."  15 

©uitorm  fbarebe  i!fe  fjcrpaa.  £)m  en  ©tunb  fagbc 
^aren:  "Se  bar  ber,  fjelc  ©ranlibfolfet"  ibag,  forubcn 
^ngrib."  —  "^a,  bet  bar  bel  for  at  f0lge  Sf)or:6j0rn  f0rfte 
C5ang."  —  "^an  faa  baarlig  uh."  —  "^m  bebre  at 
bcnief  ieg  itnbrebc  mig  ober,  Ijan  bar  faapaS."  —  "^a,  20 
l^an  l^ar  faat  libe  for  fin  ®alf!ap." 

©uttorm  faa  Iibl*'neb  for  fig:  "^an  er  nii  bare  ling* 

Mibt  in  this  sense  is  Danish.  When  the  meaning  is  'but  little'  the 
Norwegian  says  libct;  libt  would  mean  'a  little',  ^^toor  DfcU  bet  iiit 
af  ©ijnnptie?  What  became  of  Synmve?  ^^I'li  fob  bcr  jo  felt)  mcb 
^ciibc  fiJr,  why  you  sat  ther£  yourself  etc.  ^Jptjcm  ttar  Hel  bet?  Who 
could  that  be?  '*l)au  is  here  an  indefinite  substitory  pronoun.  "On  the 
weak  inflection  of  l^i'lo  here  see  note  1,  p.  110.  'Supply  bet  er 
before  ifle.    **Iibt  'a  little.'     See  above  note  1. 


S^nn0ve   Solbaffcii  123 

bommcn^  cnbnu."  —  "S)er  er  tngen  gob  ©rimb  ber;  en 
tan  albuQ  'occvc  trgg  paa  ^am." 

©uttorm,  jom  fab  mcb  Stibuerne  paa  33orbet  og 
breiebe  en  33og  runb:  i  ^oanben,  oobnebe  nu  benne,  og 
ibct  l)an  Bcg^nbte  Itgcfom  at  locfe  fagtc  i  ben,  lob  i)an  be    5 
€vh  fQibc:     "$an  ffal  cccre  ganjfe  [iffer  paa  at  faa  igien 
fin  fulbe  ^elfe." 

SWobcren  tog  nu  ogfoa  en.  "2)et  Dor  rigttg  hmt)  for 
en  \aa  baffcr  &ut,"  fagbc  Ijnn;  "3Soi:f)crre  Iccre  fjom  at 
bruge  ben  Bebre."  lO 

Se  Iccfte  5egge  to;  faa  fogbe  ©uttorm,  tbet  l)ar\  hla» 
hebe  om:  "^an  faa  iffe  6ort  til  fienbe  i  I)ele  Sag."  — 
"9cei,  jeg  merfcbe  mig  ogfaa,  at  f)an  fab  ftille  t  ©tolen, 
til  f)un  Oar  gaat." 

®n  (Stunb  efter  fagbe  ©uttorm:     "Su  tror,  '()ai\  15 
glemmer  l^enbe?"  —  "Set  Oar  i  alle  galb  bet  bebfte." 

(Suttorm  locfte  ligefrem,  SToncn  blabebe.  "^eg  \[y 
nc§  iffe  Oibere  om,  at  vsngrib  bliucr  ftbbenbe  T)cr/'  fagbe 
Ijun.  —  "@t)nn0Oe  f)ar  ne^pe  nogcn  anben  at  tale  meb." 
—  "$un  l^ar  o§>."  —  9Ju  faa  ^ctberen  bort  ^ao  l^enbe:  20 
"3Si  maa  iffe  bccre  for  ftrenge."  ^onen  taug;  om  en 
©tnnb  fagbe  Iiun:  "^^eg  fiar  f)eller  albrig^  forbubt  f)cn» 
be  bet."  gabcren  fagbe  Sogen  fammen,  reifte  fig  og  faa 
ubober  ifra  SSinbnet. 


Htngbommeu.    See  note  5,  p.  8.     ^c^cg  l^or  l^eller  albrig,  «or 
have  I  ever. 


124  Syttn^DC   Solbaffcn 

"®cr  oaor  Jvsngrib,"  fngbc  fian.  ^ccppe  T^nnbe  TlO' 
beren  l^0rt  bette,  f0r  Ijun  I;urtig  gif  ub.  gnbcrcn  [tob 
enbnu  Icenge  i  3Sinbuet,  Dcnbtc  fig  ba  og  gif  op  og  neb; 
^onen  fom  inb  igjen,  Tjon  ftonfebe. 

"^0,  bet  Dor,  fom  jeg  tccnfte/'^fngbe  I)un;  "®t)nn0ue  5 
fibber  oppe  og  gra?ber,  men  rober  neb  i  [in  Sltfte,  naar  jcg 
fommer,"  og  faa  fortfatte  ^un,  ibet  l^un  ri)ftebe  meb  ^oDe- 
bet:  "9?ei,  bet  er  iffe  gobt,  at  ^ngrib  gaar  I)cr;"-  — 
l^nn  gnd  [ig  til  nt^  [telle  meb  ^delbSmaben,  gif  ofte  ub 
og  inb.  ©ngong,  menB  Tjnn  bar  ube,  !om  ®Qnit0t)e,  libt  10 
r0bgrcebt  og  [title;  'i)un  gleb  let  [orfii  goberen,  [om  I)un 
[no  op  i  3rn[igtet  og  lien  til  23orbet,  l)bor  I^un  [atte  [ig  og 
tog  en  33og.  ©n  Stunb  e[ter  lagbe  ljun  ben  [ammcn,  gif 
l^en  og  [pitrte  2)?oberen,  om  l^wn  ffulbe  ^celpe  r)enbe.  "^o, 
gi0r  hu  hctl"  [agbe  bcnnc;  "5lrbeibc  er  gobt  for  nlting."     15 

Set  Bleb  l)enbe§  Zm  at  bceffe  23orbet;  bet  [tob  borte 
beb  33inbuet.  gaberen,  [om  liibtil  l)Qbbe  gnat  op  og  neb, 
gif  nu  beri^en,  og  \cia  uh. 

"^cg  tror,  ben  fommer  [ig,  ben  93t)gagercn,  5Regnet 
flog,"  fagbe  T)nn;  ^un  ftillebe  fig  'och  ©iben  cif  l)am  og  fan  20 
til.    ^on  benbte  fig,  ^oncn  bar  inbe,  og  foa  ftr0g  T)an 
Bare  ben  ene  ^aanb  neb  ah  ©t)nn0be§  58agl)obeb,  l)borbaa 
Ban  alter  gab  fig  til  at  gaa. 

®e  fbifte,  men  meget  ftille;  90?obcren  lo'fte  ^0nncn 
ben  2)og  Baabe  f0r  og  efter  33orbet,  og  ha  be  liabbe  reift  25 


'^0,  bet  bar  etc.  See  note  3,  p.  108.  ^JZci,  bet  er  etc.  See  note 
3,  p.  108.  "^un  qat)  [ig  til  at,  she  began  to.  ^a  gjj^r  t\x.  betl 
is  exhortative:    the  pronoun   adds  emphasis. 


5Ynn0DC    Solbaffen  125 

fig,  dilbe  fjun,  be  f!iilbe  loefe  og  fQuge,  ^Doh  be  ogfoo 
gjorbe. 

"@ub^  Orb  giber  greb;  bet  er  bog  ben  ft^rfte  $8elfig« 
nelfe  i  ."gufet." 

2)?obcren  faa  i  M  [omme  fjen  til  ©i)nn0be,  font  ()Qt>=   5 
be  [laat  ^^incue  neb. 

"9?u  f!Ql  jeg  fortoelte  en  ^iftorie,"  fogbe  2>Joberen; 
"bet  er  fanbt,  l^uert  Orb,  og  iffe  ilbe  for  ben,  [om  oil 
tcenfe  berober." 

£)g  fao  fortalte  l^nn:    "3)er  oar  i  min  DpDefSt  en  lo 
^ente  paa  ^aug,  fom  oar  Sotterbatter  til  en  gammel, 
Boglcerb  SenSmonb.     ^on  tog  ^enbe  tiblig  til  fig  for  at 
f)QOe  ©locbe  of  tjcnbe  paa  fine  gomle  ©age,  Icerte  ()enbe 
ba  natnrligbig  @ub§  Drb  og  gobe  <Stif.    ^nn  nor  fnar 
til  ot  fottc  og  glab  i^  Ihinbffab,  faa  f)un,  inben  lang  2::ib  15 
l0b,  bar  fremme,  ^bor  bi  ftob  tilbage;  Ijun  ffreb  og  reg« 
nebe  og  funbe  fine  ©folcb^ger  og  25  ^apitfcr  i  93i6clcn, 
ha  f)nn  bar  15  5Iar;  jeg  finffcr  bet,  fom^  bet  bar  igaar. 
^nn  f)oIbt  mere  af  at  Icefe  enb  af  at  banfe,  faa  f)un  fjelbcn 
fanbte§  ber,  l^bor  Sagct  gif,  men  tiere  i  33cbftefabcreny  20 
Softboirclfe,  l^bor  15(in§  mange  S0ger  ftob.    ®ct  bar  ftig 
til,  at  5ber  Sang  bi  fom  fammen  meb  r)cnbe,  ftob  I)nn, 
fom  l^un  bar  anbcnftebS,  og  bi  fagbe  til  f)beranbre:     3Sar 
bi  blot  faa  floge  fom  ^aren  c<paugert.    §un  ffulbe  orbe 


'fliab  i,  delighted  with,  fond  of,  say  here,  liked  to  learn;  ^fom  (=fom 
om),  as  if.  cf,  the  use  of  'as'  for  'as  if  in  Shakespeare,  as  in 
Macbeth  I,  4.  II.  II,  2.  28,  etc. 


126  -    Synn^pe   SoIbaFfcn 

©ninlinoen,  oq  mange  gobe  ^nrlc  h^h  [io  til  at  bcic  f)a(Dt 
mcb  I^Gube;  5(f[lQa  fif  be  allc.  ^  '^aa  ben  3;ib  ncnbte 
^re[tef0nnen  fijem  fra  fin  ^rcfteloerc;  bet  bat  iffe  gciat 
gobt  mcb  Ijam,  factfom  i)an  mere  f)anbe  f)cit  Sinb  for^ 
SSilbiTab  og  be  onbe  Siing  enb  for  be  gobe;  nu  braf  I)an.  5 
"SSogt  big  for  Ijam!"  fagbe  ben  gamlc  ScnSmanbcn: 
"jeg  ^av  boeret  meget  fommen  meb  be  fornemme,  og  bet 
cr  min  ©rfortng,  at  be  er  minbrc  barb  Dor  2ib,  enb 
S3onben." 

^oren  T^jzirte  Beftanbig  r)an§  9?0ft  obcr  be  anbreS,  —  lo 
og  ba  r)un  fcnere  fom  til  at  m^be  ^reftef0nnen,  gif  i^n 
offibe§;  tE)i  T^an  ftob  cftcr  I^enbe.    ©ibcn  funbe  f)un  in^ 
genftebS  gaa,  uben  l^un  m0bte  f)am.     "^ccf,"  fagbe  T/un; 
"bet  nt)tter  big  libet!"    Tlcn  l^an  fulgte,  og  faalebeS  bar 
bet  til,^  at  f)un  bog  tilfibft  maatte  ftanfe  og  ^0re.    ^an  15 
bar  fager  nof,  men  ba  f)an  fagbe,  l^an  iffe  funbe  lebe 
l^cnbe  forulen  ffrccmteS  bun  bo'f.     §an  gif  og  breb*  om  ■ 
.^ufcne  ber,  men  l)un  fom  iffe  nb;  f)an  ftob  ubenfor  ben^- 
be§  SBinbu  om  9?atten,  men  fiun  fom  iffe  ub;  ban  fagbe, 
ban  bilbe  gj0re  ©nbe  paa  fig,^  men  ^aren  bibfte,  bbab  20 
bun  bibfte.     2og  bcm  fciQ  til  at  briffc  igfen.  —  "3Sogt 
big;  bet  er  SfcrbelenS  Sift  altfammen,"  fagbe  ben  gamie 
SenSmanben.    <Saa  ftob  ^arlcn  en  Sag  lige  paa  l^enbes 


'foa  Slfflag,  be  rejected.  ^^^OMi  (Sinb  for,  be  inclined  to. 
Ho,  faalcbeS  bar  bet  til,  and  so  it  happened,  ended  with.  ■*I)on 
flif  og  bretJ  om  ^ufeiie,  he  would  idle  about  or  'hang  about'  the 
houses.    ^g|0rc   (fnbe  ^fxo.  fig,   make  an  end  of  himself. 


5Ynn0pe   Solbaffcrt  127 

33cEreI[e;  tngen  bibfte,  fidorlebeS  l)an  bnr  fommen  bib. 
"9?u  bit  ieg  broebe  big,"  fagbe  ^an.  —  "^a,  tr0ft  big  til 
bet!"  fogbe  f)un.    SKen  fao  grceb  l^on  og  fagbe,  at  bet  [tob 
i  r^enbeS  SOJagt^  ot  gi0re  f}am  til  et  ffiffeligt  9Kennej!e.  ^ 
"^uube  bu  enbba*  ct  ^albt  9Iar  l^olbe  big  fra  at  bri!!e,"    5 
fagbe  l)un.    Og  faa  l^olbt  l^an  fig  et  i^aldt  Sfar  fra  at 
briffe.    "^ror  hu  mig  nu?"  f|3urte  (^an.    "^!f'e  f0r  bu  et 
fialot  9(ar  l^olbcr  big  fra  al  ®lag§  Sag  og  St)ftig^eb." ' 
Tct  gjorbe  f)an.     "S^ror  hu  mig  nu?"  fpurte  fian.    "^f=- 
fe  f0r  bu  reifcr  Fien  og  enber  bin  ^reftelcere."    .^an  gjor-  lo 
be  ogfaa  bdte,  og  ^faret  efter  bar  f}an  tilbagc  font  fulb» 
Icert  ^rcft.     "Zvov  bu  mig  nu?"  fpurte  ()an  og  fiabbc 
enbba*  ^appe  og  ^rabe  paa.     '"^Hu  bil  jeg  nogle  Oange 
^0re  big  forfqnbc^  ®ub§  Orb,"  fagbe  ^aren.    £)g  bet 
gjorbe  fian  purt  og  rent,  fom  bet  fig  en  ^rcftemanb  f0m=  15 
mer;  r)an  talte  om  fin  egen  2)aarlig^eb,  og  ^bor  let  bet 
bar  ot  feire,  naar  en  f^rft  funbe  begqnbc,^  og  i^bor  gobt 
&ub§>  Orb  bar,  naar  en  f^rft  fanbt  bet.     ©if  T)an  foa 
igjen  til  .^arcn.      "^a,  nu  tror  jeg  bu  leber  efter,  Ipab 
bu  fclb  beb,"  fagbe  Staren;  "og  nu  bit  jeg  fortrclle  big,  20 
at  ieg  i  trc  5[ar'  Ijav  barret  trolobet  meb  9tnber§  ^augen, 
mit  ©0ffenbebarn ;  bu  ffal  Ii)fc  for  o§  paa  na'fte  ®0n= 
bag.^" 

'at  bet  ftob  i  ^enbc§  SO?agt,  that  it  lay  in  her  power.  ^Note  at 
gj^re  (nogen)  tif  (itoget),  but  English,  to  make  (something)  out 
of  (one).  3^unbe  bu  enbba,  //  you  only  could,  ^enbba,  even. 
5forfl)llbc,  a  word  that  belongs  to  religious  style.  %aar  en  f^rft 
fuiibe,  if  one  only  could,  if  one  could  succeed  in  etc.  ^t  tre  Star,  for 
three  years,  paa  uafte  ©JJllbag,  next  Sunday. 


128  SYnn0Pe   Solbaffen 

^er  jTuttebe  S)?obercu.  ©Qnn0be  fjanbc  tnocn  Op= 
merffomfieb  t)t[t  i  -^egijubelfcn,  [tben  mere  og  mere,  nu 
Ijang  l^iin  i  Ijbert  Drb.  "©r  bcr  iffc  mere?"  fpurte  Ijun 
meget  rceb.  "d}ci,"  ft)arebe  ?J?oberen.  gaberen  fact  paa 
9?Joberen,  ha  gleb  fienbeg  ^lif  nfiffert  til  Sibcn,  og  l)un  5 
fortfotte  efter  en  liben  Seta?nfning,  ibet  ^un  brog  '^'uu 
gcren  efter  33orbplQben:     "^anffe  bet  ogfan  funbe  Dcrre 

noget  mere; men  bet  er  bet  fomme."  —  "Gr  bet 

mere?"  ^  fpnrte  ©t)nn0ne  og  tienbte  fig  mob  goberen,  fom 
fOnte§  at  bibe,  "2ta  —  jo;  men  bet  er,  fom  90?or  figer,  lo 
het  fan  boere  bet  famntc"  —  ".<JnorIcbe§  gif  bet  Iiam?'' 
f|)nrtc  B\:)m\0w.  —  "^o,  bet  Dar  nctop  bet,"  fagbe  S<-> 
beren  og  faa  Ijen  til  9)?oberen.  ®enne  fiabbe  Icrnet  fig 
bagober  mob  35oeggen  og  faa  paa  bem  begge.  "23Iet)  Ijan 
nlt)ffelig?"  ipuvtc  ®t)nn0be  fagte.  —  15 

"Wi  \aav  ftutte,  Ij^or  bcr  ffal  boere  ©htt,"  fagbe  Tlo- 
beren  og  reifte  fig.  gaberen  gjorbe  ligefoo,  @i)nn0t)c 
fenere. 

Let  the  student  note  all  such  characteristic  differences  of  expression 
between  Norwegian  and  English.  ^@r  bct  mere.  See  note  2, 
p.  83. 


Ottcnbc  ^niJitel, 

9^ogIc  llger  efter,  tiblig  om  Tlovqcnen,  lagebe  l^ele 
©oIBaffcfoIfct  fiij  til  Slirfefccrb;  bcr  f!ulbc  bare  ^onfir* 
matton,  fom  inbtraf  libt  tibligcre  but  Star  en  febDanlig,  og 
neb  flia  Seiltgdeb  Bleb  ^ufcne  ftoengte;  t^i  olle  ffulbe  a\' 
ftcb.  Xc  bilbe  i!fe  t\0re,  ba  3Seiret  bar  flort,  om  ogfaa  5 
libt  folbt  og  binbfiQarbt  i  9J?orgenftunben ;  Sogen  tcgncbe 
til  at  Bltbc  bnffcr.^  3Seicn  B^icbe  omfring  33ogbcn  og 
forBi  ©ranliben,  ftrj2(g  foQ  Bortober  til  ]^0tre,  og  en  gob 
Sjerbingbei  frem  laa  ba  ."^irfen.^  hornet  bar  paa  be 
flcfte  ©tebcr  ffaaret  og  fat  paa  ®t0r,^  ^i0rcnc  for  bet  lo 
mcfte  taget  neb  fro  Sjelbcne  og  gif  bunbnc,  90?ar!erne  bnr 
cntcn  gr0nnc  nnbcn  Oang  ellcr  paa  magrere  ^orb  gran= 
Iibibc;  runbtom  ftob  ben  mangefarbcbe  Sfog,  33irfen  alt 
ft)g,  Srfpcn  ganffc  Iilegguf,  Dtogncn  mcb  t^rre  ofrumpc= 
Blabe,  men  meb  Srugt.  ®ct  l^abbe  regnct  fterft  i  nogte  15 
^ITage,*  ©maafrattet,  fom  mubrebe  of  Iang§  33eicn  og  el- 
Icr§  ftob  og  nt)ftc  t  3Seifanbct,^  bar  nu  rcnbaffct  og  frifft. 

^Tfse  day  promised  to  become  beautiful.  Cf.  noun  Xetjll,  a  sign. 
The  verb  tcgne  means  'to  give  or  show  signs  of.'  ^gjerbingOct, 
quarter  of  a  mile.  A  Norwegian  mile  is  equal  to  seven  American 
miles,  hence  the  distance  here  is  a  mile  and  three  quarters,  ^fot  paa. 
(St0r.  The  grain  was  put  on  poles  to  dry  before  being  stacked. 
Stoni=small  grain.  Indian  corn  is  called  SJifli^  (Eng.  maize).  *\ 
liogfe  ®oge,  for  some  days.  %QX  meaning  'during'  is  regularly  i 
in  Norwegian,  ^i  SSeifaiibet.  In  Norwegian  ©anb  is  also  com- 
mon gender. 

(129) 


130  5ynu0ve  Solbaffcn 

Tlcn  Sielbfibenic  begi^ubtc  nt  lube  ti)mjrc  oner  Gcjuen, 
cfter  f)bert  [om  ben  r)cErienbe  ^0ft  flocbte  bem  of  og 
njorbc  bem  alnorltoe,  r)t)ortmob  Sielbfia'ffcue,  ber  Blot 
ftunbimellem  ija'ohc  btft  Sib  i  ©ommercn,  tullebc  fiobne 
og  Iprccttcnbe  ncboDer  meb  [tor  Bi0i.  ©ranlibfo^^fcu  Qif  5 
en  tynare  og  ft^ere  ©ang,  namilig  bo  hen  !om  neb  t 
©ranliburen,  l^bor  Sid^et  meb  en  ©ang  t!fe  bilbe  bccre 
meb  laMtner,  men  Irnf  fig  inbab.  S)en  tog  Spoenbtng  t 
©tcncn  og  fatte  fjujenbe  nffteb,  fna  bet  [falD  t  Sjelbet. 
95affet  Uco  bet  for  fit  gorrocberi;  tf^t  goSfen  fatte  en  lo 
tirrenbe  Stranfef|.ir^it  lige  op  t  bct§  5tnfigt.  9coget  nt)§= 
gferrigt  ©retrnt,  fom  ncermebe  fig  Stnpet,  f)anbc  ncct 
vapd  neb  t  ^I^mnien,  faalebeS  ftob  bet  og  t)iffebe  i  3Sanb- 
babet;  ilfi  goSfen  bar  tf!e  jpar  ben  Sag. 

^f)orBi0rn,  Begge  T^anS  Sora;Ibre,  Begge  r)on§  ©0=  15 
ffenbe  og  j2(brigc  ^<^uyfoIf  brog  netop  forbi  og  faa  pan 
bette.     ^a\\  bar  nu  friff  igjen  og  f)abbe  alt  fom  f0r^  taget 
fine  fraftigc  ^ag  t  5-Q^cJ^enS  ?(rBeibe.     Se  to  git  nu  Bc^ 
ftanbig  fammen,  foaIebe§  ogfaa  l^cr. 

"Ser  trorfeg  no'ften,  hot  er  SoIBaffefoIfet,  bi  f)ar  20 
Itgc  Bag  o§/'  fagbe  gaberen. 

^f)orBi0rn  faa  iffe   tilBage;   men   "OToberen   fagbe: 

"^a,  bet  er  bet  ogfaa  ;^ men  feg  fer  iffc •  jo, 

ber  langt  Bag." 

Gntcn  forbi  ©lanlibfolfet  fierefter  gif  fortcre,  eller  25 

'alt  fom  f0r,  already  as  before  {his  ill/iess).      ^c^a,  bet.     See  note  1, 
p.   124. 


SYun^pe   Solbaffen  131 

forbi  8oI6affeforfct  fagtnebe  paa  fig,  Bleb  ber  ftj^irre  og 
ft0rre  Stfi'tonb  melfem  bem,  tiliibft  ']aa  man  n^ppe  f)t)eran= 
bre.  2)er  lob  til  at  bibe  folffomt  i  fiirfen;  ben  lange 
93i)gbcuei  bar  fort  af  j^-olf,  gooenbe,  fjj^rcnbc  og  ribenbe; 
^eftene  bar  bocltge  nu  i  $0fttiben  og  libet  bante  til  at  5 
bccre  fammcn  mcb  ficre,  l^borfor  ber  bar  en  ©nceg  og  en 
llro  ober  bem,  font  gjorbe  garten  farefulb,  men  mcget 
libltg. 

^0  ncermcre  be  fom  .^irfen,  be§  ft^rrc  St^i  ftob  ber 
of  ^eftcne,  ibet  ^ber,  fom  !om,  ffreg  o^  til  bem,  fom  alt  lo 
ftob  bnnbne,  og  biefe  fleb  i  ^^joret,  trampebe  om  paa  58Qg« 
Benene  og  ^i^inebe  nebober  mob  be  nbfomne.    5nie  St)g- 
hcnS'  ^unbe,  fom  Ilgen  long  Ija'ohe  fibbet  og  f)0rt  paa 
l^beranbre  og  fmaafficcnbtcS  og  egget  fiberonbre,  m0btey 
nu  f)cr  t)eb  ^irfen  og  r^g  lige  i  .<5o&  i  t>et  bolbfomfte  is 
Slnggmaal,  barbi»  og  i  ftcrfe  Plumper,  ub  ober  qI  Tlavt. 
golfct  ftob  ftilfe  TongS  ^irfemuren  og  ^ufene,  f0rte  en 
^biffenbe  ©amtale  og  fan  blot  tit  f^eronbre  fro  ©iben  nf. 
25eien,  fom  fj!<rte  forbi  SWuren  bar  i!!e  breb,  ^ufene  laa 
tcct  til  paa  ben  cnbre  8iben,  og  nu  ftob   ^binbfoltenc  20 
gjcrne  longS  meb  SOiuren,  9)iQnbfoIfcne  mibt  imob  bem 
Iang§  ^ufene.     50rft  fenere  bobebe  be  at  gaa  ober  til 
l^beranbre,  og  om  fjenbt  '^oll  faa  ^beranbre  paa  Stfftonb, 
lob  be,  fom  be  iffe  fjenbte?,  f0r  benne  2;ib  fom;  —  bet 
ffulbe  bo  bccre,  at  be  ftob  faa  lige  i  23eien  for  fjberau'  25 
bre,^noar  ben  ene  ^art  fom,  at  be  iffe  funbe  unbgaa 

'bet  funbe  ba  tare  ot,  unless  it  be  that,  unless  they  happened  to,  for  bet 
tiotre  fig  nt,  a  rare  concessive  conjunctive.  Cf.  Swedish  det  vara 
sig  at,  German  e»  fci  beim  ba^. 


132  SYTtn^fc   Solbaffcn 

.$tl§ntnger;  men  ha  ilete  ben  meb  i)al'ot  Bortbenbt  STn- 
|igt  og  fnoppe  £xh,  tporpaa  be  gjerne  brog  [ig  til  f)Der 
fin  ^ont.  Sq  ©mnlibfolfct  naabe  frcm,  DIcD  bcr  na'= 
[ten  mere  ftille  cnb  f0r;  Socmunb  f)at)be  i!fe  mange  at  ^il« 
fe,  l^dorfor  bet  gi!  ret  fort  frem  ober  fUcdfcn;  ^ninbfol*  5 
fcne  berimob  Tjcftcbe  fig  ftrafS  faft  og  bleb  ftaacnbc  dfanbr 
be  forrefte.  !Dctte  gjorbe,  at  SO^anbfoIfene,  ha  be  ffulbe 
til  at  goo  tnb  t  .^irfen,  maotte  fremober  igjen  efter  ^t)inb- 
folfene;.  i  bet  famme  font  tre  2?ogne  t  ^affe,  bolbfommere 
enb  nogen  foregaacnbe,  og  ftanfebe  enb  i!fc  ^arten,  ibet  lo 
be  Bj2(iebe  inb  ime[Icni  ^^olfene.  ©o'munb  og  Z{pth]0tu, 
fom  nor  bar  Iifebcn  oberfj0rt,  faa  op  paa  famme  3^ib;  i 
ben  f0rfte  35ogn  fab  ^nnb  9?orbf)oug  og  en  gammcl  ?[^anb, 
i  ben  anben  ]5an§  Softer  og  f)enbe§  ^uSbonb,  i  ben  treble 
S0beraab§foIfet.^  g-aber  og  @^n  faa  paa  l^feranbrc;  15 
©cemunb  foranbrebe  tffe  et  Srag,  ^fiorbj^rn  bar  meget 
Weg;  be  lob  bcgge  Sliffet  flibbe  og  glibe  nb;  beir  m^bte 
bet  ©oIBaffefoIfet,  fom  netop  r)abbe  ftanfet  lige  ober  for 
bem  for  at  l^ilfe  ^ngebj^rg  og  ^ngrib  ©ranliben.  3Sog- 
nene  bar  fommen  imellem,  ©amtalen  bar  ftibnet,  0inene  20 
f)ang  enbnu  beb  be  bortfarenbe,  og  bet  bar  en  2:ib,  f0r  be 
funbe  tage  bem  til  fig  igjen.  (Som  be  ha  nogen  og  f)bcr 
begbnbte  at  fomme  fig  efter  Dberraf!elfen  og  fob  0iet 
ftreife  for  at  f0ge  en  Dbergang,  m0bte  be  2;f)orbi0rn  og 


i^l^ttcroaticforfet.  f^Oberoab  is  the  annual  allowance  reserved  by 
the  one  who  gives  over  his  property  to  his  heir.  {Juberoob^foff, 
those  who  live  on  such  allowance,  say  the  pensioners. 


SYnn0pe   5oIba!fcn  1H3 

©CEirmnb,  ber  ftob  og  ftirrebe.  ©uttorm  ©oIBaffen  B)2fi» 
ebe  bort,  men  ^onen  \aa  [trofS  efter  Xf)oribi0rn§  0ine; 
©t)nn0t)e,  font  no!'  I^obbe  fact  bi§fe,  oenbte  ){g  mob 
^ngrib  ©ranltben  og  tog  ^enbe  t  .^oanben  fom  for  at 
j^ilfe  l^enbc,  [f'i^nt  l^uu  ^at)be  gjort  bet  en  @ang  f0r.  Tlcn  5 
die  f^rte  be^  |)aQ  en  @ang,  at  bere^  ^jeneftefolf  og  ^jen- 
bingcr,  olle  fom  ^n,  tagttog  bem,  og  mt  gif  ©cemunb  felD 
bent  ober  og  tog  meb  bortDenbt  5In[tgt  Outtorm  t  .<^aan- 
ben:  "Xof  for  ftbft!"^— "©elb  2:0!  for  ftbft."*  Cigefoa 
<^?onen:  "Zat  for  fibft!"  —  "Selo  ^of  for  fibft;"  men  10 
beller  iffe  Imn  \cia  o^).  2!f)orbi0rn  gif  efter  og  gjorbe 
fom  S^aberen;  benne  fom  nu  til  St)nn0Oe,  fom  Dar  hen 
f0rfte,  l)an  faa  paa.  ^un  faa  ogfon  op  til  l)am  og  glemte 
at  ftge:  "Xat  for  fibft."  Xtiorbjj^frn  fom  i  bet  famme;  ^ 
l^on  fogbe  intet,  l^un  intet,  be  tog  l^beranbre^  i  ^oonben,  15 
men  r0ft,  ingen  fif  0inene  0^3,  ingen  funbe  fltjtte  en  3ob 
beef.  —  "S)et^  blioer  beftemt  et  celftgnet  3Seir^ibag,"  fag- 
be  ^nren  ©olbaffen  og  lob  58Iiffet  meb  ^aft  goa  fro  hen 
ene  til  ben  onben.  ©amiinb  bar  ben,  fom  fborebe:  "^la, 
jq;  ben  SSinb  briber  ©fglngene  beef."  —  "@obt  for  ^or=  20 
net,  fom  ftaor  og  trcenger  til  2:;0rfe,"'^  fagbe  ^ngebi0rg 


^nof,  indeed,  you  may  be  sure.  ^^(W  oHc  f0rte  bc  etc.  Note  the 
pleonastic  pronoun  repeating  the  logical  subject  alle.  See  note  1, 
p.  66.  ^%nl  for  fibft !  A  stock  formula  of  address;  literally  thanks 
for  the  last,  i.  e.  our  last  meeting.  •*@clt)  %(d  for  ftbft,  say,  Thanks, 
the  same  to  you!  H  bet  famme,  at  the  same  time.  ^^Oeranbre.  See 
note  2,  p.  100.  ^On  bet  as  anticipatory  subject,  see  note  2,  p. 
83.  '*9Setr  pron.  SJoer.  In  this  word,  and  the  derivative  Uweir  the 
symbol  of  the  sound  cc  is  ei.    »scil.  bet  et  before  @obt  for  S!ornet. 


134  Synn^Dc   SoIbaFfcn 

©ronltben  og  Begl)nbte  at  &0rfte  n[  ^cemmb  Bag  paa 
Zv0\en,  bentelig  forbi  !)un  trobe,  ^on  bar  ftj2ibet.  — 
"SSor^erre  l^ar  gbel  o§  et  gobt  Slar;  men  bet  fan  boere 
ut)t§ft,  om  Qltfammen  bil  t  6u§/'  fagbe  ^aren  ^olhaUm 
igjen  og  foa  l^en  til  be  to,  fom  enbnu  iffe  ^abbe  fli}ttet  fig  5 
[iben  fibft.  "®et  !ommer  on  paa  golfemagten,"  fagbe 
©oemunb  og  benbte  fig  mob  l^enbe,  faa  at  I)un  i!fe  gobt  ^ 
funbe  [e  bib,  ^m  bilbe.  "^eg  ^ar  tit  toenft,  at  et  ^ar 
©aarbe  funbe  loegge  fin  Wagt  i  .<ooB;  ba  gif  bet  biSft^ 
Bebre."  —  '"^ct  fan  bcere  flig,  at  be  bil  Bruge  ^^rfen  paa  lo 
en  ©ong,"  fogbe  ^aren  ©oIBaffen  og  tog  et  ©fribt  til 
©iben.  —  "^Qbi§ft,"  fagbe  SngcBi0rg  og  ftillcbe  fig  to't 
beb  ar^anben,  foolebeg  ot  l^arcn  I)eIIer  ifle  nu  fit  fe  bib, 
I)un  bilbe;  "men  fomme  Stcber  er  bcr  tibligere  mobent 
enb  paa  onbre;  ©oIBaffen  cr  ofte  ober  gjortenbagene  for=  i5 
an  o§."  —  "Sa,  ha  funbe  bi  jo  gobt  l^joelpeS,"  fagbe  ®ut= 
form  longfomt  og  traabte  et  ©fribt  narmere.  ^aren  faa 
til  l^am  i  ^aft.  —  "QfllerS  er  ber  mange  Dmftoenbigf}ebcr, 
fom  fan  fomme  i  SScien,"  f0iebe  l^an  til.  —  "3)et  er 
ber,"  fagbe  .^aren  og  flt)ttcbe  ett  ©fribt  til  ben  cne  oibo,  20 
ett  ©fribt  til  ben  anbcn  og  no!  ett,-^  men  faa  atter  tilBage. 
— "STo  —  ja;  ber  cr  ofte  megct  i  ^Qim  for  en,"  fagbe 
©oemunb;  bet  bar  iffe  frit,*  at  99?unbcn  traf  op  til  ct 

'life  flobt,  not  easily,  not  very  well.  ^tiiSft,  I  am  sure,  I  dare  say.  hwX 
ett,  still  another.  Cf.  German,  nocf)  eiii.  ^bet  tiar  tffe  frit  (for),  a 
calloquialism,  that  is  hard  to  render  adequately  into  English.  Some- 
times may  be  translated  by  'one  might  have  seen.'  Say  here: 
smiling  a  little  as  he  said  it,  or  Fm  not  sure  but  that  he  smiled  a  little  as 
he  said  it. 


5YttTt0DC   Solbatfcn  135 

<Sm'H.  —  "9SeI  or  bcr  fan,"  ^  fagbe  (Suttorm;  men  ^onen 
[fi0i)  inb:  "aiicnncffcmagten  rceffer  iffe  langt;  @ub§  er 
ben  [t0r[te,  ffulbe  jcg  tro,  og  bet  fommer  on  paa  fiom." 

—  "i^nn  ffitlbc  ba  DeP  iffe  r)at)e  fonberlig  tmob,  at  bi 
j^icili)  ftDeranbrc  meb  ^nbr^^ftningcn  of  ©ronliben  og  ©oI=   5 
Boffen?"  —  "^tei,"  mente  ©uttorm;  "bet  fan  l^an  ha  iffe 
l^abe  imob,"  og  f)an  faa  aldorlig  ^en  ril  ^onen.    SDenne 
bcnbte  ©amtalen.  —  "^er  er  mange  i^olt  beb  ^irfcn 
ibag,"  fagbe  l^un;  "hd  q\0v  gobt^  at  fe  bem  fjzige  @ub» 
$U!§."    vsngen  \t)nte§  at  bille  fbare;  ha  fogbe  ©uttorm:  lo 
"^eg  tror  not  het  monner  meb  @ub§frQgten;  ber  er 
flere  beb  ^irfen  nu  enb  i  min  Itngbom."  —  '"^la  [a;  — 
golfct  0gc§,"  [agbe  ©crmnnb.  —  "S)et  er  be!  bem  iblanbt, 
fanjfe  ft^rfte  ^arten  meb,  fom  blot  briber  f)ib  ober  af 
3?ane,"  jagbe  ^aren  ©olbaffen.  —  "S^'anffe  be  t)ngre,"  15 
mcnte  v.nQff'i.^rg  —  "£e  t)ngre  bil  gjerne  tra?ffe  l^beran* 
bre,"  [agbe  ©a?mnnb.  —  "^ar  ^  ^0rt,  at  ^reften  bit  [0ge 
[ig  baf  ?"  *  fagbe  STaren  og  benbte  ©amtalen  anben  @ang. 

—  "Set  bar  ftemt,"  fagbe  ^ngebjjzfrg;  "^an  l^ar  haahe 
h0ht  og  fonftrmcrct  alle  930rnene  mine."  —  "2)u  bilbe  bel  20 
ogfaa,  l^an  ffulbe  gifte  bem  f0rft?"  fagbe  ©cemunb  og  tt)g» 
gcbe  beef  paa  en  ^l\§>,  fom  l^an  l)a'ohe  funbet  fig.  —  "^eg 
nnbrer  mig  paa,  om  bet  iffe  fnart  ffulbe  boere  ^irfetib," 
fagbe  ^aren  og  faa  f)en  til  vsnbgangen.  —  "^a,  bet  cr  nof 
^ebt  l^erube  ibag,"  fagbe  ©cemunb  fom  ^0v.  —  "^om  nu,  25 


'35i'l  cr  bv'r  faa,  indeed  there  are.  ^^ail  ffulbc  t>a  Del  iffe,  but  surely 
he  could  not  etc.  ^bct  fljjJr  gobt,  it  does  one  good.  •*fjiJge  fig  Doef, 
leave^ 


136  5Ytin0t)cSoI6aFfen 

(St)nn0be,  faa  |?al  bt  gaa  inb."  —  "©Qnrt0be  for  fnmmen 
og  benbte  fig;  tf)i  ^un  l^abbe  nof  talt  meb  ^^orbi0rn. 
"mi  bit  iffe  bente,  til  ^loffen  ringer?"  fagbe  ^ngrib 
(Sranliben  og  ffottebe  l^en  til  <Bt)nn0'oe;  "fan  gaa  bi  nlle- 
fammen,"^  lagbe  ^ngebjj^rg  til.  ©Qnn0be  bibfte  iffe,  5 
f)bab  f)un  ffulbe  fbare.  ©cemunb  fao  Bagober  til  f)cnbe. 
"3Scntcr  bu,  faa  ringer  het  fnart  —  for  big/'  fagbc  f)an. 
©tinn0be  Bleb  meget  r^b,  9Woberen  foo  Bi^aft  0^  til  f)am. 
'tfflm  f)an  fmilte  til  l^enbe.  "®et  bliber  nw,  font  SSorl^crre 
bil;  bar  bet  iffe  fao,  bu  fagbe  nb§?"  Og  '^cin  ruSlcbc  i  10 
Sorbeien  Bortobcr  mob  ^irfen,  be  anbre  efter. 

3Seb  ^irfeb^ren  bair  ber  S^roengfel,  og  bo  be  ffulbe  fe 
til,  bar  ben  iffe  o|i^e.  Dieto^)  font  be  gif  nccrmcre  for  at 
ft'0rge  om  ^farfagen,  Bleb  ben  aaBnet,  og  J^oU  gif  inb; 
men  nogle  gif  ogfaa  tilBage,  l^t^otbeb  be  fommenbe  Bleb  15 
abffilte.  £)p  tiP  SBoeggen  ftob  to  i  ©amtale,  ben  ene  1)01 
og  fbcrr,  mcb  ft)ft,  men  ftribt  .§aar,  But  9^crfe,  og  bet  bar 
.<*lnnb  ??orbf)oug,  fom,  ba  t^an  faa  Oranlibfofet  fomme, 
ftanfebe  ^alen,  Bleb  libt  unberlig,  men  ftob  alligebel, 
©crmunb  fTuIbe  nu  gaa  lige  forBi  Bam  og  laante  Bam  et  20 
^ar  0ine^  i  bat  fammc,  men  ^nub  flog  feller  iffe  fine 
neb,*  ffi0nt  be  iffe  fao  fiffert.  92u  fom  ©t)nn0be,  og 
ftrofS  Bitn  fci'^  ubent^t  fif  ^luib  at  fc,  Blet)  f)un  ligBIeg. 
®o  flog  ^mtb  0iet  neb,*  l0ftcbc  fig  op  fro  35ceggen  for 
ot  gaa.     ^an  B^tibe  fun  gjort  et  ^or  ©fribt,  bo  Bon  foo  25 


'goo,  conjunctive  of  request  or  invitation,  ^jjf^  leaning-  against. 
Haantc  ^om  et  pat  0inc,  cp.  Eng.  'gave  him  a  look.'  *Note  flao 
^inene  neb,  drop  one's  eyes. 


5Ynn0uc   Solbaffcn  137 

fire  SrnftQtcr  rettet  paa  [ta,  bet  bar  ©uttorm^,  ^onen§, 
^ngribS  oq  Zi)or:bl0vnS\  9tcl  fom  i)an  Dor  )2(r,  gif  I)Qn 
lige  ^QQ  bem,  \aa  lion  uben  felt)  at  bibe  bet  fnart  ftob  9lu- 
ficjt  til  Slnfigt  meb  Sljorbj^rn  feld ;  hd  lob,  fom  l)an  bilbe 
bragc  til  ©ibcn  ftrafS;  men  flere  golf  bar  fomne  til,  og  5 
bet  tunbe  if'te  gij2(re§  \aa  let.  S)ette  Ijxnbte  lige  |)aa 
©tenrjellen,  fom  ligger  ubenfor  ^ogerlibfirfen;  oppe  paa 
S^crrffclcn  til  33aat)enr)ufet  bar  ©t)nn0be  ftanfet  og  Bcc- 
munb  Iccngere  inbe;  be  funbe,  ha  be  ftob  f)j^iere,  tt)belig 
fees  of  allc  ubenfor  og  fe  bem.  ©t)nn0be  i^abbe  glemt  alt  lo 
og  ftob  og  ftirrebe  paa  2;t)orbi0rn ;  ©ocmunb  ligefaa,  ^o= 
nen,  ©olbaffe^^arret,  ^ngrib.  2^^orbi0irn  f0lte  bet  og 
ftob  fom  naglet  faft;  men  ^nub  tcenfte,  at  l}an  f)er  maatte 
gj0re  noget,  og  foa  rafte  f)an  ben  ene  §aanb  et  libet 
®tt)ffe  frem,  men  fagbe  ingenting.  Xi^ovhi0vn  ra!te  15 
00 fan  fin  libt  from,  men  iffe  faalebeS,  at  be  funbe  naa 
Ijbcranbre. 

"Zaf  for  — "  begt)nbte  ^nh,"^  men  t^uffebe  ftrafS, 
at  bet  iffe  bar  nogen  rigtig  ^ilfcn  fier,  og  gif  et  ©fribt 
til&age.  Xl)ovh]0vn  faa  op,  og  0iet  traf  (Si)nn0be,  ber  20 
bar  f)bib  fom  ©ne.  TUh  et  langt  ©fribt  frem  og  et  fraf* 
tigt  ^ag  i  Slnubg  $aanb  fagbe  I)an,  foa  be  ncermefte  funbe 
I50re  bet: 

"Zaf  for  fibft,  ^nub;  bi  fon  —  l^obe  l^obt  gobt  of  bet 
Begge  to." 2  25 


^Xaffor-.     See  Note  3,  p.  133.    ^tjati  Qoht  a^  en  %\nQ=to  benefit 
by,  derive  benefit  from. 


138  Synn^DC   Solbaffcn 

^nub  GOD  en  Stjb  fra  fig  omtrent  [om  et  ^if,^  og  bet 
bar,  font  f)Qn  to  eller  tre  (^angc  for)0gte  at  tote;  men  bet 
bled  i!fe  noget  af.^ 

2()Oir&i0rn  Oobbe  iffe  mere  at  [ige,  bentebe,  —  laa 
iffe  Op,  men  have  bentcbe.  S)er  falbt  imtblerttb  iffe  et  5 
£)rb,  og  [om  nu  Zi)oxbi0vn  ftob  ber  og  bretcbe  ®almel)0= 
gen  i  ^aonben,  fom  i^on  til  at^  iVippe  hen  neb.  BtvaU 
D0iebe  Slnub  fig,  tog  ben  og  rafte  ^am  ben.  "Zall"^  fagbc 
^F)orbi0rn,  fom  felb  i)at)he  h0\et  fig;  F)an  faa  op,  men  ba 
Slnub  alter  faa  neb,  toenfte  Sf)orBi0rn:  bet  er  bebft,  jeg  lO 
gaar.     £)g  faa  gif  ban. 

Se  anbre  gif  ogfao,  og  ha  3;^orbi0rn  f)a\}he  fat  fig 
neh  og  en  Stunb  efter  bilbe  fe  ottev  til  ^Dinbfolfeftolen, 
m0bte  Ijan  ^ngebj0rg§  Sfnfigt,  fom  fmilte  moberlig  mob 
t)am,  og  ^aren  ©olbalfeng,  ber  beftemt  f)ot)be  dentet  paa,  15 
at  i}an  ffufbe  fe  btboder;  tbi  ftraf§  l^an  gjorbe  bette,  nif= 
febe  bim  tre  ©onge  til  bam,  og  ha  ban  ftubfebe  berOcb, 
niffebe  i)nn  tre  ©ange  til,  enbnu  milbere  enb  f0r.  — 
©oemunb,  gaberen,  f)Diffebe  I)am  inb  i  0ret:  "Xei  tcenfte 
jeg."  Se  fja'ohe  b0rt  ;5nbgang§b0nnen,  funget  en  (Sah  20 
me,  og  ^onfirmanberne  ftillebe  fig  alt  op,  f0r  tjan  no-fte 

Mnen  bet  bleO  t!fe  noget  a^,but  nothing  came  of  it.  but  he  did  not  succeed. 
Note  the  idiom  bli»e  noget  af  en  %\\\%.  ^fom  l^an  tif  at,  he  happened 
to.  ^%(x\  pron.  Xatf.  §ir  pron.  §iff,  but  note  Sag  1.  22,  p.  137 
pron.  %oX.  As  a  rule  a  vowel  before  final  b,  b,  g,  is  long, 
but  that  before  final  p,  t,  f,  is  short,  i.  e.  in  the  former  case  the 
consonant  is  short  in  the  latter  it  is  long,  though  generally  written 
single;  the  doubling  of  consonants  finally,  is  emploged  only  to  avoid 
ambiguity — e.  g.  Tngg,  'dew,'  and  S^Tui,  'a  cloth,'  or  in  specifically 
Norwegian  words  e.  g.  Saf^  'load,'  gonn  'snowdrift,'  etc. 


SYnn0PC   Solbnffcit  139 

©ana  l^bijTcbc  til  f)am.  "Tien  ^nnh  tan  libet  meb^at 
t)a?rc  gob;  lab  bet  Beftanbig  tJcere  longt  ifra  ©ranliben 
til  ??orbf)oiia." 

Sloufirmationcn  tog  fin  53egt)rtbelfc,  ibct  ^ireften  fom 
frcm,  og  930rncnc  iftemmcbe  Slonfirmation§[Qlmcn  cfter    5 
S?tngo.     9ft  f)0vQ  bem  [t)ngc  olle  paa  en  (Sang  og  olene, 
foi*tir0ftning§fulbt  og  flingcnbe,  pkkt  gjerne  r0rc  golf 
og  I}elft  ben,  font  iffe  cr  fommen  Icrngre  bort,  enb  at  \^an 
I)uffer  fin  egen  S^ag.    S^nar  en  ht)h  ©til^eb  f^Iger  paa, 
og  ^reften,  ben  famme  nu  i  ober  tt)be  Star,  ben  fammc,  lo 
font  gjeirne  liar  T^nbt  en  eller  anbcn  liben  gob  otnnb, 
fjbori  l^an  Fiar  talt  til  bet  6cbre  for  fiber  enfelt  of  bent,  — 
noor  fjan  mx  folber  §a?nberne  ober  Srtiftet  og  toger  i,  ^ 
er  ber  gjerne  ntcgen  Seboegelfe.    9??en  ^0rnene  Bcgi)n' 
ber  at  gircrbe,  naar  ^reftcn  toler  om  [^oroelbrene  og  bil,  15 
at  be  ffol  Bebe  til  9Sorf)erre  for  fine  330rn. 

S!r)orBi0rn,  font  nt)Iig  Eiabbe  ligget  for  S)0ben,  enb' 
nu  t)berIigore  f^abbe  trot,  at  f)an  bleb  et  I5elfel0ft  SWen- 
neffe,  grocb  nteget,  men  ifccr,  ha  3?0rnene  aflagbe  S0ftet, 
og  ctllefantmen  bar  fifre  |3aa  at  fiotbe  het.^  ^an  fan  20 
iffe  en  enefte  (55ang  ober  til  ^binbfolfeftolen;  men  eftcr 
cnbt  ^jcnefte  gi!  fian  fien  til  ^ngrib,  ®0fteren,  og  f)bi» 
ffebe  noget  tit  l^cnbe,  l^boir|:iaa  l^an  ffynbfomt  trocngtc  fig 
frem  og  uh,  og  fomme  bilbe  bibc,^  at  f)an  bar  tagen  op= 

'f  ail  Itbet  meb,  transl.  it  is  not  easy  {for  Knud  to  be  good),  lit. 'knows 
little  how.'  ^tagcr  i,  begins.  ^Note  the  expression  at  ^olbe  et  SjJfte, 
Eng.  to  keep  a  promise.  Cf.  also  the  expression  at  !^oIbe  et  93fab, 
to  'take*  a  (news)paper.  ^fatnme  ttlTbe  titbc,  some  said,  affected 
to  know. 


140  SYitttj^DcSoIbaffen 

ober  fiiben  og  til  ©fog§  t  ©tebet  for  l)mab  SanbcDcicn; 
men  be  bar  iffe  Disf  paa  bet.  ©ccmunb  Icbtc  eftcr 
r)am,  —  opgob  hd  bog,  ba  l^on  [aa,  at  ^rtgrtb  ogfoa  bar 
Borte.  c^an  Icbte  fiben  eftcr  ©olbaffcfolfet  bi§fc  for 
runbt  obcr  al  ©aarben  og  fpurtc  cftcr  ®i)nn0Dc,  font  in=  5 
gen  I^abbc  fet  ligt  lit  ^  2)e  brog  ha  Iiicmober,  l^ber  for 
fig,  og  ubcn  fine  930rn. 

yjlen  langt  frcmmc  paa  33cicn  bar  fiaabc  (Sbnn0be  og 
Sngrib. 

"^eg  angrer  no'ftcn,  jcg  tog  mcb,"    fagbe  ben  f^rftc.  lo 

"Set  or  i!fc  lo'iigcr  farligt  nu,  naar  i^^av  beb  om 
bet,"  fagbe  ben  anben.  — 

'"^en  i-)an  er  bog''  iffe  m  in  5ar,"  fagbe  (SQnn0be. 

"$bem  beb?"  fbarebe  ^'ngrib,  —  og  faa  fagbe  be  iffe 
mere  om  ben  Sing.  —  15 

"Set  er  nof  Ijcr,  bi  ffulbe  Ine,"'*  mente  ^ngrib,  ha 
SSeien  tia'ohe  gjort  en  ftor  ^irog  paa  fig,  og  be  ftob  i  en 
ia^t  ©!og.  — 

"^an  f)ar  en  lang  Ombci,"  fagbe  ©t)nn0bc.  — 

"9nt  !ommcn!"  falbt  2:l)orti]0rn  inb,  —  fjan  rcifte  20 
fig  op  Bag  en  ftor  ©ten. 

t*gan  l^abbe  foerbig  i  ."^obcbet  alt  bet,  fjan  bilbe  fige, 
og  hct  bar  iffe  libet.  Tlcn  ibag  fTuIbc  bet  iffe  gaa  traat, 
far  t^ar  t)on§  bibfte  om'  bet  og  bilbe  bet,  f)bab  f^an  ft)ntc§ 


'font  ingen  !^at)be  fc t  ligt  tif,  whom  noone  had  seen  anything  of.  ^(^ 
tog  mcb,  {that)  I  came  along.  The  expression  is  more  Danish  than 
Norwegian.  See  Henrik  Ibsen  Festskrift;  p.  169.  2bog=6«ft  cf. 
Germ.  botf).    ^'o'x  ffulbe  bic,  we  were  to  wait. 


5Yi«n0PC    Solbaffcn  141 

at  bcere  Di»f  paa  efter  bet,  fom  fjnnbe  ^cenbt  deb  ^rfen. 
Slitj  foiu  i)ciu  otjiaa  )elD  fiQt^be  locngteg  ben  fiele  ©om« 
mcr,  jTuIbc  I)Qn  nof  nu  blioe  brigtigcrc  til  at  tnle  meb 
Tjenbe,  enb  Ijcin  f^r  (jntibc  narct.^ 

"2)et  cr  fiebft,  Di  gaor  ©fogbeien,"  [agbc  l}Qn;  "ben    5 
f0rer  fnorere  frem."      ^emerne  fagbe   ingcnting,   men 
fulgte. 

Zf)ov'bi0vn  tcenfte  at  tah  til  ©tjnn^bc,  men  f0rft 
dilbe  F)an  i^entc,  til  be  fom  til  ^Soffen  opoder,  fibcn,  til  be 
bar  Oder  hen  3}ii}ren;  men  ba  be  t)el  bar  ober,^  tccnfte  10 
I)Qn,  bet  bor  Bcbft  at  6egt)nbe,  noar  l^an  bar  fommen  inb 
i  ben  8fogen  ber  locngre  frcmme.  !v3ngrib,  fom  bcl^ 
fijnteg,  bet  gif  noget  langfomt  meb  bem,  begt)nbte  at 
fogtne  ©angen  og  gleb  mere  og  mere  tilBage,  til  t)un 
nceften  iffe  bar  fQnIig;  Sgnnjzfbe  lob,  fom  r)un  iffe  mcr=  15 
t'ebe  bet,  men  Begtjnbte  at  pluffe  et  og  onbet  58ccr,  fom 
ftob  fremme  i  SSeifanten. 

®et  bar  ha  unberligt,  jeg  iffe  ffulbe  foQ  SWoalet  for 
mig,  tcenfte  2f)orI)ij2irn,  og  \aa  fagbe  ^an:  "®et  bleb  al= 
ligebel  bnffcrt  35eir  ibog."  —  20 

"S)et  Bleb  hct,"  fbarebe  ®l}nn0bc.  £)g  \aa  hat  het^ 
ct  <Btt)f(e  fremober  igjen;  f)un  pluffebe  93cer,  og  l^on  gif 


'Observe  that  the  first  clause  stands  in  causal  relation  to  the  second; 
transl.  the  way  /le  had  been  longing  all  summer,  he  certainly  would  be 
better  able  now  to  speak  with  her,  than  he  had  been  before,  ^nicii  bo  be 
Del  bor  ooer,  but  when  they  were  barely  over  that.  ^Cel,  /  suppose,  no 
doubt,  ■•bet  impersional  lit.  'it  went  forward,'  say  they  walked  some 
distance  again. 


142  SYnn0t)c    Solbaffen 

ber.  —  '"^et  bar  fnilbt,  bu  nilbc  t0lGe/'  fagbe  f)an;  men 
berpQQ  ftiorebc  f)uu  tft'e.  — 

"2)et  f)ar  bocret  en  lana  ©ommer,"  fagbe  ^an;  men 
Tjerpaa  [Dcirebe  l^im  Ijeller  tf!e.  —  9tei,  \aa  Icenge  t)i  gaar, 
tccnfte  Zi)oxhi0vn,  !ommer  bt  albrtg  til  at  fmiffcS  Deb;_   5 
"jcg  tror,  t)i  gi0r  Bebft  i  at  bcnteUibt  paa  ^ngrib,"  jag= 
be  I)Qn.  — 

"^Q,  lab  o§  bet/'^  fagbe  ®t)nn0be  og  ftob;  Ijcr  bar 
ber  intet  33tTr  at  l)0ie  fig  neb  efter,  bet  f)obbc  3;()orl)i0rn 
nof  fet;  men  ©t)nn;2(be  l^abbc  faat  fat  paa  et  ftort  Stroa,  10 
og  nu  ftob  l^un  og  traf  33a!rene  tnb  paa  ©traaet. 

"^  Sag  falbt  bet  mig  fterft  paa  Tdnhc  ben  Sib,  bt 
gif  fammen  til  Confirmation,"  fagbe  I)an.  — 

"^eg  maatte  ogfao  famme  hct  i  ^ng,"  fbarebe  \}uu. 

"3)er  er  mange  Sting  I^ccnbt  fiben  ben  (Sang,"  —  og  15 
ha  l^un  intet  fagbe,  fortfatte  Ijan:    "3Qtcn  be  ficfte  faalc* 
te§>,  fom  bt  iffe  l^Qbbe  bentet." 

(&t)nn0be  ftaf  fine  33(rr  megct  flittig  inb  paa  ©raaet 
og  l^olbt  ;gobebel  [i0ict  unber  bettc;  fian  flt)ttebe  libt  for 
at  fe  I^enbe  i  5fnftgtet;  men  fom  om  f)un  mcrfebe  bcttc,  fiF  20 
f)nn  laget  bet  flig,  at  fmn  maatte  bcnbe  fig  ^oant).     2)a 
bleb  l^an  ncrftcn  ro^b,  'i)an  ingenling  ffulbc  faa  frem. 

"©t)nn0be,  bu  f)ar  bcl  altib  libt  at  fige,  bit  ogfaa?"^ 

2)a  faa  f)un  op  og  lo.     "^'oah  ffal  jeg  fige?"  fpnrtc 
l^un.  25 

$an  fif  alt  fit  Tloh  igjen  og  bilbe  tage  l^enbe  om 

it)i  gj0r  bebft  i  ot  bente,  we  had  better  wait.  ^2a^  o§  bet,  See  note 
1,  p.  99.  ■''bu  !^or  t)ef  altib  etc.,  you  surely  have  something  to  say  too 
haven't  you  Synnfive. 


SYnn0t»e   Solbaffcn  143 

Sibet,  men  juft  font  Tjon  font  ncrr  til  fjenbe,  turbe  l^an  iffe 
rigtig,  men  fl^urte  Blot  gonfle  fpogfccrbig:  "^ngrib  t)Qr 
bell  taltmebbig?"  — 

"^0/"  fDorebe  l^un.  — 

"^aa  beb  bu  ogfao  noget,"  fagbe  l^on.  5 

^un  toug. 

"^aa  tieb  bu  ogfao  noget,"  gjentog  i^on  og  fom 
anben  (Sang  noermere,  — 

"2)u  beb  beP  ogfoo  noget,"  fborebe  l^un,  —  Stnfig- 
kt  funbe  f)an  tffe  fe.  —  lo 

"^a,"  fnobe  Jian  og  bilbe  fao  fat  i  en  of  ^enbe§ 
.•^ccnbqr;  men  f)un  bar  nu  fliitigere  enb  nogen  5tib  f0r. 

"Set  er  faa  leit  meb  bet"  fagbe  f)an,  "at  bu  magt* 
ftjceler  mig."  — 

^an  funbe  iffe  merfe,  om  l^un  fmtlte  til  bet,  og  ber-  is 
for  bibfte  Iian  iffe,  Ijbab  fian  ffulbe  f0ie  til.     "^ort  og 
gobt  ba,"  fagbe  fian  meb  en  (Sang  ret  fterft,  ffi0nt  ®tem- 
men  bar  iffe  fiffcr;  "f)bab  i)in  bu  gjort  meb  ben  ©eb- 
belen?" 

§un  fbarebe  iffe,  men  benbte  fig  Bort.  20 

^an  gif  efter,  lagbe  ben  cne  ^aanb  paa  l^enbeS 
©■fulber  og  b0iebe  fig  neb  ober  fjenbe.  "©bar  mig!" 
fibiffebc  l^on. 

"^eg  l^ar  brcenbt  ben." 

.<pan  tog  raff  og  benbte  l^enbe  mob  fig,  men  ba  faa  25 
f)an,  at  Bun  bilbe  til  at  groebe,  og  faa  turbe  f)an  iffe  an= 

'Del,  /  suppose. 


144  Synn^neSoIbaffcn 

bet  eitb  at  fltp^e  fienbc  tgien;  —  bet  er  ha  oofao  jlemt, 
fao  let  f)un  tnger  til  ben  Oranbert/  tccnfte  i)an. 

33ebft  fom  be  ftob,^  fagbe  l^un  fagte:  ".^dorfor 
f!reb  bu  ben  ©ebbclcn?"  — 

"®et  f)ar  iv^norib  fagt  big."  —  5 

"^a  t)i§ft;  men  —  men  hct  bar  ^aavht  a\  big."  — 

"gar  bilbe  bet  —"  — 

"5riltgebel  — "  — 

"^an  trobe,  jeg  bleb  et  t)eliel0ft  93?enne[fe  a\  min 
^ib;  l^erefter  f!al  i  eg  f;2irge  for  big,  fagbe  l^an."  lo 

^ngrib  bifte  [ig  ncbe  i  33affcn,  og  be  tog  ftrafS  li^aa 
cit  gao. 

"®et  bar,  fom  jeg  faa  big  &cbft,  ba  jeg  iKe  mere 
tcenfte  at  !unne  faa  big,"  fagbe  T^an.  — 

"(5n  b!i^0bcr  fig  felb,  naar  en  cr  alcnc,"  fagbe  f)un.  15 

"i^a;  ba  merfe§  bet  Ircbft,  Tjbcm  ber  \)ax.  ben  ft0rftc 
SO^ogten  i  o§,"  fagbe  2:fjorlii0rn  meb  flar  ©temme  og  gif 
alborlig  beb  f)enbe§  Sibe. 

^un  blitffcbe  iffc  mere  5Pa'r  nn.     "SSil  bu  fiabc  bem 
beir,"^  fagbe  I)un  og  rafte  T^am  Straact.  —  "XaV ,  fagbe  20 
F)an  og  \)olbt  ^aanben,  fom  rafte  ^So^rcnc.     "Baa  er  bet 
bel  Bebft,  bet  Bliber  tteb  bet  gamie,"  fagbe 'f)an  libt  fbag  t 
arjaalet.  — 

"^a,"  ()biffebe  Ijun  ne^i^e  ]^0rlig  og  bcnbtc  fig  bort; 
be  gif  bibere  fremober,  og  faa  Ia?nge  i^un  taug,  turbe  \)an  25 

'foo  let  l)un  tager  til  ben  ©raabeil,  how  little  it  takes  to  make  her  cry. 
^SSebft  fom  be  ftob  ber,  fagbe  \)\\\\  fagte:  transl.  suddenly  she  said  in 
a  low  voice,  ^bil  'bw  ^at)e  bem  ber.  Observe  the  demonstrative 
augment  ber;  be  ber— those,  be  !^er=these. 


SY'in^ue   Solbaffcn  145 

iffe  r0re  \)eh  f)enbe,  f)ellcr  iffe  tale;  men  l^an  f0lte  ligc^ 
fotu  iugcn  ^cgt  i  ^roppcn  og  Dae  ber^ao  nogel  noer  paa 
SSei  til  al^  iumic  ouerenbe.  2)et  broenbte  for  0iet,  og  ba 
be  i  bet  [amme  torn  paa  en  ^aug,  I)t)orfra  ©olbaffen 
gobt  [aaes,  Dar  bet  I)am,^  [om  I)an  l^at)be  Bot  ber  al  fin  5 
fiebctib  og  locngtc^  bib  ^jem. 

"x^eg  f0lgcL-  Ocnbe  lige  faa  gobt  ober  ftra!^,"  toenJte 
l)ai\  og  gi!  og  brof  aJJob  i  fig  af  ©tinet,  faa  f)an  Bleb 
ftcrfere  i  fit  Sorfa!t  for  f)bert  ©fribt.  "gar  r)ia:I^er 
mig,"  tanifte  f)an;  "jeg  f)oIber  iffe  bette  ut)  tengeir,  icg  10 
maa  ober,  —  niaa!"  Dg  r)an  gif  fortere  og  fortere,  bore 
fna  ligefrem;  bet  iQfte  ober  Stigben  og  ©aarben;  "[a 
ibng;  albirig  en  ^ime  langer  benter  jeg,"  og  I)an  f0lte 
fig  faa  fterf,  at  i)an  bibfte  iffe,  f)bor  Ijen  ^an  ffulbe  ben- 
be  fig.  15 

"Su  gaar  rent  ifra  mig,"  Ij^rte  l^an  en  Blib  (Stem= 
me  lige  bag  fig;  bet  bar  ©t)nn0be,  fom  f(et  iffe  funbe 
f0lgc  l^am  og  nu  maatte  gibe  taU.^  §an  bleb  ffamfnib 
og  benbte  om,  fom  tilbage  mcb  ubftraft  ^frm  og  tanfte: 
v.en  ffal  l0fte  I^cnbe  ober  ^obcbct  \.ma  mig;  men  ha  i)an  20 
fom  nar  t)enbe  gjorbe  T^an  hct  flet  iffe. 

"Scg  goar  faa  fort,  jeg,"  fagbe  Ijan. 

"S)u  gi0r  bet,"  fbarebe  I)un. 

^e  bar  nocrbeb  3?t)gbebeien;  ^ngrib,  fom  l^ele  Siben 
fiabbe  boeret  uhe  af  ®t}ne,  gif  Ber  lige  bag  bem.  25 

"dhx  ffnl  ^iffe  qaa  fammen  loenger,"  fagbe  Bun. 

3;Borbi0rn  ffuat  op  beb  bet,  bet  fom  for  tiblig  paa 


'noget  nar  paa  58et  ot,  almost  on  the  point  of.    ^\iax  bet  ^am,  he 
felt,  cf.  Germ,  ttjor  e§  i^m.    ^gibe  iahi,gwe  up. 
lO-Sqitn^oe  Soltiaffen. 


146  5YtiTt0cc   Solbaffcn 

^cim;  ®r)rtn0t}e  bleb  ogfao  libt  unbcrlta.  —  "!Jeg  l^iii'bc 
\aa  meget,  jcg  ffulbc  foot  big/'^  fjuiffebe  :j;f)orl)i0rn. 
®et  bar  iffe  frit,  at  ^un  fmilte.^  "^c\"\a/'  fagbe  r)an, 
"en  anben  @atig;"  —  l^an  tog  ^cnbc§^  .<gcianb. 

.<pun  fan  o^  meb  flart  og  fulbt  33Iif ;  \}an  bleb  barm    5 
beb  bet,  og  ftrafS  (0b  hct  Ijam  gjcnncm  .<§obcbet:    ^eg 
f0lger  ^enbe  ftraB!     So  birog  fiitn  fin^  §aonb  barfomt 
titbagc,  benbte  fig  rolig  til  ^ngrib  og  fagbe  garbel,  gi! 
faa  fagte  nebober  SSeien.    §an  bleb  ftaaenbe  tilbagc. 

S)e  to  @0ffcnbe  gif  l^fcm  gfenuem  Sfogcn.     "Sif  ^  lo 
mi  tale  fammen?"  fpurte  ^tigrib.  — 

"did,  hct  bar  for  foirt  en  3Sei,"  fagbe  fian,  men  gif 
fort,  fom  bilbe  f)an  iffe  i^0re  mere. 

—  "9?u?"  fagbe  ©cemwnb  og  faa  op  fra  9Kabcn,  ha 
be  to  ©0ffenbe  fom  inb  i  ©tuen.    ^^orbi0rn  fbarcbe  is 
ingen  ^ing,  men  gif  T^en  til  ^Bccnfcn  paa  ben  anbre  ®i= 
ben,  bentclig  for  at  tage  af  fig;  ^ngrib  gif  eftcr  og  fmaa» 
lo.    ©o'munb  begQnbte  at  f^ife  igjen,  faa  nu  og  ha  bort= 


'ffulbc  fngt,  for  ffulbe  l^nttc  fagt.  Note  the  omission  of  the  perfect 
auxiliary  l^attc  in  the  second  conditional.  This  is  not  as  charac- 
teristic of  Norwegian  as  of  Swedish,  but  common  in  the  colloquial 
language.  ^^I't  Dar  ilfe  frit.  See  note  4,  p.  134.  "ijan  tog  l}rn- 
t>C'?  Jpaanb.  'S'a  brog  ^un  fin  §aanb  tif  fig.  Observe  the  possessive, 
corresponding  in  both  cases  to  Eng.  her.  Germ.  i!^re.  Where  the 
possessor  is  also  the  subject  of  the  sentence,  the  Norwegian  uses  the 
reflexive  possessive  fill  both  in  singular  and  in  plural  fine,  (contrary 
to  the  rule  in  Danish,  bere§).  Note  also  that  fin  -  fine  is  in  Norw. 
always  reflexive.  The  non-reflexive  possessive  is  !^an§,  l)enbc§  etc. 
(the  gen.  of  the  pers.  pronoun).  For  examples  the  student  may  be 
referred  to  Poestion  §  141,  143. 


S^nntfve   Solbaffcn  147 

oner  til  %f)ovhj0vu,  fom  i^avhe  meget  trabelt,^  jmilte  og 
fpifte  niberc.  "^om  og  ipi?,"  fagbe  f)an;  "Slabeii 
blioer  folb."  — 

"S^af,  jeg  ffol  iffe  ^abe  noget,"  jogbe  X^oth\0vn  og 
fatte  fig.  —  5 

"®QQ?"  —  og  ©cemunb  fpifte.  Gu  ©tunb'eftec 
fagbe  ^on:  "^  box  faa  fnore  til  at  goa  fra  ^irfen 
ibag."  — 

"2!et  bar  nogen,  bi  ffulbe  tale  meb,"  fagbe  Xi)Ot' 
bj0rn  og  fatte  fig  paa  ^uf.  lO 

—  "SRu,  —  fif  bu  tale  meb  bem?"  — 

"^eg  beb  nceften  iffe,"  fagbe  Zi)ovb\0vr\.  — 

"2)et  bar  fom  Sa'n,"  fagbe  So-munb  og  fpifte.     ©u 
©tunb  efter  bar  i)an  fccrbig  og  reifte  fig ;  ^an  gif  bo4  til 
SBinbuet,  ftob  en  Stunb  og  foa  ub,  ^t)ovpaa  \)an  benbte  15 
fig:     "S)u  —  bi  ffal  gaa  ub  og  fe  paa  Slblingcn."  Zi)ov» 
bi0rn  reifte  fig.     "92ei,  —  tag  lige  faa  gobt  paa  big." 

3^^orBi0rn,  fom  fab  i  ©fjortccermerne,  tog  en  gam» 
mel  3;r0ie,  fom  l^ang  obenober  ^am.  — 

"2!u  fer,  at  jeg  f)ar  taget  ben  nt)^  paa,"  fagbe  ©ce-  20 
mnnb.    £l3ortij0rn  gjorbe  het  famme,  og  be  gif  uh,  ©a?' 
munb  foran,  2^o,rbi0rn  efter. 

.     S)e  gif  nebober  mob  3Seien.    "Sfal  bi  iffe  gaa  l^en 
til  5?l)gget?"  fagbe  ^^orbj0rn.  — 

"9cei,  nu  gaar  bi  bortober  til  ^beben,"  fagbe  <Sce«  25 
munb.    ^uft  fom  be  fom  nebpaa  35eien,  fom  en  SSogn 
fagtc  fj0rcnbe.     "Xet  er  en  af  9torbf)ongbognene,"  fagbe 

^^atibc  trabclt.   See  note  1,  p.  107.    ^ben  iiQ.   See  note  2,  p.  121. 


148  Synn^DC  5oISaf!cn 

(Scemunb.  —  "3)et  er  llngfolfet  paa  ^JorM^oug,"  lagbe 
2^f)orBi0rn  til;  men  llngfolfet  er  bet  fnmme  fom  nQgifte. 

SSogncn  (jolbt  [title,  ba  be  fom  na'i*  ©ranlibmoen' 
bene. 

"§un  er  rtgttg  et  ftolt  ^binbfolf,  hen  Tlavit  9?orb-  5 
l^oug,"  l^btjfebe  ©cemunb  og  funbe  iffe  faa  0tnene  fra 
I)€nbe;  ^un  fob  libt  tilbngeloenet  i  SSognet  meb  et  X0X' 
flocbe  l0[t  luinbet  ot)er  ^obebet  og  et  onbet  omfrtng  fig. 
$«n  foa  ftift  itb  for  fig  ^aa  be  to;  ber  bctr  iffe  en  93ebce= 
gelfe  ober  tjenbeS  rene,  fterfe  ^rccf.  9P?anben  bar  me-  lo 
get  Bleg  og  moger,  foo  enbnu  milbere  itb  enb  febbanlig, 
omtrent  fom  ben,  ber  l^or  en  ©org,  fjan  iffe  fan  tale  om. 
"®r  :^arlene  wbe  og  fer  til  hornet ?"MQgbe  i^an.  — 
"®fal  tro  bet,"  ^  fborebe  ©oemiinb.  — 

"2)et  ftoor  gobt  f^er  i  5[nr."  ^  —  15 

'"^\a  —  in;  het  funbe  l^nbe  bceret  boerre."  — 

'"^  fommer  fent,"  fagbe  3:r)orI3i0rn.  — 

"S)er  bar  megct  Slbinbfolf  at  tage  5(fffeb  meb,"  fag- 
be 9Wanbcn.  — 

"9^u,  —  ffal  bit  reife  bo^f?"  fpurte  ©a?munb.  —      20 

"::^egffulbebet,  ia."* 

"®aax  ben  91eife  langt?"  —  • 

"5fa  —  ja."  — 

",$bor  langt  paa  Sag?"^  — 

'fer  tit,  looking  at.  ^(gfol  tro  bet,  say  yes,  we  are.  ^©ct  ftoor  gobt 
l^er  i  Star,  the  crop  looks  well  here  this  year.  <^ec]  ffulbe  bet,  jo, 
transl.  that  was  the  intention.  See  note  3,  p.  108.  ^§t)or  langt  Ijiaa 
Sog?  Transl.  How  far  if  I  may  ask?  )300  i!og  is  a  colloquial  idiom 
meaning  'about,  just  about,'  most  often  used  in  (jbor  :poa  Sag.  Etym, 
Ordb,  441  offers  a  full  discussion  of  the  stem  and  related  wordA. 


SYttn^DC   Solbaffen  149 

"Z\l  Stmertfa."  — 

"Zii  Slmerifa!"  fagbe  begge  Tlcenh  paa  en  ©ong; 
'--  "en  nt)gift  2RQnb!"  logbe  Samunb  til. 

2)Zanben  fmilte:  "^eg  tror,  jcg  blibec  l^er  for  S0« 
ben§  ©fr)Ib,  fogbe  9toeben,  —  ben  fab  faft  i  ©locffen."  —    5 

Wlavit  \aa  hovt\)aa  Ijam  og  berfra  paa  be  anbre,  en 
let  9l0bme  fl0i  ober  5(nfigtet,  men  bet  bar  ellerS  uforan- 
berligt.  —  "^anffe  ^onen  bliber  meb?"  fpnrte  ©cemunb. 

"Tie'i,  Inin  gi0r  iffe  bet  f)eller." 

"5}e  figer,  t)ct  ffal  Dcrre  let  at  !omme  til  SO^agt  i  lo 
Stmerifa,"^  fagbe  ^l^orbi0rn,  —  i)an  f0lte,  at  ^alen  iffe 
burbe  ftaa  ftille.  — 

"5fQ  —  ia"  fagbe  90?anben.  — 

"2Ren  9?orb]^oug  ei*  en  gob  ©aorb,"  mente  ©ce» 
munb.  15 

—  "Sar  er  for  mange  paa  ben,"  fbarebe  SP^anben. 
^onen  faa  attcr  ben  til  bam.  "3)cn  ene  ftaar  i  SSeien  for 
ben  anben,"  lagbe  ban  til. 

"^a,  gob  Sgffe  paa  9leifcn/'  fagbe  ©cemunb  og  tog 
r)an§  $oanb;  "^orberre  gibe  big  hot,  bu  bil  finbe."  20 

2^f)orbj0rn  fao  fin  ©folefa'mmerat  fterft  op  i  0iet; 
"jeg  bit  tale  meb  big  fiben,"  fagbe  ban.  —  "Set  ar  gobt 
at  funne  tale  meb  en,"  fbarebe  SJJanben  og  ffrabebe  meb 
©t)0ben  i  SSognguIdet. 

'5)e  figct  is  really  redundant  here  in  so  far  as  the  auxiliary  in  the 
following  makes  the  statement  a  matter  of  report,  places  it  on  the 
authority  of  others.  Strictly,  then,  it  would  be  sufficient  to  say  ®et 
ffal  toere  let  at  fomme  or  '^c  figcr  bft  n  let  at  foiiimc  etc.  The 
statement  is  therefore  doubly  indirect. 


150  Synnizicc   Solbaffcn 

"^om  ober  til  o§,"  fagbe  Tlax'ii,  og  ^^orBi^rn  faa 
bel  fom  ©cemunb  ftubjebe  og  faa  op;  be  glemte  &eftan«= 
big,  at  l^un  fiobbe  faa  milb  en  ©temme. 

®e  fi0rte;  —  bet  gif  fagte  fremober,  en  liben  (St0b» 
jTt)  frufebe  omlPring  bem.     ^fftenfolen   falbt  ligc  paa;    5 
imob  ^an§  m0rfe  SSabmelSflocber,  ffinnebe  l^enbeS  <B\h 
fet0rflcebe,  —  en  33af!e  font,  og  be  forfbanbt, 

ficcnge  gif  ^abcr  og  ©0n,  f0r  be  fagbc  noget. 

"2)et  Boereg  mig  for,  at  f)an  fent  fommcr  igjcn,"^  btrcbe 
cnbelig  Xi)ov'bi0vn.  —  "Set  er  bel  ogfaa  bet  Bebfte,"  10 
mente  ©o-munb,  "naar  en  iffe  l^or  fceftct  2t)lhn  i  San- 
bet,"  og  be  gif  atter  taufe  bibere.  — 

"®u  gaa:r  nof  forbi  ^bebeageren,"  fagbe  S;T)orl3j0rn. 
— "S8i  fan  fe  til  ben  :|3aa  ^il&agebeien,"  —  og  be  gif 
loengre  fremober.     5£fior6j0rn  bilbe  iffe  rigtig   fb0rge,  15 
I)bor  hette  Bar  i^en  ^ ;  U)i  hd  gif  forBi  ©ranlibiorbet. 

'^et  t)(tre§  mig  for,  ot  ijan  font  fomntcr  \(\\cn.  I  have  a  foreboding- 
that  he  will  not  return,  lit.  'that  he  will  be  slow  to  return,'  a  form  of 
euphemism  that  is  quite  common  in  Norwegian.  ^^Wor  bette  bat 
l^en,  where  this  would  lead  to,  say  where  they  were  going. 


9^icnbe  ^c^itcL 

©uttorm  og  ^oren  <Bolbathn  f)Qbbe  olt  fpift,  ha 
<&t)  n0t)c  v0h  og  anb|)u[ten  traobte  inb.     "30?en,  fjcEce 
33aruet  mit,  IjUor  f)at  bu  bocret?"  fpurte  aFJobcren.  — 
"^seg  b'li'D  tillage  mcb  l^ngrib,"  fagbe  Si)nn0t)e  og  bleb 
[tooenbe  for  at  tage  et  ^Q:r  Z0vnxhn  of  fig;  ga^eren    5 
lebte  inb  t  Btahet  efter  en  33og.     "^mh  funbe  ^  to  r)Qt)e 
at  tole  om,  fom  tog  flig  lang  2:ib?"  —  "2ta,  iffe  om  no» 
get."  —  "Baa  Dor  bet  ha  rigtig  b^bre,  hu  I)oIbt  ^rfef0l- 
ge,  $8arnet  mtt!"    §un  ireifte  fig  og  tog  Tlab  frem  til 
f)enbe.    SDa  ©ijnn^be  i^abbe  fat  fig    neb  for  at  fptfe,  og  lo 
30coberen  f^anbe  fat  fig  lige  oberfor  ()enbe,  fagbe  I)un: 
"9Sar  hd  fanffe  flere  bu  talte  meb?"  —  "^a,  ber  Dar 
mange,"  fagbe  ©t)nn0Oe.    —  "33arnet  maa  ha  faa  tale 
meb  Solf,"  fagbe  03uttorm.  —  aSiSft  maa  r)un  bet,"  ^ 
fagbe  SOtoberen  libt  milbere;  "mett  f)un  burbe  bog  f0lgc  25 
fine  Sorcclbre."  —  ^evpaa  fbarcbe§  ber  iffe. 

"2)et  bar  en  belfignet  ©irfebag."  fagbe  Tlohevm; 
"Ungbommen  paa  ^irfegulbet  gi0r  en  gobt^."  —  "Wan 
l^uffcr  fine  cgne  S0rn,"  fagbe  ©uttorm.  —  "Su  l^ar  9iet 
beri,"  fagbe  a>ioberen  og  fuffebe.  "^ngen  !an  bibe,  l^bor»  20 
Iebe§  het  bil  gaa  bem."  ©uttorm  fab  tonge  tau§.  — 
"3Si  l^ar  meget  ot  taffe  @ub  for,"  fagbe  fjan  enbelig;  '%an 

^wi«ift  nimi  :^iin  bot,  scil.  \a  before  biSft.  ^Qi0t  en  gobt,  English 
idiom  'it  does  one  good,'  but  only  in  impersonal  use.  Say  it  makes 
one  feel  good  to  see  etc, 

(161) 


152  5Ynn0re    Solbaffcn 

lob  o§  'be^olhe  et."  Tloheven  fat)  og  brog  g^ngeren  ef= 
ter  33orbet  og  foa  i!fe  0)3;  "I)un  cr  bog  ^  t)or  ft^rfte  ©Ice- 
be,"  [ngbe  f)un  [ogte;  "f)un  l^or  ogfoo  ortet  fig  bel,"  lagbe 
l^un  til.  2!er  bar  long  2^au§f)eb.  "^a,  r)un  f)Qr  gjort 
o§  megen  ©Iccbe,"  fagbe  ©uttorm  —  og  fencre  meb  bl0b  5 
©"temme:  "3Sorf)crre  gj/^re  ^  Iienbe  iQffelig."  —  5F?obe= 
rcn  brog  j^inQcren  efter  93orbet;  bcr  falbt  en  Zaaxc  neb 
p(\a  bet,  font  l^itn  brog  iiboDer.  —  "^Dorfor  fpifcr  bn 
iffe?"  fagbe  gaberen,  ibet  f)an  faa  o^)  en  Tib  efter.  — 
"Zaf,  ieg  er  mo't,"  fbarebe  ©tinn^be.  —  "Tlcn  bu  l^at  jo  10 
ingenting  f^iift,"  fagbe  nu  ogfaa  2)?oberen;  "bn  l^ar 
goat  lang  3Sei."  —  "i^eg  er  iffe  gob  til,"  fagbe  St)nn0t)e 
og  l^olbt  paa  meb  at  brage^  op  en  2;0rftebefnip  af  33ar= 
men.  "©pi§,  5Barnet  mit,"  fagbe  gaberen.  —  "^eg  fan 
iffe,"  fagbe  ©t)nn0tie  og  ffar  i  at  gro-be.^  —  "SKen  fjce-  15 
re/  l^borfor  grabber  bn?"  —  "^eg  beb  iffe,"  og  r)nn  I^nl- 
febe.  —  ";^nn  l)av  bet  faa  let  meb  at  gro-be,"  fagbe  TlO' 
beren ;  S^abcren  reifte  fig  og  gif  til  SSinbnet. 

"2)er  fommer  to  90?oenb  opober,"  fagbe  l)an.  — 
"^a  faa,  pcia  bette  Seite?"  fpnrte  9D?oberen,  og  f)un  gif  20 
ogfaa  Bort  til  9Sinbnet.      ®e  faa   toige  nebober.   — 
"^joere,^  —  l^bem  fan  bet  bcere?"  fagbe  enbelig  ^aren, 

^\>0Q,  after  all.  %\0xe  is  optative  conjunctive,  ^^olbt  paa  meb  at 
brnge,  kept  on  pulling.  *^tax  i  ot  groebc.  The  use  of  ffar  here  is 
unidiomatic.  Better  broft  i  ®raab,  or  tog  til  at  grccbe.  See  Intro- 
duction, ^fjoere,  inflected  weak  in  direct  address,  under  the 
influence  of  expressions  with  the  possessive  or  the  personal  pronoun 
as:  itiin  fjoere  (2i)itn0»e  or  fjoere  53oniet  mit,  bu  fjoere  SijnnjJOe  etc. 
inflected  is  similarly  tieSle. 


Synn^iJC  Solbalfen  153 

men  iffe  netop,  font  f^un  [purte.  —  "^eg  beb  iffe,"  fba» 
rebe  Outtorm,  og  be  ftob  og  foo.  —  "^eg  fan  rigtig  tffe 
forftao  bet,"  fcigbe  I)un.  —  "^eg  l^eller  itte/'  fogbe  ^an. 
il?cenbene  fom  ncermere.  —  "S)et  maa  boere  bent  olligc* 
bel,"  fagbe  l^un  enbelig.  —  "^a,  bet  er  nof  faa/'  [agbe  5 
©uttornt.  2>?oenbene  fom  ncermere  og  ncermere,  hm 
celbre  ftanfebe  og  foa  fig  ttlboge,  ben  Qngre  ligefao;  gif 
be  fan  t)ibere. 

"8fi0nner  bu,  f)\)ab  be  fan  btlle?"  f|)urte  ^aren 
omtrcnt  fom  fj2(rfte  @ang.  —  "9^ct,  bet  gj0r  ieg  iffe,  ^  lo 
fngbe  ©iittorm.  9[)?oberen  benbte  fig,  gif  bortober  til 
93orbet,  fatte  bocf,  rt)bbcbe  libt  op.  "2)u  foor  toge  paa 
big  igien,  3?arnet  mit,"  fagbe  l^un  til  ©t)nn0be;  "for  ^cv 
fommer  fremmeb  golf," 

'^eppe  r)nbbe  l)un  fagt  bette,  f0r  ©oemunb  nabnebe  15 
S)0ren  og  fom  inb,  Z1)ovhi0vn  bagefter,  "Signe  8a» 
get!"^  fagbe  ©cemunb,  ftanfebe  libt  beb  ®0ren,  gif  ber= 
ncrft  fagte  fremober  for  at  r)ilfe  paa  golfet;  Z'i}ovhi0):n 
fnfgte.  S)e  fom  fibft  til  ©t)nn0be,  fom  enbnu  ftob  borte 
i  en  ^rog  meb  fit  S0rfloebe  i  ^aanben  og  bibfte  iffe,  om  20 
l^iin  ffulbe  tage  hct  paa  eller  ei,  bibfte  bel  fnap,  at  i^uu 
l^olbt  bet  i  ^aanben. 

"^  foar  fe  til,  ^  fan  fibbe  inbi^aQ,"^  fagbe  ^onen. 

i^Zei,  bet  c\\0x  jec]  iffe.  Observe  that  gj^r,  'do',  is  used  to  repeat  the 
idea  of  the  verb  antecedent.  Cf.  1.  9,  p.  149.  ^<B\Qne  fiaget 
elliptical  for  ®ub  [igiie  fiaget.  Cf.  Germ.  (®efegiiete)  SD^o^ljeit  for 
id)  luiinfc^e  ^^iten  eine  gefegnetc  ajJal^Ijcit.  "^fibbe  inbpoo,  find 
a  seat. 


154  5Ynn0Dc5oIbafFcn 

"Zal,  —  bet  er    ellerS  ingen    lang  9Sei  f)iboDcr/' 
fogbe  ©oemunb,  men  jotte  fig  bog;  ^()orbi0rn  Deb  Slbeii. 

—  "^  torn  rent^  bort  beb  ^ir!en  ibag/'  fogbe  ^oreii.  — 
"SQ/  ieg  lebte  efter  eber,"  foarebe  ©ocmunb.  —  "®er  Dor' 
mange  golf/'  fogbe  ©wttorm.  —  "SRigtig  mange  golf,"    5 
gjentog  ©cemunb;  "bet  bar  ogfaa  en  baffer  ^irfebag." 

—  "Sa,  t)i  fab  juft  og  talte  om  hct,"  fagbe  ^aren.  — 
"Set  er  faa  unbcrligt  at  fe  ^onftrmattoncn  for  bcm,  fom 
felt)  I)ar  ^0rn/'  lagbe  ©uttorm  til;  ^onen  fttjttebe  fig 
paa  33cen!en.  —  "®et  er  hd,"  fagbe  (Scemunb;  "man  lo 
fommer  til  at  to'nfe  aborlig  paa  hem,  —  og  bet  er  ber» 
for,  jeg  laffcbe  f)ib  ober  i  Slbelb,"  lagbe  l^^n  til,  faa  fif= 
fert  omfring  fig,  Btittebe  ©fraa  og  lagbe  ben  gamie  bar» 
lig  neb  i  9??e§fingbaafen.  ©uttorm,  ^aren,  Zi)oxhi0vn 
flt)gtcbe  meb  0inene,  [)ber  til  fin  ^ant.  —  "^eg  to-nftc,  15 
jtg  [fulbe  f^Ige  S:^orbj0rn  I^ib  obcr,"  begQnbte  ©a*mnnb 
langfomt;  "^an  fom  nof  fent  f^ibober  alene,  —  gj^r  og= 
faa  ellerS  baarlig  S3effcb,^  er  jeg  rceb,"  —  r)an  ffottebe 
bort  til  ©onnjiibe,  fom  fjzflte  bet  —  "Set  er  nu  flig,  at 
l)an  f)ar  I^abt  .§ug  til  f)enbe,  ©onn^bc,  fra  bet  fian  bar  20 
foa  pa^  til  ^arl,  Tjan  funbe  t)a)je  gorftanb  paa  ffigt;  — 
og  iffe  er  bet  bel  frit,^  at  l^un  l^ar  lagt  fin  ^ug  til  fiam.  * 
2)?cn  ba  to-nfer  jeg  bet  er  &ebft,  be  fommer  fammcn.^  — 
^^eg  bar  libet  for  bet,  ben  Z'lb  jeg  faa,  l^an  fnap  fnnbe 

'rent,  entirely,  so  often  adverbially,  from  ten,  clean,  pure,  clear;  cf. 
Eng.  'clear'  and  'clean,'  entirely.  ^gjpre  baarlig  Sbcffeb,  give  a 
poor  account  of  one' s  self,  ^og  iffe  er  bet  t)Cl  frit,  and  I  am  not  sure  but 
that,  see  note  4,  p.  134.  ^lagge  fill  §ug  til  (eii)=to  grow  fond  of, 
become  attached  to.    "fommer  fommeii,  have  one  another. 


Svun0pe   Solbaffcrt  155 

[lore  [ig  felt),  cnb  [toe  mere;  men  nu  tror  icg  at  funne 
doutje  for  (jam,  og  fan  icg  iffe,  [an  fan  f)un;  tl)t  r)cnbe§ 
3??agt  er  iiof  nu  ben  ft^rfte.  —  ^bob  mener  ^  ba,  om  fi 
laa  til  at  faa  bern  fammen?  Set  fan  Del  iffe  f)a[tc,  men 
jea  Ueb  f)cller  t!fe,  (jborfor  t)i  [fal  Dente.  2}u,  ©uttorm,  5 
er  t)cb  gob  90?agt/  jcg  rigtignof  t)eb  minbre  og  f)ar 
ficre  at  bele^aa;  men  enbba  fao  teenier  jeg,  bet  fan  lage 
fig.  ^  faar  ba  ftge,  r)tiab  ^  ft)ne§  om  bctte;  —  f^enbe 
fp0rger  jeg  fibft;  for  jeg  tror  nof  ot  Dibe,  Ipah  ^un  bil." 

©aalebe§  talte  (Sccmunb.     (Suttorm  fab  |3aa  ^ul,  lo 
logbe  t)efgelt)i§  ben  ene  §aanb  olier  ben  anben,  giorbe 
ficrc  ©ange  9Jctne  til  at  reife  paa  fig,  ibet  l^an  f)ber  (Sang 
brog  23ciret  meb  mere  WaQt,  men  fom  fig  bog  iffc  til  f0r 
ben  fjerbe  elfer  femte  @ang,  faa  [i!  fjan  enbelig  ret  ^t)ci, 
ftr0g  fig  o^  og  neb  ober  ^noeet  og  faa  Bort  paa  STonen,  15 
faalebeS  at  23Iiffet  ftreifcbe  ;2t)nn0be.    Senne  r^rte  fig 
iffc,  incjen  funbe  fe  f)enbe§  Stnfigt.     ^aren  fab  beb  93or= 
bet  og  ftregebe.  —  "S)et  er  nu  faa,  —  at  bd  er  et  bat' 
!ert  J^ilBub,"  fagbe  fiun.  —  "^a,  bet  f^neS  jeg,  t)i  faor 
tage  til  ZafU  mcb,"^  fagbe  (Suttorm  meb  l)0i  ©temme,  20 
fom  bar  t)an  6ett)belig  lettet,  og  faa  fro  T^enbe  til  ©a:= 
munb,  ber  l^obbe  lagt  5trmene  ober  ^or§  og  tenet  fig  op 
mob  5?oeggcn.  —  "SSi  f^ar  ben  ene  ^^atter,"  fogbe  ^aren; 
"bi  faar  Betoenfe  o§."  ~  "Set  bar  ^aab  til  bet,"^  fagbe 


'er  tieb  gob  SRagt,  are  a  man  of  means,  ^^a  bet  ft)ne§  jeg,  bt  faar 
togc  tif  jTaffe  meb,  it  seems  to  me,  we  ought  to  be  satisfied  with 
that,  ■''^et  tiar  'iRdah  til  bft,  say  there  is  no  reason  why  you  shouldn't 
or  there's  no  objection  to  that. 


156  SytitJ^pc   Solbaffcn 

©cemunb;  "men  jcg  beb  cllev§>  iff'c,  f)t)ab  bcr  ffiilbe  bocre 
i  SBeten  for  at  fbare  [traf^,  fagbe  SjjiJrncn,  —  l^on  fpurte 
33onben,  om  l^on  moatte  faa  ben  ^oen  l^onS."  —  "9Si 
!on  m»[t  fbare  ItvaU,"  mente  ©uttorm  og  faa  til  ^oncu. 
—  "Set  bar  nu  bette,  at  Xi]ovhi0vn  !unbc  bcerc  beP  5 
bilb,"  fagbe  ^un,  men  [qq  iffe  op.  —  "Set  tror  jcg  f)ar 
rettet  ))Qa  fig,"  fagbe  ©uttorm;  "bu  t)eh  felb,  I)bab  bu 

fagbe  ibag." SGgtcfoIfcne  faa  nu  bcfScIbic^  paa 

f)beranbre;  bet  barcbe  bcl  et  l^clt  'lUJinut.  —  "^unbc  bi 
bare  boere  tvtjQ  paa  fjam,"^  fagbe  T^un.  —  "^a"  tog  nu  lo 
©oemunb  alter  til  Orbc;^  "I)bab  ben  ©agen  angaar,^  faa 
maa  jeg  fige,  f)bab  jcg  f^ar  fagt  fj2(r;  bet  gaar  gobt  mcb 
SaSfet,  ^  naar  fiun  fjolber  S.Ommerne.  Set  er  fbart, 
fitg  en  3Wagt  l^un  f)ar  i  l^am;  bd  pr^bebe  jeg,  ben  ©ang 
i-)an  laa  ft)g  ber  fijcmme  f)o§  mig  og  bibfte  iffe,  ^bor  bet  i5 
Bar  f^en,"  til  .<pelfcn  eller  ci."  —  "Su  faar  iffe  bo^rc  faa 
traa  paa  bet/'  fagbe  ©ultorm;  "bu  beb,  ipab  f|uu  felb 
Sil,  og  bet  er  nu  I^cnbe,  bi  Icber  for!"  Sa  faa  ®i3nn0be 
for  f0rftc  @ang  op,  og  bet  bar  paa  gabercn,  ftort  og  taf- 
nemmclig.  —  20 

"5(a  —  ja!,"  fagbe  ^oren  cftcr  en  ®tunb§  3!au§()eb 
og  ftregcbe  nu  libt  Ijaarbere  cnb  f0r;  "f)ar  jeg  ftaat  imob 
i  bet  Incngftc,''  faa  fiar  bet  bel  bn?ret,  forbi  jeg  l^abbe  en 

'Bel,  rather.  ^\3(exe  tr^cj  :|Joa,  be  sure  of,  trust.  H\l  Crbe,  an  old 
genitive  plural  (=0.  N.  tif  Crba).  *i)'oat)  ben  Sageii  aiigoar,  as 
regards  that.  ^ScEf§  the  more  specifically  Norwegian  word  is  Saf§. 
^^tjor  bet  bat  l^en,  how  it  would  end.  ^{)ar  jeg  ftaat  imob  bet  Icengfte, 
;/  /  have  held  out  against  it  so  long,  ^  bet  Icengfte  literally  means 
'the  longest  possible'  i.  e.  as  long  as  I  could. 


5Ynn0PC   Solbaffcn  157 

gob  ^IRening  meb  bet. ^eg  dar  fanffe  iffe  \aa  ijaatb 

[om  Drbene,  ■ — "  ()iin  \aa  op  og  lo;  men  ©roobcn  bilbe 
frem.  1:a  reifte  ©uttorm  fig.  "®aa  i  (3ub§  9laDn  er 
bet  f)cenht,  [om  jeg  bilbe  r)clft  i  SSerben,"  [agbe  (3011  og 
gif  bortoDcr  ©ulbet  mob  ®onn0t)e.  —  "^cg  f)ar  olbrig  5 
bceret  rccb  for  het,"  fogbc  ©ccmiinb,  reifte  fig  nu  ogfoa; 
"bet,  fom  ffot  i  $oB,  bet  fommcr  i  ^oh."  ^an  gif  bort» 
ot)er.  "9?u,  —  r)tiab  figer  bit  til  bet,  33arnet  mit?"  fngbe 
a^oberen,  l)\\n  fom  nit  fien  til  ®t)nn0t)e. 

Senne  fob  enbnu  ber;  be  ftob  olle  omfring  l^enbe  10 
meb  llnbtogelfe  af  2:f)orbi0rn,  fom  fab,  f)Oor  t)an  f0rft 
r^abbe  fat  fig.     "Su  faar  reife  big,  33arnet  mit,"  ]^t)i= 
ffebe  9J?obcren  til  ^enbe;  I^un  reifte  fig,  fmilte,  benbte  fig 
bort  og  grceb.  — 

"SSor^erre,  'i)an  f0rge  big  nu  oltib!"  fogbe  3Wobc=  15 
ren,  ffog  3lrmene  omfring  ^cnbc  og  grceb  fommen  meb 
fienbe.     Se  to  aT?anbfoIf  gif  bortober  ©ulbet,  l^ber  til 
fin  ^ont. 

"Su  fcinr  goa  l^en  til  l^ant,'"  fagbe  SWoberen  enbnu 
grcebenbe,  ibet  fjun  flo^  T^enbe  og  ffi0b  blibt  til  l^enbe.      20 

©t)nn0tie  gif  et  ©fribt,  men  ftob,  forbi  r)un  iffe 
funbe  fomme  locngre;  2^f)orbi0rn  fbrang  op  og  gif  imob 
benbe,  greb  bcnbe§  ^aonb,  i)olbt  ben,  bibfte  iffe,  f)'oab 
ban  mere  ffulbe  gj0re,  og  bleb  ftaaenbe  meb  ben,  til  bun 
fagte  tog  ben  til  fig  igjen.  25 

©ao  ftob  be  ber  ftiftienbe  beb  ©iben  af  bberanbre. 

2!0ren  gif  rt)bl0ft  op,  en  ftaf  ^obebet  inb.      "©r 


158  5Ynn0PC    Solbaffcn 

®t)nn0be   Ijev?"   fpurtcf^  mcb  bnrfom  (Stcmmc;  bet  bar 
^ngrib  ©ranliben.  — 

"^a,  f)er  er  l^un;  fom  nccrmcre!"  fogbe  goberen. 

^ngrib  ligeiom  betcenfte  fig;  "fom  bit!  I^er  cr  alt 
gobt,"  lagbc  {}an  ttl.     Se  fao  nu  paa  fjcnbe  allefninmcn.    5 
—  t<pun  [t)ntc§  nogct  forlegcn;  "f)cr  cr  nof  ficrc  ubc,"  ^ 
fagbe  f)un.  — 

—  "2)et  cr  S??or",  fog  ^un  fagte.  — 

"Sab  Ijcnbe  fonime/'  fagbc  fire  paa  en  @ang. 

Og  ^oncn  paa  ©olbaffcn  gif  tmob  2}0ren,  mcn§  be  an»  10 
bre  faa  glabe  til  ()t)crartbrc. 

"S)u  fati  gjernc  fommc,  Tlov,"  f)0rtc  be  Sngrib 
figc.  Og  faa  fom  SngcBj^rg  ©ranlibeu  inb  i  fit  iQfc 
©faut,  — 

"^eg  forftob  bet  nof,"  fagbe  Ijun,  "ffi0nt  Samunb  15 
fail    nu^   ingcnting    figc.     £)g  faa  bav  ^ngrib  og  jeg 
tffe  gobe  til  anbet  enb  gaa  obcr."  — 

"^a,  r)er  er  bet,  fom  bu  bill^iii^c  bet,"  fagbe  ©a?» 
munb  og  flQttebc  fig,  for  at  f)un  funbc  fommc  frem  til 
bem.  —  20 

"STo,  ®uh  belfignc  big,  forbi  bu  brog  t)am  obcr  til 
big,"  fagbe  l)un  til  (3t3nn0tie,  tog  I)enbc  om  §alfen  og 

^^er  er  nof  ficre  ube,  nof  is  practically  untranslatable  here,  'but' 
renders  it  only  in  part;  ubc  does  not  mean  'out  here'  or  'outside,' 
but  'out.'  Transl.  But  there  are  more  of  us  coming.  h\\\  cannot  be 
adequately  rendered.  The  whole  may  be  given  in  Germ.  e.  g.,  by 
©oemunb,  bcr  fann  nun  imnter  ni(^t§  fagen.  Say:  it  is  fust  like 
Saimund,  he  never  says  anything. 


Syntt^DC   Solbalfen  159 

ffappcbe  l^enbe;  "bit  I)oIbt  faft  i  bet  loengfte,  bu,  SBornet 
mit;  bet  bleo  bog,  fom  hu  bilbe." 

Og  l^un  fla^jpebe  l^enbe  poa  ^inb  og  ^aor,  l^enbe§ 
^taarer  rctnbt  ^enbe  neb  ober  Slnfigtet;  i)un  cenfebe  bem 
iffc,  men  ftr^g  onif)t)ggeIigt  beef  ®i)nn0t)e§.  —  "^q,  bet  er  5 
en  gilb  @ut,  bu  faor,"  lagbe  ^un  til,  "og  nu  fjenber  jeg 
mig  trt)g  for  J^om,"  og  l^wn  fluttebe  l^enbe  enbnu  en  ©ong 
tiUtg.— 

Tlox  Deb  mere  t  ^jj2iffenet  fit,  l^wn,"  fogbe  ©oe- 
munb,  "enb  t)i  anbre,  fom  ffal  dccre  mibt  oppi  bet."  10 

®et  fttlnebe  libt  of  meb  ©rooben  og  33ebcegelfen. 
^nsfonen  Begi)nbte  at  toenfe  paa  ^belbsmaben  og  tolte 
tit  ben  bcSle  ^^ngrib  om  at  Vicelpe  fig,  "for  ©Qnn0t)e  er 
tffe  gob  til  i  ^tetb."  ©g  fao  gab  bi§fe  to  fig  i  gcerb  meb 
at  foge  9l0mmegrj2ib.  S>?cenbene  fom  i  ^^ole  om  SToretS  15 
^0]t,  og  l^bab  ber  funbe  folbe.  2f)or6i0rn  l^abbe  fat  fig 
borte  beb  3Sinbuet,  og  ®t)nn0be  gleb  ^en  til  ^om  og  logbc 
^aanben  paa  l)an^  ©fulber.  "^ttah  fer  bu  paa^"  Ijbi* 
ffebc  ^un.  —    • 

.^an  benbtc  ^obebet,  foa  Icrnge  milbt  op  paa  l^enbe,  20 
berfrn  ub  igjen.     "'^seg  fer  ober  tit  ©rnntiben,"  fagbe 
l)an;  "hst  er  foa  unberligt  at  fe  ben  i^erfro." 


WORKS  REFERRED  TO  IN  THE  NOTES 

Aars.  Norske  Retskrivnhigsregler  med  Alfabetisk  OrdUste.  Af  J. 
Aars.  14de  Udgave.  Kristiania.  W.  C.  Fabritius  &  Senner. 
1900. 

Bjerset.  Norsk  Grammatik  til  Skolebrug.  Af  Karl  Bjerset.  Kristi- 
ania.    H.  Aschehoug  &  Co.s  Forlag.      1897. 

Etym.  Ordb.  Etymologisk  Ordbog  over  det  Norske  og  det  Danske 
Sprog.  Af  Hjalmar  Falk  og  Alf  Torp.  Kristiania.  H.  Asche- 
houg &  Co.s  Forlag.  Numbers  1-5.  Aa  —  Lseg.  pp.  480. 
Reviewed  in  Arkiv  for  Nordisk  Filologi  20,  378-387  by  Holger 
Pedersen  and  Anglia  Beiblatt  13,  pp.  295-291  by  Max  Ferster. 

Falk  og  Torp.  Dansk-Norskens  Syntax  i  Histon'sk  Fremstilling.  Af 
Hjalmar  Falk  og  Alf  Torp.  Kristiania.  H.  Aschehoug  &  Co.s 
1900.  See  review  in  Arkiv  for  Nordisk  Filologi  18,  83-92,  by 
Dr.  A.  B.  Larsen. 

Groth.  A  Danish  and  Dano-Norwegian  Grammar.  By  P.  Groth, 
A.  M.  Boston.  D.  C.  Heath  &  Co.  1894.  See  review  in 
Arkiv  for  Nordisk  Filologi  13,  pp.  72-93. 

Hofgaard.  Norsk  Grammatik  til  Skolebrug.  Af  S.  W.  Hofgaard. 
39te  Tusende.  Kristiania.  H.  Aschehoug  &  Co.s  Forlag. 
1898. 

Olson.  Norwegian  Grammar  and  Reade>  with  Notes  and  Vocabulary. 
By  Julius  E.  Olson.  Chicago.  Scott,  Foresman  &  Co.  1898. 
Reviewed  in  The  Journal  of  Germanic  Philology  3,  pp.  383-388,  by 
P.  Groth.  Modem  Language  Notes,  May,  1898  (Vol.  13),  by 
W.  H.  Carpenter  and  George  T.  Flom,  and  in  Scandia,  I.  1. 
Jan.,   1904,  by  H.  Logeman. 

Poestion.  Lehrbuch  der  Norwegischen  Sprache.  Von  J.  C.  Poestion. 
2teAuflage.  Wien.  Pest.  Leipzig.  A.  Hartleben's  Verlag.  1900. 
Reviewed  in  Centralblatt  1900,  2176  by  — m — .  and  Modem 
Language  Notes,  May,  1903  (Vol.  18^  by  George  T.  Flom. 

Redegjerelse.    Om  en  Del  Retskrivnings  og  Sprogspersmaal.    Redegje- 
relse  til  det  kongelige  Departement  for  Kirke-ogUndervisnings- 
vaesenet.     Av.   J.   Aars,    S.   W.   Hofgaard  og   Moltke   Moe. 
Kristiania.    A.  W.  Breggers  Bogtrykkeri.     1898. 
(161) 


ABBREVIATIONS 


adj.. 

adjective 

n.orneut.. 

neuter 

adv., 

adverb 

Norw. , 

Norwegian 

c.  or  coll. , 

colloquial 

O.No., 

Old  Norse 

cf.. 

compare 

P" 

page 

e.g.. 

common  gender 

past  prtc. 

past  participle 

com.  gend. 

common  gender 

pers.. 

personal 

Dan., 

Danish 

pi.. 

plural 

dat., 

dative 

pret.. 

preterite 

dem.. 

demonstrative 

{  pronounce 
(  pronunciation 

e.  g; 

for  example 

DKON,, 

Eng., 

English 

refl.. 

reflexive 

Fr., 

French 

rel.. 

relative 

gen.. 

genitive 

sciL, 

scilicet,  supply 

Germ., 

German 

sing., 

singular 

lb.. 

ibidem,  the  same 

s.. 

strong 

impers., 

impersonal 

5m/., 

Swedish 

intrans. , 

intransitive 

trans.. 

transitive 

/., 

line 

transl. 

translate 

lit.. 

literally 

w.. 

weak 

M.  L.  G., 

Middle  Low  German 

(163) 


VOCABULARY 


EXPLANATORY  NOTE 

It  has  not  been  thought  necessary  to  indicate  the  parts 
of  speech  of  words  in  the  vocabulary.  Adverbs  formed  from 
adjectives  by  the  addition  of  (the  neuter  adverbial)  /  are 
given  only  when  they  have  a  meaning  not  also  regularly 
found  in  the  adjective.  Nor  is  there  any  special  indication 
of  adjectives   used   also   in   the   same    form   as   adverbs. 

After  a  noun  the  gender  is  designated  by  c  for  common 
gender,  n  for  the  neuter.  The  plural  formation  is  not  given, 
but  the  following  direction  is  offered  here  for  the  help  of 
the  student.  Unless  otherwise  indicated  it  is  to  be  assumed 
that:  1,  all  nouns  that  end  in  unstressed  -cr  and  all  monosyl- 
labic common  gender  nouns  that  end  in  a  consonant  take 
-e  in  the  nom.  plural;  2,  common  gander  nouns  of  two  or 
more  syllables  take  -r  or  ~er  in  the  plural,  -r  only  if  they 
end  in  an  unaccented  c  as:  ^ige,  ^iflcr,  otherwise  -cr.  (In 
connection  with  nouns  ending  in  unstressed  -d  the  rule 
for  the  elision  of  the  e  of  this  ending,  when  forming  the  plural, 
is  to  be  observed,  e.  g.  3?orfcf  95oryIcr;  also  the  elision  of 
e  in  the  ending  ~er  in  many  words  as :  f^ingev,  f^ingre,  but 
2)ominer,  2;oinincre,  Sanger,  ©oiigere.  Plurals  of  the  type 
gtiigre  are  given  in  full  in  the  vocabulary);  3,  Neuter  nouns  or- 
dinarily take  no  ending  in  the  plural.  Words  deviating  from 
these  rules  have  the  plural  indicated  in  the  vocabulary. 
I'mlaut  in  the  plural  is  indicated  by  Ji.  Irregular  plurals 
and  irregular  forms  generally,  as  in  the  comparison  of  ad- 
jectives,   are  given  in  full. 

(167) 


168  EXPLANATORY    NOTE 

Verbs  are  given  as  strong  (s)  or  weak  («/).  For  the  prin- 
cipal parts  of  strong  and  irregular  verbs  the  student  is  re- 
ferred to  the  table  at  the  end  of  the  book. 

The  accent  of  a  word  is  indicated  only  where  there 
might  be  doubt,  as  especially  in  compounds.  Where  accent  is 
not  designated  it  may  be  assumed  that  the  first  syllable  has 
the  (main)  stress,  except  in  the  case  of  the  prefixes  be,  er 
and  ge,  which  are  never  accented.  Likewise  the  quantity  of 
vowels  is  not  ordinarily  indicated;  the  normalization  in  spelling 
in  accordance  with  that  of  the  14th  edition  of  Aars's  Reiskriv- 
ningsregler  has,  in  a  large  number  of  cases,  made  this  un- 
necessary. Where,  however,  there  might  be  uncertainty,  as, 
for  instance,  with  regard  to  a  vowel  before  final  b,  d,  g  and 
p,  t,  k,  the  quantity  of  the  vowel  has  been  marked. 

The  numbers  in  the  vocabulary,  enclosed  in  parentheses, 
refer  to  pages  of  the  text,  where  the  particular  use  of  a  word 
occurs. 


VOCABULARY 


4l«t,  oh. 

aaben,  open. 

aabne,  to  open. 

aabcnltjft,  open,  undisguised,  public. 

Stance,  c,  breath;  brage  fin  — ,  to 
draw  one's  breath. 

aantte,  to  breathe  ;  —  tungt,  to 
breathe  heavily,  pant. 

Hat,  «.,  year;  i—  ,  this  year,  ont  ct  — , 
in  a  year. 

9lave,  c.,  hearth. 

SlatfaO,  c.,  cause,  reason. 

$(atdl<>n,  C,  yearly  pay,  salary. 

9(ad,  c,  -er,  {-e),  (mountain)  ridge. 

a\>«,  to -ape,  —  fig  inbpaa,  to  thrust 
one's  self  in  a  hostile  manner  upon 
another,  pick  a  quarrel  with. 

rtl>,  at,  to,  along,  by,  of. 

ab({iUe,  to  separate,  -S,  to  be  sep- 
arated. 

abflt'ttig,  considerable,  not  a  little, 
quite  a  bit. 

afl>0)>e,  to  ward  off,  parry. 

af  datiMe,  to  discuss. 

aff ((CbC,  to  undress. 

aftcrgge,  to  lay  down;  deliver,  give; 
—  fit  (SubSlOftC,  to  make  one's  con- 
fession of  faith. 

af fitted,  aJv.,  aside,  to  the  side,  as 
adj.,  out  of  the  way,  remote. 


SIfflett,  c,  leave,  farewell;  tage  -— , 
to  take  leave,  bid  farewell;  tagc — 
tneo,  to  take  leave  of. 

MfffCttSfailfl,  c,  farewell  song. 

2lf ftafl,  «.,  refusal ;  gibe  en  — ,  refuse 
one,  faa — ,  be  refused,  rejected. 

3lfftant),  c.,  distance;  paa  —,  at  a 
distance,  some  distance  apart. 

afftc'tt,  off,  away;  flulbe  — ,  were 
to  go. 

5lftoTe,  c,  agreement,  appointment; 
Cfter  — ,  by  appointment. 

WftenfOl,  c,  evening  sun. 

age,  to  ride  (in  a  vehicle);  to  slide. 

5lflcr,  f.,13/.,  9lgre,  (cultivated)  field. 

4lflCt«lf8e,  c,  corncrake. 

^gf,  c,  intention;  heed,  attention; 
respect;  giue  — ,  to  notice,  watch; 
heed,  pay  heed;  gibe  —  '^aa.,  to 
pay  heed  to,  take  heed  of;  tage  fig  i 
— ,  have  a  care;  bife  —  for,  to  show 
respect  to. 

a^tt,  to  heed;  respect;  —  Ifaa,  to 
heed,  pay  attention  to. 

a^iti,  respected. 

rtl,  alt,  aKe,  all ;  indefinite  pronoun, 
all,  everybody,  everyone,  every- 
thing; i  alle  %<x\\>,  at  any  rate,  at 
all  events,  in  any  case. 

9III*ue,  c  ,  elbow. 
SllttCV,  c,  age. 


(169) 


170 


VOCABULARY 


Alfevifl,  never;  —  f^r,  no  sooner;  — 
bet  ©lag,  not  a  bit,  not  the  least, 
none  whatever. 

5«Ctt,  c.,  fl.,  9Ilen,  ell,  two  feet. 

(kXt'we,  alone;  adv.,  only. 

aitcrcDC,  already  ;also  atlcre'bc,  rarer. 

allerf  ra'ftigft,  strongest  of  all. 

ai(crminMt>  least  of  all. 

aUcfammCIt,  all,  all  of  them,  alto- 
gether. 

altfammen,  all,  everything,  all  of  it. 

dlli'QCktel,  still,  anyway.nevertheless, 
in  spite  of  that. 

Alt,  already;  entirely;  —  efter  fom, 
according  as,  in  proportion  as;  — 
for,  too. 

9IUCVt(lbIe,  c.  triptych. 

ttlttb,  always,  in  every  case;  in  any 
case,  at  any  rate. 

altittfi,  everything. 

altf  om,  as,  gradually  as. 

9ltt>0V,  «.,  (c),  earnest;  for  — ,  in 
earnest,  for  good;  blibe  tit  — ,  to 
become  serious,  so  bliOe  — af;  bet 
bar  ^ail3 — ,  he  was  in  earnest. 

atttO'tlifl,  earnest,  serious,  grave. 

an,  adv.,  tomme  an  paa,  to  depend  on; 
^aa  an,  to  do,  be  satisfactory.  (See 

9lnb(>0t,  c.,  devotion. 
andagt^fulO,  devout. 

dlltten,  dtttlCt,  or<//;/(7/,  second,  other. 

AttDen,    anftt-e,    anbet,  //.,  anbre, 

otlier;  en  «nben,  another,  a  different, 
l)t)evanben,  every  other  one,  every 
second ;  ingen  anbcn,  none  else, 
none  other. 

aulteufiebd,  elsewhere. 

anberIC^C^,  otherwise,  differently. 

rtnt)))tt|ten,  breathless. 

ailC,  to  have  a  foreboding,  a  presenti- 
ment, surmise,  suspect. 

(lltQrttl/  to  concern,  be  of  concern  to ; 
^bab  ongaar  bet  big?  what  business 

of  yours  is  that? 
9ln0ft,  <".,  anxiety,  terror. 
an^tt,  to  nie,  regret. 


9ln(tg0enbe,  «.,//,  —r,  affair,  mat- 
ter, concern. 

*itnma)>ning,  c,  request. 

^Iltfiot,  II.,  face,  countenance,  looks. 

*iluftaul>,  r.,  grace. 

ntltlCllttC,  employ ;  expend. 

SdtWidniug,  c,  direction,  instruction. 

SItbctbe,  II.,  //.,  —r,  work  (abstract 
and  concrete),  piece  of  work,  job, 
task,  production. 

3(vt>CibdtCbft(lb,  II.,  pi.,  -er,  im- 
plement, tool  to  work  with. 

9lrm,  c,  arm. 

ntm,  poor. 

3lvmefk>ing,    «.,    movement    of   the 

arm. 
ttttc  fig,  to  grow,  turn  out,  thrive;  — 

fig  Oe(,  to  turn  out  well. 
(IttIC,  to  inherit. 
91  ft,  c.,pl ,  -f/-,  ash. 
'iX\p,  c.,pl.,  -er,  aspen,  poplar. 
Ot,  con;.,  that. 
ttt,  before,  inf.,  to;  for  at,  to,  in  order 

to. 
9(UC(|C,  II.,  ground  lying  fallow. 
atitt,  again. 
9(titino,  c,  crop. 
au  !  iiiterj.,  indicative  of  pain,  oh! 


!BA<lt)e,  both;  —  og,  lioth  and. 

liBaanl),  «.,  tie,  ribl)on,  band. 

bng,  liack,  back  of,  behind;  — ber, 
back  there,  —  ^lao,  on  the  back  of. 

SBaglien,  n.,  hind-leg. 

baflC,  to  bake. 

brtflCftCt,  after,  behind,  afterwards. 

SBaOl)OtlCt>,  «•,//•,  er,  back  of  the 
head. 

intflltcngd,  backwards. 

(xiflOttcr,  back,  backwards. 

»nffC,  r.,  hill. 

bdtlbe,  to  swear. 

baitflC,  afraid. 

!BanT,  //.,  beating,  thrashing,  whip- 
ping. 


VOCABULARY 


171 


9iAt,  >!•,  pine  needles. 

bate,  only,  if  only. 

SBtttf,  c,  bark. 

SBavit, ;/.,//.,  SfJru,  child. 

SBattn,  <r.,  bosom. 

btt>e,  to  ask,  request,  inviie;  bejr; 
pr.iy;  —  om  Sou,  to  ask  for  per- 
mission. 

be'itt'Vei,  grieved,  distressed. 

©Cftftefal>C«,  c,  //.,  !^i/>r,  grand- 
father. 

Iicogc,  both. 

f>C0t)nfte,  to  begin. 

©C(H)ltl>Clfe,  c,  beginning. 

I>el)Oli>e,  to  keep,  retain. 

bcfteillttr  known;  —  iiof,  sufficiently 
well  known,  well  known. 

l)ef  jlenftc,  to  admit,  confess. 

bctlCtttt,  anxious,  uneasy,  oppressed, 
faint,  heart-sick. 

fBtUe,  n.,pl.,    r,  belt,  girdle. 

3)en,  «.,  bone,  leg. 

hen,  straight;  — t  fvcm,  right  ahead, 
—  Obcr,  straight  over,  across. 

iBeffc)),  c,  information;  message; 
giiJre  baartig  — ,  to  do  one's  work 
poorly,  give  a  poor  account  of  one's 
self. 

IBcfllltnittO,  c,  decision,  resolution; 
ffltte  Clt  — ,  to  make  a  decision,  de- 
cide; tOfle  ftl — ,  to  form  a  resolu- 
tion, resolve. 

t>efi(inbiO>  constant,  constantl)',  al- 
ways. 

Ixftetni,  determined;  surely,  posi- 
tively, of  a  certainty,  indeed,  to  be 
sure. 

bcftiUe,  to  do;  order. 

SBeftKtr,  ".,  trouble,  difficulty. 

93e|0O'  "•'  visit;  ofloegge  et  ■— ,  to  pay 
a  visit. 

heS^^e,  to  visit. 

(tCttOQiC^  to  look  at,  survey. 
aSetVagtninQ,  c.,  contemplation,   re- 
flection; flj^rc  — ,  to  consider. 


l»ClrO  Hfl/  (preposition  tit),  confide 
to,  to  trust  one  wilh  something. 

l>Ctt)]>Cli0/  considerable,   very  much. 

bcticnle/  to  consider,  think  over;  — 
fig,  to  think  over,  stop  to  consider. 

Sctfcntnino,  c,  consideration,  hes- 
itation. 

dctiatc,  to  preserve. 

^CWflfflClfc,  c,  movement,  motion. 

betxeget,  moved,  touched. 

SBibcl,  c,  bible. 

!8i&,  c.,f>l.,  -{d)er,  bite,  bit,  morsel. 

JBiJfct,  «.,  bridle. 

bit,  to  wait;  —  ^aa,  to  wait  for. 

SBiHctiC/  n.,pl.,-r,  picture,  image. 

itiltttc,  to  bind,  tie;  knit. 

iBtUt>itl0,  c,  knitting. 

SBlvf,  c,  birch. 

iBitl(r0&,  c.,pl.,  -rpbbcr,  birch -root. 

»icl><,  <:.,bell. 

I*(aa,  blue. 

blaagrcta,  bluegray. 

»Iflt»,  «.,  leaf,  sheet. 

dlalX,   to   turn  tlie   leaves;  —  i  3}o= 

gcjl,  to  turn  over  the  leaves  of  the 

book. 
Iblaff  e,  to  flap,  flutter. 
t>lAU))e,  to  mix,  mingle. 
blOUbt,  among,  one  of. 
bXCkWX,  bright,  glittering. 

bleg,  pale. 

blegoul,  straw-colored,  sallow. 
dlib,  pleasant,  kind,  gentle. 
!8 lit,  «.,/>/.,  -ke,  look,  glance. 

bWbe,  to  become,  be,  remain;  — mcb, 
to  go  along. 

»I0*,  «.,  blood. 

iBlomftet,  c.,pl.,  asiomfter,  flower. 

blot,  only. 

bludfcnbe,  blazing;  —  rOb,  flaming 
red,  red  as  fire,  blitJC  —  r0b,  to  blush 
crimson,  bluslj  all  over,  blush  to  the 
roots  of  one's  hair. 

bikig,  modest,  bashful. 

\>\^b,  soft,  softhearted,  tender. 


172 


VOCABULARY 


ho,  to  dwell,  reside. 

»0fl,  c.,pi.,  SBpgcr,  book. 

bOQleettt,  book-leanied,  book-re<id. 

SBOIlfte,  c. ,/>/.,  S801lber,  farmer,  coun- 
tryniiin,  yeoman,  freeholder. 

!Botd,  «.,//.,  —  or  -e,  table. 

iBotH^latX,  c,  table  top. 

1?0tQt  \ot,  to  vouch  for,  answer  for. 

bott,  off,  away ;  —  til,  over  to,  —  ber, 
over  there  (moticm  to). 

t>0t<e,  away,  gone;  lost;  ber — ,  over 
yonder  (rest  in),  — tJeb,  over  there 
by,  laitgt— ,  far  away. 

bOttfateilDe,   departing. 

bOtti,  over  in,  yonder  there  in,  over 
in  yonder. 

bOttOVtt,  along,  over,  across. 

bottpaa,  over  on,  at. 

bOVtUCb,  over  by,  there  near. 

bOVtUcnbt,  turned  away. 

braa,  hasty,  quick. 

bXd,  btaP,  good,  worthy. 

brrtf e,  to  roast ;  crackle. 

|tt()>,  broad,  wide. 

btefte,  to  spread,  scatter. 

bret>{lUtb¥(t,   broad-sliouldered. 

iBviUctf,  c.,pl.,  spectacles. 

SBtiiige,  c,  chest. 

fitifte,  to  break,  burst. 

!BtOd(«,  c.,pl.,  Srpbre,  brother, 

fBvUb,  c,  bride. 

a3i:ut»eft>(ltft,  c.,  bridesman. 

93vU)>gOm,  c.,  bridegroom. 

bX\\%t,  to  use,  make  use  of,  take  ad- 
vantage of;  intr.,  be  used  to,  in  the 
habit  of;  —  til,  to  use  for. 

I> I'll II,  brown. 

lltUntl>b,  brownish  red. 
brttltc,   to  break,   bend;  —  frcm,   to 
break   forth,    speak   out,  —  ub,  to 
break  out,  speak,  —  ©fit,  to  violate 
the  custom,  —  l0S,  to  break  out. 

bt))be  fifl,  —  om,  to  care  about. 
l)Yl)btd,  to  wrestle. 
!8v»)niH»,  «.,//.,  -/r,  wedding. 
»t>)nm»«bt>)flfle,  «., wedding  brew. 
J8vt)nil))dfolt,  «.,  wedding  guests. 


!Bvt)nu^S0rtaVl>,  c.,  wedding  place. 

93rl|ll,  «.,  eyebrow. 

iBrltft,  «.,  breast,  chest. 

Iltteitde,  to  burn. 

iBrail^Cbttt,   «.,  (c.,),  spirits,  whis- 

Itey,  brandy. 
99ut>,  «.,  message;  fcilbe  — ,  to  send 

word,  message. 
ftllbell,  invited. 
93 Ii3>f ending,  c,  message. 
Suhunb,  c,  shepherd's  dog. 
iBunll,  c,  bottom. 
SBut,  «.,  cage  ;(=Stobbur),  storeroom, 

storehouse  for  food. 
iBuVbitr,  c,  storehouse  door. 
SBllttlitlfeU,    H.,pl.,   -er,  storehouse 

window. 

butbe,  ought. 

SBuft,  c,  bush, 

StlfTa)>,  c,  herd  of  cattle,  live-stock 
of  a  farmstead. 

f)tlfl(t,  bushy. 

bui,  stubby. 

!BI),  c.,pl.,  -er,  town. 

!Bl)f0lf,  «.,town  people. 

I>l)ft(>  to  offer. 

99ljfl»  c.,n.,  barley. 

a^Dgaflcr,  c.,  barley  field. 

SBttgb,  c.,pl.,  -<rr,  settlement,  district, 

!Bt)gt)efOlf,  «.,  people  of  the'Bygd' 
or  settlement. 

VttfltXbci,  c,  road  through  the  dis- 
trict or  settlement. 

bti^^t,  tol>uild. 

iBl)td,  «.,  leap,  jump. 

ilt)it(,  to  change,  exchange. 

93<iet,  c,  brook. 

93l«llf,  c,  bench, 

©at,  «.,  berry, 

bttVt,  to  bear,  carry,  endure;  —  ODft 
meb,  to  bear  with  one,  —  ifiXl,  end, 
turn  out,  —  til  (impers.),  to  end, 
result;  come  about,  —  fig  at),  to  be- 
have, — 8  for,  impers.,  to  have  a 
foreboding,  as  bct  6cEreS  mig  for. 

bVtbt,  to  quiver,  tremble. 

b^bXt,  to  quiver,  tremble. 


VOCABULARY 


173 


btlt,  to  bend. 

!B0|{U0,  c,  herd  of  cattle,  cattle  and 
sheep  of  an  estate. 

S01I.  <:.,//.,  aSpliner,  prayer. 

I>0ttlt0,  imploring;  bebe  — ,  to  im- 
plore. 

b$t^t,  to  brush. 

2) 

3)H,  as,  inasmuch  as,  since;  then, 

when,  at  the  time. 
^aab,  c  ,  baptism. 
bdatlifl,  poor,  ill,  unwell. 
SaatIi0l)el>»  c,  insignificance,worth- 

lessness. 
Sa0,  c..  day. 
®al,  c,  valley. 

Sltnt,  c.,pl.,   me,  pond;  dam,  dike. 
Sand,  <"„  dance. 
liaitfe,  to  dance. 
ttafle,  to  strike. 

Sattrr,  <-.,//.,  3)0ttre,  daughter, 
)>(l(,  to  divide,  —  llieb,  share. 
ben,  article,  the. 
fcen,  dent,  pronoun,  that. 
(ennt,  dem. pronoun,  this. 
l>Ct,  rel.,  who. 
J>«t,  there. 

Ixraf,  from  that,  by  that,  of  that. 
bereftCV,  after  that,  thereafter. 
^crf(*r,    therefore,    for    it,    for    that 

reason,  and  so. 
betilicmmc,  at  home,  away  at  home. 
fttti,  in  it,  in  there,  therein,  in  that. 
bettube,  in  there. 
IXttmoD,    against  it,   on    the    other 

hand,  on  the  contrary. 
^Ctnteb,  with  that,  with  it,  by  that, 

at  that,  then. 
)>etUCl>,  down  there,  down. 
l>(tttc)>(,  down  there,  there,  down  at 

that  place,  etc. 
tetlKCft,    next,   then,   after  that,   in 

the  next  place. 
ftev0tl^(,  up  there. 
toeV0t>(t,    over    there,    above    there, 

above. 


l>(t))aa,    on  that,   on  it,   after  that, 

thereupon,  then. 
Drtfom,  if,  in  case. 
t><Vk>()>,  by  or  near  it,   about  it,  at  it, 

over  it,  on  account  of  il,  tliereby. 
bfftO,  the;  jo  —  bcfto,  the  —  the. 
blft,  thither,  there. 
biblieit,  thither. 
bib  Otter,  thither,  over  there. 
biltgte,  to-dangle,  swing  to  and  fro. 
tlitvef  to  quiver,  tremble;  vibrate. 
bO0,  though,  liowever,  still,  indeed, 

after  all,.  I  hope,  surely. 
Softot,  c,  doctor. 
b0t>en,  lazy. 
botine,  to  become  numb. 

Sraabe,  c,  drop. 

Stag,  «.,  feature. 

btaflt,  to  draw,  pull;  attract;  — af= 
ftcb,  depart,  —  forbi,  to  pass  by,  — 
fig  uuba,  to  withdraw,  go  away,  — 
fig  til  ©ibfn,  to  move  aside,  —  til= 
bagc,  to  withdraw,  —  til  (en),  to 
strike,  —  )fQ.<x,  to  pull  at,  —i,  to 
wrestle,  — S  nicb,  to  wrestle  with; 
have  to  do  with;  be  burdened  with. 

^XCL^i,  c.,pl.,  -er,  dress,  garb. 

btatte,  to  drop,  tall. 

bt(U,  to  turn,  twist. 

Stit,  c,  drink. 

bVtf  te,  to  drink. 

SviffeftUllb,  c.,  hour  of  drinking. 

brtltC,  to  drive,  urge  on,  chase;  — 
om,  to  idle  about,  —  meb,  be  en- 
gaged in,  busy  with,  —  toocf,  to  chase 
away,  —  til  (f n),  to  strike. 

bVt))l)>e,  to  drip. 

britmme,  to  dream. 

btltlie,  to  resound. 

btibbe,  to  nod. 

Sit  ft,  C,  fragrance. 

bltfte,  to  emit  fragrance. 

Sufl,  c,  dew;  also  ffiuflg. 

btlgfulb,   dewy. 

bum,  stupid. 

blinlel,  dark. 
buntelblaa,  dark-blue. 


174 


VOCABULARY 


Sufi,  c.,pl.,  -er,  {-e),  tassel. 

9>)b,  deep. 

t*t)Oti0,  able,  capable. 

^<Ctf  (,  to  cover;  —  SSorbct,  to  set  the 

table. 
tl(Cnt)>(t,  muffled,  in  a  low  voice. 
t)(CltO<,  to  chastise. 
ttit,  to  die. 
b{>t>C,  to  baptize. 
Sl»),  c,  death;  for  ®)Jbcn,  at  the  point 

of  death. 
Sltfln,  «. ,  day  and  night,  24  hours. 
Sltt/  c,  door. 

e 

ef  tf  t,  after,  along;,  by. 

(ftctf oni,  in  as  much  as. 

(ft(tl>i,  since,  in  as  much  as. 

eflCM,  own. 

(OCItUifl,  really,  in  fact. 

ri,  not. 

t\t,  to  own. 

CSUltDoni,  c.ypl.,  -mc,  property. 

@Ur,  c,  owner. 

eller,  or. 

Cllerd,    else,    otherwise,    ordinarily, 

moreover. 
€^lftot>,  c.,  love. 
GIti,  c,  river. 

@tline,  n.,/>l.,  -r,  material,  stuff. 
CU,  el,  a,  an;  some,  about. 
Clltt,  than;  but,  and,  however;  — jofl 

ba,  and  (but)  I  then!   faa  libcn  bcii 

—  cr,  however,  etc.,  —  figc,   still 

less,  let  alone. 
CltblXt,  still,  after  all,  even. 
@nt)e,  r.,  end. 
euttelifl,  at  last,  finally,  certainly,  I 

should  ihink. 
(nl)t>(V,  each,  every,  everyone. 
eitttftc,  eilttfidC  (see  RtdegjOrelse  32), 

still  less,  let  alone.  (See  enb  above). 
@tl0,  c. ,  meadow. 

(gngeblomme,  c.,  globe  flower. 

etlflrttig,  once,  sometime;  itte  — ,  not 

even. 
ettbim,  yet,  still,  even. 


Ctlttog,  even. 

(tiefte,  only,  sole. 

cut elt,  single,  separate,  ^bet  — ,  each 
one  individually,    e,  some,  a  few. 

elitcn,  either;  —  .  .  filer,  either  .  .  or. 

<Slli>t0rmi0l)(ll,  c,  uniformity,  mo- 
notony. 

@tfa'till(t,  c,  experience. 

(Sti'llbttUO,  c.,  remembrance,  recol- 
lection. 

(tftettd,  somewhere. 

<Sk>attge'liuni,    «.,  //.,   etjangclier, 

gospel. 
<Stotl(,  «.,  <■.,  ability,  faculty. 

'^titi,  to  get,  receive;  —  fat  i,  to  get 
hold  of,  —  ober  fig,  to  be  able  to,  get 
one's  self  to,  make  one's  self,  ■ —  lib 
of  (nogct),  to  make  out  of  (as  aux- 
iliary of  the  future  shall,  future 
perf.  shall  hare  or  in  the  present 
must,  call,  and  other  meanings); 
bu  faar  tage  \)aa.  big  igjcti,  you  will 
have  to,  had  better,  put  on  your 
things  again. 

f  a(lt<tlcu)>f ,  chary  of  words,  taciturn. 

\aai(t\\U,  dull. 

l^aorcbloD,  «.,  sheep's  blood. 

3fttl>,  n.,pl.,  -f,  dish. 

S^aDev,  c,  father. 

ttfalterktor,  ».,  the  I-ord's  prayer. 

fa^ft,  fair,  beautiful. 

3'Alll,  >';  fall ;  case;  i  aQc  Sdlb,  at  all 
events. 

falfte,  to  fall;  —  let,  to  come  natural, 
be  easy. 

l^-anDeit,  c,  the  devil. 

^fOllfl,  "■!  lap;  armful.  • 

f  (tnge,  to  catch. 

^antricitte,  c,  gipsy  girl. 
S'rtttief  ioerring,  c.,  gipsy  woman. 
$are,  c,  danger, 
fate,  to  go,  travel;  —  tncb,  to  treat, 

handle. 
favlig,  dangerous. 


VOCABULARY 


175 


9<ltt,  <".,  hurry,  speed;  i  — ,  in  good 

pace,  fulb  — ,  at  full  speed,  met)  — , 

in  a  hurry. 
fttt,  hold,  a  hold  of,  in  toge  fat  i,  to 

catch  hold  of,  faa  —  i,  get  hold  of. 
fak>nett)I,  a  fathom  thick. 
^Cle,  c,  fiddle,  violin. 
S'iHegatnVr  c  ,  worthless  nag. 
finet,  ragged. 
filttet,  matted,  entangled. 
fin,  nice,  delicate,  prtlty. 
finite,  to  find. 

finger,  r.,fl.,  gtngre,  finger. 
-^ingctving,  c,  finger  ring. 
filtgettig,  having  many  fingers. 
firffaatetl,  square  built. 
i^ftlA,  ».,  mountain. 
(^icil>tO))«  c.,  mountain  top. 
(^irtttilig,  c,  a  quarter  of  a  mile,  i'^ 

American  miles. 
l^icrDiligtlci,  c,  pi.,  -<•,  the  distance 

of  a.'Fjcrding'. 
f  {(Vlie  flfl,  to  retire,  withdraw,  move 

away. 
^iortenbage,  //.,  a  fortnight. 

^'\ax,  c,  feather. 

f  i(FtfII)ggct,  shaded  by  the  feathers. 

flrtb,   fiat. 

5'*»flflf»^<*0"l'»   "•>  flowing  ribbon. 

fl(te,  more,  several. 

ficftc,  most;  be^ — ,  most,  the  largest 

number,  most  of  them. 
flint,  diligent,  smart. 
^iid,  c.,pl.,  -("r,  chip,  splinter. 
flHtig,diligent,  industrious,  studious. 
^(Ot,  c.,pl.,  -^e,  flock,  crowd. 
%\om,  c„pl.,  -me,  waterflood. 
^lOV,  «•,  crape,  gauze;  veil. 
flt)t)e,  to  flow,  float. 
fittgte,  to  flee. 
f())tte,  to  move. 
fltHje,  to  fly. 
flofbe  fig,  to  blubber. 
fitef  t(,  to  remove  the  bark. 
%\ttSlt,  ".,  pork,  bacon. 
Vt\«\\,   «.,  velvet. 
%0\'bt,  c,  fold,  plait,  crease. 


f  oI)>(,  to  plait,  fold ;  —  ^cenbcrne,  to 

fold  the  hands. 
^Olt,  n.,  folk,  people. 
foltf0m,  populous;  bet  er  — t,  there 

are  many  people. 
^tfta'gt,  c.,  contempt,  scorn. 
f  0t(t'n,  ahead,  in  the  front. 
f  OtO'nbtC,  to  change,  alter. 
fdvba'tntf,    to    commisserate,    take 

pity  on;  have  mercy  on. 
fotl»l',  by,  ahead;  passed,  over. 
^OtbiflttttenJe,  temporary,  transient, 

i  — ,  in  passing. 
f  Ot6i'n^r,  to  connect;  dress,  bandage 

(a  wound). 
^Otbi'nltelfe,   c.,  connection,    rela- 
tion, communication. 
I^Qtbnlt,  ».,  sign,  omen 
^OrilUuA,  «.,  compact. 
fOVblt'toe,  to  remain. 
f  0tbt)'l»«,  to  forbid. 
fotltl',  because. 
fovbcc'Vtict,     depraved,     corrupted; 

hurt;  flaa  — ,  to  hurt  seriously. 
ftftegcld,  to  take  place,  happen;  — 

aiibre  iiicb  ct  gobt  ©f^empel,  to  set  a 

good  example. 
ftfVcgaacnUe,  preceding. 
f  OtC  Iflct,  rn  love. 
^orcftiUing,    c,    conception,    idea; 

image. 
f  Otef  (Ctie,  prefix,  appoint,  decide, 
fotfd^'rbdig,  awful,  dreadful. 
fori'nben,  before. 
(^Otl)Oll>,  «  ,  condition,  relation. 
%OV\)0'Oe,  C,  fore-hoof. 
^orf  labc,  ".,  apron. 
^Ottlffibefni^,  c,  tip  or  end  of  the 

apron. 
fotla'bt,  forsaken,  abandoned. 
(^orm,  c.,pl.,    er,  form,  shape. 
fovma'ne,  to  admonish. 
forne'mmc,    to    perceive,     be    sen- 
sible of. 
ftftn^'ben,   needful,  necessary;  l)atie 

— ,  to  need  to. 
%»Xttt1>tX\' ,  «.,  treachery. 


176 


VOCABULARY 


fOtteft,  foremost,  farthest  nlieiul. 
fOVYtfl,  former. 
forfta'n»i0,  sensible. 

fotftij'tre,  to(lisiuil). 

fOtfua're,  to  ciefeml. 

fOtf Va'ttig,  rather,  i;o<  dly. 

fotftfi'Mbe,  to  disappear. 

forfit  ge,  to  try. 

fott,  fast,  quick. 

f  OVtrt'bt,  lost,  dejected,  miserable. 

f  orlfarr,  to  continue. 

jotti't,  to  be  silent  regarding,  keep 
secret. 
•  f OtttU'ff et,  distorted. 

fortfCCttr,  to  continue. 

fottCC'He,  to  tell,  relate. 

^OtiCtUinti,  c,  story,  narrative. 

f  Otul)/  before,  in  advance,  ahead. 

foru'ttCII,  without,  except,  beside. 

foru'n^(VIt0,  wonderful,  strange. 

forU'llftVet,  surprised. 

fOttlO'liX,  to  caufe,  be  the  cause  of. 

%o\li,  <^.,  waterfall. 

^tth,  <-.,  peace. 

ftcftelig,  peaceful. 

ftcMtlftf  sanctified  to  peace. 

^ttHpltt,  sanctified  spot. 

ftciftifl,  dauntless;  confident,  cheer- 
ful. 

S't'lf't*  <^-i  rescuer;  the  Savior. 

frent,  forward,  ahead;Iigc—,  straight 
ahead. 

fV(ma»,  on,  onward,  ahead,  along. 

f  retnf  Ot,  above,  ahead  of. 

fremiffiitge,  forwards. 

ftemnie,    there,  at  one's  destination. 

ftenlUte^,  strange;  -f,  strangers. 

^rcmmeAfolf,  «.,  strangers. 

SttmoVtt,  forward,  ahead. 

ftl,  free,  safe. 

^tict,  c,  wooer. 

f tiff,  well,  sound. 

f  titltfifietlfec,  exposed,  lying  exposed 

on  all  sides  (3.2).    See  note  2,  p.  3. 
9t)10t,  c.,  fear. 
fVttfite,  to  fear. 
f«k)0telig,  fearfully,  dreadfully. 


(^mfelt,  r..  Miss;  unmarried  lady. 
iVflVf 0(i,  c,  kind  of  seed. 
9'tigl,  c,  bird. 
f ligtfd,  to  become  moist. 
f Ullt,  full ;  — t  op  af,  a  h>t  of. 
fUlbfitte,  to  execute,  carry  out,  com- 
plete. 
flllMcCVt,  finished,  graduated. 
(^Iiru,  c,  fir-tree. 

t^ttrufamilie,  c,  clump  of  fir-trees. 
U  !  fie! 

fHflf,  to  drift;  rush. 
%(t,  n.,  beast,  animal. 

falbe,  to  fell. 

S'tclDitifl,  c,  felling. 

f(r((e$,  mutual. 

9ietl>Ctt>  c.,  course,  behavior,  'do- 
ings'. 

9iit>e,  c,  food. 

f0&e,  to  feed. 

^ItdetaaA^fOlf,  «.,  pensioners.  (See 
note  p.  132.) 

fiJlf,  to  join,  connect;  —  til,  to  add. 

f UU ,  to  feel ;  —  fig,  to  feel,  feel  that 
one  is. 

t^0lrlfc,  (".,  feeling,  sensation. 

90(g(>  "-1  company,  attendants ;fO»«. 
ffend.,  consequence. 

\0l(i«,  to  accompany ; —  cftcr,  to  come 
after,  follow,  —  meb,  to  accompany. 

\tX,  before. 

f  0rc,  to  lead,  guide. 

f|»rft,  first,  for  the  first;  not  until. 

~9i>tftllilig,  c,  beginning. 


@a(l,  to  go,  walk,  pass;  —  an,  to  do, 
answer,  suffice,  be  satisfactory,  — 
of,  to  become  of,  as  l^oab  — r  bcr  af 
l^om  V  —  otJCr,  to  pass  over,  —  til,  to 
come  about,  go,  happen,  —  ub,  to 
die  away,  also  lit.,  —  op  (of  the 
sun),  to  rise,  (of  a  door)  to  open. 

C)aAr&#  <".,  place,  farmstead,  estate; 
court,  vard. 

@aat:l)d0Ut,  r.,  man-servant  on  an 
estate. 


VOCABULARY 


177 


(9tlb,  «.,  mouth    vulgar). 

aabe,  to  g.ipe,  stare. 

(labcllDeV  ugape,  open. 

gal,  mad,  insane;  bad,  wrong. 

^amlins,  c-,  old  man. 

gcimmcl,  old. 

®attt)f,  c.,pl.,  -er,  nag,  jade. 

@anfl,  c.,linie;  en — tir,  once  more, 

nicb  e'n  — ,  all  at  once. 
(BaUQ,  c,  walk;  alley,  hallway. 

@aiigfti,  <-.,foot  path. 

gailfle,  quite,  entirely. 

@ap,  c,  a  gad-about,  one  who  talks 

nonsense  ;  a  jester,  merry  ftllow. 
gift,  married. 
giftf,  to  marry. 

@ift(/  n.,  marriage,  match,  party. 
gil)>,  fine,  excellent;  pleased,  glad. 
give,  to  give;  — SIgt,  pay  attention, 

—  ftg,  to  yield,  give  in,  —  fig  til  Ot, 

to  begin,  set  at  a  thing. 
gienttltc,  to  conceal,  hide. 
@iciltil>ct,  <".,  opposite  neighbor. 
gicunent,  through. 
gieniage,  to  repeat. 
gietnc,  gladly,  willingly;  usually. 

gjletc,  to  mention,  speak  of. 

gi«te,  to  herd. 

@ia(f(I,  c.,  herding. 

gjtf,  to  bark. 

gi0)le,  to  feed. 

gifire,  to  do,  make;  — gnbc  <jao,  to 

put  an  end  to,  stop,  —  Cube  ^<M.  fig, 

to  kill  one's  self. 
filrtt),  glad;  bccre  —  i,  to  be  delighted 

with,     like,     —  til,     glad     at    the 

thought  of. 
glatie,  to  stare. 
OlAIld,  c,  lustre,  splendor. 
@(ad/  «•,  glass,  window. 
OladtUbc,  c,,  pane  of  glass,  window 

pane. 

fliemme,  to  forget. 

glide,  to  glide,  slide. 
Olimt,  «.,  glimpse. 
^lUtve,  to  glitter,  sparkle. 


OIctDe,  c,  joy. 

glfcDe  fig,  to  rejoice;  —  ct)er,  oeb, 

to  rejoice  over,  at. 
®lieffe,  c,  trap. 
®ll(Sg,  ».,  neigh,  neighing. 

gob,  f»el>te,  bebft.   good;  —  meb, 

imob,  kind  to,  —  til  at,  able  to. 

OoMag,  «.,  good  humor. 

fflotltiennct,  c.,pl.,  good  friends. 

g«a«,  gray. 

<Sta(t&,  c,  weeping,  the  tears. 

gtaanenDe,  becoming  gray. 

gta(ll)t)ib,  grayish  white. 

gtaaffdUei,  grayskulled,  with  gray 
head. 

®rail,  c.,  spruce,  fir. 

@tail,  w.,  a  bit,  a  particle. 

@t(ltiet)et,  spruce  covered  ridge. 

@Vatlfog(e,  c.,  cone  of  the  spruce. 

@(vanfOligU,  c,  cone  of  the  spruce. 

@Vanf{og,  c,  spruco  or  fir  woods. 

@tak),  c,  grave. 

®ttb,  c,  a  fork  with  heavy  prongs. 

®teil,  c.,  branch. 

®VeitI)Ud,  «.,//.,  -<-,(—),  house  built 
of  branches. 

®tcltt,//.,  tools,  gear,  traps;  mat- 
ters. 

®t{llt),  c,  gate. 

<3tid,  c.,//.,  -e,  pig. 

QVO\),  coarse,  rough. 

4SrU,  c.,  horror. 

®ruill>,  c,  ground;  reason;  i  — en, 
really,  in  reality. 

gttltlbe  Otietr,  to  ponder  over. 

®tUt>)>C,  c,  group. 

grielte,  to  cry.  • 

&tai,  ». ,  grass. 

@t|tft,  c.,//.,  -er,  ditch,  trench. 

OrOftctant,  c.,/>/.,  -er,  edge  of  the 

ditch. 
gritlt,  green. 

(Stltnfkld^t,  «.,  sod,  greensward. 
@ul>,  <■.,  God;i — g  9?at)n,  for  heaven's 

sake. 
®Ub8lltft(,  11.,  covenant  with  God. 
Oulb,  ».,  gold. 


178 


VOCABULARY 


@Ultl,  11.,  floor. 

^'Wi,  c,  pi.,  -er,  boy;  man-servant. 

l^aattH,  r.,  hand;  toeb  —en,  by  the 

hand. 
^aanMrb,  ».,  wrist. 

^aav,  «.,  hair. 

I)aatt>,  hard,  severe. 

SXlt^XlOt,  c.,pl.,  -er,  lock  of  hair. 

J&aflf,  ».,  (f. ),  hail. 

f)ag(f,  to  hail 

$aft(f)>at,  c,  pi.,  -er,  woodpecker. 

j^almfiCl,  c,  sack  of  straw. 

$ald,  c,  neck,  throrit. 

^aHitxtXttit,  ».,  neckerchief. 

|)alt>,  half. 

()alti(t>alt,  half  smothered. 

f)(llt)t0df(t,  siniplcniinded,  halfwit- 
ted. 

lialVWcid/  at/t'.,  halfway. 

J^auMiug,  c.,  act,  action,  deed. 

^atte,  c,  cock. 

i&aritt,  c,  anger,  resentment. 

\)atm,  angry. 

J^ar)lifd,  c,  «.,  rosin. 

j^aft,  c,  hurry,  speed  ;i  — ,  in  a  hurry, 
bet  ^ar  ingcn  — ,  there  is  no  hurry. 

\\ti\tt,  to  hasten,  be  in  a  hurry. 

^atlfl,  c,  hill,  hillock. 

^augianet,  c,  member  of  the  'Hau- 
gian'  church. 

I)autf ,  to  yodle. 

i^dk),  «.,  sea,  ocean;  archaic  and 
poetic, <?•«/.,  $atijcn§,  as  in  —  SBunb. 

^Atft,  c,  orchard,  garden. 

Iiaoe,  {colLprpiL^a),  to  have;  —  2ot), 
to  be  permitted,   have  permission, 

—  bet  gobt,  to  be  well,  well  off, 
comfortable,  be  pleasantly  circum- 
stanced, —  bet  onbt,  (Icmt,  be  un- 
happy, in  unfortunate  or  unpleasant 
condition,  etc.,  —  ret,  to  be  right, 

—  uret,  to  be  wrong,  —  for  Sfif,  to 
be  in  the  habit  of,  —  bet  trabelt,  to 
be  busy. 

I)«»,  hot. 


^(^e,  c.,  heat. 

(|ebe,  to  be  named  or  called. 

^t\,  c,  ridge. 

|)el,  whole. 

l)eH(ir,  rather;  ct  — ,  nor,  —  itfe,  nor, 

not — either;  jeft —  life,  nor  I. 
()(nt0,  holy,  sacred,  sanctified. 
$(lfe,  c,  health. 
i)elfel0d,  broken  in  health. 
I)elft,  ratherst,  preferably;  ^un  oilbe 

— ,  she  preferred  that,  had  rather. 

^elvebe,  ».,  hell. 

Jjeit,  ofi,  away;  (see  note  2,  p.  12.) 

I)enal>,  along. 

fieitne,  in  ijsor  l)cnnc,  where? 

I)tn0t*(t,  over,  across. 
Iirufuitfen,  absorbed  in;  —  i  Janfer, 

lost  in  thoughts. 
I)(Ute,  to  fetch. 
ficntil,  over  to,  to. 
I)<t,  here. 
i)(refter,  hereafter. 
I)etcftert>ag§,    hereafter,   after  this 

day. 
IjCtfra,  from  here,  from  tliis  place. 
\\tVO^tK,  over  here,  over. 
l^ttptm,    hereon,  on  this,  to  this,  to 

that,  after  that. 

f^ttxtn,  the  Lord. 
S}t\i,  c,  horse. 
i)tl>,  hither,  here. 
I)it)tnbttl,  until  now,  so  far. 
f)il>Otlcr,    hither,  over  here,    in  this 

direction. 
Ijllfc,   to  greet,  salute;  —  i  .^aanben, 

to  shake  hands,  —  })ao,  to  greet. 
^ilSnittg,  c,  greeting. 
^immcl,  <^-,t^-<  ^imlc,  heaven,  sky. 
Ijill,  dem. pronoun,  that. 
IlilianOctl,  one  another,  each  other. 
I)illbre,  to  hinder. 
I)ift,    there,   yonder;  —  ofl  f)Cr,  here 

and  there. 
XiVot,  to  heave,  throw. 
^iem,  n.,  home. 


VOCABULARY 


179 


Ilicttt,  adv.,  home,  homeward ;  Iticb  — , 
back  home. 

j^icuitomft,  c.,  home-coming. 

I)tcmine,  at  home. 

^icmoktct,  homeward. 

^[exit,  «.,  heart ;  courage. 

^\Ct\1f,  c.help. 

I)i(el)>e,  to  help. 

^Ob/  c,  lot,  multitude;  i  — ,  together. 

l)0lt)e,  to  hold,  keep;  — of,  be  fond 
of,  like,  —  ct  SpftC,  to  keep  a  prom- 
ise, —  inbe,  OJ),  stop,  cease,  —  JJOO, 
to  continue,  — :paa  meb,  to  be  en- 
gaged in,  be  busy  with,  —  fig  borte, 
to  remain  away,  —  fig  fro,  to  keep 
from,  —  ub,  to  hold  out,  stand, 
endure,  —  tilbogc,  to  hold  back. 

J^Olt)ltiu0,  c.,  bearing,  attitude,  be- 
havior. 

i^Dlftett,  Holsteln. 

|^S)>,  n.,  leap. 

^0)>))C,  c.,  mare. 

4'OtUnge,  c,  bastard  child. 

l)Od,  with,  at  the  house  of.  Fr.  chez. 
Span,  ett  casa  de. 

^i>\t\0iltX,  i— ,  in  stocking  feet. 

^ofU,  c.,  cough. 

|)Ofte,  to  cough. 

^Q^et),  n.,pl.,  -er,  head. 

I)0kien,  swollen. 

^ilf,  ftbbe  1)00  — ,  to  squat  on  the 
ground. 

^tlO,  4^U/  c.,  mind,  inclination; 
fontnie  i  — ,  to  remember. 

I^Ug,  j^UflOf  ''.,  beating,  chastising; 
fOO  — ,  be  chastised,  flulbe  IjaOC  — 
(14),  was  to  be  whipped. 

I)ugge,  to  cut,  chop. 

\\vi\t,  to  shout. 

|)Ulf  e,  to  sob. 

^Uinle,  c,  bumble-bee. 

^intD,  c,  dog. 

I)unltre,  l)unftveDe,  hundred. 

^Ullttte,  c.,pl.,  — ,  a  hundred. 

l)Utitg,  swift. 

i^Ud,  «.,//..  -e(— ),  house. 


^Ud()0nb,  c,  husband,   man  of  the 

house,  master. 
^tlSfolt,  «.,  inmates  (of  a  house). 
llUdimellem,  between  the  houses. 
i)Uft(r  to  remember. 
IjUSU   ,  domestic. 

^uSmanti,  t.,//.,  ^uSmctnb,  tenant, 

cotter. 

J^Udmanftdt>lAbd/    c.,    small    farm 

held  by  a  cotter. 
I)k)at>,  what. 
i)toad,  sharp. 

^kfCdtagct,  c,  wheat-field. 
Iltxtn,  who. 
I)t>«t,  each,  every;   cfter   I)bert  font, 

gradually  as,  as, 
l)ltetaill>te/  each  other;  one  another. 
dbetleit,  neither;  — .  . .  eller,  neither 

.  .  .  nor. 
fitiitigul/  yellowish  white. 
l5»»ile,  to  rest. 
I)t)tlf  (tt,  which,  what. 
i)Uilie,  to  whistle. 
i)tiiff  (>  to  whisper. 
il\\)OV,  where. 
l)t)OV(lf,  of  which,  from  which,  from 

what,  how. 

l)tioi:baM,  how. 

l)UOti,  in  which,  wherein. 
l)tiotl(b(S,  how;n/.<o  ■^tjorle^be?. 
I)tior0in>   about  which,   about  what, 

of  whom. 
f)tlor))(l(l/     whereupon,     on    which, 

after  which,  to  which. 

f|ttielt*e,  to  form  a  vault. 

i)(efte,  to  attach,  fasten. 

I)ICtte  flfl,  to  join,  to  'hook  onto.' 

l)(Clbe,  to  stoop,  lean; slant. 

l)(EnI)e,  to  happen. 

Ji>(VUt)eITe,  c,  event. 

IXetlOC  to  hang. 

iKCl'ieitbC,  harrying,  devastating. 

^tfot  fiO,    to  raise  one's  self,  itself, 

rise. 
^0,  n.,  hay. 
1^01,  high,  tall. 


180 


VOCABULARY 


$0i<tft,  festive  occasion;  solemnity. 

l)|)ttiI>eU0,  solemn. 

^0itt,  tlie  right;    til  Jjpire,   to  tlie 

riglit. 
^0ni,  chicken,  fowls,  poultry. 
\)0te,  tohear;  —  om,  to  hear  about, — 

Ipaa,  to  listen  to. 
$i>fi,  c,  autumn. 
$0ftiit),  c.,  autumn  time. 
i)tfl>(lt0^  suitable,  fitting. 

3 

3,  in;  —  treSlar,  for  three  years,  — 
tjib  Dm!reb§,  'in  a  broad  circuit,'  for 
miles  around. 

illla'uttt,  among,  with,  one  of. 

laa'fl,  to-day. 

i{>clt0,  constant. 

il)e'l>  as,  just  as. 

tfttt',  from;  ifra  bet,  from  the  time. 

ifiS'tft,  —  meb,  about  to,  on  the  point 
of;  gibe  fig  —  meb,  to  begin. 

igjje'll,  again;  closed. 

tOie'lllUlt,  closed. 

iitie'l,  adv.,  dead,  to  death. 

ittt,  not, 

illlC,  adv.,  evil,  badly;  blitje  —  tjeb,  to 
become  ill  at  ease,  embarrassed. 

ilfttit))/  red  as  fire. 

tie,  to  hasten. 

Httt,  hasty,  testy,  petulant. 

itttf'Kfm,  between. 

imi'Mevtitt,  in  the  meantime,  mean- 
while. 

itlttf'b/  against,  toward. 

tllll,  in;  —  i,  into. 

itt])e,  in,  inside,  within. 

titftenf  0V,  within. 

intUllbet,  in  under,  under. 

inOetlifl,  heartfelt;  adf.,  deeply. 

3lt)>0(tltg,  c.,  entrance,  ingress;  be- 
ginning. 

iltOCII,  no  one,  none. 

itigeiititig,  nothing. 

3nM)l>fttltng,  c,  housing  of  grain, 
harvest. 


tllt)I(bc,  to  usher  in,  preface,  in- 
troduce. 

iu^^aa,  in,  inside. 

^llbrc,  «.,  the  inner  man. 

iu&relt<  fl(J,  to  arrange  one's  affairs, 
settle,  put  matters  in  order. 

inttfotittet,  fallen  asleep. 

ilttct,  nothing, 

38,  c,  ice. 

tfia'tlb,  in  proper  condition,  fixed. 

Ifa't,  especially. 

Hu',  asunder,  in  pieces. 

itu'vetien,  torn  asunder,  in  pieces. 

3 

3a,  yes;  ia\a,  yes,  oh  yes,   oh  well. 
iafle,    to    chase,    drive;    —    paa,     to 

urge  on. 
3(tmm(tr,  c,  wailing,  tumult. 

3ent(,  <-.,  girl. 

ScUtunge,  c,  little  girl. 

\0,  yes,  indeed,  to  be  sure,  you  linow. 

3otb,  C,  earth,  the  earth  ;  «.,/>/,,  -er, 

field. 
3>lI)(I>  '"•I  rejoicing. 
{lift,  just,  precisely. 
Jl>U  !   interj ,  expressing  grief,  alas! 

alack ! 

Jl 

^a.(^^>t,  c,  cloak. 

fciltie,  to  call,  name;  —  op  efter,  to 
name  after; —})aa,  to  call,  call  to; 
—  t,  so  called. 

fUllffe,  perhaps. 

^ailt,  c.,pl.,  -er,  edge,  border;  re- 
gion, part  of  the  country;  direction, 
borte  )fi<x^  eberS  Stanter,  in  your  part 
of  the  country  (32). 

j£a)>i'tel,  n.,pl.,  -er,  chapter. 

ta)>((Cfe,  to  vie  with  each  other  in 
reading,  in  learning  one's  lej^sons. 

j((l)»))e,  c,  cloak,  mantle;  cap. 

J((IVt0l,  c,  cariole,  sulky. 

^orl,  c,  man,  fellow. 

f  aftc,  to  cast,  throw. 


VOCABULARY 


181 


ffirtftctfinb,   c,    eddy-wind,    sudden 

gust  of  wind. 
^ot,  c.,pl.,  -/c.  -ter,  cat. 
JCatuglc,  <■.,  owl. 
SiXb,  n.,  kid. 
${inl),  c,  n.,  cheek. 
Si\t\t,  c,  church. 

JSivfcbef  |ig,».>  church-going,  attend- 
ance at  church. 
RtVttbOtb,    «.,    pi.,    -e,  — ,    church 
table,    table  at  which  the  blessed 
sacrament  is  partaken  of. 
^ivftltAfi,   c,  churcli  day,   day  for 

attendance  at  service. 
^ivf  e(<)ir,  c,  churcli  door. 
^ttteflCtt),  c,  church-going. 
^itfefOlflC,  «.,//.,  -r,  church  com- 
pany; I)oIbe ,  to  be  in  company 

to  or  from  church. 
$titte0Ult>,  «.,//.,  -^,  church-iloor. 
^ittctlofte,  c,  church-bell. 
^tvfctltur,  c,  church-wall. 
iltVtefDiI)/    c.,    church    yard,    court 
outside    the    church    (not    church- 
yard, which  is  fiirlegaard.) 
IjelJ,  (af),  tired,  weary  (of). 
(jeiltte,   to  know;  feel;—  fig,  to  feel, 
feel  that  one  is;— tgiCtl,  to  recognize. 
^ieu>ttl0,  c,   an   acquaintance,  pi., 

-er,  acquaintances. 
^ieUtlf0l(,^ien»tf0ll,  «.,  acquaint- 
ances. 
lieitttt,  known,  acquainted 
$£j[OU,  c,  dress. 
t\Oi\en,  loving,  affectionate. 
$fi(etfe,  c,  sled,  hand-sleigh. 
X\<tv,  dear. 

jStioetffle,  c,  betrothed,  sweetheart. 
SfiatfftcfOlt,  ?t.,pl.,  lovers. 
(j|(VVlig,  loving,  kind;  — mob,  kind  to. 
^tOCVtinO,     c,    old    woman,     wife 

(vulgarly  used  in  this  sense). 
(fllVC,  to  ride,  drive. 
t\aVX,  clammy,  damp. 
^tammcri,  «.,//.,    er,  quarrel. 
jl^laiig,  <-  ,  clang,  sound,  ring. 


f(a^)>e,  to  clap;  to  pat,  caress;  —  til, 
to  clap  together,  smoothen  down, 
beat  down;  —  neb,  to  beat  down; 
—  en  )faa.  Sitjggen,  to  pat  one  on  one's 
back. 

flat,  clear,  pure. 

^Inft,  ».,  smack,  clap. 

flafle,  to  clash,  splash. 

tlivte,  to  clink,  jingle. 

^lO,  c.,pl.,  §l^x,  claw,  talon,  fang. 

flog,  wise,  sensible,  prudent. 

JtlOtfe,  c,  bell,  clock. 

^Idlfev,  c,  sexton. 

^lum:(>,  c,  pi.,  er,  lump,  clump, 
cluster. 

III)^e,  to  pinch. 

f  l(cbe,  to  stick;  —  ftg  faft,  ib. 

tltebe,  «.,  cloth,  //.,  -r,  clothes, 
broadcloth. 

tliebe,  to  clothe,  dress;  — fig,  to  dress 
(one's  self),  —  paa  fig,  ib. 

^tta^,  c.,pl.,  Kna^j^jer,  button. 

jtna^,  scant,  short,  adv.,  scarcely, 
barely;  Inapt,  scarely,  hardly,  scant- 
ily. 

fnibe,  to  pinch. 

.fE'iiiU,  c,  knife. 

^nitofttl,  «.,  knife-thrust. 

^Wtt,  n.,  pi.,  -r,  knee;  paa  SnCE,  on 
one's  knees. 

fntegart, 

fnceffe,  to  break,  crack,  snap. 

^0,  c.,pl.,  SVi0r,  cow. 

foge,  to  cook,  boil. 

f  0U»,  cold. 

fomme,  tocome;  — an  }30a,  to  depend 
on;  —  efter,  to  follow;  —  i  §ug,  to 
remember; —  obcr  (en),  to  come  over, 
upon,  happen  to  (one);  —  fig,  to 
improve  in  health;  —  til  at  — ,  future 
auxiliary  force,  will,  shall; — til 
iUtogt,  to  rise  (in  the  world),  acquii-e 
means,  power;  —  i  SBeien  for,  to 
cross  one,  interfere  with;  font  an, 
come  on ! 

^Ont,  c,  wife. 


182 


VOCABULARY 


f  dttfirtttete,  to  confirm,  ratify  a  relig- 
ious vow.    See  note  2,  p.  25. 

Siop,  c.,pl.,  -er,  bucket,  pail. 

SiOX,  n.y  chorus,  choir, 

SiOXW,  ».,  grain,  small  grain,  corn, 
See  note  3,  p,  119. 

JlOtnf  (St,  c,  sack  of  corn. 

^0X&,  n.,  cross. 

^Ott,  ».,  card,  //.,  cards,  playing 
cards. 

tott,  short,  curt. 

Sttaji,  c.,/>i.,  ^cefter,  force,  strength, 
power. 

ttaflifl,  strong,  powerful. 

Sitat,  c,  pi.,  fitatter,  wooden  stool, 
bench. 

Stxafat,  c,  collar. 

XxcCoXt,  to  climb,  creep. 

iCveaturetne,//.,  the  cattle. 

SiXt'hitC.,  circle; floa om,  to  form 

a  circle  about. 
Ari^()>ibe,  <-.,  clay -pipe. 
UrtftenftotndtuiiMfab,  <-.,  christian 

knowledge,  religious  training. 

SiXO^,  c,  bend,  comer. 

ftogct,  crooked. 

^tOflVCi,    c,   pi.,    -e,    round-about 

way. 
Sixop,  c.,  body. 
StXVL^,  ».,  mug,  pitcher. 
ttu?r,  to  curl,  crip ;  — omlrtng,  curl 

about. 
Ttttbe,  to  creep,  crawl. 
f  U(,  to  subdue,  coerce. 
fun,  only. 

^unftflab,  c,  knowledge. 
luttlte/  to  know,  know  how,  be  able. 
I¥utt»,  c,  basket. 
^kielb,  c.,  evening. 
^tiClMttfl,  c.,  evening  twilight. 
fVif lie,  to  liyen  up,  revive. 
jfuinlte,  c.,  woman. 
^UinttfoK,  n.,  womankind,  woman. 
^tlinbf  Olf  eft((,  «.,  women's  work. 
JfVilli)f0lfeftOl,  c.,  women's  pew. 
ilt>ift,  c,  twig;  gnarl,  knot. 


f  t>ift<,  to  cut  off  twigs. 
^t>iftftUin)t,  r.,  stub  of  a  twig. 
t\)a\t,  to  smother. 
Si\>tiXn,  c,  mill. 

8 

fiAAfl,  ».,  cover, lid. 
laaf,  mean,  bad. 
IdAlK,  to  lend,  borrow. 
Haax,  «.,  thigh,  leg. 
jiaatie,  <:.,  barn. 
lab,  lazy. 

labe,  to  let;  appear,  feign,  act  (as  if). 
lAttt,  to  draw  near  to. 
|!ag,     ».,    company,     party;    social 
gathering. 

J3ag,  pan  Sog,  about. 

Xa^t,  to  prepare,  arrange;  —  fig,  to 
get  (one's  self)  ready;  to  (urn  out, 
(well,  ill) ;  —  til,  to  prepare. 

Satn,  w.,  lamb. 

^amt>(,  C,  lamp. 

lamflaa,  to  paralyze. 

lianbCUei,  c,  country  road. 

lailG,  long. 

£an0t(if  (,  c.,  long  journey. 

laitgi^,  lengthwise,  along  the  side 
of;  — jneb,  along. 

langfom,  slow;  tedious. 

laildfommclifl,  long,  long  lasting. 

lan(|t>etd,  afar,  from  afar. 

lavmc,  to  make  a  noise. 

&aiitX,  c.,  laughter;  laugh. 

\t,  to  laugh ;  —  ab,  to  laugh  at. 

lebc,  to  search;  —  eftcr,  search  for. 

Ueg,  c,  game,  play;  the  cry  and 
antics  of  birds  before  pairing. 

ICflC,  to  play. 

I(i,  embarrassing,  tedious;  trouble- 
some; weary  of. 

SJclC,  c,  rent,  hire;  bo  til  2cte,  to  be 
a  tenant,  to  rent. 

I  fie,  to  rent. 

^ciltgl)(b,  c,  opportunity. 

iicile,  II.,  time  of  day. 

ittm.  It;  pi;  Semmer,  member,  limb. 


VOCABULARY 


183 


S(ltdmatll>,  c,  bailiff. 

let,  light,  easy;  l^abe  —  for,  to  come 
easy  for  one,  be  quick  at. 

Uiit,  to  lighten,  lift;  —  Xiaa,  to  lift. 

»tiU\St,  c,  relief;  tit  ftor  —  to 
(one's)  great  relief. 

Xtitti,  eased,  relieved. 

Ul»e,  to  live ;  —  efter,  to  live  accord- 
ing to. 

Sf »»Cl>Ofle, //.,  life,  born  days;  i  fine 
— ,  in  his  born  days. 

fietiett)),  c.,  life,  life-time. 

^t^tn,  c,  noise. 

Xtbttt,  to  hand,  deliver,  give  over  to. 

J8j,  c.,J>l.,  -er,  mountain  side,  slope. 

jfi|>,  c,  trust;  fcEtte  fin  —  til,  to  put 
one's  trust  in. 

Ufce,  to  endure,  suffer. 

l^^e,  to  wear  on,  pass;  bet  leb  mob 
Slftenen,  it  was  getting  on  toward 
evening;  ba  bet  leb  ^osx,  later  on. 

lifeen,  little,  small ;  for  — ,  too  small. 

lilieit»(,  suffering. 

|l^t,  a  little;  —efter— ,  little  by  little; 

—  til,  a  little  more;  otlt — ,  after  a 
little,  shortly;  for  — ,  too  little. 

Hg,  like. 

lige,     straight,  direct;  alike,   equal; 

—  imob,  straight  toward;  —  frcm, 
right  ahead;  —  oberfor,  right  oppo- 
site; with  reference  to. 

li(|b((0,  pale  as  death,  as  a  ghost. 

Ii(|Cb(llt^  likewise,  the  same. 

ligcfrcttt>  straight,  forward,  down- 
right. 

ligcfaa,  the  same,  in  the  same  man- 
ner, likewise;  — gobt,  just  as  well. 

Hflfle,  to  lie. 

£i()i)(l>,  <".,  likeness,  similarity. 

lite,  to  like. 

£iltCVle,  c,  linnet. 

£in{(,  c,  line;  i  Itge— ineb,  on  a 
straight  line  with,  on  a  level  with. 

filft,  c,  art,  cunning. 

Sifie,  c.,  frame-work. 

liftc,  to  move  quietly,  steal;  —  fig,  to 
slink;—  fig  bort,  to  slip  away. 


«ltt,  «.,  life. 

fill*,  «.,  waist. 

liVagtig,  life-like,  bodily,  vivid. 

live,  to  save,  spare;  — pao,  to  ease, 

lessen. 
ji!tk*ltgl)eb,  c,  liveliness,  gjiiety. 
J^tklStift,  c,  lifetime. 
liSnte,  to  resound. 
iQbtet,  vertical. 
fioflftnitu,     ».,    pi.,    -er,     dormer 

window. 

Softkxetelfe,  «.,  loft-room. 

IOffcn»e,  enticing. 

l!0inme,  c.,  pocket. 

£ommetl>rtI(VDe,  «.,  handkerchief. 
fiok),  «.,  leave,  permission;  bcbc  001 

— ,  to  ask  permission. 
Iui>e,  to  stoop ;  —  fig,  ib. 
Jgue,  c„  flame. 

Itiettfft,  flame-colored,  red  as  fire. 
Sllft,  c,  air. 

ctiU0>  c.,  forelock,  hair  of  the  head. 
lutfe,  to  close;  — t  i,  closed. 
luK,  straight,  plump;  — t  l^atn,  plump 

into  him. 
lull,  sheltered,  warm,  snug,  cosy. 
lunefultt,  whimsical. 
£llt,   <".,    herdsman's     horn,    alpine 

horn. 
S>)ft,  c.,  sound. 
Itlbe,  to  sound;  ring;  ba  I(Jb  bet,  then 

was  heard,  the  order  was. 
It)t>litft,  soundless,  silent. 
lt)C,  to  listen. 
S>)lte,  c,  luck,  forttine;  happiness; 

gi))re  — ,  to  be  successful. 
Itlftclig,  fortunate;  happy. 
IDncnOC,  flashing;  fint,  furious. 
jftttig,  «.,  c,  ling,  heather. 
£»8,  light,  bright,  fair;  blioe  It)ft,  to 

become  daylight. 
H)fe,  to  shine,  illuminate. 
Itiolet,  fair,  blonde. 
SJ»)ft,  c.,  desire. 

4ft)ftifllj<6»    <"■,    merriment,    merry- 
making. 


184 


VOCABULARY 


Ihlte,  to  listen ;  —  til,  to  listen  to. 
ItfVt,  to  lie,  tell  a  falsehood. 

SStq,  c.,pl.,  Soeggc,  calf,  thigh. 

I<*flfl«»  to  lay;  —  i  §06,  to  put  to- 
gether; —  ajJerfe  tit,  to  mark,  notice ; 
—  til,  to  add;  —  fig  Xio^a.  SDriffen,  to 
take  to  drink;  —  et  Crb  inb,  to  put 
in  a  word  for  one;  —  af,  to  cease, 
give  up;  —  affteb,  to  start  off;  — 
fammen,  to  close,  fold. 

£«ub,  <r.,//.,  ScEnber,  loin. 

XttWt,  to  lean,  lean  against. 

Iitttl0)><,  c,  length;  i  Sibeng  — ,  in 
the  course  of  time. 

IttllflC,  adv.,  long,  a  long  time. 

IdCiiged,  to  long;  —  efter,  to  long  for. 

\tttt,  to  learn,  teach. 

^Vii,  ».,  load. 

\tt\t,  to  read. 

\«ti\t,  to  load. 

Itfbe,  to  run. 

£itftc,  n.,pl.,  -r,  promise. 

Infte,  to  lift;  —  x>o^a.  §uen,  to  tip  the 
cap,  —  I^QlOl  fig,  to  rise,  raise  oneself. 

fi^ii,  c.,pl.,  Conner,  reward;  i— ,  as 
a  reward. 

S0M,  c.,pl.,  Sinner,  maple. 

\^%,  loose. 

I0dtte,  to  loosen. 

£0t>,  ».,  leaf. 

m. 

9RAttbC,  ^M  way,  manner; moderation. 
tttaatte,  ntaattet,  pres.,   moa,  must, 

may. 
SRa)>,  c,  food,   viands;    lage  — ,    to 

cook,  prepare  a  meal. 
iRaltf  at,  c,  man  of  the  house,  master. 
SKdbtttOV,  n.,  mistress  of  the  house. 
SKctO,  c.,  ease,  leisure;  i  — ,  leisurely. 
SRaSC,  c,  match,  equal,  like;  mate. 
ntdfle,  to  contrive,  manage;  —  bet  \a.a. 

at,  to  manage  to. 
maoev,  lean,  poor. 
9Ra0t,    c,   strength,    force,    power, 

influence. 


tnagteelitd,  powerless,  weak. 
matt,  iiidef.  proHoini,  one,  they,  you. 
aWatlll,  c.,//.,  TOcrnb,   man,  husband, 
man  of  the  house. 

3Rattlicmin)tC,  «.,  the  memory  of 
mail. 

aRait)>i)afti0,  doughty;  stalwart;  like 
a  man,  mannish. 

Watttlfolt,  «.,//.,  — ,  man. 
tttattgC,  many. 

ntatigcfattfct,  many-colored,  va- 
riegated. 

mangcf)aani>e,  various. 

3Watf,  c.,//.,  -er,  field,  ground;  pas- 
ture, commons;  )^CiCi  — en,  on  the 
ground. 

SRatie,  stomach. 

tncb,  with,  along  with,  along,  adv., 
also;  lang?  — ,  along. 

mcDfatCtt,  handled,  treated,  vb.  fare 
nicb. 

tttC0Ctt,   much. 

SWclf,  c,  milk. 

ViCltCitlaa,  milk-blue. 

SPtclfCtrttig,  c,  milk-pan. 

VIcltcfvat,  c.,  cold  room  where  milk 
is  kept. 

mcHcitt,  between. 

tncit,  but. 

Ilteitc,  to  mean,  think,  say. 

SRcilittg,  c.,pl.,  -er,  meaning,  opin- 
ion; intention. 

SRcitltefIc,  n.,  man,  human  being, 
person. 

SncnttCflCtnagt,  c,  human  power. 

ttlCtt^,  while. 

3Wcrf c,  «.,  notice,  heed;  Icegge  —  til, 

to  notice. 
9R(dfC,   c,   mass;  l)0re — ,  to  attend 

mass. 
tttCdfc,  to  chant. 
SPtceftltOttaafC,  c,  brass  case. 
!P{iM>ag,  c.,  noon  ;  dinner;  fpifc  til  — , 

to  dine. 
9Rit)iietO<)|tiDC,  <-.,  medium  height. 


VOCABULARY 


185 


mibt,  iiiiildle;  — i,  ill  the  inidst  of, 
—  foran,  straight  before,  —  paa, 
in  (on)  the  middle  of. 

tnilt),  mild,  gentle. 

miiOctiO,  mildly,  gently. 

9Rint>(,    «.,    pi.,    -r,    remembrance, 

memory. 
minbe,  (.prep,  om),  to  remind,   call  lo 

mind. 
ntttlitcd,  to  remember. 
mintttC,  smaller,  less. 
SRine,  c,  mien,  look;  gj)jre  —  til  at, 

to  act  as  if,  make  as  if  one  would. 

tniduntte,  to  envy,  grudge. 

mob,  against,  towards,  to. 

9Ro}>,  n.  courage. 

aHoftCV,  <-.//.,  TOjJbre,  mother. 

mot)Ctlt0,  motherly. 

ntottfatttcn,  disheartened,  crest- 
fallen. 

ntobig,  courageous,  brave. 

SRottftaitb,  c,  resistance,  opposition. 

moI>ftia?lC,  to  rob  of  courage. 

inotutc,  to  avail,  have  effect,  help. 

motltro,  «</7'.,  I  wonder  if. 

tnOtC  (fig),  to  amuse  one's  self,  enjoy 
one's  self. 

SRotgen,  c,  morning. 

SKorgcnftUtll),  c,  morning-time. 

niu)>rct,  muddy. 

tnutnlC,  to  mumble. 

gRunb,  c,  mouth;  flj^Jre  — ,  to  make 
faces. 

munt«V,  lively,  merry. 

SniiV,  c,  wall  (of  brick  or  stone). 

XMtX,  sated,  fullfed. 

nifttiC,  to  meet. 

S(K0dC>  n.,pl.,  -r,  a  meeting. 

m^rtcbloa,  dark-blue. 

ni|»Vtla9(n,  of  dark  complexion. 

91 

9ttltl,  to  reach,  gain ;  —  til,  to   reach, 

extend  to. 
naabt0,  adj.,  gracious. 


naax,  when, 

9lttt>0,  c,  neighbor. 

9l(l0lC,  c,  nail,  pin,  rivet. 

ttaglct,  nailed. 

na'lf'^t,  to  snatch,  pluck. 

9lat,  c.pl.,  gicetter,  night. 

9taii|t,  >i.,pl.,   e,  — ,  name. 

nakiultg,  notably,  especially,  partic- 
ularly. 

ncfe,  down. 

ncbC,  down,  down  there. 

ttettcnfOV,  down  below,  below. 

ttebt,  down  in. 

tIcMabe  (fig),  to  descend,  settle,  light. 

ticbotiet,  downwards  down,  down 
hill. 

tlCttft*)'  down  on,   down. 
ttCl)Ultt>Ct/  down  under,  under. 
ticttflagett,  down  cast,  dejected. 
net,  no! 

ttctn(t0,  namely,  for,  because,  the 
fact  is. 

1iet*^C,  hardly,  scarcely. 

ntiop,  just;  —  font,  just  as. 

nitfc,  to  nod;  bow. 

9lt0fe,  c.,  nixie,  brownie. 

ItOQCtI,  anyone,  someone. 

tt0gcnfillbc,  ever,  at  any  time. 

no^ti,   anything,   something;  — nocr 

)fa.a.,  almost,  near,  on  the  point  of. 
not,  enough. 

«0f ,  indeed,  you  may  be  sure. 
not,  ever  (so);  still;   —  faa  mange, 

quite  a  number,  —  6n,  one  more. 
9ll*tt)ent»tn».  c,  north  wind. 
ItM,   now,   well,   you  see,   you  know, 

in  the  end. 

nukilCVenlie,  present,  existing,  pre- 
vailing. 

ttj),  new. 

9It)a0CV,  c.,  new  field. 
nt)flift,  newly  married. 
ntltontnien,  newly  come, 
nt)ltg,  recently,  lately. 
ntjiinc,  to  hum. 


186 


VOCABULARY 


titjd,  just  now. 

ttHfc  (cfter),  to  be  on  the  scent  after, 

limit  for. 
yitfUe,  c  ,  use,  benefit. 
nt)t<C,  to  be  of  use. 
yiecb,  c,  beak,  bill. 
nttX,  near. 

9t(Crf)etl,  c,  proximity,  vicinity. 
tKCrme  (ftg),  to  approach. 
9l«5e,  c„  nose. 
Mflfft,  next. 
SWafte,  c,  stitch. 
tiirfteti,  almost. 
9t(ek)e,  c,  fist. 
9i<Ckief(im)l,   f.,    a    boxing    matcli, 

fight  Willi  the  fists. 
IIISUII(>  to  name;  mention. 
tl01>V>enbi(),  necessary. 
1tilta0tifl,  precise,  accurate. 
tli>lCUl>(,  hesitating. 

D 

Cflf,  often;  fom  ofteft,  usually. 

Ofl,  and. 

Oflf  (la,  also,  too ;  th^  n. 

CItcftttlCV/  c.,  great-grandfalher. 

CIMUO,  c.,pl.,  -er,  -e,  old  man. 

ont>  about,  concerning;  around;  dur- 
ing; if,  whether;  —  fiDelbett,  in  the 
evening;  —  en  2ib,  after  a  time. 

Untflaacd,  to  associate  with;  title OITt= 
gaaeS,  to  wish  to  be  treated . 

0mi)t)g0eU0,  careful,  solicitous. 

jOmfVeDi^,  <:.,  circuit. 

omtvillQ/  round,  around;  t)ibt  — , 
far  about. 

CWlfXanit,  to  replant,  plant  about. 

|Dmft(eilfti0l)Cb,  c.,p!.,  er,  fact,  cir- 
cumstance. 

omtretit,  about. 

jCtntlCt/  c.,pl.,  -e,  round  about  way, 

detour. 
011%,  bad,  evil;  gilJre  onbt,  to  do  harm. 
»>>»  "P5  —  iflieil,  o^er  again. 
«)>&ra0e/  to  bring  up  train. 


iC)>l)Ol%,  «.,  slay;  delay;  pause. 
opmcrtfom,  attentive;  flj0re  —  paa, 

to  call  (one's)   atlenlion   to,   poii.l 

out. 
0)>OtieV,  up,  upwards,  up  the  hill, 
OV)>C>  uPf  up  there;  —  )fsxa.,  up  on — . 
O^^i,  up  in,  in. 

Otivaft,  upstrelched,  pointing  up. 
0^rtt>t>£>  to  rake  up,  revive. 
iC)){)iat)tt{n0,  c,  turning  up  the   soil 

with  a  spade. 

£l)>ftaul),  c.,pl.,-e,  revolt;  gjiJre  — , 

to  rebel,  revolt. 
J0)tlie(ft,  c.,  growth,  one's  years  of 

growing  up;  unber  Dptjcetften,  in 

youth. 

Crfc,  «.,  word;  toge  til  Crbe,  to  speak. 
jCtbetl,  c,  order,   condition;  i — ,  in 

order;  fcEtte  i  — ,  to  put  in  order. 
tftftclttlig,  adi\,  regularly,  properly. 
Oteljwt,  «.,  alderliush. 
ZiVtttat,  «.,    alderbush,    thicket  of 

alderljushes. 
Crte>  c.,  wood-grouse. 
Ok)eil))a(l,  above,  up  there,   besides, 

also,  in  the  bargain. 
dttet,  over,  across;  more  ihnn. 
iOl>Cttlt(l0,  «.,  layer,  covering,  sheet. 
OWCVfot,  opposite. 
dUftflttO,  to  exceed,  surpass;  happen 

to. 
JOt>eV0an0,     c,    crossing,     passage 

across. 
)CllCtl)l>Vttt0>  c.,  oral  test,  examina- 
tion. 
0t>etl(l0,  very,  exceedingly. 
aticrmoabe,  exceedingly,  extremely. 
iCUCttaflelfe,  C,  surprise. 
owerfe,  to  survey,  view;  pass  over, 

fail  to  see. 


^tKl,  on,  upon,  at;  also  possessive 
as:  wnber  Sioefen  — ,  under  one's 
nose. 


VOCABULARY 


187 


paautt',  anew,  again. 

^atte,  c,  parcel,  package. 

4}ant>e,  c,  forehead. 

jPttt,  ».,  couple. 

))att>id,  in  pairs,  two  and  two. 

*Ott,  c,  part,  share;  party,  group. 

paiU>  to  guard,  take  care  of;  —1, 

to  fit  in,  join ;  —  Dp,  to  watch,  be  on 

the  watch  for;  —  paa,   to   watch, 

take  care  (of). 
HjCflt,  to  point. 
5Petle,  c,  pearl. 
petit,  to  sparkle. 
q»CtIC»tonnt»fi,  c,  pearl  queen. 
qSibe,  c,  pipe;  chimney. 
♦PtflC,  c,  girl. 
jPig,  c.ypl.,  -er,  needle. 
iPtnftC,  <•■•,  stick,  pin,  peg. 
5Pla*d,  c.,//.,    e,  -er,  room;  place; 
situation ;  small  farm,  cotter's  place. 
^lage,  to  torment,  worry. 
)f\«i\\U,  to  plant. 

:tllutlCr  to  pick,  pluck;  — Ub,  to  root 
out,  eradicate. 

^tagt,  c.y  splendor,  pomp. 

qSteft,  c,  pastor,  minister,  clergyman. 

{Preftcgaatb,  c,  parsonage. 

q3tcTt<mrtttl»,  c,  clergyman. 

iPtcftefdU,  c,  son  of  a  clergyman. 

$PV>)I,  c.,  a  thrashing,  flogging;  foa 
— ,  to  get  a  flogging. 

pXViit,  to  thrash,  flog. 

^t(e^{{ell,  c.,  sermon. 

^V«ditenotl>,  «.,  words  of  the  ser- 
mon, sermon. 

tprtcfcn,  c,  sermon. 

5Ptafen5S^nl>«fl»  Sunday  of  service. 
See  note  5,  p.  4- 

qStatenfttfl,  c.,pl.,  e,  pulpit. 

t>t0Ve>  to  try,  test. 
qjyf,  «.,  push,  nudge;  giBe  en  Ct --, 
to  give  one  a  push,  nudge. 

J»Ht,  pure. 

))t|nte,  to  dress,  embellish;  —  pao  fig, 
to  dress,  to  dress  up. 


91 
{Haabe,  to  call;  —  <jao,  lit,  to  call  to. 

tRaaft,  «.i  f"-.  means,  expedient,  rem- 
edy; {)an  f)ar  — til,  he  can  afford  to; 
iff e  bibe  fin  orme  — ,  to  be  at  one's 
wit's  end. 

vaabe,  to  advise,  rule  over;  —  incb, 
to  be  a  match  for;— for,  to  control, 
be  master  of. 

raat>ll»d,  at  one's  wits'  end,  puzzled. 

iRttJ),  c.t  pi;  -er,  row;  t)aa  — ,  in  a 
row,  in  succession. 

tafle,  to  concern;  {)t)ab  — r  bet  big, 

what  business  of  yours  is  that? 
t«fl«,  in,  —  i  Jtlammeri  itieb  eti,  to  get 

into  a  quarrel,  squabble  with  one. 
taf  en&e,  furious,  in  a  rage. 
toil,  quick,  active. 
gHefte,  n.,  nest. 

(Rcttilall,  ?/.,//.,  -^''.tool,  implement 
atCfiCl,  c,  rule. 
tcgeve,  to  govern;  hold  sway. 
{RcflU,  ?/.,(<:.,) rain. 
vegne,  tocoimt,  compute;  Icereat— , 

to  learn  arithmetic. 
tetie  (fig),  to  rise,  stand  up. 
xe\\t,  to  go,  travel. 
IRclf  e,  c,  journey. 
tin,  clean,  pure;  rent,  cleanly  ;  quite, 

completely,  entirely. 
XtXibt,  to  run. 

(Rente,  c,  rent. 

gfjet,  c.,pl.,  aietter,  right. 

tet,  right,  straight,  direct;  —  IIU, 
soon;  —font  bet  bar,  suddenly,  all 
of  a  sudden. 

tetU,  to  direct,  correct. 

vetotie,  to  split,  part,  separate. 

8*1,  <:;pl-i  -"'f  while,  time. 

tifl,  rich,  wealthy. 

ttgtifl,  right,  correct;  quite,  real; 
ganffc  — ,  quite  right. 

tigtifiUOf/  indeed,  to  be  sure. 

Vtutoe,  to  run,  flow,  pass. 

SRillfl,  c.,  ring,  circle. 


188 


VOCABULARY 


Stitlfle,  c.,  milk-pan. 
tiilfle,  to  ring. 
tittfle,  inconsiderable,  slight. 
ffttd,  /»/.,  rod ;  flibe  — ,  to  whip. 
tBift,  c,  rest. 
tiite,  to  tear,  rend. 
8tO>  c.,  rest,  quiet. 
ttflifl,  quiet. 
fHo9,  c.,  praise. 
to\c,  to  praise,  commend. 
Oltltf,  r.,  pane  of  glass. 
Otuttt,  «.,  room,  compartment. 
tummeU0>   roomy,  spacious,    com- 
modious. 
tntt>>,  round. 

tunttt,  pfep-t  around,  about. 
OtOd,   «.,  inebriation;  faa  ftfl  Ct  — ,  to 

get  drunk. 
tttfe,  to  rush. 

OtU^fett,  the  Russian,  the  Russians. 
irilMie,  to  clear;  —  op,  tidy  up,  put  in 

order. 
9I>»8»  c.,pl.,  SR^gge,  back. 
ttigt/  to  smoke. 
8ll)0te,    «.,  //.,   -er,  rumor;  repubi- 

tion,  character. 
9{t)t,  «.,  jerk,  wrench. 
(RI))>C,  c.,  ptarmigan,  white  grouse. 
X\\\it,  to  shake. 
xtttt,  afraid. 

XtiXXi,  to  reach,  hand ;  stretch. 
Otaf  t»(Ctl»»-/'' ,  -er,  railing,  banister. 
ri»ft,  red. 

V^ftOU{>  reddish  yellow. 
tl»)>flVIC)>t>  red  with  weeping. 
0)00,  c,  smoke. 
iR0mme,  old  cream. 
9i0tnmeot0)»,  c,  cream  porridge. 
Vltve,  to  touch,  move;  —  fig,  to  move, 

stir, 
t^Xi,  to  touched,  moved. 
8l<ft»  c.,pl.,  -er,  voice. 

@ 
SAA,  so,  thus;  then; — otll — ,  even  if; 

om  —  >aox,  if  so,  if  such  were  the  case ; 

—  flobt  font,  as  good  as,  virtually. 


faabati,  so,  such,  thus;  — t  noget, 
such  a  thing,  anything  like  that. 

faafalbt,  so-called. 
trtrt((l)(d,  so,  thus,  like  this,  in  such 
a  manner. 

f tlitfOnt,  as,  inasmuch  as. 

faafrcmt,  provided. 

f  aa)>(l8,  about  as,  just  about  as. 

fnar,  sore. 

®(lbcIgiorI>,  c.,pl.,  -^r,  saddlegirth. 

Sao,  <"•>  /''•>  -er,  thing,  matter,  af- 
fair, concern. 

\a^ie,  gentle,  slow,  low. 

fdgtt,  I  dare  say,  1  rather  think. 

faginc  (tneb),  to  moderate;  —  );)aa.  ftg, 
to  slacken  one's  pace. 

^aXmt,  c,  hymn. 

SalmcfXtg,  c,  hymnbook. 

SalmcftUb,  c,  part  of  a  hymn. 

Salt,  ».,  salt. 

fflmle,  to  gather,  collect;  — en  ©a:t= 
ning,  to  comprehend  a  sentence. 

f  (imme,  the  same;  mcb  bet  — ,  imme- 
diately, at  the  same  time;  bet  cr  bet 
— ,  it  is  all  the  same,  it  makes  no 
difference. 

tantmelt,  together;  fare—,  to  start; 
£ominen — ,  to  be  joined  in  wedlock, 
p.  '54. 

fammcnlagt,  folded. 

tammeufunten,  unnerved,  un- 
settled. 

Samtale,  c,  conversation. 

f  (lintale,  to  talk  together,  converse. 

famtitlig,  contemporary;  — t  meb, 
simultaneously  with,  at  the  same 
time  with. 

f  ttnb,  true,  real. 

Scittft,  «.,  (c.)  sand. 

3auM)eI>,  c.,  truth. 

<«anO,  c.,  song,  singing. 
e(lllfti)aili»Ug,  c.,  a  toy  given  on  St. 

John's  Day. 
®(tU,  c.,pl.,  -er,  sheep. 
f  attne,  to  miss. 


VOCABULARY 


189 


fe,  to  see,  look;  —  ub  font,  to  look 
like;  —  foo!  there!  there,  that's 
right. 

®cM>Cl,  c.,  note,  slip  of  paper. 

fcftvatilig,  usual. 

f(ile>  to  sail,  float. 

\citC,  to  be  victorious. 

&elt,  c,  harness. 

®clc)>{ltt),  c,  harness-pin. 

®elC(|li,  «.,  harness. 

®(Ii(/  c.,  palm  willo\v. 

Selffab,  «.,  />/.,  -er,  company, 
society. 

fcltt,  self. 

few,  slow,  late. 

®eng,  c,  bed;  I)oIbe— en,  to  be  con- 
fined to  one's  bed;  til  ©— S,  to-bed. 

Seit0cfant,  c,  edge  of  the  bed. 

^en^eiiolpe,  c.,  bed-post. 

||ftJ>C,  to  sit. 

Sibe,  c,  side;  bcb  — tt,  at  the 
(one's)  side. 

SittebO^Itt,  c.,  side-bench. 

iSibctammeV,  «.,  //.,  -mre,  side- 
room. 

fitlCn,  after  that,  since,  then. 

®ibeto(CtClfe>   »■,  sideroom. 

flMt,  last;  —  e  (Sang,  the  last  time. 

fifle,  to  say. 

f{gne,  to  bless. 

fittet,  sure,  certain,  secure;  —  )fa.<x, 
sure  of. 

®tffcv()el>,  c,  certainty;  safety. 

flic,  to  str.ain,  filter. 

Silfe,  <-.,  silk. 

®iltet0tt(«CbC,  «.,  silk  kerchief,  silk 
neckerchief. 

®iltt>,  «.,  mind,  mood,  disposition; 
^abe  i  — e,  to  intend,  purpose;  rcnbe 
en  i  — e,  to  occur  to  one,  come  to 
one's  mind. 

fint,  angry;  —  );)aa.,  angry  with. 

fieltteit,  seldom,  rarely. 

i^iaat,  c.,pl.,  ©ficEfer,  shaft,  thill. 

flaanfom,  sparing,  forbearing. 

®{ab,  n.ypl.,  -e,  cabinet,  press,  cup- 
board. 

9(abe,  c,  harm,  injury;  tontnte  til 
— ,  to  be  hurt;    bet  er  — ,  it  is  a  pity. 


3fa]>C$(ftd,  uninjured. 

Sfattc,  c,  obliquity;  )fQ,a.  — ,  aslant. 

ffattct,  bare,  bald. 

Sfant,  c  ,  shame,  disgrace. 

flamfulb,  ashamed,  abashed. 

flamme  (fig),  to  be  ashamed. 

iSfammel,  c.,  foot-stool,  stool. 

fIavV>  sharp. 

<3fatt»,  tf.,  a  good-for-nothing;   en  — 

til  ®ut,  a  good-for-nothing  boy. 
SfAttlCiente,  c,   a  good-for-nothing 

girl. 

Staut,  «.,  linen  hood. 

ffC,  to  happen. 

flele,  to  squint;  —  til,  to  squint  at. 

Stie,  r.,  slick  of  wood. 

fCifte,  to  change. 

flifiCktid,  by  turns,  alternately. 

Stlf,  (-.,  custom,  usage;  l^atie  for  — , 
to  be  in  the  habit  of. 

flille,  to  separate. 

®f  in,  n  ,  light,  glare. 

fttttf)enig,  would-be-religious,  hyp- 
ocritical. 

ff  ttnte,  to  shine. 

fttnnentte,  shining. 

Sticflfl.  "•>  beard. 

ftegget,  bearded. 

Stient*,  «.,  scolding. 

ffienttc  i)faa),  to  scold. 

®fiO«te,  c,  shirt. 

3fiortC(evin,  c,  shirt-sleeve. 

fliulc,  to  hide ;— fig, to  hide  one's  self. 

®fi«l»«CftCrt,<r.,  fate. 

flitclue,  to  shake,  tumble. 

ftitcte,  to  cut. 

f{j|(CU,  awry,  oblique,  crooked. 
flifttte,   to  mind,   care;  —  fig  felt),  to 

shift  for  one's  self. 
i3{O0,  c,  wood,  forest. 
St0Ot*ei,  road  through  the  wood. 
ffogViCb,  afraid  of  the  woods,   easily 

frightened  in  the  woods. 

Stole,    r.,  school;  gaa   )faa  — ,  to 

go  to  school. 
iStoUi>O0,  c.,  school-book. 


190 


VOCABULARY 


St0lefammevat,  c.,  schoolmate. 

Sfolemcfter,  c.,  schoolmaster. 

^9iit,  to  {glance,  steal  a  gl;mce. 

Sftna,  c.,pl.,  -er,  quid  of  tobacco. 

flvaltte,  to  peal,  rattle. 

®(vit»t,  «.,  step,  pace. 

®fvi0,   «.,cry,  scream. 

fttige,  to  scream. 

ftvi»e,  to  write. 

SftitlCV,  <■.,  clerk;  district  judge. 

®ftmn)>eiila)>,  «.,  shrivelled  leaf. 

ftvtltte,  to  boast,  brag. 

ftvamme,  to  frighten. 

Sfrtcnt,  c.,pl.,  -er,  slope,  declivity. 

^tX(t1^\ft,c.,  scrip. 

Straf;)>)>ei)ant)tev,  r.,  pedler. 

ffVffVe,  to  stride,  straddle. 

flnbbt,  to  shove, 

Stut),  ».,  shot. 

3fulI>Ct,  c.,pl.,  -dre,  shoulder. 

fluQc,  to  be  obliged. 

Slum,  «.,  froth,  foam. 

f fuve,  to  scour. 

\tVteUt,  to  spatter;  —  o}),  to  start  up. 

Stt),  c.,pl.,  -er,  cloud. 

{tt|fte,  to  shoot;  — frem,to  shoot  forth, 

rush  forward ;  —  til  en,  push  one. 
U>)flfl«»  to  shade. 
<3(t)tao,  II.,  stratum  of  clouds. 
Sttllb,  c,  blame,  fault;  cause;  for  bin 

— ,  on  your  account;  for  en  0anfl§ 

— ,  just  for  once. 
®ft)tt>i0,    indebted,  owing;  tJCCre  —  i 

noflCt,    to  be  to   blame  in,    be  the 

cause  of. 
ff  t)nbe,  to  hurry. 
i3tl)nbfom,  hasty;  —t,  in  haste. 
flaa,  to  strike,  l)eal;  —  SJrebS  oni,  to 

form  a  circle  about ;  flaa  ttl  £l)b,   to 

make  music;  —  0incnc  neb,  to  drop 

one's  eyes;  — ?,  to   fight;  — fig,  to 

hurt  one's  self. 

®lofl,«.,  kind;  bet  bar  flifl  Slog,  it  was 

all  the  same,  it  didn't  matter 
SI(10>  ».,  blow,  stroke. 
91a0dli«m)>«,  c,  a  fighter,  bully. 


flagtt,  to  butcher,  slaughter. 

ftant,  slender. 

flem,  bad,  ill;  terrible,  tJCtre  faa  — 
til  at,  to  be  so  given  to;  t)Obe  bet  — t, 
to  be  badly  off,  in  unhappy  con- 
dition. 

flft,  bad. 

flct,    smooth,  even;  — ilte,  not  at  all; 

—  iugen,  none  at  all. 
flitte,  to  tear,  wear;  toil. 
flifl,  such,  in  such  a  way;  bct  Oar    — 

©log,  it  didn't  matter. 
flitlflte,  to  dangle. 
fli)>)>C,    to   let   go,    drop;   escape,  be 

relieved  of;  —  ncb,  to  drop. 

®Ii«e,  c,  she:ith. 

fluffed,  to  quench,  put  out,  —8,  to 
go  out. 

Stuff,''.,  a  careless  fellow,  sloven. 

Slut,  c,  close,  end. 

flutte,  to  close;  —  til  fig,  embrace. 

flut,  at  an  end,  over. 

f((CU0e,  to  fling; dangle; loiter. 

fmaa,  //.,  small.    See  Ijbcn. 

Zmaab^tU,  //.,  liUle  children. 

Smadfltife,  f.,//.,  little  pigs. 

Smaaftdt,  «.,//  ,  low  shrubs. 
fmaolS,    to    laugh    slightly,     laugh 

slyly. 
fmaautinne,  to  hum  softly. 

fmaaffjcnilC,  to  grumble,  scold  mild- 
ly. 
3thaaf)lUtl>,  c,  little  sparrow. 
fmaaft)ii0e,  to  hum. 

3maaf0flcnfte,  c.,f>/.,  little  brothers 
and  sisters. 

3tnil,  c,  ti.,  smile;  broge  )faa  —  en 
to  smile. 

f  mile,  to  smile;  —  til,  to  smile  on. 

fmilentie,  smiling. 

fmitf,  handsome,  pretty. 

fm^te,  to  smear,  oil. 

Sncif,  'i.,c.,  talk. 

fUAtf e,  to  talk. 

fnift,  quick; — t,  soon. 

Sue,  c.,  snow. 

Sneboib,  <*.,  snow-ball. 

QSnetlVitfe,  c,  snow-drift. 


VOCABULARY 


191 


f  ncfti,  not  covered  with  snow. 
f  nige,  to  slink,  skalk. 
fnilt,  kind. 

Sllt)>,  c.ypl.,  -per,  tip,  end. 
S0I,  c,  sun. 

SolbAttc,  c.,  sunny  hillside,  sunny- 
side. 

eolbatfeti^Iing,  see939ling. 
Solbaffefolt,  see  ^olt. 
f0lglal),  exceedinglj- happy. 
Solfllan0,  c,  radiance  of  the  sun. 
SoIfCitI,  »., sunshine. 
@«tl(lin0d«fl,  c.,  sunshiny  day. 
Solfttt,   «.,   sunstroke;  heat  of  the 

sun. 
font,  rel.  pron.,  who. 
font,  as,  as  if  (fottl  om) ;  like. 
fommr,  some. 

Somntet,  c.,pl.,  -mre,  summer. 
\0pt,  to  sweep. 
0or0,  c.,  ^icf,  sorrow. 
\tVt,  to  sleep. 
f  OVnr,  to  fall  asleep. 
9)iafe(,  c,  spade. 
f)>ttft<,   to  turn    up  tlie  soil   with  a 

spade. 
Spa^nt,  to  grow  tame. 
fpagftttHig,  ijentle,  mild,  tame. 
fllSt,  sparing. 
Sptittt,  to  stamp,  kick. 
Sptitt,  to  spy;  —  efter,  to  search  for. 
\ptUt,  to  mirror. 
fornix  (for),  to  hitch  up. 
^ptta'ttl,  c,  ».,  noise,  racket. 
f)»i»d,  pointed. 
S|»il,  ».,  play. 
\ptUt,  to  plaj-. 

^piUtmani,  c,  player,  fiddler. 
fpinfel,  slender. 
d>ir,  n.,  spire. 
f |»ife,  to  eat. 
f|>ltnt(tnt|,  bran  new. 
Sprang,  «.,  mn,  leap;  Ifoa  — ,  on  the 

run. 
Sptttt,  to  spread. 
\pXtn^t,  to  burst,  break. 


^pv\\\%,  n.,  run,  leap,  bound. 

fpringr,  to  leap,  bound;  run;  — ep, 
to  start  up. 

S)ltin0feand,  a  kind  of  rustic  dance. 

f|>rctte  (fra),  to  unhitch  (a  horse 
from  the  wagon). 

f)>r(Cttenftr,  spurting,  splashing. 

^pUtlaQ,  »■,  inquiry,  search. 

9pUtV,  c,  sparrow. 

fDtlttr,  to  spit. 

S)i(eM>arn, ».,  infant. 

S)>lCii)>ta9,  ».,  spurt,  strong  effort. 

Sp^t^t,  to  ask. 

O>Or00ttiaa(,  «.,  question. 

flaa,  to  stand;  ftaar  ^an  ftS?  will  be 
recover  ?  ^DorlebcS  ftoar  bet  til  V  how 
are  you  ?  at  —  Op,  to  rise,  get  up, 
at  —  tilbage  for,  to  be  outdone  by, 
be  behind,  ©olen  flob  poa,  the 
sun  shone  on. 

ftaaenke,  standing. 

CtabfX,  c.,  a  chopping  block. 

Ctabbur,  ».,  store-house.     See  note 

I,  p.   lOI. 

Stabbutdirappr,    c,    store-house 

steps. 
flabU,  to  pile,  stack. 
^iat,  c.^fl.,  -ker,  pettycoat. 
^tattat,  <".,  poor  creature. 
ft<lftat#,  poor,  unfortunate. 
Staftel,    poor    creature,   poor    little 

thing. 
Stanb,  c,  order,  condition;  i  — ,  in 

order,   in  repair,   bcere  i  — ,  to  be  in 

condition  to,  be  able  to. 

ftanfe,  to  stop, 

^Attt,  fine,  fine-looking,  handsome. 

StCb,  n.,pl.,  -er,  place. 

fteftff,  always. 

fteilr,  to  rear;  start. 

9Ht\,  ».,  matters,  concerns,  affairs. 

ftcQc,  to  arrange;  manage;  tend;  — 

meb,  totend,  attend  to;  be  engaged 

in. 

Sfentme,  c,  voice. 

ftrmm(/  to  tune,  attune. 


192 


VOCABULARY 


Steil,  c,  stone. 

®t(lli)«lle,  c,  flag^-stone. 

ftetf,  strong. 

ftlgc,  to  mount,  ascend,  rise. 

®llf fc,  <-.,  a  slender  stick. 

ftiftc,  to  sting,  prick;  (of  the  sun) 
to  burn. 

ftilfeiltx,  stinging,  biting. 

ftin,  still,  quiet. 

Sttli)c]>,  c,  silence. 

ftille,  still,  quiet,   calm. 

ftiUC,  to  put,  place;  —  fig  ofi,  to  take 
up  one's  position. 

SttllillO,  r.,  attitude,  position,  status. 

ftilltc,  to  become  quiet,  decrease. 

ftiliicilftc,  silent. 

fllrtc,  to  stare. 

ftiVltC,  to  become  rigid. 

ftiffiU,  to  steal. 

Still,  c,,  chair. 

ftolt,  proud. 

fljjf,  big,  great,  tall,  grown  up. 

iStdirfuril,  c,  big  fir-tree. 

ftorUmmct,  large-limbed. 

Sttaa,  «.,  straw. 

(Straair,  c,  my. 

<Zixa&\t\'9Xt\i,  c,  flood  of  rays. 

Sttat^,  immediately,  right  away. 

ftram,  tight,  strait,  stiff. 

fttCge,  to  draw  lines. 

fttcif f,  to  graze,  glance  by. 

ftrclig,  severe,  strict. 

ftviil/  coarse,  bristly;  stubborn,  head- 
strong. 

fttibf,  to  combat,  contend;  — imob, 
to  struggle  against. 

ftViMfl,  stubborn,  headstrong. 

ftt>)G''  to  stroke,  rub. 

ftrccff C,  to  stretch,  reach. 

^txav,  «  ,  toil,  trouble;  IjatJC  —  meb 
©raaben,  have  difficulty  in  re- 
pressing one's  tears. 

StYpni,  c,  stream,  river;  current. 

®titl>,  c,  stub;  bit;  a  short  story,  a 
snatch  of  a  song;  f^nge  en  — ,  to  sing 
a  snatch  of  a  song. 


fttlbfc,  to  be  startled,  appear  sur- 
prised. 

®tu(,  c,  room;  dwelling-house. 

iStueilt,  ».,/</.,  -e,  clock. 

Stlltllt,  c,  lime,  white;  en  gob  — , 
quite  a  while. 

ftUitbtmcUrm,  sometimes. 
ftuuDtltll,  sometimes. 
31u)>,  «.,  precipice. 

ft^fl,  "gly;  —  ®ut,  bad  boy. 

(3t)|tf e,  «.,  p!.,  -r,  piece,  bit;  distance; 

i  bet  — ,  in  that  matter. 
\U)XC,  to  direct,  guide,  manage;  — 

fig,  to  control  one's  self. 
fttirtr,  to  rush  (freni,  forward;. 
ft0,  steady,  firm. 
Stittt,  ».,  goblet. 
fiitbe,  to  push,  thrust;  —  fammen  meb, 

to  come  in  contact  with,  meet,  —  i 

Sliren,  to  sound  the  £ur,   blow  the 
ali)ine  horn. 

^t0i,  c,  noise,  racket. 
ftllic,  to  make  a  racket,  be  noisy. 
<3(0I,  c.,//  ,  -er,  mountain  dairy. 
3t0ll,  «.,  groan. 
ftllUUC,  to  groan,  moan. 
3tl)r,  c ■,//■,  -er,  pole. 
\i9i,  constantly. 
ftlttte,  to  support,  bear  up. 
tStDV,  w.,  dust. 
Si^tfCl,  <-.,  boat. 
f<{)tlCt,  dusty. 

<St0tifIt|,  f  ,//.,  -er,  cloud  of  dust. 
\\xXXt,  to  sigh. 

f Mile,  to  hunger,  starve;  —  ^jcl,  to 
die  of  hunger. 

Sutmelf,  c,  sour  milk. 

fdaie,  to  move  to  and  fro,  sway. 

3)>al,  c.,  pi.,    er. 

<3V(lle,  c.,  swallow. 

f  tiate,  to  answer. 

ftictte,  to  perspire. 

<St»e)>f,  c,  whip. 

fuigte,  to  fail,  give  up. 

Stiintmclt)eb,  c,  dizziness,  vertigo. 

StiitI,  «.,  hog,  swine. 

f  tiiuoe,  to  swing. 


VOCABULARY 


193 


SttittgniUfl,  c,  swinging,  oscilla- 
tion. 

fWWTflC,  to  swallow;  — i,  to  revel  in. 

ftXCt,  heavy;  huge;  hard. 

fViCt)(/  to  hover,  nang. 

Suolte,  c.   See  Stiepe. 

i>jg,  sick. 

®>J(Jtfttte,  c,  sick-room. 

3l)glin0/  c.,  invalid,  weakling;  p. 
46,  tender  shoots,  trees  that  have 
not  thriven. 

3t)«,  «.,/>/.,  —  and -^>',  sight,  eye- 
sight; view. 

<S)ttld>  c.,pl.,  -er,  sin;  bct  er  — ,  it  is  a 
pity,  it  is  too  bad ;  bet  er  —  )faa  (?or- 
CElbrene,  p.  109,  his  parents  are  to  be 
pitied. 

ft)nftftUg,  particular;  iffe  — ,  not 
particularly,  not  very;  ilte  tale  — 
til,  not  say  very  much  to,  p. 

fttllfttg,  sinful;  —  iJetien,  fearful  or 
shocking  noise. 

f t)tlfd,  to  think,  seem,  appear. 

ftlltge,  to  sing. 

ft)Ultg,  visible,  to  be  seen. 

t»)W,  seven. 

Stef,  c,  sack,  bag. 

fcelfle,  to  sell. 

ftelf out,  strange,  singular. 

\ttx,  odd,  strange;  peevish;  —  tnof, 
strangely  enough. 

ftetlfilt,  separate,  distinct. 

<3lC(et,  c.,pL,  -tre,  mountain  pasture, 

mountain  dairy. 
®(et<tt>Olt>,  c,  greensward  around  a 

mountain  dairy. 
<S(etnin0,  c.,  sentence. 
f  ((tte,  to  put,  place. 
f  l»J),  sweet. 
f  Itgf ,  to  seek,  look  for;  —  ub,  to  single 

out;  —  (55ub8  $U?,  to  go  to  church. 
Sdtt,  c.,pl.,  ■7ier,  son. 
'Zvn^AQ,  Sunday. 
Siml>ag#f)>(ll>,  c,  Sunday  evening. 


lSttnt>(lddm0Vgett,  c.,  Sunday  morn- 
ing. 

f0n)>erteticn,torn  asunder,  to  pieces. 

Sititeilbe,  //.,  brother  and  sister, 
brothers  and  sisters. 

(Sitflcnlieibani,  «.,  cousin. 
iSftftet,  c.,//.,  -tre,  sister. 
^{•Utt,  c,  sleep. 
fttUniO,  sleepy. 


Zaa,  c.,pl.,  %atr,  toe. 

%aa^«,c.,  fog,  mist. 

2:aa0ef)au,  n.,  sea  of  mist. 

2:aaIino»,  c  ,  patience. 

%tkAX«,  c,  tear. 

taatefulb,  tearful,  full  of  tears. 

tatttCttaabt,  moist  with  tears. 

2^0(1(11,  «.,  tower;  steeple. 

tdlie,  to  lose,  give  up. 

£a0,  «■,  hold,  or  grasp ;  faa  — t,  to  get 

hold  of;    faa  — et  ober,  to  get  the 

upper  hand  over. 

S^ttfl,  «.,//.,  — e,  roof;  ceiling. 

t(lflC>  to  take;  —  ©nbe,  to  come  to  an 
end;  — Cnbe  |)aa  fig,  to  put  an  end 
to  one's  self ;  — fig  ub,  to  look,  ap- 
pear; — til  at,  to  begin ;  — Of ftcb,  to 
start  off;  — mob,  to  receive,  accept, 
to  be  satisfied  with;  — til  §uen, 
to    put    the    hand    to    one's    cap; 

—  foa  at  grcebe,  to  begin  to  cry;   — 
1^0.^  fig,  to  dress,  put  on  one's  things ; 

—  SRaab,  lo  accept  advice. 

2;ttf,  c.,  thanks;  — for  fibft,  'thanks 
for  the  last',  how  do  you  do? 

tafncmmelig,  grateful. 

%(iX\,  c.,pL,  -er,  time;  bar,  measure; 

eftcr  —  en,   in  time  to;    fomme  i 

fatten,  to  get  into  time. 
SttlCf  c.,  conversation. 
t<llt»  to  speak,  converse;    — §  beb,  to 

talk  together. 
%nm\f,  c,    a  sloven,  lout. 


194 


VOCABULARY 


tan'i,  c.,pL,  3:a;iiber,  tooth. 

%M\Xt,  c,  thoujjht;  falbe  i  ~r,  to  be- 
come thoughtful. 

ian^,  silent. 

2:audl)eb,  c,  silence. 

t<0n(,  to  picture,  describe. 

(Cgtte  (til),  to  promise  to,  have  the 
appearance  of. 

2:cgtlinO>  <:•>  drawing,  sketching, 
design, 

tcmmelifl,  tolerably,  rather. 

il)l,  for,  because. 

%\'b,c.,f>!.,  -<-/-,  time;  i  —  ctiSSccnflbc, 
in  the  course  of  time;  i  bcil  fciicre — , 
lately,  recently;  Ijele  — Ctl,  the  whole 
time,  all  the  time;  i  rette — ,  in  due 
time. 

Xttieittof,  c,,  tidings,  news. 

tlKUfl,  early ;  betimes;  —  t)00  SJaflCll, 
early  in  the  day;  — ere,  previous, 
former. 

ZiddfOtlitb,  ».,  lapse  of  time,  time. 

i\t,  to  be  silert. 

t\tXt,  oflener;  albrig  — ,  no  ofteiier. 

til,  to;  till;  —  Seng?,  abed,  to  bed;  eil 
(Sttltfl  til,  once  more. 

tXlba^e,  back,  backwards;  BliUe — , 
to  remain  behind;  ftaa  — ,  to  be  be- 
hind; bfflge — ,  to  withdraw. 

tiI()(tge()0lM,  repressed,   restrained. 

2^ilbagckiei,  c,  return  journey. 

XilbUb,  «.,  offer. 

til)>Cld,  in  part,  partly. 

tilfi(ll)d>  upon  the  mountains,  on 
the  mountains. 

iiifrcbd/  content,  satisfied. 

tilfrCtdftilUniie,  satisfactory,  grati- 
fying. 

HlfHU,  to  add. 

(itOaiigd/   to  some   purpose,   effect- 
ually. 
tillUff(«,  closed. 
iWo^tt^,  left  over,  over. 
iWxattti,  soiled. 

(ilfammen,  together. 
tilftftc,  aside,  to  the  side. 


tUflbft,  atlast. 

tilfin»d,  disposed. 

tilftiect/  covered  with  snow. 

tilftabfet,  decorated. 

tiUi)<ie,  in  sight. 

tiliaoe,  to  increase. 

iWiaXXt,  tagc — ,  to  be  satisfied  with, 

%\mt,  c,  hour. 

2;tnfl,  <-.,//.,  Sing,  thing, 

titvent>r,  irritating, 

fxi,  often. 

i{tnt,  to  serve. 

2:icn(fte,  c.,  service ;  efter  cnbt  — 

after  the  service  was  over. 
%\e\XtSii\0\t ,  n.,fl.,  servants. 
%itnt\it^}M,  c,  man-servant,  hired 

hand. 
'X\0X,   n..  tether. 
%0^,  M.,  march,  procession. 
%0\\«tn\'»,  c.,    sheatli-knife,  liowie- 

knife. 

%OX\%mtt,  n.,  knapsack. 

%0\t,  c,  fool,  booby. 

iXAti,  slow,  unwilling;  at   goo  —  t,  to 

make  little  headway. 
ttdllC,  to  sing  tra-la,  hum. 
iV(tnt))C,  to  tramp,  tiample,  stamp. 
tvang,  narrow;  blibe  —  for  SKr^ftct, 

to  grow  faint. 
2^rrt^,  c.,pl.,  -per,  stairs,  steps. 
Xrati,  «.,  trot. 

trat*el,  busy;  Ijabe  bet  — t,  to  be  busy. 
iXi,  three. 
tvillentte,  trilling. 
tVilied,  to  tlirive. 
trO,  to  believe,  think. 
trobfig,  defiant,  refractory. 
UxoVb,  >>-,  troll,  ogre,  witch, 
2:t0ldt)tUt>,  c,  troll's  bride. 
2r0l)>)>0in,  c.,pl.,  -me,  witchcraft 
irolbfltoemt,    having  "troll-fright", 

having  been  frightened  by  a  troll. 
trOlOtXt,  betrothed. 
%XO\X,  c-tpl.i  f>',  thrush, 
ttue,  to  tlireaten;    —  eil    til    liogct,  to 

threaten   one  into  doing  something. 


VOCABULARY 


195 


ItJJfl,  secure,  safe;  —  paa,  secure  in, 

sure  of. 
tt^tte,  to  press,  thrust. 
iXCtt>e,  to  tread,  step. 
trceffe,  to  hit,  meet;  —  tit  at,  to  hap- 
pen to,  —  ftg,   to    happen,     occur, 

fall  out. 
Zta,  «.//.,  Xrcer,  tree. 
3^t(et,  «.,  feature,  lines;  p    14S. 
Ucttte,  to  pull,  draw;  —  pfl  ttlboge, 

to  draw  back,  withdraw. 
Stfl^tOtie,  c.,  crown  of  a  tree. 
tVCtttftt,   to  press,  force,  need,  want; 

—  frent,  to  press  forward ;  —  ftfl  iiib 

\)aa,  to  thrust  one's  self  upon;  — 

til,  to  need. 
XtaitQfel,   <-.,  //.,    -5/^r,  crowding, 

crowd,  crush;  affliction. 
Xtte^tf,  c.,pl.,-,  wooden  shoe. 
StICftat,  c.,  wooden  petticoat. 
2:r(eftamme,  c.,  stem  of  a  tree. 
ixitt,  tired,  weary. 
%xai«'p,  c.,pl.,  -per,  tree-top. 
%t0\t,  c,  jacket, 
Xrttteltatic,  jacket-collar. 
tritifotn,    interesting,   amusing;    bet 

ftulbe  ticcre  — t,  it  would  be  fun. 
%X9\t,  c.,  comfort,  consolation. 
ixt^ttf  to  comfort,  console; —  fig  nieb, 

to  take  comfort  in. 
SlUflt^Ud,  «.,  house  of  correction. 
tuUt,  —  t)en,  to  tumble  along  or  over 

into, 
tumble,  to  tumble;  —  ^en,  to  tumble 

along,  —  otierenbc,  to  fall  over. 
(Ulig,  heavy;  hard;    bet  er  — t  at,  it  is 

hard  to. 
tungfittftig,  melancholy. 
3:uuge,  c,  tongue. 

3:nv,  c.,  journey,  trip;  turn;    Qaa  en 

— ,  to  take  a  walk. 
fUVtte,  to  dare,  may, 
3^UiI,  c.,  doubt. 
t\>ilt,  to  doubt. 

ttfittaabio,  in  doubt,  undecided. 
ttlinoe,  to  force,  compel. 


ikxer,    cross,    surly;     sharp,    quick; 

ftonfe  — t,  to  stop  short. 
tt)l>«ltg,  clearly. 
t»t,  thick. 

XltfCilDC,  c,  thick  end. 
2^t)ligftc,  <".,  heaviness,  weight. 

ittd\t  paa,  to  hush. 

H)»>e,  twenty. 

iatttllQ,  agreeable,  attractive,  pleas- 
ing. 

t(tHt,  to  count. 

tailAe,    to    kindle,   light;  — 8,  to  be 

lighted,  or  kindled. 
l«tll«,  to  think;  —  paa,  to  think  of. 
i&i,  close,  tight. 
2^01,  «.,  cloth;  things. 
X^Uttt,  c,  barrel. 
t|tt,  dry. 

Xllrte,  c.,  drought. 
3^0XtlteXK,    "•,  handkerchief,  neck* 

cloth, 

u 

UabfliKeUg,  inseparable. 
UdflllftcHg,  unceasing,  incessant. 
uagict,     com/.,     though,     although; 

prep.,  in  spite  of. 
UbetXSflelifl,  immovable; motionless. 
ttl>,  out;   —  pixa.  ®agen,  later  in  the 

day. 
Ml>e,    out,    outside,  without,    out  of 

doors. 
Ut>I*tt)l>(,  to  break  out,  burst  out. 
Uden,  prep.,  without;  —  at  fee,  with- 
out seeing. 
Ubbde,  to  distribute,  portion  out. 
UtXnfOV,    outside,    without;    prep., 

outside. 
Ubenlantkfl,  foreign. 
uj)dt>tt»  out,  outward;   —  ttl,  across 

to,  over  to. 
Ut)t<eilbC,    n.,     appearance,    looks; 

gioe  fig  —  af ,  to  affect. 
U'&4V»  H-i  noxious  animal,  monster. 


196 


VOCABULARY 


ufor(lllkeHi0>  unchangeable,  un- 
alterable. 

ufotanttret,  unchanged. 

ufOVD(Ctl>(t,  i:ncorrupted. 

ttoagtl,  «.,  mischief. 

Ugf,  c.,  week. 

Ui)t)00CliO,  uncomfortable,  sinister, 
in   a  manner  to  create  discomfort. 

P- 
ttlt»,  c,  wolf. 
Ult}flelifl/      unfortunate,     unhappy, 

miserable,     p. 
timinl>(Itfl«    immemorial;     op     i    — 

Sibcr,  from  time  immemorial,  time 

out  of  mind. 
ttmultg,  impossible. 
tlttba,  off,  away,  aside;    brage  fig  — , 

to  draw  back. 
ttuder>  under;  during;  —  bette,  dur- 
ing this  time,   while  this  was  going 

on. 
MtlbetlianMe,  to  treat,  transact. 
tintetliflf    wonderful;  strange,  odd. 
tinftetfiCtfig,  square-built. 
ttltl)Ctf0ge>  to  examine,  inquire  into, 

search  into. 
Wn^gaa,    to    avoid,    escape,    evade; 

be  relieved  of,  get  out  of. 
unltte,  to  surprise;   bet  — rniigom, 

I  wonder  if,  —  fig,  or  — i,  to  wonder, 

be  surprised  at. 
UnbfeelfC,  c,  bashfulness. 
ttnttfclifl,  bashful,  shy. 
un{>f(t))))e,  to  escape. 
MM  (I,  young. 

UitflfoK,  «.,  young  people. 
ttlig  (I  Ut,  c,  youngster. 
Uorlxn,  c,  disorder. 
Ur,  «.,  watch. 
ttt,    tlte,    c,  //.,   Urer,  incline  of 

gravel    and    stones,    tract    covered 

with  loose  stones. 
Itvcbt/      «.,      disorder,     confusion; 

fonimei  Urebe,  to  get  into  disorder. 
UVillUliO>      absurd;     unreasonable; 

excessive. 


UtO,  c,  disquiet,  unrest,  disturbance. 

UrottCltfl,  not  to  be  moved,  firm,  im- 
movable, unshaken. 

nfrtflt,  unsaid,  not  said;  Bare — ,  to 
remain  unsaid. 

UfitffV,  insecure,  unsafe;  uncertain, 
doubtful;  unsteady. 

Utaalelig,    intolerable,  aggravating. 

UtiCII,  c. ,/>/.,  -tier,  enemy. 

UUiUig,  unwilling;  grudgingly. 

MtoUS,  uncertain,  undecided,  doubtful. 

Ulitfi8i)eft,  c,  uncertainty. 

Ut)0r(n,  careUss,  unmannerly,  rude. 


^aabtwftui,  ».,  armor>-;  porch  (at 
church). 

t>aal>,  wet. 
ti(l(igite,  to  awaken. 
!BAar,  c,  spring, 
!B(tatliag,  <".,  spring-day. 

!Bat>ine(dtt(ebcv,  «.,  pi.,  clothes  of 

wadmal  or  frieze. 

93(lOt,  c.,pl.,  -er,  watch,  guard. 

SBdOtctf Oltgc,  c, corncrake, landrail. 

3}aotl)Ullt»,  c,  watch-dog. 

'O&XttX,  pretty,  handsome,  fine;  bebe 
— t,  to  beg  so  nicely,  so  hard. 

!S(l(0,  ;/.,  choice;  alternative. 

JBttlS,  c.,pl.,  -er,  -e,  waltz. 

toitlfe,  to  waltz. 

9}<inb>  n.,pl.,  -e,  water;  lake. 

9}rtUDt>aI>,  «.,  water  bath. 

93ane,  c,  custom,  habit;  faa  Sg— tt, 
to  get  into  the  habit  of,  get  ac- 
customed to. 

toatifleltfl,  difficult;  with  difficulty; 
^an  turbe  — ,  he  did  not  actually 
dare,  could  with  difficulty  get  him- 
self to. 

tiant,  accustomed,  used. 

tianttit>e0>  to  thrive  ill,  to  pine 
aviray;  be  unhappy,  uncomfortable. 

4»ar,  careful,  wary,  aware  of;  blioe 
bar,  to  become  aware  of, 


VOCABULARY 


197 


toate,  care,  guard ;  tage  fig  i—  for,  to 
beware  of,  take  care  of. 

Vate,  to  last,  endure. 

tiatlifl,  cautious. 

Uavm,  warm. 

I>atf  out,  cautious,  careful. 

SSaft,  c,  wash,  washing. 

toafte,  to  wash. 

t»e>,  by,  at,  near. 

9t1>,  r.,  wood,  firewood. 

iSclttrce,  «.,  stick  of  wood. 

t>t)>blit>(,  to  continue,  keep  on. 

SJrltetlafl,  ».,  compensation,  rec- 
ompense. 

tictigaa,  to  admit. 

93et)f  fini,  «  ,  wood-shed. 

I^rfliie,  «.,  //.,  paa  IjanS  — ,  on  his 
account. 

Scflt,  c.,  weight. 

ajfl,  c.,pl.,  -e,  way,  road;  fomme  i 
Sei  nteb,  to  get  started. 

93eifaitt,  c  ,  road-side. 

SJetfOUl),  «.,  <".,  sand  of  the  road. 

f&t\t,  >'',  weather;  I)reath;  wind; 
brage  — et,  to  draw  the  breath, 
breathe;  i  — et,  up,  aloft;  into  the 
air;  til  — §,  into  tlie  air. 

tocf,  away,  off. 

ticffcltiid,  alternately. 

3}(t{t>  c,  growth,  stature. 

\>t\,  well,  indeed,  I  suppose,  presum- 
ably, probalily;  rather;  tjcl  bilb  af 
fig,  ratlier  wild. 

tXlttfltet,  well  respected. 

t>cl(icticilt)t,  well-known, 

SBelfidltClfc,  f.,  blessing, 

ttelfifliut,  blessed;  bet  t)or  —  at,  it 
was  a  blessing  to. 

<Ot\U,  see  Dcelte. 

t>(lt)0l{(N,      well-grown,     well-set; 

well-developed. 
Sen,  c.,pl.,  -ner,  friend;  — nen  milt, 

(in  address),  my  dear  1 
tienfte,  to  turn. 
to(Mli0,  friendly,  kind,  pleasant. 


ticnte,  to  expect,  a>\ait;  —  )fCLa,   to 

wait  for,  await. 
txttteltg,  to  be  expected ;  font  — t  Oar, 

as  was  to  be  expected  . 
SJctbeit,  r.,  world,  iiigen  — s  Sinfl/ 

nothing  in  the  world. 

9}et$,  II.,  verse;  stanza. 

ticeic,  adj.,  dej,  and  sing'.,  little. 

SBift, «.,  wits,  sense;  gaa  fra  —bet,  to 
loose  one's  senses. 

t>id,  wide;  adv.,  ftibe;  for,  oibere, 
farther,  furtlier,  as  in  iffe  at  fige 
noget — ,  not  to  say  anytliing  further; 
ittc  agte  bibcre  poa,  not  to  pay  much 
attention;  be  talte  — ,  they  con- 
tinued to  speak. 

Wilie,  (ub),  to  widen  out,  expand;  -^ 
fig  ub,  to  expand,  swell. 

t>il>c,  to  know. 

t»iftt,  far,  widely;  —  omtring,  far 
about. 

IllMteift,  having  travelled  widely, 
travelled. 

S^ibnnftct,  «.,//.,  -re,  wonder. 
t>ie,  to  consecrate;  to  wed,  marry;  — 

6ie  tub,  to  consecrate,  dedicate. 
toifte,  to  wave;  fan  one's  self. 
tiiftenfte,  waving,  wafting. 
tlige,  to  jield,  make  way,  retreat. 
\)\\X>,  wild,  fantastic. 
9)il&ftat),  ;/.,  wildness. 
S)ilic,   <r.,  will;    faa  fin  — ,  to  have 

one's  way. 
nine,    be   willing,   will,   wish,  want; 

t)illc  frem,  to  wish  to  pass  on. 
fillig,  willing,  ready. 
Ittlter,  wild,  giddy. 
®il1,  c.,  ;;.,  wine. 
93iu^,  c,  wind,  breeze. 
I>iuft(|aar&,  windy,  wind-loved. 
StUdU,  n.,  pi ,    er,  window. 
93tn0e,  c,  wing. 
ttintt,  to  beckon. 
ttinfeilltr,  beckoning. 
Sillier,  <■•,//,  -irf,  winter. 
SilltftftOtlll,  c.,  winter  storm. 


198 


VOCABULARY 


fBitat,  ».,  incense. 

toivtdifl,  real,  actual. 

iBirtning,  c,  effect. 

5Bi8,   c,    («.,)  way,  manner;   habit; 

i)a\}e  for  — ,  to  be  in  the  habit  of; 

paa  en  iBi^,  after  a  fashion. 

t)id,  wise. 

4»Ht,  to  show;  —  fig,  to  show  one's 
self,  appear. 

SBIfe,  c,  song,  ditty,  ballad. 
9)M(ftlim^,  c,  snatch  of  ballad. 
tlif(S,    certain,   sure,   secure,  safe;  — 
!paa,  'sure  of. 

ttifScIig,  certainly,  surely,  to  be  sure. 
3)ifldi)et),  c,  certainty. 
SBo0ll,  c,  wagon. 
9}p0IIOUlt»,  «.,  floor  of  the  wagon. 
iBoonftitll,   ».,  wagon-shed, 
toOfltf,  to  watch,  guard;  —  fig  for,  to 
guard  against,  take  care. 

toOlf f,  to  grow. 

tlOffeil,  grown-up,  adult. 

iDolb,   c,  sward,  green-field. 

t>0(t)(,  to  cause,  be  the  cause  of. 

\>0V,  our. 

fBotfttttC,  Our  Lord,  the  Lord, 
heaven;  —  beoar'  (o)8,  heaven  pre- 
serve us. 

totelt,  angry;  — paa,  angry  with. 

iBreftC,  c.,  anger. 

tItiftC,  to  twist,  wring. 

torinff e,  to  neigh. 

ttOtiC,  to  risk,  venture;  —  fig  til,  to 
venture. 

ttnooc     to     rock;     Duggeiibe    paa, 

rocking. 
aS«fl,  f.,  wall, 
\)ttttt,  to  awaken, 
fBcelit,  >/.,  power,  might. 
klielDtfl,  powerful,  mighty. 
tXVldC  to  choose,  select, 
toffilifl.  higli-spirited. 
bCtlte,    to  roll;    pour,  stream  ; — oill, 

to  upset,  overturn.    See  belte. 


kKVItur,  to  accustom;  —  fig  til,  to  ac- 
custom one's  self  to,  get  into  the 
habit  of. 

iHttt,  to  be;  —  igicn,  to  remain,  be 
left;  — imob,  to  be  against,  object 
to;  —  nu'b,  to  go  along;  den  lige 
Oticrfor  tjcrrenbe,  the  one  right  op- 
posite. 

SBflftelfe,  ».,j)/.,   r,  room. 
'OttXXt,  worse. 
Uarft,  worsU 


^bC,  .to  yield,  tender. 

t)ttevft/    outmost,     extreme,    utmost; 

adv.,  farthest  out,  extremely,  in  the 

extreme. 

))t)mk)(1,  humble. 

t)Al'(,  outer,  exterior. 

ttUf^tt,  younger. 

•jHflftf  youngest. 

\tVpe,  to  raise,  stir  up;  —  SlIamnUTi, 

to  pick  a  quarrel. 
>)flc,  to  make  cheese. 
i)ive,  to  utter,  express. 


Q<$lb«e,  older. 

aI^ft,  oldest. 

(Ciif(,  to  heed,  notice,  pay  heed  to. 
(Vllfeube,    to   be  heeded,  be  paid  any 

attention  to, 
%Crte,    <".,  honor,  respect;    t)i(e  — ,  to 

pay  respect  to. 
(etate,   to  vex,  provoke;  —  fig  otjer, 

to  l)e  vexed  at, 
?Krfltel?e,  c.,  vexation,  chagrin. 
94Srme,  r.,  ».,  sleeve. 


VOCABULARY 


199 


0 

Cic,  «.,  pl-.  ■>"■>  ^^^'  ^'^''^  •  *"'*'■ ' 
0illCUC,  to  strike  the  eyes;  gaauilbcr 
0ineiie  a\  en,  to  be  under  one's 
direction  or  care ;  l)atoe  0ine  meb  Cll, 
to  watch  one,  keep  an  eye  on  one, 
SWa.  gSinene  neb,  to  drop  one's  eyes. 

CUnlaafl,  «•.  eyelid. 

CtfC,  c,  axe. 


©I,  «.,  beer. 

0luili(Vt(t,  tender-hearted. 

IDllfte,  «.,//.,  -''.  wish,  desire. 

0n\tt,  to  wish,  desire. 

©re,  «.,//, -".ear. 

Cm,  c-t  eagle. 

©vnefAV,  «•>  P^'""  °^  eagles. 

tfttctft,  uppermost,  highest. 

^t)Vi0,  remaining;  be— e,  the  rest. 


LIST    OF    STRONG     AND    IRREGULAR 
VERBS. 


Compound  verbs  are  not  included  in  this  list.  The  forms 
given  in  italics  are  everywhere  those  of  colloquial  speech. 
Letters  printed  in  Latin  type  are  silent  in  the  spoken  language 
except  in  rhetorical  or  solemn  style  or  in  certain  meanings. 
In  case  of  verbs  having  both  strong  and  weak  forms  the  more 
common  is  given  first.  Archaic  or  rare  forms  will  be  found  under 
Remarks. 


INFINITIVE. 

IMPERFECT. 

PAST  PARTIC 

:.         REMARKS. 

93ede,  to  request, 

Sad, 

aSedet,  bcbt. 

bffale,  to  command, 

befalebf, 

,  bffol. 

bcfalet. 

befol,  rare  and  rather 
antiquated. 

Detl)de,  to  signify, 

bet^bbe. 

bet0b. 

bettjbet,  betydd. 

betifb  is  Danish,  but 
not  uncommon  in 
Norway. 

bibe,  to  bite, 

beb. 

bibt. 

coUoq.  form,  bite,  bet. 

biiibe,  to  bind. 

banbt. 

bunbet. 

blive,  to  become, 

blev, 

btevet,  hlit. 

archaic  plural  imperf. 
blebe. 

bringe,  to  bring. 

bragte. 

bragt. 

brifte,  to  burst, 

braft. 

bruftet 

brt)bc,  to  break, 

brpb. 

brubt. 

colloq.form,br^te,br)Jt. 

brtjile,  refl.,  to  trouble,  br»)bbe,  1 

jrpb. 

brt)bt,  (brubt). 

care,  mind. 

brydd. 

brcctte,  to  break. 

brcctfebe 

,  bra!. 

broeffet,  bnitfet. 

brccnbe,  to  burn, 

broeubtc. 

branbt, 

broenbt. 

the  weak  imperf.  is 
transitive. 

burbc,  ought. 

burbe. 

burbet,  hurdt. 

pres.  bur,  imperf.  often 
pron.  burte. 

l)l)de,  to  offer,  order. 

6(Jb, 

bubt,  biiben. 

bubcn  is  adjectival. 

bare,  to  bear, 

bar. 

baaret. 

present  sometimes 
beer. 

brage,  to  draw, 

brog, 

braget,  drat, 
dradd. 

archaic  plural  imperf. 
broge. 

briffe,  to  drink, 

braf. 

brulfet. 

brioe,  to  drive, 

bret). 

bret)et, 

a-chaic  plural  imperf. 
breoe. 

801 


202 


LIST  OF  STRONG  AND  IRREGULAR  VERBS 


INFINITIVE 


IMPERFECT.      PAST  PARTIC. 


REMARKS. 


bOlflc,  bulgte 

faa,  to  get,  rtceivp,       fif. 


falbc,  to  fall, 

fate,  to  fare,  go, 

fiube,  to  fiiul, 

fltjbc,  to  float, 

flt)Oe,  to  fly, 

fictff  e,to  cleave, split, 

fnl)(e, 

fornemme,to  perceive, 

fortrt)bc, 

frljje,  to  freeze, 

f0lge,  to  follow, 


falbt, 

for, 

faiibt, 

flPb, 

flpi, 

flocffcbe,  flafte, 

fut)ftc,  fnos, 

fornam, 

(forncmmcbe), 

fortrjjb, 

\m, 

fog, 

fnlgte. 


gaa,  to  go,  walk,         gif, 


biilgt. 

faat  (ifa) 

faai't. 

falbft,  falbt. 

farct, 

fiinbct. 

flDbt,  • 

flOiet, 

flcEffct,  ftatt. 

fni)fct,  fuDft. 

formimmct, 

(forncmmct). 

fortnibt. 

fro«(et, 

ftfflet, 

fulgt, 

gaat,  gaaet. 


gate,  to  crow,  galcbe,  gol,  galct, 

gibe,  gab,  gibet. 

give,  to  give,  gav,  givet,^//, 

gjoelbe,  to  be  at  stake,  gjalbt,  (gicclbte),  gjcelbt, 


gi^rc,  to  do,  giorde, 

Olid(e),  to  glide,  slip,  gled, 

glippc,  to  slip,  g[i>)t)ebe,  gtap, 

gnage,  to  gnaw,  gnagebe,  gnog, 

gitide,  to  rub,  gticd, 

groBe,  to  dig,  grot),  grat)cbe, 

gribe,  to  seize,  greb. 


gnnc, 
graate,  to  cry, 


grcn,  grintc, 
groat. 


grcebe,  to  cry,  weep,  grab, 
8t)bc,  to  shed,  pour,  gi0b, 
g^fe,  to  shudder,  gj0S,  g^fte, 

gl)be,  to  be  driven  by  gjiJO, 

the  wind   (of  dust 

or  snow), 
l^ove,  to  have,  fjobbc,  ha'b'bt, 


giort, 

glebet,^/;V/. 

fltippft. 

gnaget. 

gnebet,^«f<//. 

gratjct. 

grebet, 

grinet,  grint. 
graatt, 

grcebt, 
g^bt. 
ODft. 
fli^bet. 


^abt. 


poetic    plural  iniperf. 
fiiige. 

colloq.  often   fart. 

colloq.  form,  fll)te,fl0t. 
colloq.  form  often,  fit). 


colloq.  form,  ft)tf,  fp!. 
colloq.     fplle,      fultc, 

firrt. 

old  infinitive,  gailflC, 
poetic  plur.  hnperf. 
ginge,  old  imperative, 
gat. 


colloq.  also  gat), 
gicelbte      regular      in 
compounds, 
present,  gj0r. 


archaic  plural  imperf. 
grebe. 

East  Norwegian  form 
of  grcebe. 
sometimes  grste. 


LIST  OF  STRONG  AND  IRREGULAR  VERBS 


203 


INFINITIVE.        IMPERFECT.      PAST  PARTIC.  REMARKS. 


g^    (tobana„,ed.5ae, 

ftioe,  to  throw,  5eD,  IjiOebe, 

^ioelpe,  to  help,  ftialp, 

^olbe,  to  hold,  ^olbt, 

I)ugfle,  to  chop,  cut,     ^uggebc,  f)ug, 

hew, 
^tjine,      to     shriek,  bDtnte,  ^oinebe, 

whistle      (of     the  ^Bcn, 

wind), 
^CEnge, /'«//-.,  to  hang,  ^ang, 


jage,  to  chase, 
ftge,  to  peep, 


jagebe,  jog, 
figebe,  leg. 


flinge,  to  sound,  Kang, 

ItDOe,  to  climb,  split,  tl^, 

cleave. 

fni6f,  to  pinch,  fneb, 

fncctte,      to     crack,  fnat, 

break,  fnCEffebe, 

!omme,  to  come,  torn, 

!rpbe,  to  creep,  !r0b, 

lunne,  to  be  able,can,  lunbe, 

tDOCbc,  to  chant,  foab, 

fooele,     to    strangle,  fbalte, 

smother, 

laile,  to  let,  )  lob, 

labe,  to  feign,     J 


le,  to  laugh, 
lide,  to  suffer. 


lo, 
leb 


lide,  to  wear  on,  pass  leb, 

(of  time), 
ligge,  to  lie,  lao, 


Iflde,  to  obey, 
iQbe,  to  sound, 
iQtie,  to  lie, 
locgge,  to  lay, 
Ipbe,  to  run. 


m,  (iDbbe), 

Ii*b, 

lot, 

lagde, 

l0b. 


TOaatte,to  be  oblidged,  maotte, 
n^be,  to  enjoy,  n(rt). 


ftebt, 
^ebbet, 
^cbet,  //»W. 
l^iulpet. 

fiolbt, 
Nugget. 

^oinet, 

IjoEugt, 

laget. 
Icgct,  !iget, 

Ilinget. 
IlObet. 

fnebet, 
Inceflet, 

fommet. 

frobet. 

funnet, 

iBccbet. 
fbalt. 

labet,  /ad/, 

let,  leet. 
libt, 

lebet,  lidi. 

ligget, 

I^bt. 

mt. 

I0iet. 
logt, 
I0bet, 

moattet,  maatl. 
nt)bt. 


colloquial  form,  ftete, 
^et. 


colloq.  ^SHe. 

l^Uetl  is  poetical. 

the  transitive  imperf. 
is  ^ccngte. 

colloq.      form,      litle, 
ItHebe,  !it!et. 


colloq.     form,     Inipe, 

Inep. 

the     weak      form     is 

transitive. 


colloq.  past  prt.  some- 
times !unnt. 


colloq.  infin.  also  late, 
rare     plural     imperf. 

lobe. 

archaic  plural  imperf. 
lebe. 


rare  and  incorrect  past 
partic.  lagt. 


Iagde=nr. 

archaic  plural  imper£. 

I(Jbe. 

colloq.  form,  n^te,  not, 
archaic  plural  imperf. 
nobe. 


204 


LIST  OF  STRONG  AND    IRREGULAR  VERBS 


INFINITIVE. 

IMPERFECT. 

PAST  PARTIC 

REMARKS, 

ntl(e,  to  sneeze, 

ntjfte,  iifJS, 

lit)ft. 

)3ibc,  to  wliistle, 

pcb. 

}jebet. 

rriei     to  ride, 
rinbe,  to  flow, 

red, 
raitbt. 

rebet,  ridt, 
runbet. 

archaic  plur.  iinperf. 
rcbC,co1oq.  infin.  some- 
times rie. 

rl)ge,  inlr.,  to  smoke, 

i  rP9/ 

r^flct. 

colloq.  form,  rt)fe,  rpf. 

roctfe,  to  suffice. 

raf. 

ruftct. 

rCEtte,  to  stretch  out, 
to  reach. 

rafte. 

raft. 

fe,  to  see. 

\aa, 

fet,  feet. 

pron.  fe,  fctt. 

fibbe,  to  sit. 

fab, 

fibbet. 

archaic  plur.  imperf. 
fahe,  colloq.  form, 
fittc,  fat. 

flge,  to  say. 

fagde. 

fflflt, 

fagde-=fS. 

fg;  [to  sink,  slide. 

U-fl, 

fegrt/ 

archaic  plur.  imperf. 
fCflC,  imperative,  ft. 

fijalse,  to  tremlile, 

ffalB, 
(ficcluebe. 

ftlCClBCt. 

ffjcere,  to  cut. 

ffor. 

fTaoret, 

present  sometimes 
flia:r. 

K::h-^'<^^. 

ffrcd, 

ffrcbct,  s/criJJ, 

archaic   plur,   imperf. 

Prcbc. 

{Irige,  to  cry  out. 

ftvffl, 

ffrcflct, 

archaic  plur,  imperf 
fIreflC,  colloq.  form, 
f!rile,  ffrct. 

flritjc,  to  write. 

ffrct). 

ftreoet. 

rare  plural  imperf. 
ftretjc. 

ftr^bc,  to  brag. 

|Ir0b,  ffrl)btc, 

ftrijbt, 

colloq.  form,  ffrl)te, 
f!r(Jt. 

ftltlte,  shall, 

ffulbe. 

ftuaet, 

colloq.  pastprt.  some- 
times ftuEt. 

RtJCette,  to  shy,  start 

,  ffoat, 
ItBcrttebe, 

ffbcettet. 

the  transitive  verb 
is  always  weak. 

f(t)be,  to  shoot, 

fficb. 

ffubt. 

colloq,  form,  ftlt)te, 
t!JOt. 

fft)t)C,  to  shove. 

ffi^tJ, 

ffiiJbct. 

Hoa,  to  strike. 

floo. 

flaat,  flagcii, 
flanet, 

flagcn  is  adjectival. 

flibe,  to  grind, 

nibte,  fleb. 

flibt,  flebct, 

past  partic,  adj.  fle^ 
ben  means  polished, 
colloq.      form,     fltpe, 

flipte. 

fltbe,  to  tear,                 fleb, 
flippe,  to  let  go,  be  flap. 

flibt, 
fluppet. 

archaic   plur.    imperf. 
lebe,     colloq.      form, 
fUte,  flet. 

relieved  of. 


LIST    OF    STRONG   AND    IRREGULAR  VERBS 


205 


IXFIXITIVE        IMPERFECT.     PAST  PARTIC. 


Sfecngc,  to  dangle,      ©lang. 


©fcengt. 


fmttle,     (fmebe),     to  fniiebe,  smidde,  \m\'bt, smiJd. 

cast,  smite,  fmeb, 

fml)()c,  to  slip,  glide,   fm0g,  fin^get. 

fmcctfc,  to  smack,        fmcertcbf,  (fmat),  fmccffct. 

fmoElbe,     to     bang,  imalbt,  fmcelbte,  fmcclbt. 

crack, 

fm(Ette,to  sli  p  through,  f  mat,  fmuttet, 

creep  through, 

fnifjrc,  to  smear.  {miirtc,  fmurt. 

fnige,  to  slink,  steal,    fneg,  fncgct,  snig-t, 

fnt)be,    to  snuff   (a  fnjJb,  (fntjbtc),  fntjbt. 

candle),  cheat, 

fooe,  to  sleep,  fob,  foDet. 

fpinbc,  to  spin,  fpanbt,  fpunbet. 

fpriiige,  to  leap,  fprang,  fprunget. 

fprcetfe,  to  crack,        fpraf,  (oruflet. 

fprcettc,  to  spatter,      fprat,  fprcettet. 

fPOrge,  to  ask,  ipurte,  flJurt, 


ftaa,  to  stand, 


ftige,  to  ascend, 

ftille,  to  prick, 
ftinte,  to  stink, 
ftioelf,  to  steal, 
ftride,  to  fight,  com- 
bat, 
ftrtjge,  to  strike, 


ftod, 


fteg, 

ftaf, 

ftanf,  ftinfcbe, 

ftial, 

ftreb, 

ftr^g. 


ftrceffe,  to  suffice,        ftraf, 
ftroetfc,  to  stretch,        ftraftc, 
ft)id(.e),  to  singe,  burn,  fUeb,  fStebC, 


REMARKS. 

©loenge,  flcEitgte  means 
to  fling,  throw. 


also  infin.  fmutte. 


archaic  plural  imperf. 
fncge. 


ftaat,  (oa),  ftaoet, 


ftcget, 

ftuHet. 
ftin!et. 
ftiaalet. 
ftribt,  stridd, 

ftruget, 

ftrullet. 

ftro!t. 

foedet. 


f»)t(e),  to  smart, 
ftJtge,  to  deceive, 

fpinbe,  to  vanish, 
ttitnge,  to  swing, 
foccrge,  to  swear, 


]Vi{\)),\o\€t)i,svidde,\o\it,  svidd. 
foeg,  focget. 


foonbt, 

fdingcbe,  foang, 
Joor, 


founbet. 

foinget,  fpunget. 
fooret. 


coUoq.  fp0rre,  and 
present  fp0r. 
archaic  plur.  imperf. 
ftobe,  and  imperative 
ftat ;  occasional  past 
partic.  ftonben  in 
compounds, 
archaic  plur.  imperf. 
ftege ;  coUoq.  also  ftie. 


archaic   plur.   imperf. 
sometimes  fttcbe. 
coUoq.     form,    ftr^Ie, 
ftr^g. 


the  weak  form  usually 
transitive. 

archaic   plur.  imperf. 
foege. 


archaic  plur.   imperf. 

ftjore. 


206         LIST  OF  STRONG  AND  IRREGULAR  VERBS 


INFINITIVE. 

IMPERKECT. 

PAST  PAKTIC.          REMARKS. 

ft)0mnte,  to  swim, 

fB^mmebe,  fBam, 

fb^mmet. 

fl)nge,  to  sing, 

fang, 

funget, 

fijnle,  to  sinli, 

fan!, 

junfet. 

fcelge,  to  sell. 

folgte, 

folgt. 

coUoq.  fctCe. 

fCEttC,  to  set,  put, 

fatte. 

fat. 

tage,  to  take, 

tog. 

toget,  tai. 

archaic  plur.  imperf. 
togc,  colloq.  form,  ttt, 

tof. 

tie,  to  be  silent, 

taug,  ticbe,  tuiJe 

,  tict,  iiJci, 

toiig  is  a  book  form ; 
in  the  spoken  lan- 
guage the  verb  is 
weak. 

trine,  to  step, 

trcit,  triiicbc. 

triiiet. 

trao,       1     to     step, 
trocJe,    C    tread. 

tro,    traabte, 

traabt,  traadJ, 

the   regular   and  best 

form  is  trade. 

trccCbe), 

trtrbbc. 

trcrbb, 

trccffe,  to  hit,  meet. 

trot, 

truffct. 

trcelf  e,  to  pull. 

trof. 

truffet. 

turbc,  to  dare. 

tiirbc. 

tiirbct,  titrdt. 

toinbe. 

tBiiibcbe,  tBoiib, 

tBiinbft. 

ttiinge. 

tBoiig,  tBingcbe, 

tuiniflft, 

weak  imperf.  rare. 

toctle,  to  count. 

talte,  tcEtlebe, 

tolt,  tceUet. 

tjtbe,  to  know, 

Btbfte, 

Bibft, 

pron.  BigftC,  Bi§fl, 
colloq.  form,  Bite, 

Dige, 

fefl. 

Beget, 

archaic  plur.  imperf. 
Bege. 

Bine,  to  will. 

Bilbe, 

Bidet,  vine. 

binbe,  to  twine,  win. 

Bonbt, 

Biiiibet. 

borbc,  to  become. 

(Borbt,  dial). 

Borben, 

Borbe  is  archaic  and 
poetic. 

t)ridc,  to  turn,  wring. 

,  Bred,  Briebc, 

Bredet,  Brief,  T'r/V/, 

twist. 

TrUJe, 

vriJd. 

CCCff e,  to  awaken. 

Bcctfebe,  (Ba!te), 

Boiftet, 

literally,  to  awaken 
one  from  sleep. 

Bolte, 

Bott, 

in  transferred  sense, 
as  to  arouse  attention. 

bOElge,     to     choose, 

BOlgtC, 

Balgt. 

select. 

ucenne,  to  accustom, 

Bocniiebe,  botitc. 

Bcennet,  Bont,, 

the  regular  form  BOIlt 
is  chieily  adjectival. 

t)ocre,  to  be, 

Bar, 

Boeret,  vtert. 

oebe,  to  eat, 

aab. 

CEbt, 

colloq.  form,  CEte,  aot. 

Q  Q  .a  9  3 

G  t/  X  ii  u 


000  671 


